appendix a - design review– minimum submittal requirements...fire alarm devices, intercom system,...

Appendix A - Design Review– Minimum Submittal Requirements (Stated Cost Limitation Value < $2M)

of 10

Preliminary Consultation

The purpose of the Preliminary Consultation is to confirm the existing conditions and requirements and to develop a plan for the work.

1. Review Scope as provided within the RFP

2. Review Facility Assessment Report

3. Review As-built Documentation/Building Space Survey

4. Code Review

5. Utilities Review

6. Program/Planning Work Sessions

7. Preliminary Presentation

8. Final Submission

Schematic Design - Minimum Submittal Requirements:

The purpose of the Schematic Design is to confirm that the design solution meets the client’s functional needs as defined in the Program for the project. Reviewers focus on site use, layout, adjacency requirements, room sizes, and similar issues.

1. Site plans showing:

a) Adjacent building structures

b) Easements and infrastructure/utilities

c) Topographical features and existing plantings

d) Vehicular and pedestrian site access and flow

e) Landscape/ hardscape plan

f) Grading plan

g) Draft of storm meter management plan (as needed)

h) Preliminary site logistics plan

i) Tree protection plan

2. Floor plans showing:

a) Double line room layouts with door swings

b) Public, private and service circulation

c) Vertical circulation through the facility

d) Program room numbers and corresponding program areas on the plans

e) special features

f) Wall ratings and types

3. Elevations

a) Identify major elements for facility character

b) Graphical identification of proposed materials with shades and shadows to illustrate depth and volume as well as the contextual relationships to the Owner’s site as appropriate


of 10

4. Cost information showing:

a) Preliminary cost comparisons between schemes

b) Cost of special features or phasing premiums

c) Relocation costs (temporary and permanent)

d) Contingencies

e) Temporary services

f) Confirmation of scope and budget

g) Proposed V/E items

5. A statement of probable construction cost. At a minimum, the cost estimate must address the systems shown below. A breakdown into sub-component systems is encouraged but not required. Each component or sub-component must identify the unit, unit cost, cost per square foot, and the percentage of the total construction cost:

a) General conditions, profit and overhead

b) Site work

c) Foundations

d) Superstructures

e) Exterior closures

f) Roofing

g) Interior construction and finishes

h) Conveying

i) Special construction

j) Fire protection

k) Plumbing

l) HVAC

m) Electrical

n) Controls

o) Communications and security

6. Specifications and Other Information:

a) Include the proposed table of contents

b) Provide an outline specification or narrative indicating materials, types of construction, proposed mechanical systems, plumbing systems, fire protection, security systems, and proposed electrical and life cycle analysis investigations

7. A written narrative of the energy and life cycle analysis investigation

8. An updated project schedule

9. Any special phasing or sequencing

10. Any testing / analysis

11. Any LEED or sustainable design considerations

12. An updated Space and Functional Program, specifically identifying any modifications


of 10

50% CDs - Minimum Submittal Requirements

In the 50% CD Phase, reviewers are looking at methods of construction, materials, building support systems, and choice of products. 50% CD requirements are in addition to Schematic Design requirements.

1. All comments from the Schematic Design review process must be incorporated into the 50% CD design review submittal or a written narrative explaining in detail why specific comments were not incorporated must be included.

2. Cover Sheet(s)

a) Name and address of Owner, Architect

b) Project Number

c) Vicinity map

d) Location map

e) Index to all drawings

3. Civil Discipline a) Site Grading and Drainage Plan: Show developed drainage concepts, include existing and new contours, drainage

structures (numbered for general reference), and spot grade elevations.

b) Site Utilities Plan: Indicate the plan relationships of existing and proposed utilities. Vertical relationship of the utilities will be noted by plan notations and profiles. Site plan including grading and site utilities, utility connection points, and a storm water management design.

c) Planting Plan: Illustrate the center points at desired spacing of major plantings. A key will explain the proposed form and design characteristics of the plants (large shade tree, flowering ornamental tree, low evergreen shrub, etc.). An existing tree to remain will have an “o” for its center point. A proposed tree will have an “x” for its center point or appropriate legend indicators.

4. Site Plan

a) Abbreviation and symbol glossary

b) A certified plot plan (sealed by a licensed land surveyor)

c) A grading plan with 1’-0” or 2’-0” increments with appropriate sections

d) Sediment control and storm water management plans and profiles

e) Local governing utility standards included in all utility details

f) Standard details must be modified to suit project conditions; all non-applicable information must be deleted

g) Existing and proposed electrical, gas, sewer, water, storm drainage, telephone and TV cable utilities must be identified

h) Utility designs must show plan, profile, and all fittings and details required by code and local government standards

i) Final site logistics plan showing access, laydown area, traffic re-routing, pedestrian access and flow, fencing, construction parking, etc.

5. Landscape

a) An overall site plan showing plantings, irrigation and drainage system, site lighting, and all site development features

6. Architectural Discipline a) Site Layout and Materials Plan: Illustrate the design forms and materials to be used. Major dimensions will be indicated.

All appearance-related design issues should be addressed, resolved, and shown. LEED and sustainable design and construction should be considered.


of 10

b) A basic floor plan of the entire facility showing minimal detail with a grid or column reference system showing overall building layout dimensions, core spaces, Owner-numbered or named rooms, room square footage, floor opening penetrations, all fixed and loose equipment, etc. Fire ratings of all partitions, fire doors, etc., should be clearly denoted.

c) Dimensioned floor plans indicating structural bay sizes and overall building dimensions and locating all interior partitions and exterior wall partitions from the grid or column reference system. Floor Plan should show dimensions of major elements and final partition locations, including all openings and room workstation designations, interior and exterior door and window designations.

d) Exterior and major wall sections showing final dimensional relationships, materials, and component relationships.

e) Large-scale plans and sections

f) Interior and exterior finish and color schedule identifying all finishes. (Exposed finished mechanical and electrical items will be clearly addressed).

g) Partition-type schedule and section details for all interior wall conditions

h) Interior and exterior window, door, and frame schedule, complete with elevations and details for all head, jamb, sill conditions, frame and hardware type, and fire ratings, if any

i) Reflected ceiling plan including ceiling grid, light fixtures, and all devices that penetrate or are mounted upon finished ceiling and showing all grid, access doors, drapery tracks, light fixtures, grills, diffusers, sprinkler heads, security devices, fire alarm devices, intercom system, exit devices and acoustic treatment. Ceiling heights and type should be indicated on the reflected ceiling plan.

j) .Interior movable furniture, office equipment, demountable partitions and system furniture, layouts for all departments and floors, including proposed building signage system (if any)

k) Gross and net area calculations by department to determine compliance with Program of Requirements

l) A thorough outline of technical specification, including selected acceptable manufacturers and products to be used with all necessary options identified

m) Room wall elevations for all non-typical walls

n) Casework floor plan complete with schedule, details, and elevations

o) Details to illustrate transitions between finish materials and construction types. Major building sections in at least two directions. A sufficient number of details to clearly indicate the method of construction for all building components and include, but not be limited to: walls, floors, roofing assemblies, waterproofing systems, insulating systems, interior and exterior finishes, architectural details, interior stairs and elevators.

p) Final locations of major equipment must be shown on the floor plan with associated floor loadings being shown on the structural drawings.

q) Roof plan showing all roofing material, roof drains, overflows, access hatches, roof walk pads, roof drainage slopes and elevations, scuppers, skylights, and mechanical and plumbing penetrations. Details must be provided for all edge, parapet, and flashing conditions.

r) All exterior building elevations showing finish materials, exterior door and window openings and designations, lights, louvers, grilles, signage, speakers, and other devices.

s) All structural members included in, or enclosed by the architectural details must be closely coordinated and the size verified by the structural engineer. Details must indicate the framing and furring method wherever appropriate.

t) All mechanical/electrical elements included in or enclosed by the architectural details must be closely coordinated and the size verified by the design engineer. Details must indicate the framing and furring method wherever appropriate.

u) Code Analysis Information such as: fire resistance plans and building code construction type and occupancy information as separate plans

v) Life Safety Plans


of 10

7. Structural Discipline a) A dimensioned foundation plan showing and locating in plan and in elevation all footing, foundations, foundation piers,

caissons, grade beams, reinforcement with all layouts for masonry, and anchor bolts.

b) A dimensioned floor plan for each floor, showing all beams, beam sizes, duct and piping penetrations, construction joints, expansion joints, edge conditions, imbedded anchors and frames thickened slabs, recessed slabs stair penetrations, elevator shafts, floor loading, top of structure elevation and reinforcement.

c) Footing, column, grade beam, caissons, piers, reinforcement, and beam schedules

d) Dimensioned to scale details showing all conditions, connections, and structural sizes

e) Shear walls clearly shown on plan and schedule if symbol code is used

f) Abbreviation and symbol glossary

g) Fastener/connection schedule

h) Elevations of all footings, elevations to top of all beams, columns, recesses, and floors

i) Roof beam plan, elevator hoist beams

8. Plumbing and Mechanical Disciplines a) Mechanical equipment schedule and fixture/connection schedule

b) .Heating and cooling load calculations for each individual space, including cooling requirements for heat loads generated by office equipment, personal computers, etc.

c) Mechanical equipment schedule indicating size and capacity

d) Floor plans indicating ductwork with sizes, ductwork mechanical devices, beams for floor above with ductwork penetrations and showing main ductwork distribution, branch ductwork, and plumbing piping. All ductwork and piping should be located and sized to coordinate with structural framing system. The plan should show final locations of all ceiling-mounted mechanical devices, which include but are not limited to: diffusers, return air grilles, and thermostats. All ceiling-mounted devices should be located.

e) Legend showing all symbols used on drawings


g) Floor plans showing mechanical equipment and plumbing fixtures and indicating domestic hot and cold water, storm, waste, vent, and gas piping plans, including all valves, unions, fixtures, pipe sizes, and riser diagrams, etc. All equipment and fixtures should be shown and located

h) Areas of concentrated plumbing equipment (hot water heaters, circulating pumps, etc.) must be enlarged from the basic floor plan to not less than ¼-inch = 1’-0” detail in both plan and section views.

i) Exterior louver schedule, as coordinated with architectural louvers

j) Floor plans should indicate housekeeping pads and weight of concentrated loads

9. Electrical Disciplines a) Floor plans locating all power-consuming equipment with a description of the equipment, load characteristics and

showing all major electrical equipment (switchgear, distribution panels, emergency generator, transfer switches, UPS system, etc.), which will be dimensioned and drawn to scale.

b) Estimate total electric load, confirm Design Manual required excess capacity

c) Site plan showing preliminary site lighting design with pole and fixture type designations

d) Floor plans showing lighting layout, power, telecommunications, and office automation devices and switches with preliminary circuiting and indicating wire management wiring for power, receptacles, voice, video and data communications, including circuiting and connections to systems furniture, etc. Plan should indicate above-ceiling


of 10

wiring and circuits for lighting/electrical switches, security, fire alarm, emergency exit lighting and intercom controls, etc.

e) Finalized light fixture schedules and Lighting control schedule, switches, emergency lighting

f) Estimate interior electrical loads for systems furniture, receptacles, lighting, food service equipment and any other special use areas, etc.

g) Preliminary Distribution Panel Schedules

h) Power riser diagram for interior lighting systems.

i) Abbreviations and symbol glossary

j) Panel schedules with panel locations shown on the floor plan started

k) Fan/motor control schedule/diagram

l) Power riser diagram and main distribution panel layout in large enough scale so each run can be clearly seen

m) Separate plans for power, voice, and data must be provided.

n) Main service entrance connection diagram as verified and coordinated with the governing power utility; locations of services entrances and transformers must be verified with the Architect.

10. Other Deliverables

a) Schedule of Spaces: Provide a comparative schedule of spaces arranged in tabular form, listing the building’s various spaces and showing the original square footage allotted in the approved Program for each space. Any deviations from the approved Space and Functional Program, involving square footage or otherwise, must be clearly indicated.

b) Survey and geotechnical information are required as part of the 50% CD Documents.

c) Project Specification Manual complete with all Division 01: “General Requirements” sections and technical sections. General Requirements sections unique to the project, such as including temporary facilities and Supplementary Conditions, must be fully developed. With each technical specification section, for each product or material specified, include a photocopy of a cut sheet of the basis of design components and at least two acceptable alternates specified.

d) Final Life Cycle Cost Analysis

e) Detailed Cost Estimate building on the estimate previously developed in Schematic Design

f) Preliminary FF&E plans, if any

g) Information provided outside the initial scope of services and based on subsequent written authorization must be clearly noted.

h) Commissioning final plan, as required

i) Updated project schedule

11. Statement of Probable Construction Cost

a) The cost information reported at the conclusion of the 50% Completed Construction Document Stage must be based upon supportive cost information. The detailed estimate must account for the refined information of quantity or product information adjustments required in the development of the details to construct the design and incorporate the Constructability Review comments.

12. Quality Assurance/Quality Control Coordination

a) All drawing submittal packages are expected to be thoroughly reviewed and coordinated between disciplines utilizing a structured review process in an attempt to minimize changes during construction due to the errors and omissions of the design team. If, during construction, excessive changes due to errors and omissions of the design team are required, the Owner reserves the right to seek reparation for said changes.


of 10

100% Complete Construction Documents - Minimum Submittal Requirements

100% Percent Completed Construction Document deliverables are to include, at a minimum, all 50% Submittal information plus the following:

1. All comments from the 50% Construction Document Review Process must be incorporated into the 100% Construction Document design review submittal or a written narrative explaining in detail why specific comments were not incorporated.

2. Civil a) All civil documents should be 100% complete.

3. Landscape a) Details and sections of all site development features, sidewalks, curbs, paving stones, bollards, ramps, exterior stairs,

lawn areas showing seeding methods, etc.

b) All landscape conditions should be thoroughly detailed

c) A symbol glossary

d) Planting schedule

e) Seeding schedule

f) Modify standard details to suit project conditions; delete all non-applicable information

4. Architectural

a) Completion of all drawings, including interior signage locations must be shown on the floor plan complete with details and schedules.

b) Completion of casework floor plan complete with schedule, details, and elevations

c) Completion of window, door and frame schedule

d) Completion of all reflected ceiling plans

e) Completion of all wall sections, enlarged toilet plans, enlarged floor plans, wall elevations, finish/color floor plans, finish/color boards (both interior and exterior).

f) Completion of FF&E plans, and vertical circulation plans and sections.

g) Completion of all final roofing and waterproofing details.

5. Structural – Complete Structural Drawings including: a) A dimensioned foundation plan showing and locating in plan and in elevation all footing, foundations, foundation piers,

caissons, grade beams, reinforcement with all layouts for masonry, and anchor bolts.

b) A dimensioned floor plan for each floor, showing all beams, beam sizes, duct and piping penetrations, construction joints, expansion joints, edge conditions, imbedded anchors and frames thickened slabs, recessed slabs stair penetrations, elevator shafts, floor loading, top of structure elevation and reinforcement.

c) Footing, column, grade beam, caissons, piers, reinforcement, and beam schedules

d) Dimensioned to scale details showing all conditions, connections, and structural sizes

e) Shear walls clearly shown on plan and schedule if symbol code is used


g) Fastener/connection schedule

h) Elevations of all footings, elevations to top of all beams, columns, recesses, and floors

i) Roof beam plan, elevator hoist beams


of 10

6. Mechanical – Complete Mechanical Drawings including: a) Floor plan indicating the sprinkler and standpipe riser systems, including all required pumps and control devices

b) Fire damper schedule and location of dampers on each floor

c) Ductwork sound attenuation schedule

d) Vibration isolation schedule

e) Terminal control box schedule with electrical and air volume requirements

f) Chilled water, condenser, refrigerant, fuel oil, steam and gas riser piping floor plans and riser diagrams, and schematics, including pipe sizes. Piping schematics must be in large enough scale to clearly indicate all control devices, valves, unions, and miscellaneous appurtenances.

g) Areas of concentrated mechanical equipment must be enlarged from the basic floor plan to not less than ¼-inch = 1’-0”, illustrating detailed ductwork and equipment within the mechanical room in both plan and section views; coil access and filter access are to be shown to scale as verification of clearance.

h) Access doors – both wall and ceiling, must be called out at each applicable location as coordinated with the architectural drawings (rated where applicable).

i) Duct/piping penetrations of all walls, floors, roofs, beams, columns, and foundations must be coordinated with and verified by the structural engineer. Code complying fire-stopping must be detailed for penetrations through fire-rated assemblies.

j) Locate on the floor plans all controls system equipment and provide a panel and device schedule, indicator and panel graphics complete with sequence of operation and control system program diagram.

7. Plumbing – Complete Plumbing Drawings including: a) Piping and insulation jacket dimensions are to be coordinated with architectural finishes and casework; all exposed

piping is to be verified with the Architect.

b) Plan drawing of all water and sanitary branch piping for installation of interior equipment and fixtures

c) Typical piping riser schematics for all gravity flow piping systems

d) Access panels, doors, and provisions in both walls and ceilings are to be shown on floor plans for all valves, cleanouts, and caps, etc.

e) Connections to existing and new building utilities must be clearly shown. Requirements of governing utilities must be determined and clearly detailed and shown. Connection details and elevations must be checked and coordinated with applicable civil drawings.

f) Design details

g) Piping penetrations of all walls, floors, roofs, beams, columns, and foundations must be coordinated with and verified by the structural engineer. Code complying fire-stopping must be detailed for penetrations through fire-rated assemblies.

8. Electrical – Complete Electrical Drawings including: a) Lighting fixture schedule completed

b) Lighting control schedule, switches, emergency lighting completed

c) Panel schedules with panel locations shown on the floor plan completed

d) Floor plan showing location of all fire alarm device/panel schedule, indicator graphics, riser diagram including activated hardware and pull stations. Confirm activated hardware with hardware schedule.

e) Floor plan showing location of all intercom devices, panel schedule and location, and program riser diagram

f) Floor plan showing location of all security devices, panel schedule and locations, and riser diagram

g) Floor plan showing location of all intercom and TV outlets and devices


of 10

h) Telephone board schedule and riser diagram coordinated to equipment size requirements and connection provisions with the governing telephone utility and Owner requirements.

i) TV terminal/splitter and riser diagram coordinated as to equipment size requirements and connection provisions to antenna and cable TV system.

j) Floor plan indicating wire management wiring for power, receptacles, voice, video and data communications, including circuiting and connections to systems furniture, etc. completed

k) Floor plan indicating power connections to all mechanical equipment

l) Power and lighting plans indicating above-ceiling wiring and circuits for lighting/electrical switches, security, fire alarm, emergency exit lighting and intercom controls, etc. completed

m) Areas of concentrated electrical equipment, and electric vault rooms in particular, must be enlarged from the basic floor plan to not less than ¼-inch = 1’-0” and must be shown in plan and elevation.

n) Sheet notes must be applicable to each sheet. Standard notes and details must be modified to specific conditions.

o) Access to systems must be verified. Doors, panels or other provisions must be called out in all wall and ceiling locations for junction boxes, controls, or any other device requiring access.

p) Raceway penetrations of all walls, floors, roofs, beams, columns, and foundations must be coordinated with and verified by the structural engineer. Code complying fire-stopping must be detailed for penetrations through fire-rated assemblies.

q) A dimensioned floor plan showing wire management system with openings located for voice data, video and electrical and outlet locations. This is more typically done by the electrical engineer.

9. Completion of Final Specifications

10. Statement of Probable Construction Cost a) The cost information reported at the conclusion of the 100% Completed Construction Document Stage must be based

upon supportive cost information from the updated detailed cost estimate prepared from the 50% Completed Documents Stage. The detailed estimate must account for the refined information of quantity or product information adjustments required in the development of the details to construct the design and incorporate the Constructability Review comments.

11. Quality Assurance/Quality Control Coordination a) All drawing submittal packages are expected to be thoroughly reviewed and coordinated between disciplines utilizing a

structured review process in an attempt to minimize changes during construction due to the errors and omissions of the design team. If, during construction, excessive changes due to errors and omissions of the design team are required, the Owner reserves the right to seek reparation for said changes.

Review, Comment and Approval Submissions to DCSD and GaDOE at:

1. Schematic Design Phase

2. 50% Construction Documents Phase

3. 100% Construction Documents Phase

Building Permit

1. Submit for Building Permit

2. Submit for L.D. Permit

3. Incorporate Permit Review Comments


of 10

Bid Negotiations

1. Bid Period

2. Pre-Bid Conference

3. Negotiations & Award

4. Begin Construction

Phasing (as appropriate)

(List Phasing as appropriate)

DEKALB COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT ‐ OCTOBER 23, 2013 VERSION 2.1

DCSD 2020 VISION ‐ EDUCATIONAL SPECIFICATIONS AND DESIGN GUIDELINES

ELEMENTARY

ELEM

ENTA

RY

SCH

OO

L - E

DU

CAT

ION

AL S

PEC

IFIC

ATIO

N

Section No. Educational Area Pg. No.

INSTRUCTIONAL AREAS

Section 01 CLASSROOM TYPE I (Kindergarten - 1st Grade) 2

Section 02 CLASSROOM TYPE II: (2nd - 5th Grades) 4

Section 03 MEDIA CENTER 6

Section 04 ART 10

Section 05 MUSIC 12

Section 06 SHARED LABS 14

Computer Science Lab

Science Lab

Shared Labs (Discovery (Gifted), Math, World Language / ESOL )

Section 07 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 17

Gymnasium

Playground / Play Equipment

Playfield

Section 08 SPECIAL EDUCATION 19

Section 09 AUDITORIUM (See Cafetorium - Section 12) 21

SUPPORT AREAS

Section 10 ADMINISTRATION 22

Main Administration Suite

Faculty Workrooms

Satellite Administration Suites

Section 11 COUNSELING 26

Section 12 NUTRITION 28

Kitchen

Cafetorium

Section 13 BUILDING SERVICES 32

Section 14 OUTDOOR AREAS 35

14.1 Outdoor Spaces

14.2 Site Facilities (Playfields)

APPENDIXES

Appendix A - Square Footage Summary 38

Elementary School Educational Specification

INDEX

DeKalb County School District 1 of 44 October 23, 2013 Version 2.1

Space No. Room Name NSF Qty TSF Adjacency

CR1 1 Classrooms ( 9-K, 8-1st grade) 880 17 14,960 CR1 2

CR1 2 Duplex Toilets (1 Boy-Girl Set w/ shared vestibule) 150 9 1,350 Shared between two classrooms

Total Area SF 16,310

The following items are to be specified in the base contract unless noted otherwise.

Item Room Location Size (WxH) #/RM

MB CR1 1 4' x 4' 2

IB CR1 1 74" x 54" 1

TB CR1 1 4' x 4' 1

TB CR1 1 12' x 4' 1

CMP CR1 1 OP: reference Instructional Technology Plan

CLK CR1 1 1

PSH CR1 1 1

MB - Marker Board CLK - Electronic Wall Clock IB - Interactive Board PSH - Pencil Sharpener

TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (Student)

Walls: a All Spaces Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, zero VOC paints are preferred.

b All Spaces All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

c CR1 2 Provide epoxy paint on all walls.

Floors: a CR1 1 Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces.

b CR1 2 Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ ceramic base.

Ceilings: a All Spaces Provide 2x2 acoustical ceiling tile.

Space No. Room Name Unit Type Qty (wxdxh) Notes

CR1 1 Classroom Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

Book Case (open front) 1 3'x1'x7' w/ adjustable shelves

Student Cubbies * 16 LF w/coat hooks

Upper Cabinet (single door) 2 24x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf in each

Upper Cabinet (double door) 3 36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf in each

Countertop* 13 LF 1 24" w Continuous at all base cabinets

Base Cabinet (single door) 1 24x24x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf

Base Cabinet 1 24x24x30 w/ 4 drawers

CLASSROOM TYPE 1, (Kindergarten - 1st Grade) - Section 01

General Description

Classroom Type 1 for Kindergarten and 1st Grade programs provides opportunities for quality instructional programs that address the needs of the individual to create the best possible development for each child 's unique capabilities. Throughout the school day children learn through a variety of learning formats which include whole group instruction, small group instruction and learning centers. Technology is integrated throughout the school day across all learning environments. The flexible room design provides instructional areas for group discussions and individual teaching while allowing students to move from one activity to another. (i.e. computer, art, story time). Movable partition at 1 wall is desirable to allow flexibility for collaborative teaching. Class size storage needs include space for coats, back packs, lunch boxes, blankets and change of clothes for each student. Storage for 1 mat per child is required for nap time. Provide space for kinesthetic work (sand and water table); and space for visual displays of student work. The location of class rooms should optimize traffic flow in corridors to and from areas that are used by all students. Key Adjacency: Locate Classroom wings equidistant from shared core areas.

Activity / Space

Equipment

Locate at opposite ends of IB on teaching wall.

OP. Center on teaching wall.

Locate adjacent to MB on teaching wall.

Finishes

Casework


Base Cabinet (double door) 2 36x24x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf in each

Base Cabinet (double door) 1 36x24x30 w/ sink (single bowl)

Bookcases 12 LF 36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf, @ window wall

*Provide backsplash at all countertops.

*Student Cubbies: Provide open storage area ( i.e. coats, book bags) to accommodate full class size of students.

Electrical Location Lighting & CommunicationsPower: All Spaces

CR1 1 - Sink, Casework

CR2 1 - Duplex Toilet

Teaching Wall

Computer Area

Other:

1 CR1 1

2 CR1 2

1 CR1 1 Provide limited-range temperature control.

2 CR1 1 Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1 All Spaces Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

1

2 Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

3

Refer to Design Guideline Division 16 for lighting and other electrical system requirements.

Refer to Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline Appendix for technology infrastructure, power, data, cabling, and voice/data requirements.

Provide locks on all doors except toilet vestibule doors from classrooms, which shall have push-pull hardware. Toilet room doors shall not have closers.

Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guideline.


Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA compliant.

Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

Plumbing

Provide one (1) stainless steel sink at classroom base cabinetry w/goose neck faucet with tempered water and bubbler, with cold water.

HVAC

Acoustics

General Notes

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle (child/tamper proof) in shared vestibule. Provide no outlets in toilet rms.

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

Provide two (2) GFI duplex receptacles above countertop w/sink, and one (1) double duplex receptacle.

Utilities



CR2 1 Classrooms (8-2nd, 7-3rd, 4-4th, 4-5th) 750 23 17,250

CR2 1a Classrooms (2-4th, 2-5th) 800 4 3,200




MB CR2 1, CR2 1a 4' x 4' 2

IB CR2 1, CR2 1a 74" x 54" 1

TB CR2 1, CR2 1a 4' x 4' 1

TB CR2 1, CR2 1a 12' x 4' 1

CMP CR2 1, CR2 1a OP: reference Instructional Technology Plan

CLK CR2 1, CR2 1a 1

PSH CR2 1, CR2 1a 1 OP





Floors: a All Spaces Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces.



CR2 1, Classroom Teacher Cabinet (Lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

CR2 1a Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

Book Case (open front) 1 3'x1'x7' w/ adjustable shelves


Upper Cabinet (single door) 2 24x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf in each

Upper Cabinet (double door) 3 36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf in each

Countertop* 13 LF 1 24" w Continuous at all base cabinets

Base Cabinet (single door) 1 24x24x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf


Base Cabinet (double door) 2 36x24x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf in each


Bookcases 12 LF 36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf, @ window wall

CLASSROOM TYPE 2, (2nd Grade thru 5th Grade) - Section 02

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment



Casework

Finishes


Classroom Type 2 for 2nd through 5th Grade programs provides opportunities for quality instructional programs that address the needs of the individual to create the best possible development for each child 's unique capabilities. The room design should be flexible providing instructional areas for group discussions and individual teaching while allowing students to move from one activity to another. Technology is integrated throughout the school day across all learning environments. Movable partition at 1 wall is desirable to allow flexibility for collaborative teaching. An area dedicated to the use of computers, space for visual displays and storage of student work, supplies and books are also provided. Student storage needs include space for coats, backpacks, and lunch boxes. Key Adjacency: Locate Classroom wings equidistant from shared core areas.



*Student Cubbies: Provide open storage area ( i.e. coats, bookbags) to accommodate full class size of students.

Electrical Location Lighting & Communications

Power: All Spaces

Sink, Casework

Teaching Wall

Other: Computer Area

1 All Spaces

1 All Spaces Provide limited-range temperature control.

2 All Spaces Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.







Refer to Design Guideline Division 16 for lighting and other electrical systems requirements.


Plumbing

HVAC

Acoustics

General Notes

Utilities



MC 1 Reading Room 3,350 1 3,350 MC Distribution Desk (direct and visual)

MC 2 Conference Room ( 8 person) 200 1 200

MC 3 Office (accommodate 2 desks) 250 1 250 MC 1 (Media Center Distribution Desk)

MC 4 Audio / Visual & Non-Print Media Storage 400 1 400

MC 5 Media Production 300 1 300

MC 6 Workroom 300 1 300 MC 3

MC 6a Workroom Toilet 50 1 50 MC 6

MC 7 Media Distribution / Video Production Studio 300 1 300

Total Area SF 5,150



TB MC 1, MC 2, MC 3, MC 5, MC 6, MC 7 4' x 4' 1

MB MC 2 8' x 4' 1

MB MC 7 4' x 4' 1

CPR MC 1 1 OP

CPR MC 6 1 OP - Includes money exchanger for student access

CPR MC 5 1 OP

CUR MC 7 1 Provide curtain backdrop for broadcast.

IB MC 1 74" x 54" 1 OP (Portable)

IB MC 2 74" x 54" 1 OP

TS MC 1 Varies

CLK MC 2, MC 5, MC 6, MC 7 1

DCLK MC 1 1

HEE MC 7 1 See Design Guidelines for Technical Specifications

EC MC 4 Varies OP

PS MC 1 84" x 84" 1

CMP MC 1 35 OP - See General Notes #7 for layout.

CMP MC 7 1 OP - See General Notes #8 for equipment type.

PSH MC 1 1 OP

MB - Marker Board CLK - Electronic Wall Clock IB - Interactive Board (portable) CUR - Curtain/Rod

TB - Tack Board DCLK - Digital Wall Clock CMP - Computers (Student) PSH - Pencil Sharpener

MEDIA CENTER - Section 03

General Description

The Media Center provides appropriate materials to support and enrich the curriculum. The Media Center is arranged to accommodate class sizes of 22 - 44 students in an open area with floor seating for story time. The space facilitates the use of technology and should have the ability to be darkened to view projection screen and interactive board presentations. Spatial openess and lines of sight from the distribution desk is required. The Media Center is arranged for individuals, as well as large or small groups. The Media Center is used as a general assembly space for faculty meetings, staff training and independent work areas for students. A class room size set of computers is provided in the Reading Room (open area). For ease of visual supervision locate higher book cases at the perimeter and lower book cases in center. Flexibility is key, in group seating options and arrangements. The Media Production room provides ample storage for a variety of A/V equipment. The Media Center houses multi-purpose conference/work rooms to accommodate both student projects and teacher workroom space. The video production studio is the center for news broadcasts and morning announcements by students. Key Adjacency: Hub of school. Centrally locate w/ easy access from all instructional areas.

Activity / Space

Equipment


CPR - Copier OP - Owner Provided EC - Equipment Carts PS - Projection Screen (retractable)

HEE - Head End Equipment TS - Tack Strip

Walls: a All Spaces

b MC 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7

c MC 6a Provide epoxy paint on all walls.

d All Spaces

Floors: a MC 1, MC2, MC 3 Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

b MC 4, MC 5, MC 6 Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base.

c MC 6a Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.

d MC 7 Provide VCT w/ 4" rubber base .

Ceilings: a MC 1

b All Spaces

Room Name Unit Type Qty (wxdxh) Notes

MC 1 Reading Room Reception Desk See General Notes #11

Book Shelving System See General Notes #11

MC 4 Lockable Storage Cabinets 4 36x18x84 Provide 6 adj. shelves,1 fixed middle shelf

Open Shelving 4 36x18x84 Provide 6 adj. shelves,1 fixed middle shelf

1 Steelwood door/security provisions

MC 5 Media Production Wall 1: See General Notes #9

Upper Cabinet (open front) 9 LF 3 36x12x30 w/ 2 adjustable shelves in each

Work Counter (open beneath) 9 LF 30" high

Wall 2:

Upper Cabinet (double door) 5 36x12x30 Lockable, w/ 2 adjustable shelves in each

Countertop 15 LF Continuous at all base cabinets

Base Cabinet (single door) 2 36x24x34 Lockable, w/ 2 adjustable shelves in each


Base Cabinet (double door) 2 36x24x34 Lockable, w/ 1 adj. shelf, 1 top drawer

Wall 3: See General Notes #9

Storage Units (open front) 4 36x12x84 w/ multiple adjustable shelves in each

MC 6 Workroom Wall 1: See General Notes #9

Storage Cabinet (lockable) 2 36x18x84 Provide 6 adj. shelves,1 fixed middle shelf in each

Upper Cabinet (double door) 6 36x12x30 w/ 2 adjustable shelves in each

Countertop 18 LF Continuous at all base cabinets

Base Cabinet (double door) 3 36x24x34 w/ 1 adj. shelf, 1 top dwawer in each


Base Cabinet (single door) 2 36x24x34 w/ 2 adjustable shelves in each

Wall 2:

Upper Shelving (open front) 3 36x12x30 w/ 2 adjustable shelves in each

FinishesProvide paint finish to specified wall areas and any other exposed structural surfaces. Refer to Design Guidelines for finish details. All walls to extend to underside of deck.

Walls separating the Media Center from adjacent corridors, classrooms and other similar spaces shall be CMU. Demising walls between spaces within the Media Center may be gypsum board on metal stud construction with appropriate sound attenuation within the wall cavity.

May provide a combination of lighting solutions and ceiling plane configurations/heights if design solutions meet adequate levels of lighting for reading, audio visual, and acoustic purposes.

Audio/Visual, Non-Print Media Storage

Provide 2x2 acoustical ceiling tile.

Casework

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, zero VOC paints are preferred.


Work Counter (open beneath) 9 LF 30" high

MC 7 Wall 1: See General Notes below.


Work Counter (w/knee space) 9 LF 1 30" high


Power: All Spaces

All Spaces See Instructional Technology Guidelines for specific requirements.

MC 1

MC 4

MC 5

MC 6a - Toilet

Other:

1 MC 5, MC 6

2 MC 6 a Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA

compliant.

1 MC 1 Provide limited-range temperature control.

2 MC 1 Provide humidity sensors. Refer to Design Guidelines for requirements.

3 MC 7 Provide dedicated climate control for HEE and Production Studio.

1 All Spaces

2 Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

1

2

3

4

Plumbing

Media Distribution / Video Production Studio

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle mounted at non-standard height.

Utilities

Provide quad electrical outlets every 36 " o.c. on all walls without shelving to support cart charging stations and other equipment charging. Provide electrical outlets @ 10' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall. Install outlets along walls w/casework to meet ADA minimum/maximum rach ranges. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle (w/data) in recessed floor box. Provide power/data as required for head end equipment.



Install outlets along walls w/casework to meet ADA minimum/maximum rach ranges. Provide one (1) Multi-Service Assembly flush cast-in-place floor outlet, containing one (1) quad receptacle and one (1) voice/data in recessed floor box per each pair of student computer workstation areas. Provide floor boxes w/cover plates that can be closed when connected to device(s). Provide power rough-in for ceiling mounted projector for use w/motorized screen and duplex outlets mounted high and low adj. to TV outlets behind screen.

Provide one (1) stainless steel sink w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water. Sink faucet shall be ADA compliant.


General NotesProvide interior viewing windows from Media Center spaces MC 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, to MC 1. Provide blinds for all interior windows.

Provide designated areas for storytime instruction.


Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

HVAC

Acoustics

Provide 3 sets of two (2) duplex receptacles (w/data) at work counter wall, mounted above countertop . Provide 2 sets of two (2) GFI duplex receptacles above counter w/sink; @ 3' max spacing. Provide quad receptacles (w/data) every 7' o.c. on walls without casework. Power requirement for copier must be verified with Copier Vendor.

Provide sound batt attenuation between adjacent rooms. (i.e. Toilets adjacent to workrooms, conference and offices space.)


5

6

7 Computers in MC 1, Reading Room should be grouped in cluster formation, back to back.

8 Computers in MC 7, Media Distribution/ Video Production Studio should have video editing and distribution capabilities.

9

10 Locate copier, paper cutter(s), and supply storage in MC 6, Workroom.

11 Reading Room Casework: See Design Guidelines, Division 12 Library Shelving and Casework.

12 Security camera & no windows in MC 4.

All exterior windows in MC 1 shall have shading devices to allow adequate darkening of the space for the use of interactive boards and projectors.

General Contractor to furnish and install all Media Center shelving, distribution desk, book theft detection entry point equipment, and casework.

MC 5, Media Production functions as an additional Work Room / copy, print and production area. Owner provided laminator(s), bulletin board paper rolls, Print Maker, etc., will be housed in this space.



ART 1 Art Lab (incl. vestibule) 950 1 950 ART 2, ART 3, Art Lab Patio

ART 2 Storage Room 160 1 160 ART 1

ART 3 Kiln Room (1 Kiln) 50 1 50 ART 2

Total Area SF 1,160* Refer Section 14 (SF 2) for Art Lab patio area.



MB ART 1 4' x 4' 2

IB ART 1 74" x 54" 1

TB ART 1 4' x 4' 2

TB ART 1 12' x 4' 1

SHLV ART 2 3'x15"x7' 3

FLTFL ART 2 36" x 36" 1

SHLV ART 3 3'x15"x7' 1

KN ART 3 1

CPR ART 1 1 OP: Color print minimum 18" x 24"

CMP ART 1 OP: reference Instructional Technology Plan

CLK ART 1 1

PSH ART 1 1 OP

MS ART 2 3' x 7' 7


TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (Student) FLTFL - Flat Files

KN - Kiln (digital) SHLV - Shelving (metal) CPR - Copier MS - Metal Shelving

Walls: a All Spaces

b All Spaces Black out blinds required for visual displays

Floors: a All Spaces Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base.

Ceilings: a ART 1, ART 2 Provide 2x2 acoustical ceiling tile.

b ART 3 Open to structure (OTS).


ART 1 Art Lab Art Lab Wall 1:

Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'


Upper Cabinet (double door) 2 36x12x30 w/ 2 adjustable shelves in each, lockable

Upper Cabinet (double door) 3 36x12x20 w/ 1 adjustable shelf in each, lockable



Locate above computer stations.

Finishes

Casework

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, zero VOC paints are preferred. All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

Shelving Units: 4 @ 24" deep / 3 @ 30" deep

ART - Section 04

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

The Art classroom provides for instruction and production of a varety of 2 and 3 dimensional media techniques and includes an area for computers. Students meet in small groups for individualized visual arts instruction as well as whole group, and flexible groupings depending on the activity or media being used. Key Adjacency: The Art lab is ideally located on the first floor w/ direct access to the Art Lab Patio. The lab should be accessible to all grade levels, and primarily serves grades 2-5. Adjacency to music/performance areas preferred.



Upper Cabinet (single door) 1 36x12x30 w/ 2 adjustable shelves, lockable

Countertop* 18 LF Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet 1 36x24x30 w/ 4 drawers, lockable

Base Cabinet (double door) 2 36x24x30 w/ sink (single bowl), lockable

Base Cabinet (double door) 2 36x24x30 w/ 1 adj. shelf, 1 top dwr. in each, lockable

Base Cabinet (single door) 1 36x24x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Art Lab Wall 2:

Storage Shelving (open front ) 8 36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf, @ window wall.

Countertop* 24 LF 1 Locate above storage shelving

ART 2 Storage Room Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'



Power/Data: All Spaces

ART 1 Project Storage Wall: Install outlets along wall w/casework to meet ADA minimum/maximum rach ranges.

ART 1 - Sink Area Provide three (3) GFI duplex receptacles above countertop with sink.

ART 2 - Storage Provide one (1) duplex receptacle above countertop.

ART 3 - Kiln Room

Teaching Wall

Computer Area

Other:

1 ART 1

1 ART 1 Provide limited-range temperature control. Refer to Design Guidelines for HVAC system requirements.

2 ART 3 Provide exhaust / ventilation and cooling as required for kilns.


1 Provide exterior windows in classroom.

2 Provide direct access from Art Lab to exterior Art Lab Patio. (Refer to Section 14 Outdoor Spaces)

3

4 Provide locks on all doors. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

5

6


Need Green ware drying cabinet Steel top and bottom pans welded and reinforced. 4 large shelves constructed of welded steel and perforated board 36" x 19" x 83H"

Ceramic storage damp storage, locking doors & exterior walls, 4 bolt-on shelves with aluminum surface & water retaining bats 36" x 19" x 83"


Acoustics

General Notes

HVAC



Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. Provide (3) ceiling outlets. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

Provide outlets as required for kiln and ventilation system. Coordinate exact connection type with kiln vendor prior to rough-in.

Provide two (2) stainless steel sinks w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water. One (1) sink shall be as deep as possible w/trap and strainer. One sink shall be shallow and ADA compliant. Provide one exterior hose bib at Art Lab Patio.

Utilities

Plumbing




MUS 1 Music Classroom (incl. vestibule) 950 1 950 Cafetorium Platform, Restrooms

MUS 2 Storage Room (Instrument) 150 1 150 MUS 1

Total Area SF 1,100



MB MUS 1 4' x 4' 2

IB MUS 1 74" x 54" 1

TB MUS 1 4' x 4' 1

TB MUS 1 12' x 4' 1

MBL MUS 1 4' x 16' 1

CMP MUS 1 OP: reference Instructional Technology Plan

CLK MUS 1 1

PSH MUS 1 1 OP

MS MUS 2 3' x 7' 7


TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (Student) MBL - Marker Board w/ lines

MS - Metal Shelving

Walls: a All Spaces

Floors: a MUS 1 Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces with the exception of the following.

b MUS 2 Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces.

Ceilings: a All Spaces Provide 2x2 acoustical ceiling tile. Min. 12-ft ceiling height.

Room Name Qty (wxdxh) Notes

MUS 1 Music Classroom Music Wall 1:



Upper Cabinet (double door) 5 36x12x30 w/ 2 adjustable shelves in each, lockable

Countertop* 15 LF Continuous at all base cabinets

Base Cabinet (lockable) 1 36x24x30 w/ 4 drawers

Base Cabinet (double door) 2 36x24x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf in each, lockable

Base Cabinet (double door) 2 36x24x30 w/ 1 adj. shelf, 1 top dwr. in each, lockable

Music Wall 2:

Storage Shelving (open front ) 8 36x12x30 w/ 1 adjust. shelf in each, @ window wall

The Music curriculum provides opportunities for students to express themselves by performing, describing, creating and responding to music. Storage for sheet music, CD's, and instruments is required. Key Adjacency: The Music Classroom is ideally located on the first floor with adjacency to the cafeteria (cafetorium stage), away from general class room areas w/ attention to sound transmission to adjacent spaces.

Casework

MUSIC - Section 05

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes





Shelving Units: 4 @ 24" deep / 3 @ 30" deep

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, zero VOC paints are preferred. All walls to extend to underside of deck. All walls to be constructed of CMU.



MUS 2 Storage Room Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'




Teaching Wall

Computer Area

MUS 1 - Cabinetry Wall

Other:

1 MUS 1 Locate restrooms and electric water cooler convenient to Music Classroom.

1 MUS 1 Provide limited-range temperature control. Refer to Design Guidelines for requirements.

2 MUS 1 Ductwork should be isolated to prevent sound transmission between Music Classroom and other spaces.

1 MUS 1 Avoid parallell walls within classrooms to limit echo; or provide wall mounted acoustical panels.

2 MUS 1

3 MUS 1 Provide sound seals at corridor doors.

4 MUS 1 Instructional spaces should not be located above or below Music Classroom.

5 MUS 1 Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

1


3

4 Provide exterior windows for each classroom.

Utilities

HVAC

Acoustics



Install outlets along wall w/casework to meet ADA minimum/maximum rach ranges.




General NotesRefer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

Install interior viewing window from classroom to storage room.

Plumbing

Sound transmission between other spaces, including corridors, and rooms above and below the Music Classroom should meet ANSI standards.



SL 1 Computer Science 880 1 880 Locate on upper level

SL 1a Storage Room 150 1 150 SL 1

SL 2 Science Lab 1,000 1 1,000 Science Lab Patio, ground floor

SL 2a Storage Room 150 1 150 SL 2

SL 3 Labs (Discovery,Math,World Languages, ESOL) 750 2 1,500

(2 @ 750-sf and 2 @ 880-sf) 880 2 1,760

Total Area SF 5,440* Refer Section 14 (SF 1) for Science Lab patio area.



MB SL 1, SL 2, SL 3 4' x 4' 2

IB SL 1, SL 2, SL 3 74" x 54" 1

TB SL 1, SL 2, SL 3 4' x 4' 1

TB SL 1, SL 2, SL 3 12' x 4' 1

CLK SL 1, SL 2, SL 3 1

CMP SL 1 32 OP: reference Instructional Technology Plan

CMP SL 2, SL 3 OP: reference Instructional Technology Plan

SHLV SL 1a 3'x15"x7' 6

GCB-UV SL 2 1

EW/ES SL 2 1

REF SL 2a 1

DSW SL 2a 1PSH SL 1, SL 2, SL 3 1 OP


TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (Student) EW/ES - Eye Wash, Emerg'cy Shower

SHLV - Shelving (metal) GCB - UV Goggle Cabinet DSW - Dishwasher REF - Refrigerator

Walls: a All Spaces


Ceilings: a All Spaces Provide 2x2 standard ceiling tile in all classrooms.


SHARED LABS - Section 06

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes

Shared Labs (Science and Technology) provide opportunities to focus on specific areas of study outside of the regular classroom. Literacy in Science enables students to develop creative/critical problem solving skills and promotes working cooperatively in teams. The wonder and excitement of learning from nature is encouraged. The Mathematics Lab supports students needing additional instruction. Students meet in small groups receiving individualized instruction through flexible groups and computer lessons. World Languages/ESOL (English for Speakers of Other Languages) introduces English speaking students to world languages; ESOL teaches non-English speaking students, to speak English. The Discovery program designed for gifted students provides more advanced, complex and abstract types of service than is received in the regular classroom. The Computer Lab provides resources for all content areas and is accessible to all grade levels. The teacher uses the lab to individualize instruction through the use of objective specific, state-of-the-art hardware and software applications. Key Adjacency: General Classrooms.





Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, zero VOC paints are preferred. All walls to be constructed to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

Casework


SL 1 Computer Science Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 2 3'x2'x7'


SL 1a Storage Room Storage Shelving 4 3'x15"x7'

SL 2 Science Lab Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'


Teacher Demo Station 6 LF 1 36x24x34 w/ single bowl sink, eyewash/shower

(w/flat black epoxy counter) 36x24x30 (ADA Height)

Countertop* (Flat Black Epoxy) ─ Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet (double door) 3 48x24x30 w/ 2 drawers, 1 adjust. shelf in each

Base Cabinet (double door) 3 36x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).

Base Cabinet (single door) 1 24x24x30 w/ 1 adj. shelf, 1 top dwr.


Lab Wall 2: Student Lab Stations (All base cabinets lockable.)

Countertop* (Flat Black Epoxy) ─ Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet (double door) 3 48x24x30 w/ 2 drawers, 1 adjust. shelf in each


Base Cabinet (single door) 1 24x24x30 w/ 1 adj. shelf, 1 top dwr.


Lab Wall 3:

Storage Shelving (open front ) 8 36x12x30 w/ 1 adjust. shelf in each, @ window wall.


SL 2a Storage Room Storage Shelving 3 3'x15"x7'

SL 3 Labs (miscellaneous) Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'


Book Case (open front) 1 3'x1'x7' w/ adjustable shelves.

Student Cubbies * 16 LF 16 Provide 16 equal spaces w/ coat hooks.

Upper Cabinet (single door) 2 24x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf in each.

Upper Cabinet (double door) 3 36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf in each.

Countertop* 13 LF 2 24" w Continuous at all base cabinets.



Base Cabinet (double door) 2 36x24x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf in each.


Bookshelves 12 LF 36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf, @ window wall


Provide flat black epoxy countertops @ Science Lab SL 2: Teacher Demo Station, Student Lab Stations and Storage Room SL 2a.



SL 1

SL 1a Provide electrical outlets @12' maximum spacing w/ not less than one (1) duplex outlet per wall.

Utilities



Lab Wall 1: Student Lab Stations (All base cabinets lockable.)


SL 2

SL 2 Provide 1 set of two (2) GFI duplex receptacles at demo station.

SL 2 Provide electrical outlet for UV Goggle Cabinet.

SL 2a Provide 2 sets of two (2) GFI duplex receptacles above counter w/ sink;@ 3' maximum spacing.

SL 2a Provide power for dishwasher and refrigerator / icemaker.

SL 2a Provide 1 set of two (2) GFI duplex receptacles (w/data) at work counter, mounted above countertop.

Other:

1 SL 2

2 SL 2

3 SL 2

4 SL 2a

5 SL 3

1 SL 1, SL 2, SL 3 Provide limited-range temperature control.

2 SL 1, SL 2, SL 3 Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1 All Spaces Provide sound batt attenuation in all classroom walls.


1


3 Language lab requires ceiling mounted recording devices.

Provide gas at demo station with a locked shut-off valve in wall near exit door.

Plumbing


Provide 4 sets of two (2) GFI duplex receptacles above student lab station counters w/sink; @ 5' maximum spacing.


Provide six (6) single bowl sinks at student workcounter areas: and one (1) single bowl sink at teacher demo station.


Provide eyewash/emergency shower with floor drain at demo station.

HVAC

Provide dishwasher and refrigerator / icemaker hook-up.

Acoustics

Provide one (1) stainless steel sink at classroom base cabinetry w/goose neck faucet with tempered water and bubbler with cold water.



PE 1 Gymnasium 4,644 1 4,644 Outdoor playfields / Locate on ground floor

PE 2 Equipment Storage - Outdoor 150 1 150 PE 1 (w/double door) and on exterior wall

PE 3 Equipment Storage - Indoor 150 1 150 PE 1 (w/double door)

PE 4 PE Office 150 1 150 PE 1 (direct and visual)

PE 4a Toilet (PE Office) 50 1 50 PE 4

Total Area SF 5,144* Refer to Section 14.2 Site Facilities for Playfields.



TB PE 1 4' x 4' 2

TB PE 4 4' x 4' 1

MB PE 1 8' x 4' 1

WP PE 1 12' x 6' 8 Center behind basketball goals; along walls as needed.

VBS PE 1 2

CLK PE 1 2

BBG PE 1 2

SHLV PE 2, PE 3 36"x15"x72" 9

MB - Marker Board CLK - Electronic Wall Clock WP - Wall Pads VBS - Volley Ball Post Sleeves

TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided SHLV - Shelving (metal) BBG - Basketball Goal

Walls: a PE 1, PE 2, PE 3, PE 4

b PE 4a Provide epoxy paint on all walls.

Floors: a PE 4 Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base.

b PE 2, PE 3 Provide sealed concrete floor w/4" rubber base.

c PE 1 Provide resilient athletic flooring (RAF).

d PE 4 a Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ ceramic tile base.

Ceilings: a PE 4, PE 4a Provide 2x2 acoustical ceiling tile.

b PE 2, PE 3 Open to structure (OTS).

c PE 1 Open to Structure (OTS). Provide painted exposed structure.


PHYSICAL EDUCATION - Section 07

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes

The Physical Education curriculum promotes the development of a students positive self image through physical education activity ranging from physical fitness to an appreciation of the out-of-doors. The program addresses physical fitness, skill development, movement and rhythm, cooperation, life skills, safety and conflict resolution strategies. Subject offerings include rope jumping, gymnastics, aerobic conditioning; and additionally badminton, golf, table tennis, basketball, volleyball, soccer and tennis for Grades 4 -5. This gymnasium space accommodates four classes of children simultaneously. The Gymnasium is utilized by the community as well as students for interactive activities such as dances, carnivals and movie night. 42x74 youth size court with 6-ft clear on all sides. Key Adjacency: Centrally located with adjacency to the main entrance of the school.

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, zero VOC paints are preferred. All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

Casework

Utilities



NOTE:

Power: General Provide electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/ not less than one (1) duplex outlet per wall.

PE 4a - Toilet

Sound Sys: PE 1 - Gym Ceiling Provide gymnasium sound system speaker assembly.

Other:

1 PE 4a Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory. Room shall be ADA compliant.

2 PE 1 Locate restrooms (Section 13, Space No. BS 15) and electric water cooler convenient to PE 1, Gymnasium.

1 All Spaces

2 All Spaces

1 PE 1 - Doors

2 PE 1 Provide sound absorption measures in PE 1 to minimize sound reflection in the space.


1 Provide sound seals on doors in PE 1 and building corridor. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

2

3

4

5

6 Provide clearstory windows for natural lighting.

7 Provide two points of entry from main corridor.


Provide limited-range temperature control.

Wall Pads: Provide 8 minimum or as required per gym design for safety. (i.e., Provide 1 (one) behind each goal @ end of court; locate 3 (three) along parallell side walls of gymnasium.

Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.


Reference the Design Guideline,"DCSS Instructional Technology Required Specifications" document for utility and infrastructure requirements.

Provide card access reader at exterior entry doors into PE 1.

Avoid specification of building materials w/ rough edges or surfaces that project into the Gymnasium area.

Plumbing

HVAC

Acoustics

General Notes

Refer to Design Guidelines Playground Prototype requirements.

Provide sound seals on all interior doors in PE 1, as a sound attenuation measure for adjacent academic spaces.




SPED 1 Special Ed Classroom 750 2 1,500

SPED 1a Duplex Toilet (1 Boy-Girl Set w/ changing table) 150 1 150


SPED 2a Duplex Toilet (1 Boy-Girl Set w/ shared vestibule) 150 1 150

SPED 3 Speech Therapy 150 1 150

Total Area SF 3,710



MB SPED 1, SPED 2 4' x 4' 2

IB SPED 1, SPED 2 74x54 1

TB SPED 1, SPED 2 4' x 4' 1

TB SPED 1, SPED 2 12' x 4' 1

CMP SPED 1, SPED 2 OP: reference Instructional Technology Plan

CLK SPED 1, SPED 2 1

PSH SPED 1, SPED 2 1 OP

CTBL SPED 1a 1


TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (Student) CTBL - Changing Table

Walls: a SPED 1, 2, 3

b SPED 1a, SPED 2a

Floors: a SPED 1, 2, 3 Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

b SPED 1a, 2a Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.



SPED 1, Classroom Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

SPED 2 Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

Book Case (open front) 1 3'x1'x7' w/ adjustable shelves.


Upper Cabinet (single door) 2 24x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf in each.

Upper Cabinet (double door) 3 36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf in each.

Countertop* 13 LF 1 24" w Continuous at all base cabinets.


Finishes

Provide epoxy paint on all walls.

Casework

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, zero VOC paints are preferred. All walls to extend to underside of deck. All walls to be constructed of CMU.

Equipment




SPECIAL EDUCATION - Section 08

General DescriptionClassrooms for Special Education provide services to students with varying disabilities in the least restrictive environment. Disabilities served include Autism (AU), Behavioral Disorders (BD), Learning Disabilities (LD), Hearing Impaired (HI), Language Impaired (LI), Mild Intellectual Disabilities (MI), Visually Impaired (VI), Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) and Other Health Impairments (OI). Classrooms are configured according to standards established for regular classrooms, but for smaller numbers of students that can be self-contained (inter-related classroom.) Key Adjacency: Locate adjacent to other general classrooms, near exits.

Activity / Space



Base Cabinet (double door) 2 36x24x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf in each.


Bookcases 12 LF 36x12x30 w/ 1 adjust. shelf in each, @ window wall


*Student Cubbies: Provide open storage area ( i.e. coats, bookbags) to accommodate full class size of students.


Power: SPED 1, 2 -Sink

SPED 1a, 2a

SPED 1, 2, 3

Teaching Wall

Computer Area

Other:

1 SPED 1, SPED 2

2 SPED 1a, SPED 2a




1


3


Utilities






Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology requirements.

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle (child/tamper proof) in shared vestibule. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle (child/tamper proof) in 1 Toilet Room w/ changing table. Provide no outlets in other toilet.

Provide locks on all doors except toilet vestibules doors from classrooms, which shall have push-pull hardware. Toilet room doors shall not have closers.


Plumbing


HVAC

Acoustics



Total Area SF 0




NONE


Acoustics

General Notes

Casework

AUDITORIUM - Section 09 (See Cafetorium - Section 12)

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes

Utilities

Plumbing

HVAC



ADM 1 Reception Lobby (Admin. Suite) 340 2 680 (Guest seating for 8 - 10 adults)

ADM 1a Administration Suite Corridor (internal circulation) 400 1 400

ADM 2 Office (Principal) 250 1 250 ADM 1a, w/ front view of school

ADM 2a Closet 25 1 25

ADM 2b Restroom 50 1 50

ADM 3 Offices (Bookkeeper, Specialist, Instructional Lead) 150 2 300 See General Notes

ADM 4 Conference Room (12 person) 300 1 300 ADM 2

ADM 5 Workroom /Mailroom 300 1 300 ADM 1a

ADM 6 Records Vault 150 1 150 ADM 1 , ADM 3 (Bookeeper Office)

ADM 7 Storage Room 150 1 150

ADM 8 Restroom (pair) 50 4 200

ADM 9 Clinic ( 2 cot areas ) 180 1 180 Provide access outside of Admin Suite

ADM 9a Restroom (1 toilet) 50 1 50

ADM 10 Teacher Work Room 350 1 350

ADM 10a Restrooms 50 2 100

ADM 10b Storage Room 60 1 60

ADM 11 AP Office (1 suite Lower Level/Entry Level) 150 2 300

ADM 12 AP Conference Room - 10 person 200 2 400

ADM 13 Test Workroom 150 1 150

ADM 13a Test Workroom Storage (internal) 100 1 100 Enter via ADM 13

Total Area SF 4,495

The following items are to be specified in the b 52


TB ADM 1, 2, 3, 5, 9, 10, 11 4' x 4' 1

MB ADM 2, ADM 3, ADM 5, ADM 9, ADM 11, ADM 12 4' x 4' 1

MB ADM 10 8' x 4' 1

CPR ADM 5, ADM 10 1 OP

FS ADM 6 1 Coordinate location w/ owner. Secure to floor.

IB ADM 4, ADM 12 74" x 54" 1 Locate on presentation wall.

TB ADM 4, ADM 12 4' x 4' 1

MB ADM 4, ADM 12 4' x 4' 1

MB ADM 12 12' x 4' Locate above computer stations.

VM ADM 10 39"x30"x __ 2 OP

REF ADM 8 1 OP

UREF ADM 9 1

INT ADM 1 1

ADMINISTRATION - Section 10

General Description

The Administrative Suite provides support to the instructional program, assistance to teachers, staff and students, and serves as an information and public relations center to the community. It is the main welcome/administrative center for parents, community, and visitors. The reception/guest waiting area is the sole sign-in security check point for all visitors. Frequently accessed Administrative functions such as the Clinic and Attendance office may be located adjacent to the core Administrative Suite, with direct corridor access to assist with the control of student traffic to and from these areas. Key Adjacency: Locate at Main Entrance of school with full view of building front.

Activity / Space

Equipment


PTD ADM 8, ADM 9, ADM 10 1

SD ADM 8, ADM 9, ADM 10

SM ADM 1, ADM 2, ADM 13, ADM 13 a 3 50" (min.) monitor screen

DFIB ADM 9 1 OP

KR ADM 6 1

SHLV ADM 6 36x18x7' 7

SHLV ADM 7 36x18x7' 11

SHLV ADM 10 b 36x15x7' 3

SHLV ADM 13 a 3'x15"x7' 5

CMP ADM 10 1 OP

CLK ADM 1, ADM 9, ADM 10 1

CLK ADM 1a Varies

SDR ADM 6 1

PSH ADM 5 1

MB - Marker Board CLK - Electronic Wall Clock IB - Interactive Board REF - Refrigerator w/ice maker

TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (Admin.) SM - Security TV Monitors (wall mtd.)

KR - Key Cabinet FS - Floor Safe * CPR - Copier PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

SDR - Rated Door VM - Vending Machines UREF-Undercounter Refrig. SD - Soap Dispenser

INT - Intercom Equipment Console DFIB - Defibrillator SHLV - Shelving (metal) PSH - Pencil Sharpener


b ADM 2b, 8, 9a, 10a

Floors: a All Spaces Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces with the exception of the following.

b ADM 10 b Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces.

c ADM 2b, 8, 9a, 10a Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.

Ceilings: a All Spaces Provide 2x2 acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces.


ADM 1 Reception Lobby Reception Desk 17 LF 17'x8'-6" Desk Ht Variable: 3'-4" , 2'-5".

(Provide 2 knee spaces)

Base Cabinet (single door) 2 18x28x29 w/ 1 drawer


Base Cabinet (File Drawer ) 2 36x28x29 w/ 2 drawers (lockable)

ADM 2a Closet (Principal) Shelf & Coat Rod 1

ADM 4 Conference Countertop 3 LF Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet (double door) 1 36x24x34 w/ 1 adj. shelf, 1 top dwr.

ADM 5 Workroom / Mailroom Wall 1:

Upper Cabinet (double door) 4 36x12x30 w/ 2 adjustable shelves.

Countertop 6 LF Continuous at all base cabinets.



Work Counter (w/knee space) 6 LF 1 72x24x28 Area to accommodate 2 chairs.

Wall 2:

Work Counter (w/knee space) 10'-5" LF 125x24x28 Area to accommodate 2 chairs.

Mail Boxes (slotted upright) 80 Width to accommodate inner office docs.

Casework

Finishes

Provide ceramic tile at wet wall to 7'-0". Provide epoxy paint on all other walls.


ADM 9 Clinic * Wall 1:


Work Counter (w/open space) 3 LF 1 36x24x34 Open space for undercounter refrigerator.

Work Counter (w/open space) 3 LF 1 36" H Open space for portable supply cabinet.

Base Cabinet (double door) 3 LF 1 36x24x34 w/ sink (single bowl).

* All cabinetry lockable.

ADM 10 Teacher Planning Rm. Wall 1:



Countertop 6 LF Continuous at all base cabinets.



Wall 2:


Work Counter (w/knee space) 14' 1 65x24x28 Area to accommodate 2 chairs.

Base Cabinet (open front) 1 34x24x28 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

ADM 12 Conference Room Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

(Asst. Principal) Countertop 3 LF Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet (double door) 1 36x24x34 w/ 2 adjustable shelves.

*Provide backsplash at all countertops. *Provide grommetts at work counters (w/ open space.)


Power: All Spaces

ADM 1 Distribute multiple electrical outlets to facilitate activities that occur in main entry lobby/corridors.

ADM 1 - Reception Desk Provide two (2) double duplex receptacles (w/data). Device mounted in reception desk millwork.

ADM 1 - Seating Group Provide one (1) duplex receptacle at specified height for side tables.

ADM 1 - Security Monitor Provide adequate power for wall mounted plasma screen security monitors.

ADM 2b, 8, 9a, 10a

ADM 2, 3, 11 - Offices

ADM 4 - Conference

ADM 5 - Casework

ADM 6 - Vault Provide one (1) duplex receptacle per wall.

ADM 7, 10b - Storage Provide one (1) duplex receptacle per room.

ADM 9 - Sink, Casework

ADM 12 - AP Conference

Clock: ADM 1, 1a, 10

Data: ADM 1 - Reception Desk Provide two (2) combination voice/data outlets adj to millwork receptacle. Device mtd. In desk millwork.

ADM 2, 3, 11 - Office

ADM 4, 12 - Conference

ADM 5, 13 - Workroom

Provide one (1) wall mounted clock outlet, or as required for adequate visibility.

Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to MIS Requirements.

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle mounted at non-standard height in restrooms.


Provide one (1 ) double duplex receptacle (w/data) at presentation wall: and one (1) duplex receptacle mounted at accessible ceiling for ceiling mounted projector. Provide one (1) Multi-Service Assembly flush cast-ion-place floor outlet, containing one (1) duplex receptacle and one (1) voice/data outlet in recessed floor box. Provide receptacle above counter at casework for coffee service, catering functions.

Provide four (4) GFI duplex receptacles mounted above work countertop area (w/data): three (3) double duplex receptacles adj to table groupings: one (1) special purpose receptacle (w/data) at presentation wall.

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle mounted above countertop w/sink, and one (1) double duplex receptacle (w/data).





Utilities


ADM 9 - Sink, Casework Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to duplex receptable at casework.

Other:

1 ADM 2b, 9a, 10a Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA

compliant.

2 ADM 9, 10 Provide one (1) stainless steel sink w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water.

1 All spaces Provide limited-range temperature control.

2 All spaces Refer to Design Guidelines for requirements.

1 All Spaces Provide sound batt attenuation in all spaces and toilet room walls.


3 All Spaces

1

2

3 Provide walls to structure at ADM 6, Records Vault.

4 Assistant Principal's Office should have two access points;direct access off main corridor, and into Main Administrative Suite.

5 Locate ADM 9 (Clinic) on first floor, with direct access to main corridor.

6

7 Provide an alcove to house intercom equipment adjacent to and secured behind the reception desk.

8 Provide two (2) alternative exit/entry ways to Principals office. (i.e., Via reception area and from a secondary corridor.)

Provide sound batt attenuation in all rooms; particularly between adjacent rooms. (i.e. Toilets adjacent to workrooms, conference and offices space.)



Plumbing

HVAC

Acoustics

Test Workroom ADM 13, functions as a workroom where tests are organized, stacked and placed into testing tubs. Provide area to seat four (4) persons. Provide shelving in Test Workroom Storage ADM 13a, for storage of test documents. Approximately 600-700 children are tested. Security: Provide locks on doors ADM 13 and ADM 13a. ADM 13 a should be accessible only thru ADM 13. Provide security cameras @ entry to ADM 13.

General Notes

Provide locks on all doors except toilets. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.




CSG 1 Counselor Lobby / Corridor (internal circulation) 200 1 200 CSG 3

CSG 2 Office (Counselor) 150 2 300

CSG 3 Conference Room (w/ seating for 10 people) 200 1 200 CSG 1

CSG 3a Storage Room 50 1 50 CSG 3

Total Area SF 750



TB CSG 2, CSG 3 4' x 4' 1

MB CSG 2, CSG 3 4' x 4' 1

MB CSG 2 8' x 4' 1

IB CSG 3 74" x 54" OP. Locate on presentation wall.

TB CSG 3 12' x 4' 1

SHLV CSG 3a 36x15x84 6

CLK CSG 1, CSG 3 1

MB - Marker Board CLK - Electronic Wall Clock CMP - Computers IB - Interactive Board

TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided SHLV - Shelving (metal)


Floors: a All Spaces Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces with the exception of the following.

b CSG 3a

Ceilings: a All Spaces Provide 2x2 acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces.



Power: All Spaces

CSG 1 - Offices

CSG 3a Provide one (1) duplex receptacle per room.

Clock: CSG 1 - Lobby, Corridor

Data: CSG 2 - Office

CSG 3 - Conference

Other:


Provide one (1) wall mounted clock outlet, or as required for adequate visibility.




Provided electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to MIS Requirements.

Equipment

Utilities

COUNSELING - Section 11

General Description

The Counseling suite provides guidance and counseling as an integral part of the instructional program designed to promote the social and emotional cognitive development of each student. Activities include, but are not limited to, individual, and small group counseling, crisis counseling, staff and parent conferences, staff development, and coordination of special school events. Key Adjacency: Centrally locate, in close proximity to the main corridor and main entrance to school. Locate adjacent to and separate from the Administrative Suite.

Activity / Space

Finishes

Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces.

Casework


1 All spaces

1 All Spaces Provide sound batt attenuation in all spaces.


1

2

requirements.


Provide locks on all doors. Toilet room doors shall not have closers. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware

General Notes


Plumbing - N/A

HVAC

Provide limited-range temperature control in each administrative space. Refer to Design Guidelines for requirements.

Acoustics



Kitchen Area:

KIT 1 Preparation Kitchen 800 1 800

KIT 2 Cooler (walk-in) 175 1 175

KIT 3 Freezer (walk-in) 250 1 250 KIT 2

KIT 4 Dry Storage 390 1 390 KIT 1, KIT 13

KIT 5 Office (1 person) 125 1 125 KIT 1, KIT 13

KIT 6 Locker Room 70 1 70

KIT 7 Laundry Room 50 1 50 KIT 6

KIT 8 Toilet 50 2 100 KIT 6

KIT 9 Janitor Closet 55 1 55

KIT 10 Serving Area (2 serving lines) 850 1 850 CAF 1, KIT 1

KIT 11 Dish Wash 235 1 235 KIT 1, KIT 10

KIT 12 Can Wash Room (exterior) 50 1 50 Provide access near bldg. service entrance

KIT 13 Corridor (internal circulation) 225 1 225

Kitchen Subtotal 3,375

Cafetorium Area:

CAF 1 Cafetorium 4,000 1 4,000 Bus entrance, CAF 2, KIT 10

CAF 2 Stage 1,200 1 1,200 Music Classroom, CAF 1

CAF 2a Stage Ramp (Incl. w/stage) 1 0 CAF 2

CAF 3 Storage (Chair) 175 1 175 CAF 1

CAF 4 General Storage 175 1 175 CAF 1

CAF 5 Controls Closet 20 1 20 CAF 1

CAF 6 Dressing Room 70 0 0 CAF 2

CAF 7 PTA Storage / School Store 100 1 100 CAF 1

Cafetorium Subtotal 5,670

Total Area SF 9,045

*Cafeteria seating to accommodate FTE and lunch periods noted above.

*Reference Design Guidelines for complete list of Kitchen/Laundry Equipment.



TB KIT 5 4' x 4' 1

MB KIT 5 4' x 4' 1

OPS CAF 1 0 OP

PTD KIT 1, 8, 11 As required.

NUTRITION - Section 12

General Description

The Nutrition program provides breakfast and lunch each day for students, teachers, administrators and visitors to the school. Multiple Lunch seatings occur between 10:00 am to 1:00 pm to feed the school population. The Cafetorium also serves as the school auditorium/multi functional space; with a stage for presentations and other large school functions. (i.e. Recognition Honors and Awards programs, school stage productions, district/community meetings, open house curriculum nights.) Key Adjacency: Within close proximity to the main entrance lobby of the school located on a major corridor.

Kitchen/Cafetorium FTE: 1,300 Number of Lunch Periods: 3

Activity / Space

Equipment


SD KIT 1, 8, 11 As required.

HSK KIT 10, KIT 11 1

HSK KIT 1 2

SL KIT 6 12 6 - double tiered lockers.

CR KIT 6 1

BCH KIT 6 1

W/D KIT 7 Set

EH KIT 1 1

CMPR CAF 1 1 OP

C/BKT CAF 1

CUR CAF 2 1

HR CAF 2 a 1

SS CAF 1 11

PS CAF 1 1

MS KIT 2 12

MS KIT 3 20

MS KIT 4 25

MS CAF 7 48" x 84" 6 Shelving Units: 2 @ 18" deep

MI CAF 6 1

CLK CAF 1, KIT 1 2

MB - Marker Board CLK - Electronic Wall Clock MS - Metal Shelving Units OPS - Overhead Projector Shelf

TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided W/D - Washer, Dryer CMPR - Clg. Mtd. Projector

CUR - Stage Curtain EH - Exhaust Hood HSK - Hand Sink C/BKT - Component Bracket (wall mtd)

SS - Speakers (pendant) CH - Condensate Hood PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser BCH - Bench

CR - Coat Rack SL - Staff Lockers SD - Soap Dispenser PS - Projection Screen (retractable)

HR - Hand Rails (stage ramp)

* See Design Guideline Appendix, entitiled Kitchen Equipment Standard for complete list of food service equipment.

Walls: a Cafetorium Area

b All Spaces

c KIT 8

Floors: a Cafetorium Area Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces, with the exception of the following.

b KIT 1, 8, 10, 11 Provide quarry tile w/quarry tile base in all spaces with the exception of the following.

c KIT 4, KIT 5, KIT 6, KIT 7 Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

d KIT 9 Provide sealed concrete..

Ceilings: a Kitchen Area Provide 2'x2' acoustical ceiling tile (ACT-2) in all spaces, with the exception of the following.

b KIT 2, KIT 3, KIT 12 Open to Structure (OTS).

c Cafetorium Area

d Stage Area

*See Design Guidelines for additional details and requirements.


Open to structure.

Cafeteria ceiling shall be designed to maximum aesthetic appeal, with strong consideration for acoustics, maintenance and lighting levels.

FinishesRefer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

Provide paint finish to all spaces with the exception of KIT 2, KIT 3. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

Provide epoxy paint on all walls.

Casework



Power: All Spaces

KIT 1 Coordinate kitchen equipment power requirements w/kitchen consultant and DeKalb County School System.

KIT 2, KIT 3, KIT 11 Provide multiple ceiling mounted junction boxes as required.

KIT 7 Provide one (1) special purpose receptacle:and one (1) duplex receptacle for washer, dryer.

KIT 8, KIT 9

KIT 10

KIT 10

KIT 11, KIT 13 Provide GFI duplex receptacle(s) as required per equipment/appliance layout.

KIT 13 Locate flush mounted panelboards for ease of access.

KIT 12 None.

CAF 2

CAF 5

Clock: KIT 1

CAF 1

Intercom: CAF 1,KIT 1, 5, 6, 10, 13

Data: KIT 5

KIT 10

CAF 5

Reader: KIT 13 - Entry Door

Security: KIT 13 - Entry Door

KIT 13 - Entry Door Provide electric strike.

KIT 13 - Entry Door Provide power supply for access control.

CAF 1 - Exterior Doors

Sound: CAF 2

CAF 2

CAF 5

Other:

1 KIT 8 Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA

compliant.

2 KIT 1, KIT 11, KIT 13 Provide sloped floor and floor drains as required for ease of cleaning floor surfaces.

1 All spaces

Provide per each serving line: One (1) duplex receptacle (w/voice/data), two (2) special purpose receptacles. Provide multiple special purpose outlets, and GFI duplex receptacles as required per equipment layout.

Utilities



Provide magnetic door position switch.




Provide two (2) double duplex receptacles mounted at 30" AFF and two (2) duplex receptacles for general use. Provide (a) Emergency Transfer Cabinet, (b) Dimmer Panel, (c) Transformer (d) Secondary disconnect for transformer.

Provide one (1) wall mounted clock outlet

Provide two (2) wall mounted clock outlets, or as required per layout.

Provide multiple intercom speaker(s) as required, ceiling recessed.



HVAC

Provide limited-range temperature control in each administrative space. Refer to Design Guidelines for requirements.

Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to double duplex receptacle.

Provide one (1) card reader at main entry door to kitchen area.

Provide microphone wall receptacle(s). Provide double gang box w/single gang plaster ring and 3/4" conduit stubbed up above accessible ceiling.

Provide cafetorium sound system speaker(s), recessed ceiling.

Provide cafetorium sound system amplifier.

Plumbing




2 KIT 1

1 All spaces See Finishes section above regarding ceiling tile in cafetorium and kitchen areas.



1

2

3 Provide interior windows between CAF 1 and KIT 10 and between KIT 5 and KIT 1.

4 Provide dutch door w/ locks at CAF 7.

5 Natural light shall be encouraged with consideration given to the use of projection and audio-visual technology.


Provide adequate cooling and air circulation throughout, especially @ heavy cooking equipment areas.

Acoustics




Storage:

BS 1 Book Storage / Laptop Cart Room 600 1 600 Locate near elevator on Main Level

BS 2 Maintenance Equipment Storage (exterior) 200 1 200 Provide access from exterior

BS 3 General Building Storage 140 4 560

Custodial:

BS 4 Main Custodial Rooms 200 1 200

BS 4a Branch Custodial Rooms 90 2 180

BS 5 Main Custodian Supply Room 200 1 200

BS 6 Custodian Office 80 1 80

BS 7 Custodian Restroom 60 1 60

Building Mechanical & Electrical Services:

BS 8 Branch Mechanical Rooms (@ classroom wings) 70 0 0

BS 9 Branch Electrical Rooms 140 6 840

BS 10 Main Distribution Frame Room (MDF)* 200 1 200 Locate per cabling requirements

BS 11 Intermediate Distribution Frame Room (IDF)* 75 5 375 Locate per cabling requirements

BS 12 Main Mechanical (Electrical Plant) 650 1 650

BS 13 Main Electrical Room (incl. electrical closet) 170 1 170

Restrooms:

BS 15 Multi-fixture (Battery) Restrooms - Boy/Girl 600 4 2,400 1 B/G Set @ CAF1, 3 B/G Sets @ CR wings

BS 16 Visitor/Staff Toilets 265 2 530 Locate near Main Entrance Lobby

BS 18 Elevator Machine Room 100 1 100

Total Area SF 7,345

*Room quantities as required for layout.

*IDF, MDF: Reference MIS Required Specifications for minimum square footage.



MB BS 6 4' x 4' 1

TB BS 6 4' x 4' 1

SHLV BS 1, BS 2, BS 3 36x18x84 Quantity as required

SHLV BS 4, BS 4a, BS 6 36x18x84 1

SL BS 6 12"x15"x72" 6

SHLV BS 5 36x18x84 6

CLK BS 6 1

LC BS 1 30 OP

LDR BS 9 1

MB - Marker Board CLK - Electronic Wall Clock SHLV - Shelving (metal) M/B - Mop and Broom Holder

TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided LC - Laptop Cart LDR - Ladder (wall mounted)

BUILDING SERVICES - Section 13

General Description

Building Services (building infrastructure) spaces support the instructional programs by providing a comfortable, healthy, safe and attractive environment where students can learn and others can work with minimal distractions. These areas include custodial, main building storage, mechanical / electrical equipment, data / telephone equipment and restroom facilities essential components needed to maintain the school infrastructure and operations.

Activity / Space

Equipment



b BS 15, 16

Floors: a All Spaces Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces w/ the exception of the following.

b BS 15, 16 Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.

c BS 2, 3, 4, 4a, 5, 12 Provide sealed concrete.

Ceilings: a BS 5,10,11,15,16 Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces, w/ the exception of the following.

b BS 2, 3, 4, 4a, 9, 12, 13 Provide exposed structure.

c BS 9, BS 13 Open to structure. (OTS)



Power: All Spaces

BS 1

BS 1, BS 3 Provide one (1) duplex receptacle.

BS 2 Provide one (1) weather proof GFI duplex receptacle.

BS 4, BS 4a

BS 5

BS 7

Security: BS 2, BS 12

Photo Elec. BS 4, BS 4a, BS 5 Provide one (1) photo electric device in janitorial rooms.

Other:

1 BS 4, BS 5 Provide floor sink in main and branch custodial rooms with hot and cold water.

2 BS 7

3 BS 15, 16

4 General

1 BS 6, BS 12, BS 13 Provide limited-range temperature control.

2 General Refer to Design Guidelines for HVAC requirements.

3 BS 10, BS 11 Provide dedicated climate control.

1 Equipment Rooms

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle.

Provide two (2) double duplex receptacles; one duplex receptacle, one (1) GFI duplex receptacle adj to janitor sink, and hot water disconnect switches.

Provide ceramic tile at lower half (4'-0" A.F.F.) of wall surface. Provide painted surface above ceramic tiled areas.

Casework

Utilities


Provide adequate power to support laptop carts. Coordinate power requirements and cart quantities with DCSS MIS Department.

Finishes

SL - Staff Lockers



Provide magnetic door position switch at doors.

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle at non-standard height.

Plumbing


Provide number of fixtures in restrooms as required by code for population served. Provide one (1) wall hydrant in each multi-fixture restroom. All toilet rooms shall be ADA compliant.

Provide electric water coolers distributed throughout building as required by code for population served.

HVAC

AcousticsProvide full height CMU walls around equipment rooms and sound isolation mounts for equipment subject to vibration to achieve sound containment




1 Multi-fixture restrooms must be sized for core FTE capacity of 1,300 to include all students 2nd through 5th grades.

2


achieve sound containment.

General Notes




OS 1 Science Terrace 0 1 0 Provide direct access from Science Lab

OS 2 Artwork Terrace 0 1 0 Provide direct access from Art Lab

OS 3 Trash Compactor Enclosure 345 1 345

Total Area SF 345



Walls: a OS 1, OS 2 Provide low masonry enclosure wall around perimeter of area.

Floors: a OS 1, OS 2 Poured concrete.

Ceilings: a OS 1, OS 2 Provide building overhang for shading.


NONE


Power: OS 1, OS 2 Provide two (2) weather proof GFI duplex receptacles.

OS 3

Other:

1 OS 1, OS 2 Provide hose bib.

NONE

NONE

Utilities

Plumbing

Casework

Reference Design Guideline Division 2, Trash Compactor.


HVAC

Acoustics


OUTDOOR AREAS - Section 14.1 (Outdoor Spaces)

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes

Outdoor Areas (Outdoor Spaces and Site Facilities) include topics such as landscaping, site circulation for cars and buses, parking accommodations, emergency access around the building, building service, the location of portable classroom units. Requirements for these areas and others are discussed in Division 2 - Site of the Design Guidelines.


1 Provide direct access from Science and Art Labs to outdoor patio areas.

General Notes



SF 1 Playground / Play Equipment (K-2nd Grade) 0 1 0

SF 2 Playground / Play Equipment (3rd -5th Grade) 0 1 0

SF 3 Playfield (planted w/ sod) 0 1 0

Total Area SF 0



Walls:

Floors:

Ceilings:



Power: Site Facilities

Lighting Site Facilities

1

2

1

2

1

2

1 Refer to SPLOST IV Design Guideline Division 2 Site.

2 Verify that quantity of play events per playground area is sufficient to accommodate the anticipated number of users.

General Notes

Reference Design Guideline Division 2.

Reference Design Guideline Division 2.

Utilities

Plumbing

HVAC

Acoustics

Casework

OUTDOOR AREAS - Section 14.2 (Site Facilities)

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes

Outdoor Areas (Outdoor Spaces and Site Facilities) include topics such as landscaping, site circulation for cars and buses, parking accommodations, emergency access around the building, building service, the location of portable classroom units. Requirements for these areas and others are discussed in Division 2 - Site of the Design Guidelines; and Division 11 - Equipment.


ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - Square Footage Summary

APPENDIX A


Activity / Space

Space No. Room Name 58 IU's Min. SF 58 IU's TSF

INSTRUCTIONAL AREAS * **

Section 01 CLASSROOM TYPE I (Kindergarten - 1st Grade) 17 12,750 16,310

Kindergarten 9 6,750 7,920

First Grade 8 6,000 7,040

Section 02 CLASSROOM TYPE II (2nd - 5th Grade) 27 19,170 20,450

Second Grade 8 6,000 6,000

Third Grade 7 5,250 5,250

Fourth Grade 6 3,960 4,600

Fifth Grade 6 3,960 4,600

Section 03 MEDIA CENTER 1 5,100 5,150

Section 04 ART 1 1,000 1,160

Section 05 MUSIC 1 1,000 1,100

Section 06 SHARED LABS 6 4,750 5,440

Computer Science Lab (Incl. storage) 1 750 880

Science Lab 1 1,000 1,000

Discovery (Gifted), Math, World Languages, ESOL 4 3,000 1,500

Section 07 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 1 5,000 5,144

Section 08 SPECIAL EDUCATION 4 3,000 3,710

Section 09 Not Used: AUDITORIUM (Reference Cafetorium-Section 12)

SUPPORT AREAS

Section 10 ADMINISTRATION 0 0 4,495


Faculty Workrooms


Section 11 COUNSELING 0 0 750

Section 12 SCHOOL NUTRITION

Kitchen 0 3,000 3,375

Cafeteria 0 4,126 5,670

Section 13 BUILDING SERVICES 0 0 7,345

Section 14 OUTDOOR AREAS (See below.)

OTHER PROGRAMS

Section 15

15.1

15.2

15.3

A. Sub-total - Basic Programs: Activity/Space (Net SF) 58 58,896 0 80,099

Section 16 OPTIONAL PROGRAMS:

APPENDIX A

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - Square Footage Summary DOE Proposed


Pre-Kindergarten Classroom 0 0 1,030

B. Sub-total - Opt. Programs: Activity/Space (Net SF) 0 0 0 1,030

C. TOTAL: (Building Interior Net SF) 58 58,896 0 81,129

Grossing Factor: Walls & Circulation @ 1.387% of Building Interior Net SF 0 31,397

D. Public Commons

E. GRAND TOTAL: Total Building Gross Sq. Footage 0 112,526

OUTDOOR SPACES

Section 14.1 Outdoor Spaces 345

Section 14.2 Site Facilities (Playfields) 0

345

* Information based on DeKalb County Schools CIT planning directives.

** REF. Georgia Department of Education (GDOE) Guideline for Square Footage Requirements for Educational Facilities

*** Information based on DeKalb County Schools Facility Plan dated September 2, 2011.

**** Information based on DeKalb County Schools Facility Plan dated September 2, 2011.


Activity / Space

Space No. Room Name 58 IU's NSF TSF NSF Qty TSF900 FTE 900 FTE

*Core Designed for FTE of 1,300 unless noted otherwise A B F G H

Section 01 Classroom Type I - (Kindergarten - 1st Grades) 58 IU's

CR1 1 Kindergarten 9 750 6,750 880 9 7,920

CR1 2 Duplex Toilets (Shared Vestibule, 2 toilets) 150 4.5 675

CR1 1 First Grade 8 750 6,000 880 8 7,040

CR1 2 Duplex Toilets (Shared Vestibule, 2 toilets) 150 4.5 675

Total NSF 17 12,750 16,310

Section 02 Classroom Type II - (2nd - 5th Grades)

CR2 1 Second Grade 8 750 6,000 750 8 6,000

CR2 1 Third Grade 7 750 5,250 750 7 5,250

CR2 1 Fourth Grade 4 660 2,640 750 4 3,000

CR2 1a Fourth Grade 2 660 1,320 800 2 1,600

CR2 1 Fifth Grade 4 660 2,640 750 4 3,000

CR2 1a Fifth Grade 2 660 1,320 800 2 1,600

Total NSF 27 19,170 20,450

EDUCATIONAL COMMON SPACES

Section 03 MEDIA CENTER

MC 1 Reading Room 3,350 1 3,350

MC 2 Conference Room (8 person) 200 1 200

MC 3 Office 250 1 250

MC 4 Audio / Visual & Non-Print Media Storage 400 1 400

MC 5 Media Production 300 1 300

MC 6 Workroom 300 1 300

MC 6a Workroom Toilet 50 1 50

MC 7 Media Distribution / Video Production Studio 300 1 300

Total NSF 1 5,100 5,150

Section 04 ART

ART 1 Art Lab (incl. vestibule) 950 1 950

ART 2 Storage 160 1 160

ART 3 Kiln Room (1 Kiln) 50 1 50

Total NSF 1 1,000 1,160

Section 05 MUSIC

MUS 1 Music Classroom (incl. vestibule) 950 1 950

MUS 2 Storage Room 150 1 150

Total NSF 1 1,000 1,100

Section 06 SHARED LABS (6)

SL 1 Computer Science 1 750 750 880 1 880

SL 1a Storage Room 150 1 150

SL 2 Science Lab 1 1,000 1,000 1,000 1 1,000

SL 2a Storage Room 150 1 150

SL 3 Discovery (Gifted, Math, World Languages, ESOL) 4 750 3,000 750 2 1,500

(2 @ 750-sf and 2 @ 880-sf) 880 2 1,760

Total NSF 6 4,750 5,440

Section 07 PHYSICAL EDUCATION (FTE = 900)

PE 1 Gym 4,644 1 4,644

PE 2 Equipment Storage - Outdoor 150 1 150

PE 3 Equipment Storage - Indoor 150 1 150

PE 4 PE Office 150 1 150

PE 4a Toilet (PE Office) 50 1 50

APPENDIX A

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations Proposed

FTE 900 (58 IU's)

GENERAL CLASSROOMS FTE 900 (58 IU's)*

DOE Min.


Activity / Space



APPENDIX A



DOE Min.

Total NSF 1 5,000 5,144

OTHER ESSENTIAL CLASSROOMS

Section 08 SPECIAL EDUCATION


SPED 1a Duplex Toilets (1 Boy-Girl Set w/shared vestibule and 1 shared w/ changing table) 150 1 150


SPED 2a Duplex Toilets (1 Boy-Girl Set w/shared vestibule and 1 shared w/ changing table) 150 1 150

SPED 3 Speech Therapy 150 1 150

Total NSF 4 750 3,000 3,710

SUPPORT SPACES

Section 09 AUDITORIUM (Ref. Cafetorium - Section 12)

Section 10 ADMINISTRATION

Main Administration Suite (1st floor-Main Entry)

ADM 1 Reception Lobby 340 2 680

ADM 1a Administration Corridor 400 1 400

ADM 2 Office (Principal) 250 1 250

ADM 2a Closet 25 1 25

ADM 2b Restroom (single) 50 1 50

ADM 3 Office (Bookkeeper, Specialist, Instructional Lead etc.) 150 2 300

ADM 4 Conference Room - 12 person 300 1 300

ADM 5 Workroom/Mailroom 300 1 300

ADM 6 Records Vault 150 1 150

ADM 7 Storage Room 150 1 150

ADM 8 Restrooms 50 4 200

ADM 9 Clinic 180 1 180

ADM 9a Restroom (single) 50 1 50

3,035

ADM 10 Teacher Work Room 350 1 350

ADM 10a Restrooms 50 2 100

ADM 10b Storage Room 60 1 60

510

ADM 11 Assistant Principal Office (1 suite on Lower Level and Entry Level) 150 2 300

ADM 12 Assistant Principal Conference Room - 10 person 200 2 400

700

Test Facilities 1 0

ADM 13 Test Workroom 150 1 150

ADM 13a Test Workroom Storage 100 1 100

Total NSF 4,495

Section 11 COUNSELING

CSG 1 Counselor Lobby/ Corridor (internal circulation) 200 1 200

CSG 2 Office (Counselor) 150 2 300

CSG 3 Conference Room - 10 person 200 1 200

CSG 3a Storage Room 50 1 50

Total NSF 750


Kitchen/Servery Area: (FTE = 1,300)


Activity / Space



APPENDIX A



DOE Min.



KIT 3 Freezer (walk-in) 250 1 250

KIT 4 Dry Storage 390 1 390

KIT 5 Office ( 1 person) 125 1 125

KIT 6 Locker Room 70 1 70

KIT 7 Laundry Room 50 1 50

KIT 8 Toilet 50 2 100

KIT 9 Janitor Closet 55 1 55

KIT 10 Serving Area (2 serving lines) 850 1 850

KIT 11 Dish Wash 235 1 235

KIT 12 Can Wash Room (exterior) 50 1 50

KIT 13 Corridor (internal circulation) 225 1 225

3,000 3,375

Cafetorium: (FTE = 1,300)

CAF 1 Cafetorium 4,000 1 4,000

CAF 2 Stage (incl. ramp) 1,200 1 1,200

CAF 3 Storage (Chair) 175 1 175

CAF 4 General Storage 175 1 175

CAF 5 Controls Closet 20 1 20

CAF 7 PTA Storage / School Store 100 1 100

4,126 5,670

Total NSF 7,126 9,045

BUILDING - MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, TOILETS, STORAGE

Section 13 BUILDING SERVICES

Storage:

BS 1 Book Storage / Laptop Cart Room 600 1 600

BS 2 Maintenance Equipment Storage (exterior) 200 1 200

BS 3 General Building Storage 140 4 560

1,360

Custodial:

BS 4 Main Custodial Room 200 1 200

BS 4a Branch Custodial Rooms 90 2 180

BS 5 Main Custodian Supply Room 200 1 200

BS 6 Custodian Office 80 1 80

BS 7 Custodian Restroom 60 1 60

720


BS 8 Branch Mechanical Rooms (1 per 2 classrooms) 70 0 0


BS 10 Main Distribution Frame (MDF) ** 200 1 200

BS 11 Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) ** 75 5 375

BS 12 Main Mechanical (Electrical Plant) * 650 1 650


2,235

Restrooms:


Activity / Space



APPENDIX A



DOE Min.

BS 15 Multi-fixture (Battery) Restrooms - Boy/Girl 600 4 2,400

BS 16 Visitor/Staff Toilets 265 2 530

BS 18 Elevator Machine Room 100 1 100

3,030

Total NSF 7,345

* Includes Tel. Equip., Elec., Sprinkler Riser Rms.

** Ref. MIS Required Specification document (Design Guideline) for minimum square footage requirements.

Section 15 OTHER PROGRAMS:

Section 15.1 0 0 0

Section 15.2 0 0 0

0

A Sub-Total Basic Programs: (Net SF) 58 58,896 80,099

Section 16 OPTIONAL PROGRAMS:

Section 16.1 Pre-Kindergarten Classroom 0 0 1 880 880

Toilet & Vestibule 1 150 150

0 1,030

B Sub-Total Optional Programs: (Net SF) 0 1,030

C Total (A+B): Basic + Optional Programs (Net SF) 58 58,896 81,129

Walls and Circulation @ .387 Net Building Area 31,397

D GRAND TOTAL (C x Grossing Factor of 1.387%): Total Building Gross Sq. Footage 112,526

Section 14 OUTDOOR AREAS:

Section 14.1 OUTDOOR SPACES

OS 1 Science Terrace 0 1 0

OS 2 Art Terrace 0 1 0

OS 3 Trash Compactor Enclosure 345 1 345

345

Section 14.2 SITE FACILITIES (Playfields)

SF 1 Playground / Play Equipment (K-2nd Grade) 0 1 0

SF 2 Playground / Play Equipment (3rd -5th Grade) 0 1 0

SF 3 Playfield (planted w/sod) 0 1 0

0

345


DEKALB COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT ‐ FEBRUARY 15, 2013 VERSION 1.1

DCSD 2020 VISION ‐ DESIGN PROGRAM AND GUIDELINES

MIDDLE

MID

DLE

SC

HO

OL

DES

IGN

PR

OG

RAM


INSTRUCTIONAL AREAS

Section 01 CLASSROOM TYPE I 2

Classrooms: ( English, Foreign Lang, Math, SS, ISS, CT)

Section 02 SCIENCE CLASSROOM 4


Section 04 ART 11

Section 05 MUSIC 14

Instrumental (Band / Orchestra)

Choral (Choral / Keyboarding)

Section 06 SHARED LABS 17

(Computer Writing, Math, Reading )

Section 07 PHYSICAL EDUCATION 19

(Playfields - Ref. Section 14.2)

Section 08 SPECIAL EDUCATION 24

Section 09 AUDITORIUM (Refer to Cafetorium - Section 12) 27

SUPPORT AREAS



Faculty Workroom

Satellite Administration Suite


Section 12 NUTRITION 35

Kitchen

Cafetorium



14.1 Outdoor Spaces (Educational)

14.2 Site Facilities (Playfields: Softball, Football/Soccer, Tennis, )

OTHER PROGRAMS 47

Section 15 BASIC CAREER TECHNOLOGY

15.1 Business & Computer Science

15.2 Engineering & Technology

15.3 Family & Consumer Science

APPENDIXES


Appendix B - Furnishings & Equipment 66

MIDDLE SCHOOL DESIGN PROGRAM INDEX

DeKalb County School District 1 of 83 February 15, 2013 Version 1.1


CR1 1 Classrooms (6th-8th)* 900 44 39,600


* Includes English, Math, Social Studies, World Language, In School Suspension


Item Room Location Size (wxh) #/RM

MB CR1 1 4' x 4' 2

IB CR1 1 8' x 4' 1

TB CR1 1 4' x 4' 1

TB CR1 1 12' x 4' 1

MB CR1 1 4' x 4' 1 Locate adj. to Tack Board at back of classroom.

TB CR1 1 12' x 4' 1 Locate above computer stations.

PSH CR1 1 1 OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.

C/BKT CR1 1 1 OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.

CMP CR1 1 4 OP - Locate on 2 6-ft computer tables.

WHS CR1 1 (World Language) - New OP - Refer to Instructional Technology Plan

CLK CR1 1 1 Locate at teaching wall.

MB - Marker Board CLK - Electronic Wall Clock IB - Interactive Board PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided WHS - Wireless Headphone System

C/BKT - Component Bracket (wall mtd.)

Walls: a CR1 1 Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b CR1 1 All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

Floors: a CR1 1 Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4 " rubber base.

Ceilings: a CR1 1 Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.

b CR1 1 Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.

c CR1 1 Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.


CR1 1 Classroom Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

CR1 1 Classroom Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

CR1 1 Classroom Shelving Unit (open front) 1 4'x1'x7'

Casework

Section 01 - CLASSROOM TYPE 1

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes

CMP - Computers (Student)

Classroom Type 1 is comprised of the middle school interdisciplinary classrooms: English/Language Arts, Mathematics, Social Studies, World Language, and In School Suspension. The manner of grouping middle school students for instruction is determined by the faculty and administrative staff of each school. The classrooms are often grouped or organized, so that all classrooms of one grade level are together in a single area or part of the school. Classrooms are used for large and small group activities including group projects, demonstrations, teacher presentations, student presentations, research, individualized and small group computer assisted instruction. Key Adjacency: Locate classrooms in close proximity to the Media Center.


OP - Center on teaching wall.


Locate at back of classroom.

Room sized for 34(+3) students. Minimum required area for students = 740-sf net based on 20-sf/person. Provides 160-sf for Teacher's desk, bookshelves, storage cabinets, computer tables, etc.


Utility LocationElectrical:

1 CR1 1

2 Teaching Wall

3 Computer Area

4 CR1 1

5 CR1 1

6 CR1 1

1 CR1 1

1 CR1 1 Provide limited-range temperature control.

2 CR1 1 Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1 CR1 1 Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

1

2

3


Utilities



Plumbing:

Acoustics

General Notes

HVAC:

None.




Interactive Board/Components (shelf, projectors etc.) are provided and installed by Owner. GC to provide power and data as required for operation of Interactive Board per Instructional Technology requirements.

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Reference Division 16 - Electrical in the Design Guideline.




SC 1 Science Classroom 1,000 13 13,000

SC 2 Prep / Storage Room 250 6.5 1,625 SC 1




MB SC 1 4' x 4' 2

IB SC 1 8' x 4' 1

TB SC 1 4' x 4' 1

TB SC 1 12' x 4' 1

CMP SC 1 4 OP - Locate on 2 6-ft computer tables.

CLK SC 1 1 Locate on teaching wall.

SG SC 1 1

EW SC 1 1 Integrated into the Teachers Demo Table counter top.

ES SC 1 1 Adjacent to the Teacher's Demo Table.

EW/DH SC 2 1

FH SC 2 4" W 1

SD SC 2 1 Locate at sink area.

SD SC 1 4 Locate at sink area.

PTD SC 1, SC 2 1 Locate at sink area.

MFC SC 2 1

AC SC 2 1

FEC SC 2 1

PSH SC 1 1 OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.


TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided MFC - Metal Flammable Cabinet

FB - Fire Blanker Cabinet FH - Fume Hood SD - Soap Dispenser AC - Acid Cabinet

FEC - Fire Extinguisher Cabinet SG - Safety Goggle Cabinet PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser EW - Eye Wash

ES - Emergency Shower EW/DH - Drench Hose Type Eye Wash Mounted In Counter

Walls: a All Spaces Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.


Floors: a All Spaces Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

Ceilings: a All Spaces Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.

b All Spaces Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.

Section 02 - SCIENCE CLASSROOM

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes

CMP - Computers (Student)

Classroom Type 2, Science Classroom, provides students the opportunity to become active participants of scientific processes through a variety of "hands-on" experiences. Students participate in large and small group activities (discussion, lab demonstrations, field experiences etc.), conduct experiments, utilize computer technology, and listen to and observe demonstrations by instructors. Key Adjacency: Science Lab Prep/Storage rooms are shared between two Science Classrooms. Locate Science Classrooms together in close proximity to general classrooms.





Room sized for 34(+2) students. Minimum required area for students = 720-sf net based on 20-sf/person. Provides 280-sf for Teacher's demo table/desk, science casework along walls, bookshelves, storage cabinets, computer tables, etc.


c All Spaces Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

Counters: a SC 1, SC 2 Provide flat black epoxy countertops at casework.

Stations: a SC 1 Provide flat black epoxy countertops at student and teacher demo station.

Space No. Room Name Unit Type Qty Size Notes

SC 2 Prep/Storage Room Storage Cabinet (lockable) 2 3'x2'x7'

Shelving Unit (open front) 4 12" Deep

Wall 1:

Upper Cabinet (double door) 4 36x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Countertop* ─ Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet 1 36x24x34 1 continuous top drawer, 6 bottom dwrs.

Base Cabinet (double door) 3 36x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Base Cabinet (double door) 1 30x24x34 w/ single bowl epoxy sink.

Drying Rack 1 - Center on wall at sink.

Wall 2:





Base Cabinet 1 36x24x34 1 continuous top dwr, 6 bottom dwrs.

SC 1 Science Classroom Student Desk 18 20x54x30 1 table to be ADA accessible.

Teacher Demo Station 1 30x96x34 w/ single bowl epoxy sink.

Wall 1:







Base Cabinet (double door) 2 30x24x34 w/ 2 drawers and 1 adjustable shelf.

Specialty Cabinet 1 48x24x34 w/ 24 drawers.

Wall 2:


Teacher Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'



Upper Cabinet (single door) 1 24x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.




Base Cabinet (double door) 2 30x24x34 w/ 2 drawers and 1 adjustable shelf.


Wall 3:

Shelving Unit (open front) 1 4'x1'x7' Locate adj to Teaching Wall


Casework

Utilities

Reference Division 12 - Furnishings, in the Design Guideline.


Utilitiy Location

Electrical:1 SC 1, SC 2

2 SC 1 - Lab Casework

3 Teaching Wall

4 Computer Area

5 SC 1, SC 2

6 SC 1, SC 2

7 SC 1, SC 2

1 SC 1, SC 2 Provide plumbing for eye wash and emergency shower stations. Provide floor drain at shower.

2 SC 1, SC 2 Provide gas outlets and cold/hot water at student workstations, teacher demo table, and Prep Room.

3 SC 1, SC 2 Provide acid resistant piping in classroom and prep room.

4 SC 1, SC 2 Lab sinks are to be integral with laboratory tops.

1 SC 2 Provide fume hood. See Design Guidelines for requirements.

2 SC 2 Provide exhaust fan purge button adjacent to fume hood.

3 SC 1, SC 2 Provide limited-range temperature control.

4 SC 1, SC 2 Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1 SC 1, SC 2 Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

1 Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

2

3






Provide classroom stations with valved gas, water and electrical supplies that are controlled through a key control with emergency stop for each work area. The gas solenoid valve for the laboratory gas system should be normally closed and interlocked with the lighting circuit.

Provide locks on SC 1 door only. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

Plumbing:

HVAC:

Acoustics

General Notes


Provide three (3) G.F.C.I. duplex receptacles, mounted above counter, per casework wall.



MC 1 Reading Room 4,100 1 4,100 Visual & direct access to MC 2 - MC 7.

MC 2 Conference Room (6 person each) 300 2 600 Two rooms w/operable partition in place.

MC 3 Office 150 2 300

MC 4 Periodical Storage 300 1 300

MC 5 Audio/Visual Equipment Storage 500 1 500


MC 6a Staff Toilet 0 1 0 MC 6

MC 7 Vestibule (internal circulation) 0 2 0

Total Area SF 6,300



TB MC 1, MC 3 4' x 4' 1

MB MC 3 4' x 4' 1

IB MC 1 8' x 4' 1 OP.

TB MC 6 2' x 4' 1 Included w/ marker board.

MB MC 6 3' x 4' 1 Combo MB w/ 2'x4' TB included.

MB MC 2 6' x 4' 2

CPR MC 1, MC 6 1 OP.

CUR MC 7 - See "Finishes" below.

CLK MC 1 2

CLK MC 6 1

SD MC 6 1 Locate at sink area.

PTD MC 6 1 Locate at sink area.

BD MC 1 1 Provide one at main entry.

PSM MC 1 1 OP - GC to provide blocking, power and data.

PS MC 1 1

PSS MC 1 2 Wall mounton each side of the projection screen.

C/BKT MC 1 1 OP - GC to provide blocking.

CMPR MC 1 1 OP - GC to provide power and data.

OPP MC 2 1

WB MC 1 - Provide at each exterior window.

CMP MC 1 23 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CMPC MC 5 11 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

Section 03 - MEDIA CENTER

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

The Media Center serves the entire school population by providing appropriate materials to support and enrich the curriculum. Media Center Activities include individual as well as large and small group instruction, reading, browsing, listening and viewing areas. Establish a prominent and visible main entrance to facilitate security and way finding for users. Provide direct line of sight from the distrubution desk to all student computer areas, for monitoring/supervision purposes. Appropriately located electrical/data outlets throughout the Reading Room to facilitate small group study in various parts of the space. The space should accommodate full class sizes of 30 - 100 students to view audio/visual presentations on screen. Natural lighting is a desired amenity; with the option of darkening the space for projection screen/ interactive board presentations. Key Adjacency: The Media Center should be located centrally within the school with ease of access from all classroom wings.

Reading Room Seating Capacity: 82. Based on NFPA 101; 50-sf/person net.


LDS MC 1 2 Locate a set at each main entry to MC 1.

PSH MC 1 1 OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.

MB - Marker Board CLK - Electronic Wall Clock IB - Interactive Board (portable) CMPR - Ceiling Mtd. Projector

TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided LDS - Library Detection System C/BKT - Component Bracket (wall mtd.)

TS - Tack Strip CMP - Computers (Student) OPP - Operable Partition PSM - Plasma Screen Monitor (wall mtd.)

CUR - Curtains/Rod CMPC - Computer Carts* BD - Book Drop PS - Projection Screen (retractable)

CPR - Copier WB - Window Blinds/Shades SD - Soap Dispenser PSS - Projection Screen Speakers

CMPC - Mobile Computer Cart Recharging Stations PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

Walls: a All Spaces

b MC 7

c All Spaces

Floors: a MC 1, 2, 3, 7 Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

b MC 4, MC 5, MC 6 Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

c MC 6a Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.

Ceilings: a All Spaces

b All Spaces Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

c MC 1


MC 1 Reading Room Circulation Desk 17 LF 17'x30"x * * Desk Ht Variable: 3'-4" to 2'-5".

Book Return 1

Desk w/cash drawer 1

Cupboard (dbl. door) 1

Work Desk 1

MC 4 Periodical Storage Adjustable Shelves 208 LF 16" D 4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

(Provide on 3 walls.)

MC 5 A/V Equip. Storage Adjustable Shelves 48 LF 16" D 2 tier, wall mounted on standards.

(Mount at ht. for computer cart storage beneath.)

Adjustable Shelves 76 LF 16" D 4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

MC 6 Workroom Wall 1:

Adjustable Shelves 16" D 2 tier, wall mounted on standards.

(Mount at ht. to locate copier beneath.)



Countertop* - Continuous at all base cabinets.


Base Cabinet (single door) 2 18x24x34

Wall 2:


Wall 3:

Provide paint finish to wall and soffit areas, and any exposed structure, structural deck, and/or exposed exposed ducts. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

Casework

Provide curtained backdrop, or other acceptable background, for televising announcements.


All walls surrounding reading rooms, offices, storage rooms, etc. shall extend to underside of deck. Walls separating the Media Center from corridors must be CMU. Wall within the Media Center may be impact resistant gypsum board.

Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile and 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.

Finishes





Work Counter (w/knee space) 6 LF 1 30' H

Work Table (Stand alone) 1 8'x4' Base cabinets both sides, counter 36"AFF

Countertop 1 Counter 36"AFF, 12" overhang both sides

Base Cabinets 4 36wx24d Base cabinets both sides,



MC 1 Reading Room Shelves (Periodicals) 4 36x12x60

Shelves (Reference) 1 36x12x60



Shelves 37 36x20x60

Circulation Desk Chairs 2

Vertical Newspaper Rack 1

Depressible Receiving Truck 2

Dictionary Stand 1

Computer Workstations Desk 15 36x30xX (Modular Furniture)

Computer Workstations Desk Chairs 15

Computer Study Carrels 8

Rectangular Table 12 36x90 6 person

Chairs 72

Rectangular Table 1 36x60 4 person

MC 2 Conference Book Case 6 36x10x60

Chairs 14

MC 5 A/V Equip. Storage Wood Book Trucks (mobile) 2

Utility Location

Electrical:Power: General

1 MC 1 - Motorized screen

2 MC 1 - TV/Monitor

3 MC 1 - Circulation Desk

4 MC 1 - Modular Furniture

5 MC 1 - Detection System

6 MC 2 - Conference

7 MC 5 - Computer Carts

Provide one (1) double duplex receptacle and one (1) wall mounted data outlet . Mount outlets behind TV at 84" AFF.

Provide two (2) Multi-Service Assembly flush cast-in-place floor mounted outlet, containing one (1) quadraplex receptacle computer outlet; and one (1) telephone/data outlet.

Provide electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall. Provide two sets of one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) per subdivided conference room.

Install outlets along walls w/casework horizontally in toe kick. Provide multiple flush floor boxes containing duplex receptacles for table areas in Reading Room. Provide floor boxes w/cover plates that can be closed when connected to device(s). Provide power rough-in for ceiling mounted projector for use w/motorized screen.

Furniture


Utilities

Provide wall mounted junction boxes for power connection and tele/data connection to modular furniture. Coordinate modular furniture systems electrical tele/data requirements with manufacturer.

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for Library Sensor Control Module at each entry. Provide electrical conduit w/pullstring to Library checkpoint system control module.

Provide one (1) wall mounted duplex receptacle per computer cart.


8 MC 6 - Workroom

9 MC 6a

10 MC 7

Intercom:

1 MC 1

2 MC 6

Microphone:

1 MC 1

Data:

1 MC 1 - Computer Area


3 MC 2

4 MC 6

Clock:

1 MC 1

Security:

1 MC 1 - Main entry door


Television:

1 MC 1

2 MC 2

Other:

1 All spaces

2 All spaces

3 All spaces

1 MC 6 Provide one (1) stainless steel sink w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water.

2 MC 6 a Provide one (1) floor-mounted flush valve WC and one (1) lavatory per toilet room. Room shall be ADA

compliant.

1 All spaces Provide limited-range individual temperature control in all areas.

2 MC 1 Provide humidity sensor(s).

3 Media Center Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1 MC 1, 2, 3, 6, 6a, 7

1 Provide exterior windows w/ ability to darken in MC 1 (Reading Room) to facilitate use of projection screen.

2 Provide interior windows w/ blinds in Media Center spaces MC 2, 3, 4 ,5, 6, 7, with view of MC 1.

3

4

Provide one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle wall mounted.

Acoustics

General Notes


See MC-1 Modular Furniture note above.

Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to each quadraplex receptacle.

Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements.

Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to each set of quadraplex receptacles at work counter.


Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools. Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

Provide media center sound system speakers, ceiling recessed.

Provide one (1) wall mounted television outlet and TV tap box (to TV headend).

Provide one (1) wall mounted television outlet.

Provide high security intercom station.

Provide one (1) sound system amplifier (microphone system).

Provide two (2) microphone outlets.

Provide electric hinge, power supply for access control, magnetic door position switches, and card reader device.

Provide two (2) wall mounted clock outlets for single face clock.

Provide two (2) combination voice/data outlets.


Provide locks on all doors except toilets. Toilet room doors shall not have closers. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

Plumbing:

HVAC:

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle (w/data) @ copier. Provide three (3) sets each containing one (1) quadraplex receptace (w/data) mounted above countertops; and one (1) additional quadraplex receptacle. Provide one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle mtd. above counter at sink area. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for sound system amplifier.

Provide one (1) wall mounted duplex receptacle per vestibule.



ART 1 Art Lab 1,650 1 1,650 Art Terrace, Section 14.1

ART 2 Storage 250 1 250 ART 1

ART 3 Kiln Room (2 Kilns) 100 1 100 ART 1

Total Area SF 2,000

Refer to Section 14.1 - OUTDOOR SPACES for Art Terrace.



MB ART 1 4' x 4' 2

IB ART 1 8' x 4' 1

TB ART 1 4' x 4' 1

TB ART 1 12' x 4' 1

CMP ART 1 - OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

SK ART 1 1

SK2 ART 1 2

SD ART 1 3 Locate at sink area.

PTD ART 1 3 Locate at sink area.

KN ART 3 2 OP

TL ART 1 2

CLK ART 1 1 Locate at teaching wall.

PSH ART 1 1 OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.


TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (Student) SD - Soap Dispenser

TL - Track Lighting KN - Kiln (digital) SK - Single Bowl Sink PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

SK2 - Double Bowl Sink



Floors: a All Spaces Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

Ceilings: a All Spaces Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces.

b All Spaces Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces.

c ART 3 Provide suspended linear fluorescent fixture in ART 3, open to structure (OTS).

d ART 1 Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.


ART 1 Art Lab Wall 1:


Room sized for 37(+2) students. Minimum required area for students = 780-sf net based on 20-sf/person.

Section 04 - ART

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes

The Art classroom provides instruction for techniques and processes required to create and produce a variety of 2 and 3 dimensional media; including ceramics, sculpture, printmaking, photography, film making, computer art, fiber arts and art criticism. Art education provides students opportunities to see, analyze and research art history, as they develop and practice creative, expressive and critical thinking. Key Adjacency: The Art Lab is ideally located on the first floor w/direct access to the Art Terrace.





Casework








Wall 2:





Base Cabinet (double door) 2 42x24x30 w/ sink (double bowl).


Wall 2: (alcove)

Adjustable Shelves 7'- 6" LF 16" D 4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

ART 2 Storage Room Adjustable Shelves 108 LF 16" D 4 tier, wall mounted on standards.



Art Bin (horizontal shelving) 1 4'x3'x3'-6"

Art Bin (vertical shelving) 1 2'x3'x3'-6"



ART 1 Art Lab Moveable Platform (model table) 1 4'x4'

Moveable Platform (cutting table) 1 4'x4'

Art Tables 8 3'x3'

Utility Location

Electrical:

Power: General, ART 1

1 ART 1 - Sink Area

2 ART 1 - Casework

3 ART 3 - Kiln

4 ART 1 - Ceiling

Other:

1 All spaces

2 All spaces

3 All spaces

1 ART 1

2 ART 1 Refer to Division 15 - Design Guidelines, for plumbing fixture requirements.

1 ART 1 Provide limited-range temperature control.

2 ART 3 Provide exhaust / ventilation and cooling as required for kilns.


Provide four (4) wall mounted GFCI receptacles above countertop w/sinks.

Utilities




Plumbing:

HVAC:

Provide one (1) single and two (2) double stainless steel sink w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water. Two (2) sinks shall be as deep as possible w/plaster trap and strainer. One sink shall be shallow and ADA compliant.

Provide power as required for ceiling mounted track lighting.

Provide three (3) duplex receptacles at work counter area.

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle and one (1) disconnect switch, per kiln. Provide one (1) general purpose duplex receptacle in kiln room. Coordinate exact connection type with kiln vendor prior to rough-in.

Furniture


3 ART 1, 2, 3 Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1 ART 1 Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

1 Provide access from the lab to exterior art patio. (Refer to Section 14.1 - OUTDOOR SPACES for Art Terrace.)

2


4 Coordinate electrical requirements w/supplied kiln prior to installation and ordering of electrical devices. Install per manufacturers recommendations, maintain proper clearances around kiln.


Acoustics

General Notes



Instrumental (Band / Orchestra):

MUS 1 Instrumental / Band Classroom (150 max.) 2,500 1 2,500

MUS 2 Instrument Storage 210 1 210

MUS 3 Percussion Storage 150 1 150

MUS 4 School Instrument Storage 150 1 150

MUS 5 Office (Band, Orchestra) 150 2 300 MUS 1, MUS 6

MUS 6 Orchestra Classroom (100 max.) 1,750 1 1,750

MUS 7 Orchestra Storage 100 1 100 MUS 6

Instrument Subtotal 5,160

Choral (Choral / Key Boarding):

MUS 8 Chorus Classroom (100 max.) 950 1 950

MUS 9 Office/Library (Chorus) 150 1 150 MUS 8

MUS 10 Keyboard Classroom (37 max.) 990 1 990

MUS 11 Keyboard Storage 150 1 150 MUS 10

Choral Subtotal 2,240

MUS 12 Practice Rooms 90 3 270 MUS 1, MUS 8, MUS 10

MUS 13 Music Suite Vestibule (internal circulation) 250 1 250 MUS 12

Total Area SF 7,920



TB MUS 1, MUS 8 4' x 4' 2 Locate adjacent to Interactive Board.

MBL MUS 1, MUS 8 4' x 12' 1 Locate at teaching wall.

IB MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10 8' x 4' 1 OP - Locate at teaching wall.

MBL MUS 1 4' x 16' 2 Locate at teaching wall.

MBL MUS 6, MUS 8 4' x 16' 1 Locate at teaching wall.

TB MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10 12' x 4' 1 Locate above computer stations.

ISU MUS 1 As required 10 Locate around perimeter walls of Band Classroom.

ISU MUS 2 As required 10



ISU MUS 11 As required -

MFU MUS 4 6 OP.

SD MUS 4, MUS 8 1 Locate at sink.

PTD MUS 4, MUS 8 1 Locate at sink.

Section 05 - MUSIC

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

The Music curriculum offers Exploratory Music, Band, Orchestra, Chorus and Keyboard. The music curriculum provide students opportunities to express themselves by performing, describing, creating, and responding to music. Music classes are taught in classrooms that are specifically designed for music instruction. Key Adjacency: Locate Music Suite within close proximity to the Stage Area (Cafetorium) and Toilet Facilities, on the ground level.

Instrumental/Band Classroom sized for 150 students. Minimum required area for students = 2,250-sf net based on 15-sf/person. Orchestra Classroom sized for 100 students. Minimum required area for students = 1,500-sf net based on 15-sf/person. Chorus Classroom sized for 100 students. Minimum required area for students = 700-sf net based on 7-sf/person. Keyboard Classroom sized for 38 students. Minimum required area for students = 760-sf net based on 20-sf/person.


AP MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10 Varies Wall and ceiling mounted.

SS MUS 1, MUS 6 2 Wall Mounted.

PR MUS 1, MUS 8 1

CMP MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10 - OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CLK MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10 1

PSH MUS 1, MUS 6, MUS 8, MUS 10 1 OP - GC to provide blocking. Locate at teaching wall.


MBL - Marker Board w/ lines OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (Student) MFU - Moveable File Unit*

TB - Tack Board AP - Acoustical Panels ISU - Instrument Storage Unit* SD - Soap Dispenser

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser SS - Sound Speakers PR - Performing Risers

* Manufacturer: Wenger (Coordinate requirements w/Owner.)



Floors: a MUS 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 12

Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

b MUS 2, 7, 11, 13 Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.



c All Spaces


MUS 1 Instrumental / Band Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

Shelving Unit (open) 1 4'x12"x7' 5 shelves, wall mounted.

MUS 4 School Instr. Storage Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'






Base Cabinet 1 18x24x34 w/ 4 drawers.



MUS 8 Chorus Classroom Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'


Chorus CR Alcove Upper Cabinet (single door) 1 18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.







MUS 11 Keyboard Storage Adjustable Shelves 70 LF -



Casework

Finishes

Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height in all spaces except provide minimum 14'-0" ceiling height in MUS 1, 6, 8, and 10.

4 tier, wall mounted on standards. Coord. Depth w/ Owner


Utility Location


1 MUS 4, 8 - Sink Area Provide two (2) GFCI duplex receptacles above counter.

2 MUS 2, 3, 4, 7, 11, 13 Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage rooms and vestibule.

3 MUS 12

Data:

1 MUS 12 - Practice Rms.

TV:

1 MUS 1, 6, 8, 10

Other:

1 All Spaces

2 All Spaces

3 All Spaces

1 Provide one (1) stainless steel sink w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water in MUS 4 and MUS 8.

2 All Spaces Locate restrooms and electric water cooler convenient to Music Classroom.



1 MUS 1, 6, 8, 10 Avoid parallell walls within classrooms to limit echo.

2 MUS 1, 6, 8, 10

3 MUS 1, 6, 8, 10 Provide wall-mounted acoustical panels w/ concealed attachment.

4 MUS 1, MUS 6 Provide CMU sand filled partition between adjacent music classrooms.

5 MUS 1, 6, 8, 10 Provide doors without grilled louvers. Provide sound seals at all classroom doors.

6 MUS 1, 6, 8, 10 Extend wall acoustic treatment to top of structure.

7 MUS 1, 6, 8, 10 Provice sound batt insultation above walls and ceiling tile.

1 Provide exterior windows for each music classroom when feasible.

2

3

4

5

6

Provide one (1) data outlet adj to each duplex receptacle.




Provide interior windows between office MUS 5 (Band) and MUS 1; office MUS 5 (Orchestra) and MUS 6.

Plumbing:

General Notes


HVAC:

Acoustics


Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools. Control sound transmission between music suite and other spaces.

Refer to Design Guidelines for door width requirements.



Provide interior windows between practice rooms and all adjacent music classrooms. Locate practice rooms to allow observation by any music teacher with direct visibility from the music classroom.

Utilities

Provide one (1) above counter double duplex receptacle computer outlet (w/ data). Provide one (1) duplex receptacle, general purpose.



SL 1 Computer Reading Lab 1,000 1 1,000

SL 1a Testing Room 150 1 150 SL 1

SL 2 Labs (Writing - 1 / General - 2) 1,650 1 1,650

Total Area SF 2,800



MB SL 1, SL 2 4' x 4' 2

IB SL 1, SL 2 8' x 4' 1

TB SL 1, SL 2 4' x 4' 1

TB SL 1, SL 2 12' x 4' 1

CMP SL 1, SL 2 38 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CLK SL 1, SL 2 1 Locate at teaching wall.

PSH SL 1, SL 2 1 OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.










SL 1a Testing Room Fixed Shelving Units 8'-6" LF 102x14x28 3 equal shelves

SL 1 Computer Reading Lab Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

SL 2 Writing/General Labs Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'







Casework

Section 06 - SHARED LABS

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes

Shared Labs provide opportunities to focus on specific areas of study outside of the regular classroom. The Computer Reading Lab provides space where students can work independently or in small groups to improve reading comprehension. The associated Testing Room is used to administer individualized reading assessments; or to work with remedial readers in privacy. Writing Labs provides space where students can work independently or in small groups to improve writing skills. Key Adjacency: Locate shared labs within close proximity to general classrooms.




Locate on side wall near door.

Room sized for 38 students. Minimum required area for students = 760-sf based on 20-sf/person.


Utility LocationPower: General

Other:

1 All Spaces

2 All Spaces

3 All Spaces

1 All Spaces None.




1

2

3

Utilities

Plumbing:

HVAC:






Acoustics

General Notes


Provide interior windows in SL 1a, with view of Computer Reading Lab.


Space No. Room Name NSF Qty TSF Notes/Adjacency

Gymnasium:

PE 1 Gymnasium 11,830 1 11,830

PE 2 Gymnasium Lobby 170 1 170 PE 1

Boy's:

PE 3 P.E. Locker Room 0 1 0 Area based on layout of required number of lockers.

PE 3a Vestibule (PE Locker Room) 35 2 70 PE 3

PE 4 Toilet 0 1 0

PE 4a Showers 0 1 0

PE 5 Athletic Locker Room 0 1 0 Area based on layout of required number of lockers.

PE 5a Vestibule (Athletic Locker Room) 35 2 70 PE 5

Girl's:

PE 6 P.E. Locker Room 0 1 0 Area based on layout of required number of lockers.

PE 6a Vestibule (PE Locker Room) 35 2 70 PE 6

PE 7 Toilet 0 1 0

PE 7a Showers 0 1 0

PE 8 Athletic Locker Room 0 1 0 Area based on layout of required number of lockers.

PE 8a Vestibule (Athletic Locker Room) 35 2 70 PE 8

Coach/ Support Areas:

PE 9 Office (Coach) 150 2 300

PE 9a Closet 20 2 40 PE 9

PE 10 Office (P.E.) 150 2 300

PE 11 Staff Toilet 75 2 150

PE 11a Staff Shower 0 2 0 To be integral with PE 11

PE 12 Concessions 200 1 200

PE 13 Concessions Closet 50 1 50 PE 12

PE 14 Laundry 150 1 150

Wellness:

PE 15 Health Classroom (sized for 46 students max.) 1,100 1 1,100 PE 1

PE 15a Closet 20 1 20

PE 16 Weight Room (10 occupants max. at 50-sf/person) 500 1 500 PE 1

Section 07 - PHYSICAL EDUCATION

General Description

Activity / Space

The Physical Education curriculum provides students opportunities fo participate in PE programs geared to their needs and abilities, to develop physical fitness, sportsmanship and safe practices. Students are involved in individual, dual and team games, self-testing activities, health/wellness instruction, conditioning exercises, coeducational activities and lifetime skills. The gym is also used for intramural, extramural, school and community functions and assemblies. Key Adjacency: Separate from academic areas with access to playfields, and parking facilities.

Bleacher seating capacity: 477 Max. Seats (437 Min. w/ADA spaces occupied.)

Total Gymnasium seating capacity: Provide the maximum number of seats possible on the floor based on code requirements for occupant load, aisles, cross aisles, exiting, etc. and for recommendations for a stage or presentation area.

Occupant load to be based on the number of partcipants in the largest athletic program at

each school. Max. P.E. class size is 46.

Occupant load to be based on the number of partcipants in the largest athletic program at

each school. Max. P.E. class size is 46.


Storage:

PE 17 Gym Storage Rooms (general) 100 2 200

PE 18 PE Storage - Girl's side 310 1 310

PE 19 PE Storage - Boy's side 310 1 310




MB PE 15 4' x 4' 2

IB PE 15 8' x 4' 1

TB PE 15 4' x 4' 1

TB PE 15 12' x 4' 1

MB PE 5, PE 8 8' x 4' 1

MB PE 9, PE 10 4' x 4' 1

TB PE 9, PE 10 4' x 4' 1

SMT PE 1 12' x 6' 6 Locate behind basketball goals.

BL PE 1 (motorized bleachers) 477 Max. Seats (437 Min. w/ADA spaces occupied.)

VBS PE 1 6 Provide posts and nets for 3 volleyball courts.

BBA PE 1 2

BG PE 1 4 Contractor to provide/coordinate suspension structure.

SB PE 1 1 OP

PUB PE 1, PE 6 1

ATL PE 5, PE 8 12x18Dx36 144 72 lockers, double high

PEL PE 3, PE 6 12x12Dx12 486 81 lockers, six tier high

PEL PE 3, PE 6 12x12Dx36 26 13, lockers two tier high

DDF PE 3, PE 5, PE 6, PE 8 1 set

W/D PE 14 1 set

CR PE 2 1 Double door entry.

MDT PE 2 1

HSS PE 1 8 Quantity as required.

SS PE 1 7 Quantity as required. (Mount to ceiling structure)

SA PE 19 1

MI PE 16 - Provide full length of one (1) wall.

MD PE 12 1 For concessions window.

DFIB PE 1 1

REF PE 12 1

SD PE 12 1

PTD PE 12 1

CLK PE 1 4

CLK PE 9, PE 10, PE 15, PE 16 1

PSH PE 15 1 OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.

MB - Marker Board OP - Owner Provided VBS-Volley Ball Post Sleeves BBA-Basketball Assembly (mobile)

TB - Tack Board WP - Wall Pads BL - Bleachers (Telescoping) BG - Basketball Goal (retractable)

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock SMT-Safety Mats (wall mtd.) ATL - Athletic Locker PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

MI - Mirrors SB - Score Board PEL - PE Lockers MD - Motorized (Overhead Coiling) Door

W/D - Washer, Dryer (individual) PUB - Pull Up Bar (wall mtd.) DDF - Dual Drinking Fountains HSS - High Security Intercom Stations

Equipment*Refer to Section 14.2 - SITE FACILITIES for athletic playfields and courts

Double door entry.





*Does not inculde locker rooms and toilets/showers noted above.


CR - Card Reader MDT - Metal Detector REF - Refrigerator SD - Soap Dispenser

DFIB - Defibrillator SA - Sound System Amplifier SS - Sound System Speaker PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser


b All Spaces All walls separating rooms to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

c PE 4a, PE 7a, PE 11 Provide all ceramic tiled walls.

Floors: a PE 2, 9/9a, 10, PE 12- Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

15a, PE 17-19

b PE 1 Provide wood athletic flooring system.

c PE 1 Provide floor striping for volleyball and basketball courts.

d Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.

e PE 16 Provide resilient floor pad/tiles.

Ceilings: a All Spaces Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile w/exception of PE 1, PE 18 and PE 19.

b All Spaces Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures w/ exception of PE 1, PE 18 and PE 19.

c All Spaces Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height w/ exception of PE 1, PE 18 and PE 19.

d PE 1 Open to Structure (OTS). Provide painted exposed truss system.

e PE 1 Provide surface mounted metal halide fixtures.

f PE 18, PE 19 Open to Structure (OTS). Provide suspended linear fluorescent fixtures.


PE 3, 6 P.E. Locker Room Benches (Locker Room) 27 LF 3 9' Long

PE 5, 8 Athletic Locker Room Benches (Locker Room) 36 LF 4 9' Long

PE 9a Closet Shelf, w/ coat rod 1

PE 9 Office (Coach) Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

PE 10 Office (P.E.) Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

PE 12 Concessions Wall 1:






Work Counter (open beneath) 7' LF 1 84x24x34 Locate at motorized door area.

Wall 2:







Base Cabinet (double door) 1 36x12x34


PE 13 Concessions Closet Adjustable Shelves 16" D 4 tier, wall mounted on standards.


Finishes

PE 3/3a, PE 4/4a, PE 5/5a, PE 6/6a, PE 7/7a, PE 8/8a, PE 11/11a,

Casework


PE 14 Laundry Counter (wall mounted) 1 60"Wx36" D

PE 15 Health Classroom Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

PE 15a Closet (Health CR) Adjustable Shelves 16" D 4 tier, wall mounted on standards.


Utility Location

Electrical:Power: 1 PE 1 - Gym

2 PE 1 - Scoreboards Coordinate installation requirements of wireless remote control components w/manufacturer.

3 PE 1 - Scoreboards

4 PE 1 - Goals

5 PE 9, 10, 15, 16

6 PE 4, PE 7 - Toilet

7 PE 11 - Toilet

8 PE 12 - Concessions

9 PE 14

10 PE 16 - Weight Room

11 PE 17, 18, 19 Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage rooms.

Clock:

1 PE 1 - Gym

2 PE 16

Intercom:

1 PE 1 - Gym

2 PE 9, 10, 15, 16

3 PE 3,4,5,6,7,8,15,16

Sound:

1 PE 1 - Gym

Microphone:

1 PE 1 - Gym

Data:

1 PE 1 - Gym

2 PE 12 - Concessions

TV:

1 PE 9, PE 10

2 PE 1 - Gym

Security:

1 PE 2 - Gym Lobby

Other:

1 PE Spaces

Provide two (2) duplex receptacles per wall.

Provide wall mounted clock outlets at each end of basketball courts, and one (1) at Gym entry.

Provide eight (8) wall mounted intercom stations (high security); or as required per layout.

Provide two-way intercom system w/wall mounted call button and ceiling mounted speaker.


Provide one (1) voice/data outlet adj. to duplex receptacle.

Provide one (1) wall mounted clock outlet.

Provide gymnasium sound system speaker assembly, with connection to gym sound system amplifier. Mount top of speaker flush w/ bottom of joist.

Provide two (2) wall mounted television outlets at perimeter wall of gym.

Provide ceiling mounted intercom speakers in Boy's & Girl's toilet, locker areas, classroom areas.

See note above. Power: PE-1 Scoreboard

Provide one (1) wall mounted microphone receptacle with connection to gym sound system amplifier. Provide double gang box w/single gang plaster ring and 3/4" conduit stubbed up above accessible ceiling.


Provide one (1) wall mounted single receptacle, one (1) special receptacle, one (1) duplex receptacle.

Provide GFCI duplex receptacles @ 4' max spacing w/ not less than four (4) duplex outlets above counters. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for refrigerator. Provide one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle (w/data) at serving window.

Provide two (2) GFCI duplex receptacles.

Provide one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle.

Provide one (1) quadraplex computer outlet (w/ data) for teacher workstation, one (1) duplex receptacle mtd. @ 84" AFF for wall mounted A/V equipment.

Mount receptacle in 4" square box w/cover within 3'-0" of basketball goal electric winch. Goals controlled via key switch.

Utilities

Official Scoring Desk Location: Provide voice, data, audio, video connectivity devices required for application. Coordinate w/sound system, teledata etc. Provide recessed floor box.

Provide electrical outlets @ 40' max spacing w/ not less than one (1) duplex outlet per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to other requirements.

Provide electric hinge, power supply for access control , magnetic door position switches, and card reader device @ entry doors.


2 PE Spaces

3 PE Spaces

1 PE 11

2 PE 3, PE 5, PE 6, PE 8 Provide electric drinking fountains.

3 PE 12 Provide sink in PE 12, Concessions.


2 PE 3, PE 5, PE 6, PE 8 Provide humidity sensors in locker rooms.



2 All Spaces Provide CMU walls for all PE spaces extended to structural deck above.

1 Provide sound seals on doors in PE 1 and building corridor. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.

2

3


Provide wall pads (safety pads) quantity as required to achieve safe environment for gymnasium activities. Coordinate wall pad locations with placement of wall mounted receptacles.

Avoid specification of building materials w/ rough edges or surfaces that project into the Gymnasium area.

Acoustics

General Notes

HVAC:

Plumbing:





SPED 1 Special Ed Classroom (Includes kitchenette) 720 1 720

SPED 1a Toilet 60 2 120 Internal to SPED 1 classroom

SPED 2 Special Ed Classroom (Includes kitchenette) 720 2 1,440

SPED 2a Toilet (Adaptive) 250 1 250 Shared between SPED 2 classrooms

Total Area SF 2,530



MB SPED 1, SPED 2 4' x 4' 2

IB SPED 1, SPED 2 8' x 4' 1

TB SPED 1, SPED 2 4' x 4' 1

TB SPED 1, SPED 2 12' x 4' 1

MB SPED 1, SPED 2 16' x 4' 1 Locate at wall adjacent to teaching wall.

CMP SPED 1, SPED 2 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CTBL SPED 2a 1 OP. Center on teaching wall.

GB SPED 1a, Sped 2a 2

CLK SPED 1, SPED 2 1 Locate at teaching wall.

PSH SPED 1, SPED 2 1 OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.

W/D SPED 1, SPED 2 1

SD SPED 1, SPED 2 1 Locate at sink area.

PTD SPED 1, SPED 2 1 Locate at sink area.

REF SPED 1, SPED 2 1

RGE SPED 1, SPED 2 1

MB - Marker Board OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (student) W/D - Washer, Dryer (individual)

TB - Tack Board CLK - Electronic Wall Clock RGE - Electric Range PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

IB - Interactive Board GB - Grab Bars (36" & 42") REF - Refrigerator SD - Soap Dispenser

CTBL - Changing Table PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

Walls: a SPED 1, SPED 2 Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.


c SPED 1a, 2a

Floors: a SPED 1, SPED 2 Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

b SPED 1a, 2a Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.


Provide all ceramic tiled walls.

Section 08 - SPECIAL EDUCATION

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes

Classrooms for Special Education provide services to students with varying disabilities in the least restrictive environment. Disabilities served include Autism (AU), Behavioral Disorders (BD), Learning Disabilities (LD), Hearing Impaired (HI), Language Impaired (LI), Mild Intellectual Disabilities (MI), Visually Impaired (VI), Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) and Other Health Impairments (OI). Classrooms are configured according to standards established for regular classrooms, but for smaller numbers of students that can be self-contained (inter-related classroom.) Key Adjacency: Locate adjacent to other general classrooms, near exits.





Room sized for 28 students max. Minimum required area for students = 560-sf net based on 20-sf/person. Provides 160-sf for Teacher's desk, bookshelves, storage cabinets, computer tables, etc.



c SPED 1, SPED 2 Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

d SPED 1a, SPED 2a Provide minimum 9'-0" ceiling height.


SPED 1, 2 Classroom Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'


Built-in Storage

- -

Provide cubbies for coats, book bags/lunch boxes for number of students in room.

SPED 1 Classroom Upper Cabinet (single door) 1 18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.





* Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood.






Work Counter (open beneath) 1 42x24x34 w/ two (2) single sinks.



SPED 2 Classroom Upper Cabinet (single door) 1 18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.





* Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood.





Work Counter (open beneath) 42x24x34 w/ one (1) sink.


*All cabinets to be lockable.


Utility Location


1 SPED 1, 2 - Kitchenette

2 SPED 1,2-Washer,Dryer

3 SPED 2a - Toilets

Other:

Casework

Utilities

Provide three (3) GFCI duplex receptacles @ 4' max spacing w/ not less than four (4) duplex outlets above counters. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for refrigerator.

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle and one (1) special receptacle for washer and dryer. Coordinate NEMA type w/ equipment specified.

Provide one (1) GFCI receptacle.



1 All Spaces

2 All Spaces

3 All Spaces

1 SPED 1, SPED 2

2 SPED 2a

3 Adaptive Toilet Adaptive sink, grab bar, wheelchair accessible shower, changing station, shelves on wall.

1 SPED 1, SPED 2 Provide limited-range temperature control.


3 SPED 1, SPED 2 Provide exhaust hood at kitchenette range.

1 All spaces Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1

2


Provide locks on all doors. Toilet room doors shall not have closers.

Plumbing:

HVAC:

Acoustics





Provide two (2) stainless steel sinks at classroom base cabinetry w/goose neck faucet and bubbler, cold water only.




Total Area SF 0




Utility Location

Casework

Section 09 - AUDITORIUM (See Section 12 - NUTRITION)

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes

Utilities

Plumbing:

HVAC:

Acoustics

General Notes

Electrical:



ADM 1 Reception (Waiting / Main Office) 500 1 500

ADM 1a Administration Corridor (internal circulation) 280 1 280

ADM 2 Office (Principal) 400 1 400 Provide 2 exit routes / ADM 4

ADM 2a Closet 10 1 10 ADM 2

ADM 2b Restroom 50 1 50 ADM 2

ADM 3 Offices (Bookkeeper, Secretary, Attendance) 150 3 450 See General Notes

ADM 4 Conference Room 300 1 300 ADM 2


ADM 6 Records Vault 150 1 150 ADM 3 (Bookkeepers Office)

ADM 7 Supply Room 50 1 50

ADM 8 Teacher's Lounge 400 1 400

ADM 8a Restroom (pair) 50 2 100 ADM 8

ADM 9 Clinic (2 patient cots) 180 1 180 Provide direct entry off main corridor

ADM 9a Restroom (1 toilet) 50 1 50

ADM 10 Testing Room 385 1 385 Locate within Administrative Suite

ADM 10a Test Storage 100 1 100

ADM 10b Data Room 145 1 145

Satellite Administration Suite: (@ CR floors)

ADM 11 Office (Assistant Principal) 300 3 900

ADM 11a Restroom 50 1 50

ADM 12 Office (Receptionist) 150 1 150

ADM 13 Planning Room 300 1 300

Miscellaneous:

ADM 14 Offices (Transpor., SRO, Drama, Gen. (2), S. Psych.) 150 6 900

ADM 15 PTA Closet 20 1 20

ADM 16 Archive Room 150 1 150

Total Area SF 6,320



TB ADM 1, 2, 3, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 4' x 4' 1

TB ADM 5, ADM 8, 4' x 4' 2

TB ADM 1, ADM 13 8' x 4' 1

MB ADM 4, ADM 5, ADM 11 4' x 4' 1

MB ADM 13 8' x 4' 1

Section 10 - ADMINISTRATION

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

The Administrative Suite provides support to the instructional program, assistance to teachers, staff and students, and serves as an information and public relations center to the community. It is the main welcome/administrative center for parents, community, and visitors. The reception/guest waiting area is the sole sign-in security check point for all visitors. Highly accessed Administrative functions such as the Clinic and Attendance office may be located near the core Administrative Suite, with direct corridor access to assist with the control of student traffic to and from these areas. Key Adjacency: Locate adjacent to Main Entrance, with full view of the school front, in close proximity to the Counseling Suite, Media Center and Cafetorium.

Main Administration Suite: (1st floor-Main Entry)


IB ADM 4 8' x 4' 1 OP - Locate at presentation wall.

MB ADM 4 6' x 4' 1

MB ADM 13 12' x 4' 1

TB ADM 4, ADM 8 6' x 4' 2

TB ADM 1a, 2, 3, 5 6' x 4' 1

CPR ADM 5 2 OP.

VM ADM 8 2 OP.

REF ADM 8, ADM 9 1

UREF ADM 9 1

SD ADM 4, ADM 8, ADM 9, ADM 13 1

PTD ADM 4, ADM 8, ADM 9, ADM 13 1

OPP ADM 4 1

CMP ADM 1, 2, 3, 8, 9, 11, 12, 13, 14 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

IC ADM 1 (Alcove) 1 OP - Coordinate location w/ owner.

SC ADM 1 1 Ceiling mounted.

SC ADM 1a 4 Ceiling mounted.

SM ADM 1, ADM 2 4 OP - Coordinate location w/ owner.

SM ADM 13 (SRO Office) 4 OP - Coordinate location w/ owner.

IAS ADM 1 (Receptionist), ADM 3 (Attendance), ADM 2 1

IVC ADM 2, ADM 4 1

DFIB ADM 9 1 OP - Coordinate location w/ owner.

PTC ADM 9 2

PCT ADM 9 2

FS ADM 6 1 Set in concrete pedestal @ 2'-10"A.F.F.

KC ADM 6 1

SDR ADM 6 1

PSH ADM 5 1 OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.

CLK ADM 1, ADM 4, ADM 8 1

CLK ADM 1a 2

MB - Marker Board KC - Key Cabinet (wall mtd.) IB - Interactive Board SD - Soap Dispenser

TB - Tack Board SDR - Steel Door CMP - Computers (Admin.) PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

OP - Owner Provided FS - Floor Safe * CPR - Copier SC - Security Camera

IC - Intercom Console (Main) VM - Vending Machines UREF-Undercounter Refrig. SM - Security TV Monitors (wall mtd.)

IAS - Intercom Admin Station OPP - Operable Partition REF - Refrigerator w/ice maker PSH - Pencil Sharpener (wall mtd.)

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock DFIB - Defibrillator PTC - Patient Cot IVC-Intercom Volume Control

PCT - Patient Curtain/Track


b All Spaces

c ADM 2b, 8a, 9a, 11a

Floors: a All Spaces Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

b ADM 5,6,7,9,12 Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

c ADM 2b, 8a, 9a, 11a Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.



Provide all ceramic tiled walls.

Finishes

All walls to extend to underside of deck. Partitions within the Administration Suite should be gypsum board. Walls separating the Administration Suite from the corridor should be CMU.


c ADM 4 Provide fluorescent downlights and decorative pendant fixtures.

d ADM 4 Provide dimmable lighting (dual switching).


ADM 1 Reception Reception Desk

(Provide 2 knee spaces)

Work Counter 14 LF 24dx30h

Transaction Top 10'-6" L 15dx42h Provide transaction top w/dropped opening.

ADA Work Counter opening 3'-6" L 24dx30h Provide ADA drop portion, centered.

Base Cabinet 3 36x24x30 w/ 2 drawers (1 file dwr, 1 dwr.)

ADM 2a Closet Shelf and Coat Rod 1

ADM 4 Conference Upper Cabinet (double door) 1 42x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.





ADM 5 Workroom / Mailroom Upper Cabinet (double door) 2 32x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Upper Cabinet (single door) 1 18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelves.





Mail Boxes (slotted upright) * 16 LF 112 Width to accommodate inner office docs.

Shelf and Coat Rod 2'-6" L 1 Locate in alcove.

ADM 6 Records Vault Adjustable Shelves 48 LF 16" D 4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

ADM 7 Supply Room Adjustable Shelves 48 LF 16" D 4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

ADM 8 Teacher's Lounge Upper Cabinet (double door) 1 36x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf

Upper Cabinet (double door) 1 42x12x24 w/ 1 adjustable shelf






ADM 9 Clinic** Upper Cabinet (single door) 1 18x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Work Counter (w/open space) 4'-6" L 1 54x24x34



** All Clinic cabinetry to be lockable.

ADM 13 Planning Room Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 4'x2'x7'



*Provide changeable nameplates at top of each mailbox.


Casework


Utility Location


1 ADM 1 - Reception Desk Provide two (2) double duplex receptacles (w/data). Device mounted in reception desk millwork.

2 ADM 1 - Main Office Intercom Equipment Alcove: Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle. Provide 3/4" plywood backboard.

3 ADM 1 - Main Office

4 ADM 1 - Waiting Area Provide one (1) duplex receptacle at specified height for side tables.

5 ADM 2b, 8a, 9a, 11a

6 ADM 4 - Conference

7 ADM 5 - Work/Mail

8 ADM 1a, ADM 6, ADM 7

9 ADM 8 - Lounge

10 ADM 9 - Clinic

Clock:

1 ADM 1 - Reception Desk

2 ADM 1a

Data:

1 ADM 1 - Reception Desk Provide two (2) combination voice/data outlets adj to millwork receptacle. Device mtd. In desk millwork.

2 ADM 5, ADM 8

TV:

1 ADM 1, 2, 8, 13

2 ADM 1a

Telephone:

1 ADM 1 - Waiting Area

Other:

1 All Spaces

2 All Spaces

3 All Spaces

1 ADM 2b, 8a, 9a, 11a

2 ADM 4, 8, 9, 13 Provide one (1) stainless steel sink w/gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water.

3 ADM 8 Provide cold water line for refrigerator and coffee maker appliance.



1 All spaces Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

Utilities

Plumbing:

HVAC:

Work Area: Provide two (2) sets containing: One (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) and one (1) duplex receptacle .

Provide one (1) wall mounted clock outlet

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage, vault and corridor.

Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data) @ counter, three (3) duplex receptacles general purpose. Provide special receptacle for copier.

Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to quadraplex receptacle.

Provide one (1) wall mounted telephone outlet. Stub 1" electrical conduit above accessible ceiling.

Provide one (1) wall mounted television outlet mounted @ 84" AFF.

Provide four (4) television tap boxes.




Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data) distributed equally to serve both spaces if subdivided. Provide two (2) GFI duplex receptacles, mounted above countertop w/ sink.

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle mounted above countertop w/sink, and one (1) double duplex receptacle (w/data). Provide receptacle for refrigerator, as required; and one (1) GFI duplex receptacle, general purpose.

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle mounted at non-standard height in restrooms.


Provide two (2) wall mounted clock outlets.

Provide two (2) GFI duplex receptacles mounted above kitchen area countertop; three (3) duplex outlets for refrigerator and vending machine(s); and one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data). Provide multiple duplex receptacles as required per layout. Provide one (1) duplex receptacle mtd. @ 84" AFF for wall mounted AV equipment.


General Notes

Acoustics


1

2

3 Provide walls to structure at ADM 6, Records Vault.

4 Testing Closet should be visible, accessible from corridor ADM 1a, with entry in view of security camera.

5 Provide windows with blinds in ADM 11 and ADM 14, with view to main classroom corridors.

6 Provide windows with blinds in ADM 1 with view of main entrance lobby.

7 Povide counter with window at ADM 3, Attendance Office.

8


Provide direct access from ADM 3, Attendance Office, to the main corridor to facilitate student traffic and eliminate student travel through the Administrative Suite.





CSG 1 Reception Lobby (Counseling Suite) 100 1 100 Main Corridor

CSG 1a Counseling Corridor (internal circulation) 165 1 165

CSG 2 Office (Counselors-3, LTSE, Registrar) 150 5 750 CSG 1a

CSG 3 Conference Room ( 6 person ) 350 1 350 CSG 1

CSG 4 Storage/Copy Room 150 1 150

CSG 5 Records Room (Student) 150 1 150

Total Area SF 1,665



TB CSG 1, CSG 2 4' x 4' 1

MB CSG 3 4' x 4' 1

IB CSG 3 8' x 4' 1 OP - Locate at presentation wall.

TB CSG 1, 1a, 2, 3 6' x 4' 1

MB CSG 3 6' x 4' 1

IVC CSG 3 1

CPR CSG 4 1 OP.

VF CSG 4 3 OP.

VF CSG 5 14 OP.

CMP CSG 1, CSG 2 - OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

SD CSG 3 1

PTD CSG 3 1

CLK CSG 1a 1

MB - Marker Board CLK - Electronic Wall Clock IB - Interactive Board VF - Vertical File Cabinet (4 dwr.)

TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (Admin.) SD - Soap Dispenser

IVC - Intercom Volume Control CPR - Copier PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser


b All Spaces

Floors: a All Spaces Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

b CSG 4, CSG 5 Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.




Section 11 - COUNSELING

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes

The Counseling Suite provides guidance and counseling as an integral part of the instructional program designed to promote the social and emotional cognitive development of each student. Activities include, but are not limited to, individual, and small group counseling, crisis counseling, staff and parent conferences, staff development, and coordination of special school events. Key Adjacency: Centrally located in close proximity to the main corridor and main entrance to school. Locate adjacent to and separate from the Administrative Suite.

All walls to extend to underside of deck. Partitions within the Administration Suite should be gypsum board. Walls separating the Administration Suite from the corridor should be CMU.



CSG 3 Conference Room Upper Cabinet (double door) 1 42x12x30 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.






CSG 4 Storage/Copy Room Adjustable Shelves 16 LF 10" D 2 tier, wall mounted on standards.

Base Cabinet (single door) 1 18x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf and counter top.


Utility Location

Electrical:

Power: General

1 CSG 1 - Waiting Area Provide three (3) duplex receptacle at specified height for side tables.

2 CSG 3 - Conference

3 CSG 4 - Stor./Copy

Clock:

1 CSG 1a - Corridor

Other:

1 All Spaces

2 All Spaces

3 All Spaces

1 CSG 3 Provide one (1) stainless steel sink w/ gooseneck faucet, hot and cold water.



1 All spaces Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

1

2




Casework

HVAC:

Acoustics


Provide one (1) wall mounted double faced clock.


Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data). Provide two (2) GFI duplex receptacles, mounted above counter top.

Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) and two (2) duplex receptacles (w/data).

Utilities

Plumbing:




Kitchen / Servery Area:

KIT 1 Preparation Kitchen 2,125 1 2,125

KIT 1a Dish Wash 350 1 350 KIT 1, KIT 2

KIT 2 Serving Area (2 serving lines) 1,000 1 1,000 CAF 1, KIT 1

KIT 3 Dry Storage 325 1 325 KIT 1, KIT 9

KIT 4 Can Wash (exterior ) 20 1 20 Provide access near bldg. service entrance

KIT 5 Laundry Room / Locker Room 90 1 90

KIT 6 Staff Toilet 70 1 70 KIT 5

KIT 7 Office (1 person) 120 1 120 KIT 1, KIT 9

KIT 8 Mop Closet 50 1 50

KIT 9 Corridor (internal circulation) Incl. in KIT 1 0 1 0

KIT 10 Cooler (walk-in) Incl. in KIT 1 0 1 0

KIT 11 Freezer (walk-in) Incl. in KIT 1 0 1 0 KIT 10

Kitchen Subtotal 4,150

Cafetorium Areas:

CAF 1 Cafetorium (Student Dining) 6,000 1 6,000 Bus entrance, CAF 2, KIT 2

CAF 2 Stage 1,000 1 1,000 Music Classroom, CAF 1

CAF 2a Stage Ramp 0 1 0 CAF 2

CAF 3 Stage Storage 500 1 500 CAF 2

CAF 4 Cafeteria Storage 500 1 500 CAF 1

Cafetorium Subtotal 8,000


*Cafeteria seating for 360 students. (30 12-person "fold-n-roll" tables.)



TB KIT 1, KIT 7 4' x 4' 1

MB KIT 1, KIT 7 4' x 4' 1

OPS CAF 1 1 OP.

DB KIT 1 1 Provide at rear door entry to Kitchen.

AKP KIT 1 1 Provide at rear door entry to Kitchen.

DH KIT 10, KIT 11 1

EH KIT 1 1

HSK KIT 2 1

Section 12 - NUTRITION

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

The Nutrition program provides breakfast and lunch each day for students, teachers, administrators and visitors to the school. There would typically be 4 lunch periods occurring between 10:00 am and 1:00 pm to feed the school population. Lunch period length and timing will vary by school. The Cafetorium also serves as the school auditorium/multi functional space; with a stage for presentations and other large school functions. (i.e., Recognition Honors and Awards programs, school stage productions, district/community meetings, open house curriculum nights.) Key Adjacency: Within close proximity to the main entrance lobby of the school and located on a major corridor. Note: Minimum space requirements to accommodate 1200 FTE (84 IU's) enrollment.

Overall Cafetorium seating capacity: Provide the maximum number of seats possible based on code requirements for occupant load, aisles, cross aisles, exiting, etc.

Overall cafetorium student/faculty seating capacity: 360


MSK KIT 8 1

SD KIT 1, KIT 2, KIT 6 Varies Locate as required.

PTD KIT 1, KIT 2, KIT 6 Varies Locate as required.

CSH KIT 2 2

CLK KIT 1 1

CLK CAF 1 2

SL KIT 5 10

W/D KIT 5 1 Set

DRA CAF 1 - Cafetorium window treatment.

SS CAF 1 2 Wall mounted at stage area.

SC CAF 1 2 Or as required based on design of space.

TL CAF 2 Varies

CMPR CAF 1 1 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

C/BKT CAF 1 1 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CUR CAF 2 1 Cyclorama, scrim, side stage curtains as required.

WBL CAF 1 Varies Provide on cafetorium side of servery area.

AP CAF 1 Varies

PS CAF 2 1

SA CAF 3 1

MS KIT 3 21

MS KIT 8 4'x2'x7' 1

MS KIT 10 7

MS KIT 11 15

CMP KIT 7 1 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

MB - Marker Board CLK - Electronic Wall Clock CMP - Computers (Admin.) OPS - Overhead Projector Shelf

TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided W/D - Washer, Dryer CMPR - Ceiling Mtd. Projector

AKP - Access Key Pad SL - Staff Lockers HSK - Hand Sink C/BKT - Component Bracket (wall mtd)

SC - Security Cameras EH - Exhaust Hood MSK - Service Sink PS - Projection Screen (suspended)

DB - Door Bell CH - Condensate Hood DRA - Drapery (motorized) TL - Theatrical Lighting

DH - Door Heater SA - Sound System Amplifier STG - Portable Stage (w/stair) CUR - Stage Curtain (motorized)*

MS - Metal Shelving Units SS - Sound Speakers WBL - Window Blinds SD - Soap Dispenser

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser AP - Acoustical Panels CSH - Cash Registers

Walls: a Cafetorium Area

b KIT 1, KIT 2, KIT 6

Floors: a CAF 1, 2, 2a, 3, 4 Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

b CAF 2

c KIT 1, 1a, 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 11

Provide quarry tile w/quarry tile base.

d KIT 4 Sealed Concrete.

e KIT 7 Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.


b CAF 2, KIT 4 Open to Structure (OTS).

c KIT 1, 1a, 2, 3, 9 Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

d KIT 5, 6, 7, 8 Provide minimum 8'-0" ceiling height.

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

Provide full height ceramic tile walls.

Provide elevated concrete stage with VCT and stairs with rubber stair tread and riser. Provide stair access at both sides of stage.

Finishes

Provide 2'x2' acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces, with the exception of CAF 2 and KIT 4. Provide appropriate ceiling tiles in kitchen and wet areas.


e CAF 1, 2a Provide minimum 14'-0" ceiling height.

f CAF 3,4 Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height.

g All Spaces Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces, with the exception of KIT 10 and KIT 11, cooler/freezer.

h CAF 2 Provide theatrical lighting as required.

i CAF 1

*See Design Guidelines for additional details and requirements.


KIT 6 Staff Toilet Casework Closet 1

Wood Bench 1

Utility Location


1 KIT 2 - Serving Area Provide multiple wall mounted GFI duplex receptacles in servery area.

2 KIT 3, KIT 6, KIT 8 Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle.

3 KIT 7 - Office

4 KIIT 10, KIT 11 Provide junction boxes and motor rated toggle switches for lights, switch, and door heater.

5 KIT 5 - Laundry, Locker

6 CAF 1 - Cashier

7 CAF 1 - Cash Register

8 CAF 2 - Stage Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data).

9 CAF 2 - Projection

10 CAF 3, 4 Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage room.

11 CAF 4 Provide one (1) duplex receptacle for amplifier equipment in storage room.

Clock:

1 KIT 1

2 CAF 1

Intercom:

1 KIT 7

2 KIT 1, CAF 1

Data:

1 KIT 7 - Office

2 CAF 1 - Portable Sound

3 CAF 2 - Stage

TV:

1 CAF 1, CAF 2

Telephone:

1 KIT 7

Provide wall mounted intercom (high security) station(s); quantity as required per layout.

Provide two (2) wall mounted television outlets.

Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to each quadraplex receptacle. Provide one (1) point of service (POS) data outlet adj. to duplex receptacle. Provide one inch (1") electrical conduit to POS in Cafeteria.

Provide flush recessed floor box.

Provide two-way intercom system w/wall mounted call button and ceiling mounted speaker.

Provide two (2) wall mounted clock outlets, or as required per layout.

Provide per each serving line: One (1) duplex receptacle (w/data), two (2) special purpose receptacles. Provide multiple special purpose outlets, and GFI duplex receptacles as required per equipment layout.

Provide one (1) wall mounted clock outlet.

Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) adj to desk area and one (1) duplex receptacle (w/data). Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) on rear wall. Provide junction box in office and in kitchen area for office phone chime capability.

Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles (w/data) for operation of ceiling mounted projector and projector screen.

Utilities

Provide 2x2 high absorption acoustical ceiling tile in Cafetorium.


Provide one (1) data outlet adj to quadraplex receptacle.

Provide one (1) combination voice/data outlet adj to each quadraplex receptacle.

Office Telephone Chime: Provide and mount junction box at 72" AFF for Phone Chime outside of KIT 7 (Office), in view from kitchen area.

Casework

Provide one (1) special purpose receptacle:and one (1) duplex receptacle for washer and dryer. Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle fror general use.


Reader:

1 KIT 1 - Entry Door

Security:

1 KIT 1 - Entry Door

2 KIT 1 - Entry Door Provide electric strike.

3 KIT 1 - Entry Door Provide power supply for access control.

4 CAF 1 - Exterior Doors

Sound:

1 CAF 1 - Speakers

2 CAF 2 - Speakers

3 CAF 2 - Microphone

4 CAF 5 - Microphone

5 CAF 1 - Portable Sound Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) for portable sound system equipment.

6 CAF 1

Other:

1 All Spaces

2 All Spaces

3 All Spaces

*Coordinate kitchen equipment power requirements w/kitchen consultant and DeKalb County School District.

1 KIT 6

2 KIT 1, 1a, 2 Provide sloped floor and floor drains as required for ease of cleaning floor surfaces.



1 All spaces See Finishes section above regarding ceiling tile in cafetorium and kitchen areas.

2 KIT 1, CAF 1 Extend CMU walls to structural deck around cafetorium and kitchen.

3 CAF 2 Provide acoustical treatment (i.e. suspended acoustical panels) at stage areas.


1

2

3 Provide interior windows in KIT 2 w/ view of Cafetorium CAF 1.

Provide four (4) wall mounted microphone receptacle(s). Provide double gang box w/single gang plaster ring and 3/4" conduit stubbed up above accessible ceiling.

Provide cafetorium sound system speaker(s), and sound system speaker jacks at stage end of cafetorium.

Provide cafetorium sound system amplifier.

Provide locks on all doors except toilets. Refer to Design Guidelines for door hardware requirements.


General Notes

Provide two (2) sound system monitor speaker jacks, and two (2) sound system local intercom jacks.

Plumbing:

HVAC:

Acoustics

Provide three (3) ceiling mounted microphone receptacle(s). Provide double gang box w/single gang plaster ring and 3/4" conduit stubbed up above accessible ceiling.






Provide one (1) card reader at main entry door to kitchen area.




Storage:

BS 1 Book Storage Rooms 200 3 600 Locate 1 per floor.

BS 1a Laptop Cart Storage (Assumes 3 story school) 200 3 600 Locate 1 per floor (40 carts per school).

BS 2 Maintenance Equipment Storage (exterior) 175 1 175 Lawn equipment storage.

BS 3 Janitor / General Building Storage 250 1 250

Custodial:

BS 4 Main Custodial Supply Room 150 1 150

BS 5 Branch Custodial Rooms 70 2 140

BS 6 Office (Custodian) 120 1 120

BS 7 Custodian Workroom 250 1 250


BS 8 Main Mechanical Room 580 1 580

BS 9 Branch Mechanical Rooms 0 0 0 Size & quantity per system design.



BS 12 Main Distribution Frame Room (MDF)-incl. CTSS Office 175 1 175 Locate per cabling requirements.

BS 13 Intermediate Distribution Frame Room (IDF) 50 3 150 Locate per cabling requirements.

BS 13 Intermediate Distribution Frame Room (IDF) 30 4 120 Locate per cabling requirements.

BS 14 Mechanical/Electrical Plant 840 1 840 Outdoor Mechanical Yard (See HVAC)

Restrooms: (3-story school)

BS 15 Multi-fixture (Battery) Restrooms - Boy's 370 8 2,960

BS 15 Multi-fixture (Battery) Restrooms - Girl's 275 8 2,200

BS 16 Staff Restrooms 56 6 336 2 per floor

BS 17 Visitor Toilet 60 1 60 One (1) unisex near main entrance lobby


Note: Room quantities assume 3 story structure.



MB BS 6, BS 7 4' x 4' 1

TB BS 6, BS 7 4' x 4' 1

M/B BS 4, BS 5 4' x 4' 1

MS BS 5 1 OP.

SS BS 3, BS 4, BS 5 1

HS BS 7 1

SD BS 3, BS 4, BS 5, BS 7 1

PTD BS 3, BS 4, BS 5, BS 7 1

CT BS 17 1

Section 13 - BUILDING SERVICES

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Building Services (building infrastructure) spaces support the instructional programs by providing a comfortable, healthy, safe and attractive environment where students can learn and others can work with minimal distractions. These areas include essential components needed to maintain the school infrastructure and operations such as custodial, main building storage, mechanical/electrical equipment, data/telephone equipment and restroom facilities .


CLF BS 14 8" H - Provide fence w/ barbed wire top.

MB - Marker Board OP - Owner Provided MS - Metal Shelving Units M/B - Mop and Broom Holder

TB - Tack Board CLF - Chain Link Fence SD - Soap Dispenser SS - Service Sink

CT - Changing Table PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser HS - Hand Sink

Walls: a All Spaces

b BS 15, 16, 17

Floors: a Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces, except as noted below.

b BS 2, BS 8 - BS 13 Provide sealed concrete w/ 4 " rubber base.

c BS 15, 16, 17 Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ceramic base.

Ceilings: a Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces, except as noted below.

b BS 2, BS 8 - BS 13 Provide exposed structure.

c All Spaces Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces, except as noted below.

d BS 2, BS 8 - BS 13 Provide chain hung linear fluorescent fixtures.

d All Spaces Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height in rooms with ACT ceilings.


BS 1 Book Storage Adjustable Shelves 50 LF 12" D 5 tier, wall mounted on standards.

BS 3 Gen.Building Storage Adjustable Shelves 290 LF 12" D 5 tier, wall mounted on standards.

BS 4 Main Custodial Adjustable Shelves 38 LF 16" D 4 tier, wall mounted on standards.

BS 7 Custodian Workroom Adjustable Shelves 26 LF 16" D

Countertop* (w/2 open areas) 26 LF 24dx34h Continuous at all base cabinets.




Utility Location


1 BS 2 - Storage (exterior)

2 BS 3

3 BS 4

4 BS 5

5 BS 7 Provide four (4) duplex receptacles, mounted above counter.

6 BS 8

7 BS 10

8 BS 11

9 BS 12

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

Provide full height ceramic tile on "wet walls".

2 tier, wall mounted on standards above casework.

*BS 7 Countertop: Provide double layer 3/4" plywood w/3/4 " hardwood edge. Finish w/3 coats polyurethane. Provide 2x4 perimeter support.

Casework

Provide motor rated toggle switch for roof exhaust fan.

Provide multiple panel/cabinet systems as required. Design room to accommodate future equipment. Provide multiple GFCI duplex receptacles as required by equipment specified.


Utilities

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle.

Provide panelboards and transformers. Provide duplex receptacles as required (i.e. panelboards, transformer etc. equipment), and junction box for secondary clock power supply.

Provide automatic transfer switch equipment, trasnformer panels, lighting control panels, primary & secondary transformer disconnect equipment, and breaker panelboards. Design room to accommodate future panelboards and transformers. Provide within this room, another secured room containing disconnect switch equipment, fire alarm panel, and transformers as required. Provide combination of quadraplex and GFI duplex receptacle(s) as required. Provide 3/4" plywood backboard where required.

Finishes


Provide motor rated toggle switch for exhaust fan, one (1) GFCI duplex receptacle, water heater and pump.

Provide electrical conduit (i.e. security system roof antenna, condensate pump, connection ground bar) and 3/4" plywood backboard for security and telephone/data equipment backboard Provide ladder tray and rack system to support equipment


10 BS 13

11 BS 15, 16, 17 - Toilet

Clock:

1 None.

Intercom:

1 BS 8, 10, 12

2 BS 15

Fire Alarm:

1 BS 15, 16, 17

2 BS 8, 10, 11, 12, 15

Sensor:1 BS 12

Detector:

1 BS 8, 10, 11, 12, 13,

2 BS 8

Other:

1 All Spaces

2 All Spaces

3 All Spaces

1 BS 3, BS 4, BS 5 Provide floor sink (service sinks) in main and branch custodial closets with hot and cold water.

2 BS 16

3 BS 15, 16, 17

4 General

5 General


2 General Refer to Design Guidelines for HVAC requirements.

3 Provide dedicated climate control.

4 BS 14

1 Equipment Rooms

2

1

2

3

4 The Mechanical/Electrical Plant (Outdoor Mechanical Yard) includes Transformer, Generator, Cooling Tower, Sand Filter.

Multi-fixture restrooms must be sized for core FTE capacity of 1,200.

Provide one (1) ceiling mounted motion sensor w/ dbl. gang junction box w/ single gang plaster ring located in accessible ceiling.


Acoustics

Provide one (1) fire alarm smoke detector.

Provide full height CMU walls around equipment rooms and sound isolation mounts for equipment subject to vibration to achieve sound containment.

General Notes


Provide number of fixtures in restrooms as required by code for population served. Provide one (1) wall hydrant in each multi-fixture restroom. All toilet rooms shall be ADA compliant.

Provide electric water coolers distributed throughout building as required by code for population served.

Provide fire alarm pull station.

Plumbing:


HVAC:

Mech./Elec. Plant - Includes power company transformer, generator, cooling tower, trash compactor. Coordinate requirements w/Owner.



Provide proper sloping of floor and drain for ease of cleaning.


Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

Provide 3/4" thick plywood backboard on wall surfaces. Provide one (1) quadraplex and two (2) double duplex receptacles, and one (1) telephone outlet; or as required. Provide ladder trays, rack system necessary to support equipment. (i.e. intercom console, TV splitter; clock system, fire alarm and security junction boxes etc..)

backboard for security and telephone/data equipment backboard. Provide ladder tray, and rack system to support equipment.

Provide wall mounted Fire Alarm (audio/visual) device with wire guard, per applicable codes.


Provide wall mounted Fire Alarm (visual) ADA approved devices per applicable codes.

Provide two-way intercom system w/wall mounted call button and ceiling mounted speakers.

Provide multiple intercom speakers, ceiling mounted.



OS 1 Art Terrace 1 0 Provide direct access from Art Lab

OS 2 Trash Compactor Enclosure (Area) 1 0

OS 3 Central Court Yard 1 0

OS 4 Parent Drop Off and Main Courtyard 1 0

OS 5 Bus Courtyard 1 0

Total Area SF 0



GR OS 1 1

WR OS 3 1

WR OS 5 2

ELTG OS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 -

BR OS 3 1

BR OS 5 3

GR - Guard Rail WR - Waste Receptacle BR - Bicycle Rack ELTG - Exterior Lighting

Walls: a OS 1 Provide low masonry enclosure and guard rail wall around perimeter of terrace.

OS 3 Provide concrete seat wall.

Floors: a OS 3 Provide concrete (float and broom) paving finish with brick pavers.

Ceilings: a OS 1 Provide building overhang for shading.


NONE


OS 3 Central Court Yard Picnic Tables 4 OP

Concrete Bench 6

Utility Location

Electrical:

1 OS 1 Provide three (3) weather proof GFI duplex receptacles.

2 OS 1 - Door to patio

1 OS 1 Provide sloped terrace and area drain(s) as required.

2 OS 2 NONE

1 NONE

Utilities

Plumbing:

HVAC:


Furniture

Casework

Section 14.1 - OUTDOOR SPACES

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes



1 NONE

1 Provide direct access from Art Lab to outdoor patio areas.

2 Refer to Design Guidelines for additional site requirements.

3 Refer to Design Guidelines for exterior lighting requirements.

Acoustics

General Notes



SF 1 Softball Field 1 0

SF 2 Team Dugout (@ softball field) 240 2 480 Softball Field

SF 3 Coaches Box (@ softball field) 2 0 Softball Field

SF 4 Athletic Storage Building 672 1 672 Football / Soccer Field

SF 5 Football / Soccer Field 1 0

SF 6 Running Track 1 0

SF 7 Play Soccer Field 1 0

SF 8 Tennis Courts 2 0

Total Area SF 1,152



BPM SF 1 Provide bases, home plates, pitchers mound.

CLF SF 1 16' H Provide fence @ backstop.

CLF/WS SF 8 12' H Provide fence w/ wind screens.

GL SF 5 1

DF SF 4 1

SB SF 5 1 OP.

WH SF 5 1 OP.

ELTG SF 1, SF 5, SF 6, SF 7, SF 8

HB SF 2, SF 4, SF 5

GL - Goals (Football, Soccer) CLK - Electronic Wall Clock BPM - Bases, Plates, Mounds M/B - Mop and Broom Holder

SB - Score Boards OP - Owner Provided CLF - Chain Link Fence MS - Metal Shelving Units

ELTG - Exterior Lighting DF - Drinking Fountain HB - Hose Bibbs CLF/WS - CLF w/ Wind Screens

WH - Water Horse

Walls: a NA

Floors: a NA

Ceilings: a NA


SF 2 Team Dugout Benches

Utility LocationPower: SF 1 - Scoreboard

Casework

Section 14.2 - SITE FACILITIES

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes


Utilities

Provide weather proof junction box(es) w/electrical conduit; and weather proof duplex receptacles. Coordinate location w/owner. Install per manufacturers recommendations.


1 Refer to Design Guidelines Division 15 - Mechanical for hose bibb requirements.

1 None.

1 None.

1 Refer to Design Guidelines Division 2 - Site for playfield and other requirements.

2 Refer to Design Guidelines Division 16 - Electrical for sports field lighting requirements.

Plumbing:

HVAC:

Acoustics

General Notes



BCS 1 Lab 1,000 1 1,000

BCS 2 Office 120 1 120

BCS 3 Storage 120 1 120

Total Area SF 1,240



Typical

MB BCS 1 4' x 4' 2

IB BCS 1 8' x 4' 1

TB BCS 1 4' x 4' 1

TB BCS 1 12' x 4' 1

MS BCS 3 4x2x7 3

CMP BCS 1 30 OP. Center on teaching wall.

CLK BCS 1 1 Locate at teaching wall.

PSH BCS 1 1 OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.


TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (student) MS - Metal Shelving Units

Walls: a BCS 1 Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

b BCS 2 All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

Floors: a All Spaces Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces.





BCS 1 Lab 1 Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

Shelving Unit (open front) 1 4'x1'x7'

Utility Location

Electrical:1 All Spaces

2 Teaching Wall

3 Computer Area

4 BCS 1

Casework

Utilities





Section 15.1 - BUSINESS & COMPUTER SCIENCE

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes

Business & Computer Science programs prepare students to become productive members of the business community and to enter a post high school institution after graduation. Students develop competencies in finance, legal operations of business, administrative support, information management, international business, entrepreneurship, and management. Georgia Performance Standards for these programs are located at www.georgiastandards.com. Key Adjacency: Career Technology Labs.






5 BCS 1

6 BCS 1

1 None.

1 BCS 1 Provide limited-range temperature control.

2 BCS 1 Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.


1

2




General Notes

Plumbing:

HVAC:

Acoustics




ETECH 1 Classroom 800 1 800 ETECH 2

ETECH 2 Lab 1,700 1 1,700

ETECH 3 Office 145 1 145

ETECH 4 Teacher Prep/Woodworking 300 1 300

ETECH 5 Audio/Radio Room 100 1 100

ETECH 6 Video Broadcasting Room 150 1 150 ETECH 7

ETECH 7 Broadcast Control Room 150 1 150

ETECH 8 Storage Room 150 1 150

Total Area SF 3,495



MB ETECH 1 4' x 4' 2

Classroom sized for 34 students. Minimum required area for students = 680-sf net based on 20-sf/person. Provides 120-sf for Teacher's desk, bookshelves, storage cabinets, computer tables, etc. Lab sized for 34 students. Minimum required area for students = 1,700-sf net based on 50-sf/person.

Section 15.2 - ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Engineering & Technology program provides students the opportunity to develop technological literacy through an activity-based study of past, present, and future technological systems and their resources, processes and impact on society. Technology education utilizes computer and educational technology in the delivery of content related to systems of communication, energy/power transportation, production, and bio-related technologies. Georgia Performance Standards for these programs are located at www.georgiastandards.com. Key Adjacency: Career Technology Labs.


IB ETECH 1 8' x 4' 1

TB ETECH 1 4' x 4' 1

TB ETECH 1 12' x 4' 1

PP ETECH 2, ETECH 4 Varies

TVH ETECH 6 ‐ OP.

STL ETECH 6 Varies

VC ETECH 5, ETECH 6 - OP.

FE ETECH 2 1

MR ETECH 2 1

CMP ETECH 2 - OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CLK ETECH 2 1 Locate at teaching wall.

SC ETECH 2 1 OP. Ceiling mounted.

PSH ETECH 2 1 OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.


TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (student) SC - Surveillance Camera

MR - Microphone receptacle (duplex) SPH - Steel Pipe Handrail PP - Power Poles STL - Studio Lighting

FE - Fire Extinguisher (wall mtd.) TVH - TV Headend Equipment VC - Volume Control Equipment



Floors: a ETECH 2, 4, 8 Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

Finishes





b ETECH 1

c ETECH 1, 3, 5, 6, 7 Provide carpet tile w/ 4 " rubber base.



c ETECH 6 Provide studio lighting condusive to broadcasting activities.

d All Spaces Provide minimum 10'- 0" ceiling height.


ETECH 2 Lab Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'


ETECH 4 TP/ Woodworking Work Counter* (w/knee space) 18 LF 1 24dx34h w/ 5' wide knee space beneath.




Countertop* 10' LF Continuous at all base cabinets.


ETECH 7 Broadcast Control Rm 8 LF 1 30' H w/ 5' wide knee space beneath.**


ETECH 8 Storage Room Adjustable Shelves 72 LF 12" D 4 tier, wall mounted on standards.



**Provide grommets, ETECH 7 work counter.


ETECH 1 Classroom Fixed Audience Seating 34

Work Counter* (w/knee space)

Casework

Furniture

Provide tiered (4 level) seating area. (Light weight concrete w/metal decking.) Provide steel pipe handrail set in concrete subfloor, and rubber riser and tread.

ETECH 1 Classroom Fixed Audience Seating 34

ETECH 2 Lab Technology Computer Lab Casework 14 84x84x84 Single Workstation (2 person)

ETECH 2 Lab Workstation 5 60x24 Single Workstation (1 person)

Utility Location

Electrical:Power: General Lab

1 ETECH 2-Sys. Furniture Provide all power connections to modular furniture.

2 ETECH 4

3 ETECH 5, ETECH 7 Provide two (2) double duplex receptacles (w/data) and two (2) duplex receptacles.

4 ETECH 6 Provide six (6) double duplex receptacles (w/data) and one (2) duplex receptacle, two (2) cable outlets.

5 ETECH 8 Provide two (2) duplex receptacle in storage room.

Intercom:

1 ETECH 1 ,3, 4

Sound:

1 ETECH 2, ETECH 5

2 ETECH 8

3 ETECH 5, 6, 7

Data:

1 ETECH 2-Sys. Furniture


Utilities

Provide six (6) quadraplex receptacles @ work counter areas. Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data).

Provide voice/data connections to modular furniture. Stub electrical conduit above accessible ceiling, size as required.

Provide one (1) sound system amplifier.

Provide intercom speakers as required, ceiling mounted.

Provide power as required for wall mounted volume control equipment. (Coordinate w/Owner.)

Provide two-way intercom system w/wall mounted call button and ceiling mounted speakers.


2 ETECH 4

3 ETECH 5, ETECH 7

4 ETECH 6

5 ETECH 6

Other:

1 All Spaces

2 All Spaces

3 All Spaces

1 None.




1 Provide exterior window for each classroom.

2

3

4

5

6

7


HVAC

Acoustics

Provide one (1) data outlet.

Provide two (2) wall mounted television outlets, w/connection to TV headend located in ETECH 5.


General Notes

Plumbing:

Provide interior windows between ETECH 5, ETECH 7; ETECH 7, ETECH 6; and ETECH 3, ETECH 4.

ETECH 7 (Video Broadcasting Room) provides the venue for broadcasting and includes filming equipment. Provide overhead lighting to facilitate the broadcast process.

Provide one (1) data outlet per each double duplex receptacle.

Provide one (1) data outlet per each double duplex receptacle.



Provide double door access/entry to ETECH 1.

Provide interior windows in ETECH 3 and ETECH 4 to provide view of ETECH 2 lab.




FCS 1 Lab 1,880 1 1,880

FCS 2 Storage Closet 120 1 120

Total Area SF 2,000



MB FCS 1 4' x 4' 2

IB FCS 1 8' x 4' 1

TB FCS 1 4' x 4' 1

TB FCS 1 12' x 4' 1

CMP FCS 1 - OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CLK FCS 1 1 Locate at teaching wall.

PSH FCS 1 1 OP - General Contractor to provide blocking.

CT FCS 1 1 Teacher Demo Workstation - electric cooktop

DW FCS 1 0

W/D FCS 1 1

REF FCS 1 2

TC FCS 1 1

SD FCS 1 - Locate at each sink.

PTD FCS 1 - Locate at each sink.

RGE FCS 1 3 Student Kitchen Demo areas. (electric)

RGE FCS 1 1 Teacher Demo Workstation. (gas)

EH FCS 1 3 Student Kitchen Demo areas.

EH FCS 1 1 Teacher Demo Workstation

SK2 FCS 1 2 Student Kitchen Demo areas.

SK2 FCS 1 1 Teacher Demo Workstation

SK2A FCS 1 1 Student Kitchen Demo areas.

MI FCS 1 1 Teacher Demo Workstation


TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (student) W/D - Washer, Dryer (individual)

EH - Exhaust Hood RGE - Electric Range, ADA MS - Metal Shelving Units MI - Mirror (swiveling)

CT - Demo Table w/ Cook Top (Elec.) SK2 - Double bowl sink REF - Refrigerator SD - Soap Dispenser

MPS - Master Power Switch SK2A - Dbl. bowl sink, ADA TC - Trash Compactor PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

DW - Dishwasher

Walls: a All spaces: Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.


Section 15.3 - FAMILY & CONSUMER SCIENCE

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Finishes

The Family & Consumer Science program offers a unique focus on the inter-relationships between families and work; and prepares students for family life, work life, and careers. The lab is organized into several kitchen areas (student demo areas) resembling and including standard appliances as provided in a home environment, for "hands on" instruction; in addition to a classroom lecture space in view of the teacher demo area. Reference Georgia Performance Standards for these programs located at www.georgiastandards.com. Key Adjacency: Career Technology Labs.






Floors: a All spaces: Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

Ceilings: a All spaces: Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.

b All spaces: Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.


Wall 1:

FCS 1 Lab Countertop* - Continuous at all base cabinets.

(Student Kitchen Demo Areas) Base Cabinet (double door) 1 24x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.



*Leave opening between sets of casework for location of range & range hood.











Wall 2:











Wall 3:

Countertop* (open beneath) 44 LF - Provide supports @ 5"-0" on center, max.







FCS 1 Lab Swiveling Mirror 1 Mounted above base cabinets.

(Teacher Demo Workstation) Base Cabinet (double door) 2 32x24x34 w/ 1 adjustable shelf.


FCS 2 Storage Closet Storage Cabinet (lockable) 2 3'x2'x7'



Casework



Utility LocationElectrical: General Lab

1 FCS 1 - Teacher Demo

2 FCS 1 - Washer,Dryer

3 FCS 1 - Ranges

4 FCS 1 - Student Demo

5 FCS 2 - Storage Provide one (1) duplex receptacle in storage room.

6 All Spaces

7 All Spaces

8 All Spaces

1 FCS 1

2 FCS 1

3 FCS 1

1 FCS 1 Provide exhaust hood at each stove in lab area.

2 FCS 1 Provide dryer exhaust.




1 Provide exterior window for each classroom.

2

3

4


HVAC:

Provide three (3) double bowl sinks at Student Kitchen Demo areas at perimeter of lab.

Provide one (1) single bowl at stand alone Teacher Demo Workstation.

Provide all necessary plumbing requirements for equipment listed above.

Provide double door access/entry to FCS 1.



Acoustics

General Notes

Plumbing:

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle. Mount flush in cabinet side. Provide one (1) wall mounted special receptacle @ range.

Provide and coordinate NEMA special receptacle w/specified equipment. Provide one (1) double duplex receptacle, wall mounted.

Provide special receptacles, motor rated toggle switch(s) and junction box(es) for appliances.

Provide one (1) GFI duplex receptacle, @ 8' max spacing, mounted above counter.




Utilities


APPENDIX A

MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Summary


Activity / Space

Space No. Room Name 74 IU's TSF NSF Qty TSF

1200 FTE 1200 FTE

A B F G H

Section 01 Classroom Type I - (Eng., Math, SS, World Lang., ISS) 74 IU's

CR1 1 English 14 9240 900 14 12600

CR1 1 Mathematics 14 9240 900 14 12600

CR1 1 Social Studies 13 8580 900 13 11700

CR1 1 World Language 2 1320 900 2 1800

CR1 1 In School Suspension 1 660 900 1 900

Total NSF 44 29040 39600

Section 02 Classroom Type II - (Science)

SC 1 Science Labs 13 13000 1000 13 13000

SC 2 Prep/Storage Room 0 250 6.5 1625

Total NSF 13000 14625

EDUCATIONAL COMMON SPACES


MC 1 Reading Room 4100 1 4100

MC 2 Conference Room 300 2 600

MC 3 Office 150 2 300

MC 4 Periodical Storage 300 1 300

MC 5 A/V Equipment Storage 500 1 500

MC 6 Workroom (incl. toilet) 500 1 500

MC 6a Staff Toilet 0 1 0

MC 7 Vestibule (internal circulation) 0 2 0

Total NSF 1 4800 6300

Section 04 ART

ART 1 Art Lab 1650 1 1650

ART 2 Storage 250 1 250

ART 3 Kil R ( 2 kil ) 100 1 100

DRAFT - APPENDIX A

MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations DOE Minumum Proposed

GENERAL CLASSROOMS FTE 1200 (74 IU's)

FTE 1200 (74 IU's)

ART 3 Kiln Room ( 2 kilns ) 100 1 100

Total NSF 1 1800 2000

Section 05 MUSICINSTRUMENTAL (Band / Orchestra)

MUS 1 Instrumental/Band Room 2500 1 2500

MUS 2 Instrument Storage 210 1 210

MUS 3 Percussion Storage 150 1 150

MUS 4 School Instrument Storage 150 1 150

MUS 5 Office (Band) 150 1 150

MUS 5 Office (Orchestra) 150 1 150

MUS 6 Orchestra Classroom 1750 1 1750

MUS 7 Orchestra Storage 100 1 100

Instrumental Subtotal 1 1400 5160

CHORAL (Choral / Key Boarding)

MUS 8 Chorus Classroom 950 1 950

MUS 9 Office (Chorus) 150 1 150

MUS 10 Keyboard Classroom 990 1 990

MUS 11 Keyboard Storage 150 1 150

Choral Subtotal 1 1200 2240

SHARED SPACE:

MUS 12 Practice Room (Chorus) 90 1 90

MUS 12 Practice Rooms (Orchestra + Band) 90 2 180

MUS 13 Music Suite Corridor (internal circulation) - 10 % 250 1 250

520

Total NSF 2 2600 7920


Activity / Space


1200 FTE 1200 FTE

A B F G H

DRAFT - APPENDIX A




Activity / Space


1200 FTE 1200 FTE

A B F G H

DRAFT - APPENDIX A



Section 06 SHARED LABS (3)

SL 1 Computer Reading Lab 0 1000 1 1000

SL 1 a Testing Room (Computer Reading Lab) 0 150 1 150

SL 2 English Technology Lab (Writing Lab) 0 850 1 850

SL 2 Math Lab 0 800 1 800

Total NSF 0 0 2800

Section 07 HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Gymnasium:

PE 1 Gymnasium 11830 1 11830

PE 2 Gym Lobby 170 1 170

12000

Boy's:

PE 3 P.E. Locker Room 0 1 0

PE 3 a Vestibule (PE Locker Room) 35 2 70

PE 4 Toilet 0 1 0

PE 4 a Showers 0 1 0

PE 5 Athletic Locker Room 0 1 0

PE 5 a Vestibule (Athletic Locker Room) 35 2 70

140

Girls:

PE 6 P.E. Locker Room 0 1 0

PE 6 a Vestibule (PE Locker Room) 35 2 70

PE 7 Toilet 0 1 0

PE 7 a Showers 0 1 0

PE 8 Athletic Locker Room 0 1 0

PE 8 V ib l (A hl i L k R ) 3 2 0PE 8 a Vestibule (Athletic Locker Room) 35 2 70

140

Coach / Support Areas:

PE 9 Office (Coach) 150 2 300

PE 9 a Closet 20 2 40

PE 10 Office (P.E.) 150 2 300

PE 11 Staff Toilet ((incl. shower) 75 2 150

PE 11 a Staff Shower 0 2 0

PE 12 Gym Concessions (Incl. 65 sf closet) 200 1 200

PE 13 Concessions Closet 50 1 50

PE 14 Laundry 150 1 150

1190

Wellness:

PE 15 Health Classroom 1100 1 1100

PE 15 a Closet 20 1 20

PE 16 Weight Room 500 1 500

1620

Storage:

PE 17 Gym Storage Rooms (general) 100 2 200

PE 18 PE Storage - Girl's side 310 1 310

PE 19 PE Storage - Boy's side 310 1 310

820

Total NSF 2 16000 15910


Section 08 SPECIAL EDUCATION

SPED 1 Special Ed Classroom (Includes kitchenette) 0 720 1 720

SPED 1 a Toilet 0 60 2 120


Activity / Space


1200 FTE 1200 FTE

A B F G H

DRAFT - APPENDIX A



SPED 2 Special Ed Classroom (Includes kitchenette) 0 720 2 1440

SPED 3 Toilet (Adaptive) 0 250 1 250

Total NSF 5 3300 2530

SUPPORT SPACES

Section 09 AUDITORIUM (Ref. Cafetorium - Section 12)

0


Activity / Space


1200 FTE 1200 FTE

A B F G H

DRAFT - APPENDIX A





ADM 1 Reception Lobby (Admin. Suite) 500 1 500

ADM 1 a Corridor (internal circulation) - 10% 280 1 280

ADM 2 Office (Principals) - incl.closet and 53 sf toilet 400 1 400

ADM 2 a Closet 10 1 10

ADM 2 b Restroom 50 1 50

New Shower 0 0

ADM 3 Office (Bookeeper, Secretary, Attendance) 150 3 450

ADM 4 Conference Room (Incl. operable partition) 300 1 300


ADM 6 Records Vault 150 1 150

ADM 7 Supply Room 50 1 50

ADM 8 Faculty Lounge (incl. 2 restrooms @ 46 sf ea,) 400 1 400

ADM 8 a Restroom 50 2 100

ADM 9 Clinic (Incl. sink area) 180 1 180

ADM 9 a Clinic Toilet 50 1 50

3220

ADM 10 Testing Room 385 1 385

Test Storage 100 1 100

Data Room 145 1 145

Satellite Administration Suite: (@ classroom wing)

ADM 11 Office (Assistant Principal) - Incl. Toilet sf 300 3 900

ADM 11a Restroom 50 1 50

ADM 12 Office (Receptionist) 150 1 150

ADM 13 Pl i R ( N ) 300 1 300ADM 13 Planning Room ( No restroom) 300 1 300

2030

Miscellaneous

ADM 14 Transportation Office 150 1 150

ADM 14 SRO Office 150 1 150

ADM 14 Office (General) 150 2 300

ADM 14 Drama Office 150 1 150

ADM 14 Social Psych Office 150 1 150

ADM 15 PTA Closet 20 1 20

ADM 16 Archive Room 150 1 150

1070

Total NSF 6320


CSG 1 Reception Lobby (Counseling Suite) 100 1 100

CSG 1 a Corridor (internal circulation)- 10 % 165 1 165

CSG 2 Office (LTSE) 150 1 150

CSG 2 Office (Registrars) 150 1 150

CSG 2 Office (Counselors) 150 3 450

CSG 3 Conference Room 350 1 350

CSG 4 Storage/Copy Room 150 1 150

CSG 5 Records Room 150 1 150

Total NSF 1665


Kitchen/Servery Area:

KIT 1 Kitchen 2125 1 2125

KIT 1a Dish Wash 350 1 350

KIT 2 Serving Lines (2 serving lines) 1000 1 1000


Activity / Space


1200 FTE 1200 FTE

A B F G H

DRAFT - APPENDIX A



KIT 3 Dry Storage 325 1 325

KIT 4 Can Wash 20 1 20

KIT 5 Laundry / Locker Room 90 1 90

KIT 6 Staff Toilet 70 1 70

KIT 7 Office 120 1 120

KIT 8 Mop Closet 50 1 50

KIT 9 Corridor (internal circulation incl. in KIT 1) 0 1 0

KIT 10 Cooler (walk-in) Incl. in KIT 1 0 1 0

KIT 11 Freezer (walk-in) Incl. in KIT 1 0 1 0

3000 4150

Cafetorium:

CAF 1 Cafetorium (Student Dining) 6000 1 6000

CAF 2 Stage (incl. ramp) 1000 1 1000

CAF 2 a Stage Ramp 0 1 0


Activity / Space


1200 FTE 1200 FTE

A B F G H

DRAFT - APPENDIX A



CAF 3 Stage Storage 500 1 500

CAF 4 Cafeteria Storage 500 1 500

CAF 5 Portable Stage (720 sf) 1000 1 1000

4,571 9000

Total NSF 7571 13150


Section 13 BUILDING SERVICES

Storage:

BS 1 Book Storage 200 3 600

BS 1a Laptop Cart Storage (Assumes 3 story school) 200 3 600

BS 2 Exterior Maintenance Equipment Storage (Lawn Storage) 175 1 175

BS 3 Janitor / General Building Storage 250 1 250

1625

Custodial:

BS 4 Main Custodial Supply Room 150 1 150

BS 5 Branch Custodial Rooms 70 2 140

BS 6 Office (Custodian) 120 1 120

BS 7 Custodian Workroom 250 1 250

660


BS 8 Main Mechanical Room 580 1 580

BS 9 Branch Mechanical Rooms - See BS 14, BS 15 0 0 0

BS 10 Main Electrical Room 230 1 230


BS 12 M i Di ib i F (MDF) R D H b (A ) 1 1 1BS 12 Main Distribution Frame (MDF) Room - Data Hub (Ave.) 175 1 175

BS 13 Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) Room - Data Closets 50 3 150

BS 13 Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) Room - Data Closets 30 4 120

BS 14 Mech./Elec. Plant: (Incl. Transformer, Generator, Cooling Tower, Sand Filter) 840 1 840

2305

Restrooms:

BS 15 Multi-fixture (Battery) Restrooms - Boy's 370 8 2960

BS 15 Multi-fixture (Battery) Restrooms - Girl's 275 8 2200

BS 16 Staff Restrooms 56 6 336

BS 17 Visitor (unisex) Toilet 60 1 60

5556

Total NSF 10146

OTHER PROGRAMS:


Section 15.1 Business & Computer Science

BCS 1 Lab 1000 1 1000

BCS 2 Office 120 1 120

BCS 3 Storage 120 1 120

1 1170 1240

Section 15.2 Engineering & Technology

ETECH 1 Classroom 800 1 800

ETECH 2 Lab 1700 1 1700

ETECH 3 Office 145 1 145

ETECH 4 Teacher Prep / Woodworking 300 1 300

ETECH 5 Audio/Radio Room 100 1 100


Activity / Space


1200 FTE 1200 FTE

A B F G H

DRAFT - APPENDIX A



ETECH 6 Broadcast Control Room 150 1 150

ETECH 7 Video Broadcasting Room 150 1 150

ETECH 8 Storage Room 150 1 150

2 1830 3495

Section 15.3 Family & Consumer Science

FCS 1 Lab 1880 1 1880

FCS 2 Storage Closet 120 1 120

1 1270 2000

IT 1 Career Technology Classroom 720 1 720

1 660 720

Total NSF 5 4930 7455

Section 16 OPTIONAL PROGRAMS

Section 16.1 See Shared Labs - Section 06 0

A Sub-Total Basic Programs: (Net SF) 73 83041 130421

Section 16.1 Optional Programs:

Other: 0 0 0 0

Other: 0 0 0 0

1 0 0

B Sub-Total Optional Programs: (Net SF) 1 0 0

C Tota (A+B): Basic + Optional Programs (Net SF) 74 83041 130421

D Public Commons:

E V ib l 0Entrance Vestibule 0

Main Lobby 0

Corridors 0

Stairs 0

Elevator 00

Walls and Circulation @ .345 Net Building Area 44995

E GRAND TOTAL (C x Grossing Factor 1.345%): Total Building Gross Sq. Footage 175416

Section 14 OUTDOOR AREAS


OS 1 Art Terrace 0 1 0

OS 2 Trash Compactor Enclosure (Area) 0 1 0

OS 3 Central Court Yard 0 1 0

0

Section 14.2 SITE FACILITIES

SF 1 Softball Field 0 1 0

SF 2 Team Dugout 240 2 480

SF 3 Athletic Storage Building 672 1 672

SF 4 Football / Soccer Field 0 1 0

SF 5 Play Soccer Field 0 1 0

SF 6 Tennis Courts 0 2 0

1152

Total NSF 0


Activity / Space

Space No. Room Name

1200 FTE 74 IU's TSF

FTE 74 TSF

INSTRUCTIONAL AREAS

Section 01 CLASSROOM TYPE I 44 29,040 39,600

English 14 9,240 12,600

Mathematics 14 9,240 12,600

Social Studies 13 8,580 11,700

World Language 2 1,320 1,800

In School Suspension 1 660 900

Section 02 CLASSROOM TYPE II (Science) 13 13,000 14,625

Section 03 MEDIA CENTER 1 4,800 6,300

Section 04 ART 1 1,800 2,000

Section 05 MUSIC 2 2,600 7,920



Section 06 SHARED LABS 0 0 2,800

Section 07 HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION 2 16,000 15,910

Health

PE

Section 08 SPECIAL EDUCATION (Severe and Profound) 5 3,300 2,530

Section 09 AUDITORIUM (Refer to Cafetorium - Section 12)

SUPPORT AREAS

Section 10 ADMINISTRATION 0 0 6,320

Section 11 COUNSELING 0 0 1,665


Kitchen 0 3,000 4,150

Cafeteria 0 4,571 9,000

Section 13 BUILDING SERVICES 0 0 10,146

Section 14 OUTDOOR AREAS (See below.)

OTHER PROGRAMS

Section 15 BASIC CAREER TECHNOLOGY (CT) 5 4,930 7,455

15.1 Business & Computer Science 1 1,170 1,240

15.2 Engineering & Technology 1 1,830 3,495

15.3 Family & Consumer Science 1 1,270 2,000

xx.x Careeer Technology Classroom 1 660 720

A. Sub-total - Basic Programs: Activity/Space (Net SF) 73 83,041 0 130,421

Section 16 OPTIONAL PROGRAMS 1 0 0 0

Other:

Other:

B. Sub-total - Opt. Programs: Activity/Space (Net SF) 1 0 0 0

C. TOTAL: (Building Interior Net SF) 74 83,041 0 130,421

D. Public Commons

Grossing Factor: Walls and Circulation @ .345 Net Building Area 44,995

E. GRAND TOTAL: Total Building Gross Sq. Footage 175,416

OUTDOOR AREAS

Section 14.1 Outdoor Spaces 0

Section 14.2 Site Facilities (Playfields, Softball, Football/Soccer, Track, Tennis) 1,152

0

APPENDIX A

MIDDLE SCHOOL - Square Footage Summary DOE Minimum Proposed


APPENDIX B

MIDDLE SCHOOL - Furnishings, Fixtures & Equipment (Provided by DCS)


NOTES

SECTION 01 CLASSROOM TYPE I (6th - 8th Grade) - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Classro

om (Lan

guage A

rts)

Classro

om (Socia

l Studies

)

Classro

om (Math

emati

cs)

Classro

om (Forei

gn Lan

guages

)

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom:Teacher Desk 1 1 1 1Task Chair (Teacher) 1 1 1 1File Cabinet 1 2 1 2Student Chair 12 4 4 4Student Combo Desk 34 34 34 34Open Front DeskStudent TableCot and/or CouchCoat RackRound Table Rectangular Table 1* *Rectangular table optional. Kidney Table Table 1* *Table optional.

Administrative:Administrative DeskCredenza / ReturnTask ChairGuest ChairFile Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table

BookcaseLateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet *Letter File Cabinet *DEKALB - FF&EWalkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 1 1 1Podium Lecturn 1 1Counter Top RefrigeratorRefrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerMicrophonesHeadphonesMicroscopesLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1 1 1 1Student Computer Workstation 6* 2 2 2 2 - 6 Student Workstations*Computer HeadphonesComputer MicrophonesComputer Station EarphonesLaptop Mobile CartsPrinter/Scanner WorkstationIntercom SystemInteractive Board 1* 1* 1* 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E EQ

UIP

MEN

T


NOTES

SECTION 02 CLASSROOM TYPE II (Science) - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Scienc

e Lab

oratory

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom:Teacher Desk 1Task Chair (Teacher) 1File Cabinet 1Student Chair 34Student Combo DeskOpen Front DeskStudent TableCot and/or CouchCoat RackRound Table Rectangular Table Kidney Table Table

Administrative:Administrative DeskCredenza / ReturnTask ChairGuest ChairFile Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table

BookcaseLateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet *Letter File Cabinet *DEKALB - FF&EWalkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1Podium LecturnCounter Top RefrigeratorRefrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerMicrophonesHeadphonesMicroscopesLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1Student Computer Workstation 2Computer HeadphonesComputer MicrophonesComputer Station EarphonesLaptop Mobile CartsPrinter/Scanner WorkstationIntercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 03 MEDIA CENTER - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Main Rea

ding R

oom

Office

Video Pro

ductio

n / Dist

ributio

n Studio

Confer

ence

Room

Audio-Visu

al Non-Prin

t Storag

e

Workroom

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom:Teacher Desk 1Task Chair 1File CabinetStudent ChairStudent Combo DeskStudent TableCot and/or CouchCoat RackRound TableAdministrative:Administrative Desk 1Credenza / Return 1Task Chair 1Guest Chair 2 12 4 - 12 Chairs File Cabinet Book Case Rd. TableLibrary Clerk Desk 1Library Clerk Chair 1Private Office/Reception: Guest Chairs 4Lounge ChairRd. Conference TableConference Table 1Conference Credenza 1* Conference Credenza Optional *Conference Chairs 14 10 - 14 Chairs Rectangular Work TableSq. Work Table 3 1 3 Provide work table.Round Work TableSide Chairs 4

Bookcase 1Lateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet *Letter File Cabinet * 1

Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 1Podium LecturnCounter Top RefrigeratorRefrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerCopy Machine w/Stand 1 Provided by DCS InstructionBook Trucks X Provided by DCS InstructionTV / DVD (wall mounted) 1 Provided by DCS InstructionLaminator w/ CabinetLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1* 1 2 2 Provide computer at Circ. Desk*Student Computer Workstation 15 1Laptop Mobile CartsPrinter/Scanner Workstation 2 1 1 1 B&W Printer, 1 Color PrinterIntercom System 1*Interactive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine

EQU

IPM

ENT

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 04 ART - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Visual

Arts Lab

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom:Teacher Desk 1Task Chair 1File CabinetArt Stool or Student Chair 32Student Combo DeskStudent TableCot and/or CouchCoat RackStudent Art Table 9* 4 Man Student Art TableTeacher Work Table 1Round TableAdministrative:Administrative DeskCredenza / ReturnTask ChairGuest ChairFile Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table

BookcaseLateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet *Letter File Cabinet *

Trash Receptacle 1Art Easel 15Drying Rack 1Clay Storage Bins XCamcorderDVD/VCRDigital Video MixerDigital Video Camera X Provided by DCS InstructionExhaust Fan X Provided by DCS InstructionTote Tray Cabinets X Provided by DCS InstructionDamp Cabinets X Provided by DCS InstructionFlat Work Storage Cabinet X Provided by DCS InstructionLaminator w/ CabinetLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1Student Computer Workstation 2Computer HeadphonesComputer MicrophonesLaptop Mobile CartsPrinter/Scanner Workstation 1 Provide Color workstation .Intercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine

EQU

IPM

ENT

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 05 MUSIC - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Genera

l Music

Instrumen

tal M

usic (B

and)

Instrumen

tal M

usic (O

rches

tra)

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom:Teacher Desk 1 1 1Task Chair 1 1 1File Cabinet 2Student Chair (Posture) 100 100* 100 80 -100 Posture Chairs.*Music StoolsStudent Combo DeskStudent TableCot and/or CouchCoat RackRound TableAdministrative:Administrative Desk 1 1 1Credenza / ReturnTask Chair 1 1 1Guest ChairFile Cabinet 1 2 2Book Case 1Rd. Table


Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 1 1Director Stand 1 1 Provided by DCS InstructionDirector Chair 1Podium Lecturn 1 Provided by DCS InstructionStanding Risers (portable) X Provided by DCS InstructionSeated Risers (portable) X Provided by DCS InstructionMusic Stands X X X Provided by DCS Instruction

2 2 2 Provided by DCS Instruction

PianoVCR/Stereo w/surround sound X X Provided by DCS InstructionMicrophone X Provided by DCS InstructionMIDI Keyboard X Provided by DCS InstructionSpecial Music Equipment X Provided by DCS InstructionSound System X Provided by DCS InstructionDigital Video Mixer X Provided by DCS InstructionPortable Music Storage Rack X Provided by DCS InstructionPortable Equipment Cabinet X Provided by DCS InstructionOverhead Projector

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1 1Student Computer Workstation 2Printer/Scanner WorkstationIntercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier MachineTE

CH

NO

LOG

YFU

RN

ITU

RE

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

Acoustic Piano w/dust cover and dolly


NOTES

SECTION 06 SHARED LABS - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Computer W

riting Lab

Math Computer

Lab

Reading Lab

/ Tes

ting Room

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom:Teacher Desk 1 1 1Task Chair 1 1 1File Cabinet 1 1Student Chair 30 28 22Student Table 14Student Open Front DeskCot and/or CouchCoat RackRound Table 1* 4 Round table optional. *Folding TableAdministrative:Administrative DeskCredenza / ReturnTask ChairGuest ChairFile Cabinet Book Case 2Rd. TableConference TableConference Chair

BookcaseLateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet *Letter File Cabinet*

Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 1 1Podium LecturnCounter Top RefrigeratorRefrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerMicrophonesHeadphonesMicroscopesLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1 1 1Student Computer Workstation 28 28* 6Student Computer WorkstationPrinter/Scanner Workstation 1 1 1Intercom SystemInteractive Board 1* 1* 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier MachineOverhead Projector

FUR

NIT

UR

E EQ

UIP

MEN

TTE

CH

NO

LOG

YST

OR

AG

E

Dimensions

28 Computer Workstations* w/Laptop Mobile Cart


NOTES

SECTION 07 HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

PE - Tea

chers

Offic

e

Health

Lab

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom:Teacher Desk 1 1Task Chair 1 1File CabinetStudent Chair 32Student Combo DeskStudent Tables 14* 14 - 16 Tables.*Student Open Front DeskCot and/or CouchCoat RackRound TableAdministrative:Administrative DeskCredenza or ReturnTask ChairGuest Chair 2File Cabinet 1 1Book Case 1Small TableRound Table 1* Round Table Optional *


Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 1Counter Top RefrigeratorRefrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack)Laminator w/ CabinetLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1 1Student Computer Workstation 2Printer/Scanner Workstation 1Security Camera 1Microfiche Reader / PrinterFax MachineIntercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *Cable TV ConnectionTelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine (small)

EQU

IPM

ENT

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

FUR

NIT

UR

E ST

OR

AG

E

Dimensions


NOTES

SECTION 08 SPECIAL EDUCATION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT8/16/2011

ROOM NAME SIZE

Self C

ontained

( Inter

relate

d)

* Self

Contained

Speech

Therapy R

m.

Impac

t / Gifte

d* Self Contained (Orthopedically Impaired or Intellectual Disabilities)

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom:Teacher Desk 1 2 1 1Task Chair 1 2 1 1File Cabinet 1 2 1Student Chair 4* 16* 8* 24 4-6 Chairs/4-16 Chairs/4-8 Chairs*Student Combo Desk 15 12Student Table 10* 9 -10 Student Tables *Student Open Front DeskStudy Table 1Kidney Table 1Coat RackRound Table 3** 12 combo desks or 3 Rd. Tables.**Administrative:Administrative Desk 1

Credenza / ReturnTask Chair 1

Guest ChairFile Cabinet 1Book Case Rd. Table


Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 1 1 1Podium LecturnCounter Top RefrigeratorRefrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack)Laminator w/ CabinetLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1 1 1 1Student Computer Workstation 4 4 4 4Computer HeadphonesComputer MicrophonesComputer Station EarphonesLaptop Mobile CartsPrinter/Scanner Workstation 1 1 1Intercom SystemInteractive Board 1* 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier MachineElectric Charging Station

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Teacher:Teacher DeskTask ChairFile CabinetStudent Chair (18")Student Combo DeskStudent TablesCot and/or CouchCoat RackRound TableAdministrative:Administrative DeskCredenza or ReturnTask ChairGuest ChairFile Cabinet Book Case Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables


Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash ReceptacleSolid Waste CompactorCounter Top RefrigeratorRefrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack)Laminator w/ CabinetLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer WorkstationStudent Computer WorkstationPrinter/Scanner WorkstationSecurity CameraMicrofiche Reader / PrinterFax MachineIntercom SystemInteractive BoardCable TV ConnectionTelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine (small)

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

SECTION 09 AUDITORIUM - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT - See Cafetorium - Section 12)

ROOM NAME SIZE

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 10 ADMINISTRATION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Recep

tion Area

Princip

als O

ffice

Conferen

ce R

oom

Asst. P

rincip

al's O

ffice

Book Kee

per Offic

e

Vault /

Rec

ords Room

Clinic

Staff W

orkroom / S

RO Offic

e

Admin Suite (L

ead )

Toilet R

oom

Lounge

Mail Room

Workroom (M

ain)

Teach

er Workr

oom

Interco

m Equip. Alco

ve

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom:Teacher Desk 1 1Task Chair 1 1File Cabinet 1Student Chair 6 4 - 6 ChairsCot and/or Couch 1Coat Rack XRound TableAdministrative:Administrative Desk 1Credenza / Return 1Task Chair 1Guest Chair 2 1File Cabinet 1Book Case 1 1Rd. Table 1Private Office/Reception: Reception Chair 1Guest Chairs 12File Cabinets 2End Table 2 4 2-4 TablesMagazine Table 1Sofa 1 1 * Sofa OptionalExecutive Desk w/ Bridge 1Executive Desk 1Executive Credenza 1 1Hutch w/Doors 1 1Tack Board / Task Light 1 1Swivel High Back Chair 1Swivel Mid Back Chair 1Office Guest Chairs 4 4 2 - 4 ChairsDining Guest Chairs 15 10 -15 ChairsGuest Chairs 24 12 - 24 ChairsLounge Chair 4 2 - 4 ChairsRd. Conference Table 1 1 For OfficeRd. Dining Table 3 2-3 TablesConference Table 1Conference Credenza 1Conference Chairs 15Rectangular Work Table 1Sq. Work Table 4 2-4 TablesRound Work Table 3 1-3 TablesSide Chairs 4 2 - 4 Chairs

Bookcase 1 1Lateral File Cabinet 1 2Legal File Cabinet * 6 2 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire ProofLetter File Cabinet* 6 10 1 2 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire Proof

Walkie Talkie Radios 1Trash Receptacle 1 1 1 1 1 4 2 2Counter Top Refrigerator 1Refrigerator 1Microwave Oven 1Coffee Maker 1Vending Machine (Drink) 1Vending Machine (Snack) 1Laminator w/ Cabinet 1LCD TV 20" 1Overhead Projector 1Large Paper Cutter 1Copier Machine 1 1Scantron Machine 1

DEKALB - MISComputer Workstation 1 1 1 1 6 2-6 Workstations

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


Printer/Scanner Workstation 1 1 1 1 3Intercom System 1Interactive Board 1* 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *Surveillane Equipment XSecurity Cameras XTelephone 1

TEC

HN

OLO

GY


NOTES

SECTION 11 COUNSELING - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Recep

tion W

aiting A

rea (L

obby)

Attendan

ce O

ffice

Regist

rar O

ffice

Counselor O

ffice

Records R

oom

Conferen

ce R

oom

Career

Center

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom:Teacher DeskTask ChairFile CabinetStudent ChairCot and/or CouchCoat RackAdministrative:Administrative Desk 1 1 1 1Credenza or Return 1 1* Credenza w/Hutch.Task Chair 1 1 1 1Guest Chair 8* 16* 16* 4* 2 12 4-8 Chairs / 4-16 Chairs/2-4 Chairs*File Cabinet 1 2 2 1Book Case 1 1 1 1 3 1-3 BookcasesSmall Table 1 Small Table Optional *Round Table 1* Round Table Optional *Private Office/Reception: Reception ChairGuest ChairsFile CabinetsEnd TableDisplay Rack 1 4 2-4 Display RacksSofaExecutive Desk w/ BridgeExecutive Desk Executive CredenzaHutch w/DoorsTack Board / Task Light 1Swivel High Back ChairSwivel Mid Back ChairOffice Guest ChairsDining Guest Chairs Guest Chairs 10* 4 - 10 Side Guest Chairs Optional *Lounge ChairRd. Conference TableRd. Dining TableConference Table 1Conference Credenza 1Conference Chairs 14* 8 - 14 Conference ChairsRectangular Work TableSq. Work Table 1 * Work Table Optional *Round Work Table 3 * 1-3 Round or Square Tables *Side Chairs

BookcaseLateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet * 6 3 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire ProofLetter File Cabinet* 6 3 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire Proof

Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 1 1 1 1 1Counter Top RefrigeratorRefrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack)Laminator w/ CabinetLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MISComputer Workstation 1 1 1 1 2 * 2-4 Computer WorkstationsPrinter/Scanner Workstation 1 1 1 1 1Microfiche Reader / Printer 1Fax Machine 1OG

YST

OR

AG

EEQ

UIP

MEN

T

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


Intercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *Cable TV Connection 1TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine (small) 1

TEC

HN

OLO


NOTES

SECTION 12 SCHOOL NUTRITION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Cafeter

ia Man

ager

Cafeter

ia

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom:Teacher DeskTask ChairFile CabinetStudent Chair, (18") X 1/3 anticipated school enrollment *Student Combo DeskStudent TablesCot and/or CouchCoat RackRound TableAdministrative:Administrative Desk 1Credenza or ReturnTask Chair 1Guest Chair 2 2 - 4 ChairsFile Cabinet 1Book Case 1Roll & Fold Student Tables 30* 25-30 Roll & Fold Student Tables*Round Faculty Tables 10* 4-10 Faculty Tables *


Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 8 * 5-8, 55 Gallon Trash Receptacles *Solid Waste Compactor 1Counter Top RefrigeratorRefrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack)Laminator w/ CabinetLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MISComputer Workstation 1Student Computer WorkstationPrinter/Scanner Workstation 1 Teacher Printer WorkstationSecurity CameraMicrofiche Reader / PrinterFax MachineIntercom SystemInteractive BoardCable TV ConnectionTelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine (small)

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 13 BUILDING SERVICES - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Custodian

Offic

e

Building Enginee

r Offic

e

Genera

l Storag

e

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom:Teacher DeskTask ChairFile CabinetStudent Chair (18")Student Combo DeskStudent TablesCot and/or CouchCoat RackRound TableAdministrative:Administrative Desk 1 1Credenza or ReturnTask Chair 1 1Guest Chair 2 2File Cabinet 1 1Book Case 1 1Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables


Trash Receptacle 1 1Encore 520 Scrubber 2 Environmental Services.Boost 28" Scrubber (20 gal) X Environmental Services.Fusion Battery Burnisher 1 Environmental Services.Battery Maintenance System X Environmental Services.Push Lawnmower X Environmental Services.Echo Back Pack Blower X Environmental Services.Echo PE 230 Comm Edger X Environmental Services.Echo 23CC Trimmer X Environmental Services.Rotary Cutter X Environmental Services.Slow Speed Buffer X Environmental Services.3 Speed Blowers X Environmental Services.Wet/Dry Vacum (18 gallon) X Environmental Services.

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1 1 TeacherStudent Computer WorkstationPrinter/Scanner Workstation 1* 1* Teacher Printer Workstation *Security CameraMicrofiche Reader / PrinterFax MachineIntercom SystemInteractive BoardCable TV ConnectionTelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine (small)

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom:Teacher DeskTask ChairFile CabinetStudent Chair (18")Student TablesCot and/or CouchCoat RackRound TableAdministrative:Administrative DeskCredenza or ReturnTask ChairGuest ChairFile Cabinet Book Case Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables


Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash ReceptacleSolid Waste CompactorCounter Top RefrigeratorRefrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack)Laminator w/ CabinetLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MISComputer WorkstationStudent Computer WorkstationPrinter/Scanner WorkstationSecurity CameraMicrofiche Reader / PrinterFax MachineIntercom SystemInteractive BoardCable TV ConnectionTelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine (small)

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

SECTION 14 OUTDOOR SPACES - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT - No info available

ROOM NAME SIZE

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 15.1 - 15.4 OTHER PROGRAMS - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Busines

s & C

omputer Scie

nce Lab

Engineerin

g & Technology L

ab

Family

& Consu

mer Scie

nce

Career

Connectio

ns (optio

nal)

DEKALB - FF&E 15.1 15.2 15.3 15.4 W L D

Classroom:Teacher Desk 1 1 1 1Task Chair 1 1 1 1File Cabinet 1 1Student Chair (18") 32 28 40Student Combo Desks 28 30* 25 - 30 Student Desks.*Student Tables 16* 14 - 16 Student Tables*Cot and/or CouchCoat RackRound TableAdministrative:Administrative Desk 1Credenza or ReturnTask Chair 1Guest ChairFile Cabinet 1Book Case 2Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables


Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 1 1 1Solid Waste CompactorCounter Top RefrigeratorRefrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack)Laminator w/ CabinetLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1 1 1Student Computer Workstation 30 28 10* 5 - 10 Student Workstations *Printer/Scanner Workstation 1 1Security CameraMicrofiche Reader / PrinterFax MachineIntercom SystemInteractive Board 1* 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *Cable TV ConnectionTelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine (small)

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


DEKALB COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT ‐ FEBRUARY 15, 2013 VERSION 1.1


HIGH

HIG

H S

CH

OO

L D

ESIG

N P

RO

GR

AM


INSTRUCTIONAL AREAS

Section 01 CLASSROOM TYPE I 2

Classrooms: ( English, Foreign Languages, Math, SS)

Computer Labs

Section 02 CLASSROOM TYPE II (Science) 4


Section 04 ART 10

Section 05 MUSIC 14



Section 06 DRAMA 19

Section 07 HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION 21

Health

PE (Incl. Health Lab)

Section 08 SPECIAL EDUCATION (Severe and Profound) 29

Section 09 AUDITORIUM 33

Auditorium

Mechanical Mezzanine (Level 3 / Bldg. C)

SUPPORT AREAS



Faculty Workrooms



Section 12 SCHOOL NUTRITION 45

Kitchen

Cafeteria



14.1 Outdoor Spaces

14.2 Site Facilities (Playfields)

14.3 Stadium

OTHER PROGRAMS

Section 15 BASIC CAREER TECHNOLOGY 63

15.1 Business & Computer Science 15.2 Engineering & Technology

15.3 Family & Consumer Science

15.4 Junior ROTC

Section 16 CAREER TECHNOLOGY OPTIONAL PROGRAMS 79

16.1 Culinary Arts

16.2 Health Science

APPENDIXES


Appendix B - Furnishings & Equipment 100

Appendix C - Space Layout Drawings 124

Appendix D - Space Relationship Diagrams 125

HIGH SCHOOL DESIGN PROGRAMINDEX

DeKalb County School District 1 of 121 February 15, 2013 v1.1

Space No. NSF Qty TSF

CR1 1 Classrooms (English, Foreign Language, Math, ISS) 800 42 33600

CR1 2 Computer Labs 1000 1 1000

Total Area SF 34600



MB CR1 1, CR1 2 4' x 4' 2

IB CR1 1, CR1 2 8' x 4' 1

TB CR1 1, CR1 2 4' x 4' 1

TB CR1 1, CR1 2 12' x 4' 1

CLK CR1 1 1 Locate opposite to teaching wall.

WHS CR1 1 (Foreign Language) 1

CMP CR1 1 OP - Reference Instructional Technology Plan.

CMP CR1 2 OP - Reference Instructional Technology Plan.

MB - Marker Board CLK - Electronic Wall Clock IB - Interactive Board WHS - Wireless Headphone System

TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (student)

Walls: a All spaces

b All spaces

Floors: a All spaces Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces.

Ceilings: a All spaces Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all classrooms. Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures

Space No. Room Name Unit Type Unit Length Qty Size(wxdxh) Notes

CR1 1 Classrooms Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 Locate opposite exterior wall

Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 Locate at window wall

Book Cases (shelves) 18 LF 6 Locate at window wall

CR1 2 Computer Labs Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 Locate opposite exterior wall


Book Cases (shelves) 18 LF 6 Locate at window wall

Electrical Location

Power: Classroom Computer Area:

CR1 1

CR1 1

Utilities

Provide three (3) quadraplex receptacles (w/ data).

Provide 4 x 4 junction box, single gang plaster ring, temporary cover plate, and 3/4 "C stubbed into corridor with bussing, above ceiling.

Equipment

Finishes

Casework

3'x2'x7'

3'x2'x7'

36"x12"x30"

3'x2'x7'

3'x2'x7'

36"x12"x30"


Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guidelines for sheen. Water base, zero VOC paints are preferred.



Section 01 - CLASSROOM TYPE 1

General Description

Activity / SpaceRoom Name Adjacency

Classroom Type 1 is comprised of the high school interdisciplinary classrooms: English/Language Arts, Mathematics, Social Studies, World Language and In School Suspension. All Classroom Type I spaces are physically the same in size and contain the same basic equipment to increase flexibility in useage; with the exception of the Computer Labs. School administrators may choose to utilize and assign adjacent classrooms by department so that all classrooms of the same subject matter are adjacent in a single area. Classrooms are used for large and small group activities including group projects, demonstrations, teacher presentations, student presentation, research, individualized and small group computer assisted instruction. Key Adjacency: Locate classrooms in close proximity to the Media Center. Locate computer labs together adjacent to classrooms.


All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.


CR1 2

Data: CR1 1, CR1 2

Teaching Wall:

Clock: CR1 1, CR1 2

Intercom: CR1 1, CR1 2

Data: CR1 1, CR1 2

DVD: CR1 1, CR1 2 Provide receptacle and TV/RGB outlet for DVD Player.

TV: CR1 1, CR1 2 Provide one (1) television outlet.

Projector: CR1 1, CR1 2 Provide ceiling mounted receptacle and data outlet for projector.

Other: CR1 1, CR1 2

CR1 1, CR1 2

*Instructional Technology requirements outline technology infrastructure (i.e. power, data, cabling, voice/data) requirements for rooms within the school.

1 n/a

1 Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

2 Mount IDF cabinets in 5x5 room or place in storage room with proper ventilation heating and cooling.

1 Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.

1 Provide locks on all doors.

2

3 Provide exterior window for each classroom, where possible.

4

5


Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guidelines.

Reference Instructional Technology Required Specifications in the Design Guidelines.



Provide receptacle and voice/data outlet for Interative Board.

General Notes

Interactive Board placement to be coordinated with light fixtures and manufacturers requirements. Contractor to provide wiring per electrical drawings and secure to structure as required.

Interactive Board / Components (Shelf, Projector etc.): Provided and installed by Owner. GC to provide power and data as required for operation of Interactive Board Computers / Computer Desks: Provided and installed by Owner. GC to provide power and data as required for operation of computers and computer equipment per Instructional Technology requirements.

Plumbing

HVAC

Acoustics


Space No. NSF Qty TSF

SC 1 Science Labs 1600 14 22400

SC 2 Science Prep/Storage 200 7 1400

Total Area SF 23800



Labs:

MB SC 1 4' x 4' 2

IB SC 1 8' x 4' 1

TB SC 1 4' x 4' 1

TB SC 1 12' x 4' 1

FH SC 1 48"w x 30"d 1 Provide base cabinets below fume hood.

CLK SC 1 1 Locate at teaching wall.

EW SC 1 1 Locate at Teacher Demo Station. Integral w/demo station.

FE SC 1 1

SG SC 1 1 Locate adjacent to Fume Hood.

CMP SC 1 OP - Reference Instructional Technology Plan.

PTD SC 1 1 1 per student workstation @ sink area

SD SC 1 1 1 per student workstation @ sink area

DG SC 1 1 1 per student workstation

Prep Rooms:

FH SC 2 48"w x 30"d 1

AC SC 2 43"x18"x65" 1

EW/ES SC 2 1 Stainless steel drench shower.

MFC SC 2 32"x32"x65" 1

FE SC 2 1

DW SC 2 1

RF SC 2 Full Size 1 Provide one (1) refrigerator per prep room.

MB - Marker Board MFC - Metal Flammable Cabinet SG - Safety Goggle Cabinet

TB - Tack Board FH - Fume Hood AC - Acid Cabinet EW/ES - Eye Wash, Emergency Shower

CLK - Elec. Wall Clock RF- Residential Refrigerator EW-Eye Wash (combined w/sink) DG - Dual gas jets

IB - Interactive Board CMP - Computers (student) OP - Owner Provided DW - Dish Washer

SD - Soap Dispensers PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

Walls: a All spaces

Section 02 - CLASSROOM TYPE 2 - Science Lab

General Description

Activity / SpaceRoom Name Adjacency

Classroom Type 2, Science Lab, provides students the opportunity to become active participants of scientific processes through a variety of "hands-on" experiences. Students participate in large and small group activities (discussion, lab demonstrations, field experiences etc.), conduct experiments, utilize computer technology, and listen to and observe demos by instructors. Key Adjacency: Science Lab Storage rooms are shared between two lab areas. Locate Science Labs together in close proximity to general classrooms.

Equipment

Finishes







b All spaces

Floors: a All spaces Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces.

Ceilings: a All spaces Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all classrooms.

b All spaces Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces.

Counters: a Flat Black Epoxy countertops at casework

Stations: a Flat Black Epoxy countertops at seven (7) student lab tables, and one (1) teacher demo station.


SC 1 Labs Teacher Cabinet 1 3'x2'x7'

40 LF 7 Student Workstations w/single bowl sink. (One of seven stations, ADA.)

Base Cabinet 1 Provide below Fume Hood.

Teacher Demo Station 12 LF 1

SC 2 Prep Storage * Wall 1:

Teacher Cabinet 1 3'x2'x7'

Upper Cabinet 15 LF

Base Cabinets

Wall 2:

Shelves 15 LF 90"wx12"d Wall mounted, 2 tier above base cabinets. *

Base Cabinets

* All cabinetry to be lockable.


Power: SC 1 - T. Demo Station

SC 1, SC 2 - Casework Provide three (3) quadraplex outlets above counter @ each sink area.

Classroom Computer Area:

SC 1 - Computers

SC 1 - Computers

Data: SC 1 - Computers

Teaching Wall:

Hood: SC 1

Clock: SC 1

Intercom: SC 1

Data: SC 1

DVD: SC 1

TV: SC 1

Projector: SC 1

Other: SC 1, SC 2

SC 1, SC 2


Casework

Base Cabinet, Upper Cabinet, Work Counter

Provide two (2) data outlets.


Utilities

Teacher Demo Station w/ single bowl sink. (ADA Height)

Provide conduit stub up for connection to millwork mounted receptacle.

Provide receptacle for clock.

Provide junction box for connection to fume hood.

Provide push button 4 x 4 box, single gang plaster ring and 3/4 "C stubbed into ceiling for intercom system.

Provide receptacle and TV/RGB outlet for DVD Player.

Provide one (1) television outlet.

Provide ceiling mounted receptacle and data outlet for projector


Plumbing

Technology Infrastructure: Reference Instructional Technology requirements in the Design Guideline.


Provide three (3) quadraplex receptacles (w/ data).



1 SC 2 Provide plumbing for eye wash, and emergency shower stations w/ drains.

2 SC 1 Provide gas connections, cold and hot water at workstations and teacher demo table.

3 SC 1, SC 2 Provide acid resistant piping in lab and prep room areas .

4 SC 1 Lab sinks are integral with laboratory provided casework.

5 SC 1 Provide one (1) single sink per each student workstation (total 6);and one (1) single sink at teacher demo table.

6 SC 2 Provide one (1) single sink per each lab prep room.

1 SC 1, SC 2 Provide fume hood. See Design Guidelines for requirements.

2 SC 2 Provide exhaust fan purge button adjacent to fume hood.

3 SC 1, SC 2 Provide limited-range temperature control.

4 SC 1, SC 2 Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1 None


2

3

4Computers/Computer Desk are provided and installed by Owner. GC to provide power and data as required for operation of computers and computer equipment per Instructional Technology requirements.

Interactive Board/Components (shelf, projectors etc.) are provided and installed by Owner. GC to provide power and data as required for operation of Interactive Board.

Acoustics

General Notes

HVAC

Provide classroom work spaces with valved gas, water and electrical supplies that are controlled through a key control with emergency stop for each work area. The gas soleroid valve for the laboratory gas system should be normally closed and


Space No. NSF Qty TSF Adjacency

MC 1 Main Reading Room 5300 1 5300

MC 2 Conference Room ( 12 person) 250 1 250 MC 1

MC 3 Offices 150 2 300 MC 1 (Distribution Desk), MC 6

MC 4 Audio/Visual Non-Print Storage 500 1 500 MC 1

MC 5 Media Production Distribution 400 1 400 MC 1, MC 4


MC 6 a Toilet (internal to Workroom) 50 1 50 MC 6

MC 7 Reading Room 300 1 300 MC 1, MC 2

Total Area SF 7450



MB MC 1 4' x 4' 2

IB MC 2 8' x 4' 1

TB 4' x 4' 1

TB MC 1 (computer area) 12' x 4' 1

IB MC 2 3'-6" x 4' 1 OP. Installed by Owner.

PIB MC 4 OP. Portable Interactive Board.

TB MC 3, MC 5, MC 6, MC 7 4' x 4' 1

MB MC 2, MC 3, MC 5, MC 6, MC 7 4' x 4' 1

C/BKT MC 3 1

CMPR MC 1 1

DS MC 1 Provide book theft detection system at main entry door.

CAM MC 1

IE OP - refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

PS MC 1 84" x 84" 1

PTD MC 6 1 Provide @ sink area.

SD MC 6 1 Provide @ sink area.

CLK MC 1 1

WS MC 1

LC MC 4 OP - refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

MC MC 4 OP - refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CMP MC 1 OP - refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CMP MC 1, MC 4 OP - refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

MB - Marker Board CLK- Electronic Wall Clock CMPR - Ceiling Mtd. Projector CMP - Computers (student)

Section 03 - MEDIA CENTER

General Description

Activity / SpaceRoom Name

Equipment

The Media Center serves the entire school population by providing appropriate materials to support and enrich the curriculum. Media Center Activities include individual as well as large and small group instruction, reading, browsing, listening and viewing areas. Establish a prominent and visible main entrance to facilitate security and way finding for users. Provide direct line of sight from the distrubution desk to all student computer areas, for monitoring/supervision purposes. Appropriately located electrical/data outlets throughout the Reading Room to facilitate small group study in various parts of the space. The space should accommodate two full class sizes in two distinct areas of the library; as well as an average class size in the computer area. Provide soft seating options near the periodical area. Natural lighting is a desired amenity; with the option of darkening the space for projection screen/ interactive board presentations. Key Adjacency: The Media Center should be located centrally within the school with ease of access from all classroom wings.


OP. Center on presentation wall.




TB - Tack Board PS - Projection Screen (recessed) C/BKT - Component Bracket (wall mtd)

WS - Window Shades (manual) OP - Owner Provided

LC - Laptop Carts MC - Multi Media Carts

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser SD - Soap Dispensers


b All spaces

Floors: a MC 1, 2, 7 Provide carpet w/ 4" rubber base.

b MC 3, 4, 5, 6 Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces.

c MC 6 a Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ ceramic base. *


b All Spaces Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height w/ exception of the following.

c MC 1

d MC 1


MC 2 Conference Room Storage Cabinet (lockable) 2

Built-in Open Shelving Unit * 3 Provide shelving between STC cabinets.

MC 3 Office Built-in Storage Shelves 8 LF 2

MC 4 Audio/Visual NPS Storage Cabinet (lockable) 2


MC 5 Media Production Dist. Storage Cabinet (lockable) 2


Base Cabinet 13 LF

Upper Cabinet 13 LF

Work Counter 13 LF

MC 6 Workroom Coat Closet (Lockable) 1

Base Cabinet, Upper Cabinet 20 LF Provide double bowl sink

* Note: Built-in Open Shelving Unit ( 3 shelves - fixed)

Space No. Room Name Unit Type Qty Size(wxdxh) Notes

MC 1 Main Reading Room Book Shelves (Tall) 82 36"x12"x82" # 9 Unit

Book Shelves (Short) 27 36"x12"x42" # 15 Unit

Lighted Lockable Display Case 2

Rectangular Tables 15 Seats 6 persons.

Round Tables 9 Seats 4 persons.

Computer Workstation Desks 16

Computer Workstation Chairs 25

Circulation Desk-ADA* 1

Circulation Desk Chair 1

Book Truck 1

Atlas Stand 1

Dictionary Stand 1

Copy Machine Stand 1

Mobile Display book truck 1

MC 7 Reading Room Book Shelves 16 36"x12"x 42 # 15 Unit

4'x12"x7'

Furniture

4'x24"x7'

4'x2'x7'

3'x2'x7'

30"x12"x7'

3'x2'x7'

30"x12"x7'

Casework

Finishes

IB - Interactive Board

PIB - Interactive Board

Provide projection screen pocket for retractable projection screen.


Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile and 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces, w/ the exception of the following.

30" x 60"

4' diameter

24" x 36"

3'x2'x7'

30"x12"x7'



Round Tables 2 4' diameter Seats 4 persons

* (Circulation Desk w/modular removable book return unit & depressible shelf.)


Power: All Spaces

All Spaces

Power: MC 1 Provide receptacle for clock.

MC 1 Provide receptacle & TV/RGB outlet for DVD Player.

MC 1 - Circ. Desk


MC 1 - Computers

MC 6 - Computers

Offices:

MC 3 - Offices

Data: MC 3 - Offices Provide two (2) data outlets.

Intercom: MC 2, MC 7

Data: MC 2

Lighting: MC 1

Security MC 1

TV: MC 1

Other: MEDIA CENTER

MEDIA CENTER

*Instructional Technology outline technology infrastructure (i.e. power, data, cabling, voice/data) requirements for rooms within the school.

1 MC 6

2 MC 6 a

1 All spaces Provide limited-range individual temperature control in all areas.

2 MC 1 Provide humidity sensor(s).

3 Media Center Refer to Design Guidelines Division 15 - Mechanical for requirements.

1 Refer to Design Guidelines.

Provide two (2) quadraplex outlets, and one (1) data outlet.

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle, one (1) quadraplex receptacle, one (1) data outlet adjacent to desk; duplicate on wall opposite desk.

Provide electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/ not less than one (1) duplex receptacle per wall, or as required by code. This is in addition to Instructional Technology Requirements.

See Instructional Technology Guidelines for specific requirements.

Utilities

Plumbing

HVAC

Acoustics

General Notes

Provide one (1) television outlet. Provide 18"x18"x4" deep junction box 8" AFF. Provide 2 - 2 " conduit in wall to above ceiling and stub out in corridor above ceiling.

Provide one (1) double bowl sink.


Provide downlight fixtures at gyp board ceiling areas.

Security Camera (clg. Mounted): Provide junction box and raceway.



Coordinate ceiling mounted projector placement with light fixtures and manufacturers requirements.

Provide push button 4 x 4 box, single gang plaster ring and 3/4 "C stubbed into ceiling for intercom system

Provide combination of large pendant fixtures, downlights and fluorescent indirect/direct lighting.

Provide receptacle & voice/data outlet for Interactive Board.

Provide two (2) quadraplex outlets, and two (2) data outlets.

Provide four (4) floor mounted receptacles.



ART 1 Art Lab ( 2-D - Drawing, Painting) 1600 1 1600 First Floor / Direct access to Art Patio

ART 2 Office ( 1 person) 150 1 150 ART 1

ART 3 Storage 170 1 170 ART 1

ART 4 Art Lab ( 3-D - Ceramics, Sculpture) 1600 1 1600 First Floor / Direct access to Art Patio

ART 5 Kiln Room (1 kiln) 150 1 150 ART 4

ART 6 Office ( 2 person) 150 1 150 ART 4

ART 7 Storage 1 170 ART 4

Total Area SF 3990



MB ART 1 4' x 4' 2

IB ART 1 8' x 4' 1

TB ART 1 4' x 4' 1

TB ART 1 12' x 4' 1

DC ART 1, ART 4 36x12x74 1

SHLV ART 5 36x12x72 6 Provide free standing floor-ceiling shelving, 2 units

KN ART 5 1 Provide digital kiln w/ shelves and stilts.

SK2 ART 1 2

SK2 ART 4 3

PTD ART 4 1 Provide one (1) per sink.

SD ART 4 1 Provide one (1) per sink.

SR ART 4 1 OP

DSH ART 1, ART 4

CLK ART 1, ART 4 1

DR ART 1, ART 4 1 OP

TB ART 1, ART 4 4' x 4' 1

MB ART 1, ART 4 4' x 4' 2

CMPR ART 1, ART 4 1 OP

PS ART 1, ART 4 1 OP

C/BKT ART 1, ART 4 1

IB ART 1, ART 4 3'-6" x 4' 1 OP. Installed by Owner on Teaching Wall.

CMP ART 1, ART 4 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

MB - Marker Board SR - Slab Roller CMPR - Ceiling Mtd. Projector DC - Display Case w/ Spotlights

TB - Tack Board DSH - Darkening Shades OP - Owner Provided SHLV - Shelving (stainless steel)

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock SK2 - Double bowl sink PS - Projection Screen IB - Interactive Board

Section 04 - ART

General Description


Equipment

The Art classroom provides instruction for techniques and processes required to create and produce a variety of 2 and 3 dimensional media; including ceramics, sculpture, printmaking, photography, film making, computer art, fiber arts and art criticism. Art education provides students opportunities to see, analyze and research art history, as they develop and practice creative, expressive and critical thinking. An essential feature of the program is to expose students to a wide variety of media, techniques, and processes in a structured learning situation; to enable every student to become artistically literate, creative and a lifelong participant in the fine arts. Key Adjacency: Locate on the First Floor with direct access to the Art Partio.






KN - Kiln (digital) CMP - Computers (student) C/BKT-Component Bracket (wall mtd.)


Walls: a All spaces

b All spaces

Floors: a ART 1, 3, 4, 5 Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT), w/ 4" rubber base.

b ART 2, ART 6 Provide carpet w/ 4" rubber base.

Base: a All spaces Provide rubber base all spaces.

Ceilings: a All Spaces Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile (ACT) in all spaces.


c All Spaces Provide minimum 9'-4" ceiling height in all other spaces.

d ART 1, ART 4 Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height in art labs.



Finishes


Space No. Room Name Unit Type Unit Length Qty Size (wxdxh) Notes

ART 1, 4 2 D, 3 D - Art Labs Upper Cabinet 20 LF 6

Work Counter 20 LF Epoxy resin counter top.

Built-in shelving 1

Teacher Cabinet 1 Lockable

Storage Cabinet 1 Lockable

Drying Racks (Vertical) 1 GC to coordinate racks w/ casework.

Drying Racks (Horizontal) 1 GC to coordinate racks w/ casework.

ART 4 3 D - Art Lab Base Cabinet Types: 20 LF

Sink Cabinet (Handicap Unit ) 3 Provide double bowl sink, ADA compliant

Base Cabinet (2 door) 1

Base Cabinet (3 drawer) 2

Sink Cabinet (Handicap Unit ) 2 Provide double bowl sink, ADA compliant

Base Cabinet (2 door) 2

Base Cabinet (3 drawer) 2

ART 5 Kiln Room Built-in shelving ? 2 Provide floor-ceiling shelving, 2 units


Power: ART 5 - Kiln Room


ART 1, 4 - Computer

ART 1, 4 - Computer

Offices:

Power: ART 2 - Office

Data: ART 2 - Office Provide two (2) data outlets.

Intercom: ART 1, 2, 4, 6

Teaching Wall:

Clock: ART 1, ART 4 Provide receptacle for clock.

TV: ART 1, ART 4

Data: ART 1, ART 4

Lighting: ART 1, ART 4

Other: ART 1 thru 6

ART 1 thru 6


1 ART 1

2 ART 4

Provide push button 4 x 4 box, single gang plaster ring and 3/4"C stubbed into ceiling for intercom system.


Provide receptacle and voice data outlet for Interactive Board.

PlumbingProvide multiple double bowl sink locations, w/solids interceptor; allowing space for basket removal. Provide two (2) double sinks. One (1) sink to be ADA accessible.

Provide multiple double bowl sink locations, w/solids interceptor; allowing space for basket removal. Provide three (3) double sinks. One (1) sink to be ADA accessible.

Provide non-fused disconnect for kiln. Provide outlets as required for kiln and ventilation system, in addition to rough-in for future second kiln and ventilation system. Coordinate exact connection type with kiln vendor prior to rough-in.

30"x24"x30"

3'x2'x7'

Casework

30"x12"x30"

24" d

Provide overhead shelving (open) between Teacher Cabinet and Upper Cabinet casework units.

3'x2'x7'

53"x24"x36"

30"x24"x30"

30"x24"x30"

16"x24"x30"

12" d

12" d ?

30"x24"x30"

16"x24"x30"



Provide three (3) quadraplex outlets, and one (1) data outlet.


43"x24"x36"

Intercom / Fire Alarm / Motion Sensor: Refer to Design Guideline Division 16 for lighting and other electrical systems requirements.

Utilities

Coordinate ceiling mounted projector placement with light fixtures and manufacturers requirements.


1 All spaces:

2 ART 4

3 ART 4 Provide exhaust vent for enameling kiln and soldering area; to be on a 12 hour manual timer. ?

4 General Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.

1 All spaces

1 Casework: Provide above counter GFCI outlets.

2

3 Refer to Design Guidelines for window system and glazing requirements.

4

5 Computers / Computer Desks: Provided and installed by Owner. GC to provide power and data as required for operation of computers and computer equipment per Instructional Technology requirements.

General Notes

Windows / Daylighting: Provide exterior windows for each classroom w/access to exterior art patio. Provide daylighting control / shading to avoid direct sunlight into classrooms.

Interactive Board / Components (Shelf, Projector etc.): Provided and installed by Owner. GC to provide power and data as required for operation of Interactive Board.

Acoustics

HVAC

Exhaust for kiln provided by Owner. Installation by General Contractor. GC to provide wall sleeve and cap for exhaust outlet. Confirm size with manufacturer prior to installation.

Provide limited-range individual temperature control in all areas. Refer to Design Guidelines for HVAC system requirements.

Refer to Design Guidelines. Provide acoustical separation in compliance with ANSI standards for schools.



Intrumental Music (IM) - Band / Orchestra:

IM 1 Band Room 2200 1 2200 Toilet Facilities, Exterior Access

IM 2 Storage - Uniform 400 1 400 IM 1

IM 3 Storage - Band Equipment 400 1 400 IM 1

IM 4 Practice Rooms 100 2 200 IM 1

IM 5 Office (Band Director) 150 1 150 IM 1

IM 6 Music Library 150 1 150

IM 7 Orchestra Room 2000 1 2000

IM 8 Storage - Orchestra Equipment 400 1 400 IM 7

IM 9 Band/Music Corridor (internal circulation) 140 1 140

IM Subtotal 6040

Choral Music (CM) - Choral / Keyboarding:

CM 1 Chorus Classroom 1800 1 1800 IM 1, IM 7

CM 2 Chorus Equipment Storage 200 1 200 CM 1

CM 3 Office (Choral) 150 1 150 CM 1

CM 4 Keyboard Classroom 800 1 800

CM 5 Music Library 150 1 150 CM 4

CM 6 Practice Rooms 100 2 200 CM 4

CM 7 Storage - Uniform 200 1 200 IM 9, Auditorium Stage

CM Subtotal 3500

Total Area SF 9540



MB IM 1, 7 / CM 1, 4 4' x 4' 2

IB IM 1, 7 / CM 1, 4 8' x 4' 1

TB IM 1, 7 / CM 1, 4 4' x 4' 1

TB IM 1, 7 / CM 1, 4 12' x 4' 1

MBWL IM 1, 7 / CM 1, 4 4' x 12' 1

TB IM 1, 7 / CM 1, 4 4' x 4' 2

TB IM 5, IM 6 / CM 3 4' x 4' 1

CMP CM 4 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

IB CM 4 1 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CLK IM 1, 7 / CM 1, 4 1

PR CM 1 set

ISC IM 1 Variety Coordinate size/quantity w/ Owners requirements

Section 05 - MUSIC

General Description


The Music curriculum offers Exploratory Music, Band, Orchestra, Chorus and Keyboard. The music curriculum provide students opportunities to express themselves by performing, describing, creating, and responding to music. Music classes are taught in classrooms that are specifically designed for music instruction. Key Adjacency: Locate Music Suite within close proximity to the Stage and Auditorium facilities, on the ground level.

Equipment






ISC IM 2 29x29x 84 3

ISC IM 2 27x29x 84 2

ISC IM 2 27x29x 84 3

ISC IM 4 a 48x29x 84 1

ISC IM 4 b 48x29x 84 3

ISC IM 8 29x29x 84 2

WF CM 1 1


AP IM 1, 7 / CM 1,4, 6 Provide on all walls as design allows.

TB - Tack Board AP - Acoustical Panels OP - Owner Provided IB - Interactive (Smart) Board

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock PR - Portable Risers CMP - Computers (student) C/BKT-Component Bracket (wall mtd)

MBWL - Marker Board w/ lines WF - Water Fountain (see FF&E) ISC-Instrument Storage Cabinets (Wenger)

Note: Coordinate size and quantity of Instrument Storage Cabinets w/ Owners requirements.

Walls: a

Floors: a Provide carpet in all spaces w/ 4" rubber base

Ceilings: a Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces.

b Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces with exception of IM 2, Uniform Storage.

c

d IM2 open to structure. (OPS) Provide strip fluorescent fixture suspended from structure.

e Provide min 14' - 0" ceiling height Chorus Classroom, CM 1.

f Provide min 18' - 0" ceiling height in Band Room IM 1, and Orchestra Room IM 7.

g Provide min 10' - 0" ceiling height in all other spaces.

Space No. Room Name Unit Type Qty Notes

IM 1 Band Rehearsal Room Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1

Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1

Built-in Book Shelves 36 LF 12

Instrument Storage Cabinets 4

IM 2 Storage - Uniform Shelf and Coat Rod

IM 3 Equipment Storage Instrument Storage Cabinets 20

IM 6 Music Library Bookshelves 6

IM 7 Orchestra Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1


Built-in Book Shelves 9 LF 3 w/ adjustable shelves

CM 1 Chorus Classroom Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1


Built-in Book Shelves 24 LF 8 w/ adjustable shelves

CM 2 Storage Room Built-in Book Shelves 24 LF 8 w/ adjustable shelves

CM 4 Keyboard Classroom Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1


Book Shelves 2

CM 5 Music Library Book Shelves 13



Teaching Wall:

Power: IM 1, IM 7 / CM 1, 4 Provide receptacle for clock.

IM 5 - Office

Intercom: IM 1, 5, 6, 7 / CM 1, 4

Data: IM 1, IM 7 / CM 1, 4

IM 5 - Office Provide two (2) data outlets.

Sound transmission between music suite and other spaces. Reference Design Guideline Division 1, Acoustical Standards.

3'x2'x7'

Casework

Utilities

Provide receptacle and voice/data outlet for Interactive Board.

Finishes

Size (wxdxh)

3'x2'x7'


3'x2'x7'

3'x1'x26"

3'x2'x7'


Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guidelines for sheen. Water base, zero VOC paints are preferred. All walls to extend to underside of deck. All walls to be constructed of CMU. Do not field paint acoustical panels.

3'x2'x7'

3'x2'x7'

3'x2'x7'

3'x2'x7'

3'x2'x7'

3'x2'x7'

3'x2'x7'


DVD: CM 4 Provide receptacle and TV/RGB outlet for DVD Player.

TV: CM 4 Provide one (1) television outlet

Projector: IM 1, IM 7 / CM 1, 4

Other: MUSIC SUITE

MUSIC SUITE


1 Provide plumbing as required for dual drinking fountain.


Plumbing




1 All spaces: Provide limited-range individual temperature control in all areas. Refer to Design Guidelines for HVAC system requirements.

2 MC 1 Provide humidity sensor(s). Refer to Design Guidelines for system requirements.


1 IM 1,4,7 / CM 1,4, 6

2 IM 1, IM 7, CM 1, 4

3 IM 1, IM 7, CM 1, 4 Avoid parallell walls within classrooms to limit echo; or provide wall mounted acoustical panels.

4 IM 1, IM 7, CM 1, 4 Provide CMU sand filled partition between adjacent music classrooms.

5 IM 1, IM 7, CM 1, 4 Extend wall acoustic treatment to top of structure.

6 IM 1, IM 7, CM 1, 4 Provide sound batt insultation above walls and ceiling tile.

7 IM 1, IM 7, CM 1, 4

1 Provide interior window between IM 1, and Office (Band Director), IM 5.

2 Provide interior window between IM 6, and IM 7.

3

4

5 Provide double doors to IM 1, IM 7 and CM 1 and CM 4.

6 Provide single 42" doors for access into Music Practice and Storage Rooms to facilitate movement of large instruments.

7 Need interior windows in IM 4 and CM 6 to music classrooms.

Sound transmission between music suite and other spaces, including corridors, and rooms above and below the Music Classroom should meet ANSI standards.


Refer to Design Guidelines Division 8 for door width requirements.

Provide wall-mounted acoustical panels(factory finished) w/concealed attachment. Coordinate w/locations of receptacle appliances.

Provide doors without grilled louvers. Provide sound seals at all classroom doors.

General Notes

Acoustics

HVAC



DR 1 Classroom 1520 1 1520

Total Area SF 1520



CLK DR 1 1

OPS DR 1 1 Provide suspended ceiling mounted shelf for IB projector

MP DR 1 1 OP. Installed by Owner.

MB DR 1 4'x4' 2

TB DR 1 4'x4' 2 Locate on walls perpendicular to teaching wall.

IB DR 1 5'- 6" x 4' 1 OP. Installed by Owner on Teaching Wall.

CMP DR 1 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

TB - Tack Board MP - Metal Platform (portable) OPS - Overhead Projector Shelf C/BKT-Component Bracket (wall mtd)

MB - Marker Board IB - Interactive Board CMP - Computers (student)

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

Walls: a All spaces

b All spaces

Floors: a All spaces Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces.Ceilings: a All spaces Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all classrooms.

b All spaces Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures

Space No. Room Name Unit Length Qty Notes

DR 1 Classroom Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 Locate at teaching wall

Book Shelves 6 Locate opposite teaching wall


Power:

Intercom: DR 1 - Teaching Wall

Data: DR 1 - Teaching Wall

DVD: DR 1 - Teaching Wall

TV: DR 1 - Teaching Wall Provide one (1) television outlet

Projector: DR 1 - Teaching Wall

1 n/a



HVAC


Section 06 - DRAMA

General Description


Equipment

The nature of drama instruction calls for traditional classroom activities as well as group and paired learning activities which require space in which to form these types of groupings. Students engage in role-play and simulation which also requires performance space. The drama classroom meets the needs of a full instructional unit; and serves as a classroom for drama instruction, training on the use of theatrical equipment and after school rehearsals. Key Adjacency: Locate near the Music Suite and the Auditorium.

Locate @ both sides of IB, at teaching wall.

Utilities



(Base on Arabia Mountain HS & Tucker HS. May substitute Black Box Theater design per Owner.)


36"x12"x30"

3'x2'x7'

Plumbing

Finishes

Size (wxdxh)



Casework


1 All Spaces Classrooms and other core learning spaces must achieve minimum STC rating of 35.

2 All Spaces Refer to Design Guidelines.


Acoustics

General Notes



PE 1 Gymnasium:

a Main Gym 16000 1 16000

b Mezzanine Track ( 5 lane ) 6200 1 6200 Above bleachers at Mezzanine level

c Visitors Locker Room 250 1 250

PE 2 Boy's:

a P.E. Locker Room 900 1 900 PE 2 b, PE 2 c

b Showers 300 1 300

c Toilet 300 1 300 PE 2 b

d Janitor Closet 40 1 40 PE 2 b

e Athletic Locker Room 1800 1 1800 PE 2 b, PE 2 c

f Locker Room Common Area (internal circulation) 500 1 500 PE 2 a, PE 2 f

PE 3 Girl's:

a P.E. Locker Room 800 1 800 PE 3 b, PE 3 c

b Showers 600 1 600 ( 6 regular stalls / 2 ADA stalls )

c Toilet 0 1 0 PE 3 b

d Janitor Closet 40 1 40 PE 3 b

e Athletic Locker Room 1080 1 1080 PE 3 b, PE 3 c

f Locker Room Common Area (internal circulation) 500 1 500

PE 4 Coach / Support Areas:

a Coach Workroom 400 2 800 PE 4 b

b Coach Office (incl./ toilet, shower) 290 6 1740

c Laundry 300 1 300

d PE Office (Boy's & Girl's) incl. closet 400 2 800

e Training Room ( incl. /1 toilet, shower ) 400 2 800

PE 5 Storage: 1 0

a Storage - athletic (outdoor) 350 1 350

b Storage - athletic 875 1 875

c Storage - physical education 424 1 424

d Storage - athletic 794 1 794

PE Subtotal 36193

PE 6 Wellness:

a Health Service Lab 1187 1 1187

b Health Classroom 823 2 1646 PE 6 c

c Multi-Purpose Room 2706 1 2706 PE 6 a

Multi-Purpose Room Storage Closet 239 1 239 Access thru PE 6 c

Health Subtotal 5778

Section 07 - HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION

General Description


The Physical Education curriculum provides students opportunities fo participate in PE programs geared to their needs and abilities, to develop physical fitness, sportsmanship and safe practices. Students are involved in individual, dual and team games, self-testing activities, health/wellness instruction, conditioning exercises, coeducational activities and lifetime skills. The gym is also used for intramural, extramural, school and community functions and assemblies. Total required gym seating capacity for ___ Bleacher seating capacity for 1600. Key Adjacency: Separate from academic areas with access to playfields, and parking facilities.

Bleacher seating capacity = 1600 / Total Gymnasium seating capacity = ______?


Total Area SF 41971

The following items are to be specified in the 125

Item Room Location #/RM

MB PE 6 a, PE 6 b 4' x 4' 2

IB PE 6 a, PE 6 b 8' x 4' 1

TB PE 6 a, PE 6 b 4' x 4' 1

TB PE 6 a, PE 6 b 12' x 4' 1

TB PE 4a, PE 4b, PE 4c, PE 4d, PE 6a, PE 6b, PE 6c 4' x 4' 1

Equipment

Size (WxHxD)






TB PE 4a 4' x 8' 1

MB PE 4a, PE 4b, PE 4c, PE 4d, PE 6a, PE 6b, PE 6c 4' x 4' 1

MB PE 4a 4' x 8' 1

IB PE 6 b 1 OP Portable

WP PE 1b 15 Provide @ column corners.

CMP PE 6 b 4

SC PE 2b, 3b, 4e 1

FEN PE 5 a, PE 5 b, PE 5 d 1 Security/demarcation fencing for storage areas.

FEN * PE 2 e, PE 3 e Fence divider from top of lockers to bottom of ACT ceiling

HD PE 4 d 1

SP PE 1 a 4

CLK PE 6 a, PE 6 b, PE 6 c 1

FEC PE 1b (3), PE 5a, PE 4c 1

DDF PE 2f, PE 3f, PE 6a, PE 1 a (2) 1 Locate @ Girls/ Boys corridor adj. to locker room.

MSK PE 2d, PE 3d 1

MI PE 2c, PE 3c, PE 4e 48" x 36" 1 3' - 4" to bottom

SK PE 2c, PE 3c, PE 4b, PE 4e 1

SKI PE 4 c

MH PE 2d, 3d 1

SD PE 2c, PE 3c, PE 4b, PE 4e Wall mounted.

PTD PE 2c, PE 3c, PE 4b, PE 4e Wall mounted.

REF PE 4 e

SS PE 2b, PE 3b, PE 4 b, PE 4e (1) 2

SE PE 1a Goals, Nets, Poles etc.

FP PE 1a 1 Fabric Partition

MS PE 4c 36x24x88 5

MS PE 5c 36x24x88 17

MS PE 5d 36x24x88 28

MS PE 5a 36x24x88 35

MS PE 5b 36x24x88 28

W/D PE 4c 1

WHPL PE 4e 1 OP. Provided by Athletic Dept.

IM PE 4e 1 OP. Provided by Athletic Dept., or 3rd party

EE PE 6a OP. Provided by Tech Education

SB PE 1a 2 OP

BG PE 1a 6 Mount to structure.

GPA PE 1a 1

BL PE 1a 600 Ref. General Note section.

Lockers

PEL PE 2a 12"x12"x12" 163 Boys PE locker quantity

ATL PE 2e 137 Boys Athletic locker quantity

PEL PE 3a 12"x12"x12" 171 Girls PE locker quantity

ATL PE 3e 85 Girls Athletic locker quantity


CL PE 4b 24"x22"x72" 4 Coach office locker quantity - single tier

PEL PE 4d 12"x12"x72" 4 Boy's PE Office locker

PEL PE 4b, PE 4d 12"x12"x72" 4 Girl's PE Office locker

PEL PE 1c 12"x12"x72" 4 Visitors Locker Room

MB - Marker Board MSK - Mop Sink BL - Bleachers (Folding) SE - Sports Equipment

TB - Tack Board MH - Mop Holder BG - Basketball Goal (retractable) FP - Fabric Partition Court System

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock SK - Sink W/D - Washer, Dryer (individual) DDF - Dual Drinking Fountain

IB - Interactive Board SKI - Sink (industrial) REF - Refrigerator w/ice maker MS - Metal Shelving

PEL - PE Lockers WP - Wall Pads WHPL - Whirlpool SB - Electronic Score Board Equipment

ATL - Athletic Lockers MI - Mirrors IM - Ice Machine GPA - Gym PA System

CL - Coach Lockers EE - Exercise Equipment SC - Curtain Rod / Shower Curtain CMP - Computers (student)

FEC - Fire Extinguisher Cabinet OP - Owner Provided SS - Shower Seat FEN - Fencing (Chain Link Partitions)

HD - Heart Defibrillator SD - Soap Dispenser FEN * - Fencing (Chain Link Partitions)

PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser SP - Speakers (ceiling mounted)

Walls: a All Spaces

b

Floors: a PE 1a

b PE 1b

c PE 5a, PE 6c

d PE 1c, PE 1g, PE 2a, 3a, PE 2e, 3e, PE 4c

Provide Epoxy Floor Coating.

e PE 2d, 3d, PE5a, 5b, 5c, 5d

Sealed Concrete

f PE 4a, 4b, 4d, 4e, PE 6b

g PE 2b,2c, PE 3b,3c, PE 4b, PE 4e

Base: a All spaces * Provide rubber base all spaces, with exception of ceramic tiled areas.

Ceilings: a All Spaces: Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile (ACT) in all spaces, w/ following exceptions.

b All Spaces: Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures with the exception of the following:

c PE2b, 3b PE 4 b, 4 e Provide downlights at GYB soffit areas.

d PE 1 a Exposed structure, open to above.

e PE 1 a Provide large pendant fixtures.

f Open to structure (OTS) - janitor closets, locker rooms

g PE 4d Open to structure (OTS) - closet only.

h PE 1a, PE 5c, PE 6? Provide surface mounted fluorescent fixtures.

i PE2b, 3b PE 4 b, 4 e Provide Gypsum Board (WR GWB) in shower areas only.

Space No. Room Name Unit Type Unit Length Qty Notes

PE 4e Training Upper Cabinet 9 LF 4

Work Counter

Base Cabinet 3

Base Cabinet 1 w/ single bowl sink

PE 1b Mezzanine Track Wood Cap (42" Metal Guard Rail)

Casework

Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT), w/ 4" rubber base.

Provide heavy duty Rubber Sports Flooring. Provide VCT in PE 6c storage closet.

Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ ceramic base in toilet/shower areas.

Size (wxdxh)

PE 2d, 3d, 1c, 4c, PE 5a, 5b, 5c, 5d

Provide Fluid Applied Synthetic Sports Flooring w/ striping.

Finishes

Epoxy paint on CMU @ locker room, toilet, shower areas.

Provide Wood Flooring / VCT. Provide VCT in corridor around perimeter of Main Gym.

Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guidelines for sheen. Water base, zero VOC paints are preferred. All wals to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

PE 1c, PE 1g, PE 4e, PE 2b,c,d,PE 2a,3a, PE 2e, 3e, PE 4b


PE 1c Visitor's Locker Room Bench 1

PE 4e Training Room - Toilet Bench 1

PE 2a PE Locker Room Bench 3


PE 3a PE Locker Room Bench 4

PE 2e, 3e Athletic Locker Room Bench 3

PE 4b Coach's Office -Toilet Bench 1

PE 4d PE Office Shelf and Coat Rod 1

PE 1a Main Gym Wall Pads 13

PE 6c Multipurpose Wall Pads 22 Provide around room perimeter. (3 walls)

PE 1b Mezz Track Wall Pads 15 Provide @ columns and corners.

PE 6a Health Service Lab Wall Pads 18

PE 6a Health Service Lab Mirror Panels 7 Provide at Teaching Wall.

PE 6c Multipurpose Mirror Panels 5

PE 1a Main Gym Acoustical Panels Ref. Acoustics section below.

PE 6b Health Classroom Teacher Cabinet (Lockable) 1

PE 6b Health Classroom Book shelves 6 36x12x26

PE 6b Health Classroom Storage Cabinet (Lockable) 1

Provide benches as part of locker manufacturers package.



Power: PE 6a, 6b Provide receptacle for clock @ Teaching Wall.

Hall of Fame/Corridor, PE 1a

PE 1a, 1b - Mezzanine Provide annunciation devices (speaker/strobe)w/ wire guards.

PE 1a

PE 1a

PE1a Coordinate exact locations of wall receptacle with wall pads.

PE 4b, PE 4d - Office

PE 4c Provide safety switch for washer and for dryer.

Detector: PE 6a

Intercom:

PE 4b, 4e, 4d, PE 6b

Fire Alarm: PE 5a, PE 5d

Projector: PE 6a, 6b Provide ceiling mounted receptacle and data outlet for projector

Data: PE 6a, 6b

PE 4b, PE 4d - Office Provide two (2) data outlets.

DVD: PE 6b

TV: Provide one (1) television outlet

Other: HEALTH & PE

HEALTH & PE


Teaching Wall @ Teachers Desk:


Plumbing





Provide wall mounted horn or strobe, as required.

Provide safety disconnect swith for goal hoist motor if not provided integral to equipment

Provide junction boxes for power, data, intercom and scoreboard connections to scorer's table. Provide interconnecting cabling to meet requirements of owner provided systems. Locate boxes to coordinate w/ bleachers.

Provide junction box with cover for connection to bleachers by supplier. Install bleacher controller and fuse panel on corridor side of partition.

Utilities

PE 4a, 4b, PE2a, 2e, PE 3a, 3e, PE 4d, PE 6a, 6b


Provide junction box and raceway for alarm motion detectors.

Coordinate exact locations of wall receptacle with wall pads.


1 PE 4e Provide single bowl sink

2 PE 4c Provide deep industrial sink and floor drain for washer.

1 PE 4c Provide dryer exhaust.


1 Main Gym: Provide wrapped acoustical panels at upper level of gymnasium.

HVAC

Acoustics



2

3 Main Gym Roof: Provide painted Structural Truss

4 Mezzanine Track: Provide painted steel railing at mezzanine.

5 Main Gym, Volleyball: Provide flush metal sleeve in court floor for insertion of volleyball net pole. (Typical of 2 for each court.)

6 Main Gym, Volleyball: Provide court striping (2" wide stipe typical).

7 Main Gym, Basketball: Provide court striping (2" wide stipe typical. 8" boundary stripe.)

8 Main Gym, Basketball: Provide ceiling mounted retractable basketball goal assembly above court.

9

10

11

12 Mezzanine Track: Provide wire guards for Gymnasium lighting and exit signs.

13 Provide interior window between PE 4d and PE 1.

Main Gym, Bleacher Capacity: Provide sixteen hundred (1600) folding electric operated gymnasium bleachers. Specifications to match DCSD standards.

Mezzanine Track: Provide 42" metal guardrail with wood cap - 3/4 " vertical steel pickets @ 3.75" spacing. Gate and locking mechanisms to match DCSS standards.

Exercise/Gym Equipment: Tech Education to provide exercise and other required equipment.

Main Gym: Total Seat Count = 1600

General Notes



SPED 1 Suite Classroom (w/o kitchenette) 800 1 800 SPED 1a

SPED 1a Suite Classroom (w/ kitchenette) 800 1 800 SPED 1

SPED 2 Adaptive Toilet (shared) 150 1 150 Shared bet. SPED 1 & SPED 1a

SPED 3 Office (Intinerant) 150 1 150 SPED 1 & SPED 1a

SPED 4 Classrooms (General) 800 6 4800 General Education Classroom Wing

Total Area SF 6700



MB SPED 1, SPED 1 a 4' x 4' 2

IB SPED 1, SPED 1 a 8' x 4' 1

TB SPED 1, SPED 1 a 4' x 4' 1

TB SPED 1, SPED 1 a 12' x 4' 1

MB SPED 1, 1a, SPED 4 4' x 4' 2 Locate opposite to teaching wall.

TB SPED 1, 1a, SPED 4, SPED 3 4' x 4' 1 Locate opposite to teaching wall.

IB SPED 1, SPED 1a 5'- 6" x 4'-0" 1 OP. Installed by Owner on Teaching Wall.

SK SPED 1a 1

PTD SPED 1a 1 Provide @ kitchenette sink area.

SD SPED 1a 1 Provide @ kitchenette sink area.

STR SPED 1a 1 Locate opposite to teaching wall.

EH SPED 1a 1

REF SPED 1a 3'x31"x5'-8" 1 Locate opposite to teaching wall.

CLK SPED 1, SPED 1a, SPED 2 1

W/D SPED 2 1

CS SPED 2 3' w x 2' d 1 Locate adjacent to wall-hung lavatory. Mtg. height 18".

TDD SPED 2 1 Mounting height 4'-0" to slot.

TH SPED 2 1 Mounting height 2'-5" to center of roll.

GB SPED 2 1 pr. Floor mounted. Locate to either side of water closet.

GB SPED 2 1 Mounting height 2'-10".

MI SPED 2 18" x 36" 1 Mounting height 6' - 2" to top

SD SPED 2 1 Mounting height 3' - 4" to top

SC SPED 2 1 Mounting height 5'-0".

SS SPED 2 1 Mounting height 18" inside shower.

TEL SPED 1a 1 OP

CMP SPED 1, SPED 1 a, SPED 4 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.





Section 8 - SPECIAL EDUCATION

General Description


Equipment

Special Needs Suite (SPED 1 thru SPED 2)

Classrooms for Special Education provide services to students with varying disabilities in the least restrictive environment. Disabilities served include Autism (AU), Behavioral Disorders (BD), Learning Disabilities (LD), Hearing Impaired (HI), Language Impaired (LI), Mild Intellectual Disabilities (MI), Visually Impaired (VI), Traumatic Brain Injury (TBI) and Other Health Impairments (OI). Classrooms are configured according to standards established for regular classrooms, but for smaller numbers of students that can be self-contained (inter-related classroom.) Key Adjacency: Locate adjacent to other general classrooms, near exits.

(Severe & Profound)


MB - Marker Board 88 TDD -Towel Dispenser Disposal W/D - Washer, Dryer (stackable)

TB - Tack Board 100 TH - Toilet Tissue Dispenser REF - Refrigerator w/ice maker ??

IB - Interactive Board (NIC) 124 GB - Grab Bars (ambulatory) SC - Curtain Rod & Shower Curtain

OP - Owner Provided 125 CMP - Computers (student) C/BKT - Component Bracket (wall mtd)

WR - Waste Receptacles SK - Sink CLK - Electronic Wall Clock EH - Exhaust Hood

TEL - Telephone SD - Soap Dispenser PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

OPS - Overhead Projector Shelf

Walls: a All spaces

b All spaces

FinishesProvide paint finish. Refer to Design Guidelines for sheen. Water base, zero VOC paints are preferred.



Floors: a SPED 1a, 3 Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4" rubber base.

b SPED 1a Provide vct in kitchenette portion of classroom only.

c SPED 1a, 1

d SPED 2 Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ ceramic base

Ceilings: a Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces.

b Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces.

c Provide minimum 9'-0" ceiling height in SPEC 3, SPED 2.

d Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height in all other spaces.

Counters: a SPED 1a

Stations: a Flat Black Epoxy countertops at student and teacher demo station


SPED 1 Suite CR Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 Locate opposite exterior wall


Cubbies 8 LF 4 Locate at window wall

Book Case 1 Locate at window wall adj. to cubbies.

SPED 1a Suite CR Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 Locate at window wall

Storage Cabinet (lockable) 2 Locate opposite exterior wall

Cubbies (12" deep?) * 8 LF 14 Locate at window wall. Double stack.

Book Case 1 Locate at window wall adj. to cubbies.

Upper Cabinet 16 LF 6

Work Counter 13 LF

Base Cabinet 13 LF 4

Base Cabinet 1 w/ double bowl sink

SPED 4 Classroom Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 Locate opposite exterior wall


Book Cases 6

SPED 2 Toilet (shared) Work Table (Freestanding) 1

Adjustable Shelves 9 LF 3

* Cubbie Openings 13" w x 12"d x 12"h

* All casework plastic laminate unless otherwise noted.


Power: SPED 1, 1a, 4 Provide receptacle for clock.

SPED 3 - Office


SPED 4

Teaching Wall:

Intercom: SPED 1, 1a, 4, 3

Data: SPED 1, 1a, 4

SPED 3 - Office Provide two (2) data outlets.

DVD: SPED 1, 1a, 4

3'x2'x7'

13"x12"x12"

30"x12"x30"



3'w x 2'd

13"x12"x12"

30"x12"x30"


Provide three (3) quadraplex receptacles, and two (2) data outlets @ ____ " AFF.

3'x2'x7'

3'x2'x7'

3'x2'x7'

3'x2'x7'

Provide carpet w/ rubbber base in classrooms.


Casework

Utilities

Size (wxdxh)

Provide cut-out for contractor furnished stove-top and refrigerator.

Provide a freestanding work table to support a sitting person. Provide washer/dryer.

3'x2'x7'

36"x12"x30"


TV: SPED 1, 1a, 4

Projector: SPED 1,1a,4,3 Provide ceiling mounted receptacle and data outlet for projector.

Other: SPEC ED

SPEC ED


1 SPED 2 Provide one (1) ADA shower, one (1) single sink.

2 SPED 2

3 SPED 1a


2 SPED 1a Provide exhaust hood over cooking area equipment.

1 Classrooms and other core learining spaces must achieve minimum STC rating of 35.


1 Refer to Design Guidelines for hardware.

2

3 Provide exterior window for each classroom, where possible.

4 SPED 3: Provide interior window in Office, adjacent to Spec Ed Suite Classrooms SPED 1a and SPED 1.

5

6

Interactive Board / Components (Shelf, Projector etc.): Provided and installed by Owner. GC to provide power and data as required for operation of Interactive Board.

Provide one (1) television outlet.

Adaptive Toilet: Provide adaptive sink, grab bar, wheelchair accessible shower, changing station, shelves on wall.



Computers / Computer Desks: Provided and installed by Owner. GC to provide power and data as required for operation of computers and computer equipment per Instructional Technology requirements.

General Notes

Interactive (Smart) Board placement to be coordinated with light fixtures and manufacturers requirements. Contractor to provide wiring per electrical drawings and secure to structure as required.

Plumbing

HVAC

Acoustics

Provide one (1) double bowl sink.


Auditorium Seating Capacity: 600 seats, plus required wheelchair spaces per ADA.


AUD 1 Auditorium:

AUD 1 a Auditorium & Pit 6000 1 6000 AUD 9 a

AUD 1 b Auditorium Entrance Vestibules 0 2 0 AUD 1 a

AUD 1 c Auditorium Spiral Access Stair Room 0 1 0 AUD 1 a

AUD 1 d Suspended Catwalk 0 1 0 AUD 1 a

AUD 2 Costume Room 250 1 250 AUD 4

AUD 3 Storage Room 200 1 200 AUD 4

AUD 4 Stage 1700 1 1700 AUD 1 a, AUD 5

AUD 5 Scene Shop & Storage 1000 1 1000 AUD 4 / w/ direct access to outdoors

AUD 6 Dressing Room (Boy's & Girl's) 250 2 500 AUD 4

AUD 7 Toilet Room (single toilet) 70 1 70 AUD 6

AUD 8 Mechanical Mezzanine:

AUD 8 a Auditorium Control Room 200 1 200 AUD 1a / @ rear of auditorium

AUD 8 b Dim Panel Room 0 1 0 Enter via AUD 8a

AUD 9 Auditorium / Gym Support Spaces (shared):

AUD 9 a Lobby (Hall of Fame) / Corridor 0 1 0 AUD 1b

AUD 9 b Concessions 300 1 300 AUD 1b, AUD 9a

AUD 9 c Concession Storage Closet (internal to Concessions) 50 1 50 Enter via 9b, Concessions

AUD 9 d Ticketing 150 1 150 AUD 1b, AUD 9a

AUD 9 e Womens Toilet ( 6 regular stalls / 1 ADA stall) 420 1 420 AUD 1b, AUD 9a

AUD 9 f Mens Toilet ( 2 stalls, 4 urinals, 1 ADA stall) 420 1 420 AUD 1b, AUD 9a

AUD 9 g IDF Room 0 1 0

Total Area SF 11260



AWP AUD 1a Varies Locate at rear of Auditorium.

AC AUD 1a Varies (See Finishes section below)

CW AUD 1a Varies 1 (See General Notes section below)

AS AUD 1a 600 Auditorium Seating Total

SHD AUD 4 3 Provide smoke hatch doors

FE AUD 1a 2 Locate fire extinguisher cabinets on side walls.

HCL AUD 1a 1

Section 09 - AUDITORIUM

General Description


Equipment

The Auditorium is a multi-purpose instructional space shared by the entire school and community; suitable for performing arts instruction, performances in music, dance and drama. This space must provide adequated seating for school and community assemblies, large classes and musical/theatrical production. Proper lighting, sound and acoustic treatments should be incorporated into the design. The Auditorium should support flexible scheduling allowing for large and small groups rehearsing, performing, listening and viewing. The use of the Auditorium provides students with opportunities to apply skills needed for the management of various performing arts formats and technologies such as directing, producing, stage management and operation of theatre lights and sound. Key Adjacency: Locate on the ground level in close proximity to a main entrance. Locate near the Music Suite and the Drama department.


DRL AUD 6 5 Provide lockers as part of locker manufacturers package.

CD AUD 5 1

CD AUD 4 1

MD AUD 9 b, AUD 9 d

STR AUD 1c 1 Provide pre-manufactured steel spiral stair w/locking gate.

TDD AUD 7 1

TH AUD 7

GB AUD 7

MI AUD 7 18" x 36" 1

WR AUD 7 1 OP

MI AUD 6 60" x 36" 2

MI AUD 9e, 9f 48" x 36 " 2

SK AUD 6, AUD 9b 1

WMP AUD 1a 1 Mount at rear wall of Auditorium.

RP AUD 1a 1 Provide dropdown projection device mounted to structure.

PS AUD 4 Locate at midpoint of stage.

REF AUD 9 b 1

IM AUD 9 b 1 OP. Provided by 3rd party.

DDF AUD 9 a 1

REF AUD 9 b 1

MS AUD 3, AUD 5, AUD 9 c

CLK AUD 9 a

REF - Refrigerator w/ice maker DDF - Dual Drinking Fountain AS - Auditorium Seating AWP - Acoustical Wall Panels

STR - Spiral Stair MI - Mirrors CD - Overhead Coiling Door AC - Acoustical Clouds

CW - Suspended Catwalk TH - Toilet Tissue Dispenser MD - Motorized Door HCL - Handicapped Chair Lift

SHD- Smoke Hatch Doors MI - Mirrors IM - Ice Machine TDD -Towel Dispenser

RP - Clg. Mtd. Retractable Projector GB - Grab Bars REF - Refrigerator w/ice maker MS - Metal Shelving

WMP - Wall Mounted Projector SK - Sink WR - Waste Receptacles CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

PS - Projection Screen FE - Fire Extinguisher SD - Soap Dispenser PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

Walls: a All Spaces

b AUD 1a Painted GWB

c AUD 1a Stain Grade Paneling w/ reveals.

Floors: a AUD 1a Heavy Duty Rubber Flooring Provide at upper & lower seating areas

b AUD 1a Carpet Provide at Auditorium aisles

c AUD 1b Carpet Provide at auditorium entrance vestibules

d AUD 8a Carpet Media Booth

e AUD 4 Black painted masonite. Provide at stage platform

f AUD 5, 1c, 3, 8a, 8c Sealed Concrete Provide at Scene shop

g Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT).

h AUD 9e, 9f, AUD 7 Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ ceramic base *

i AUD 9a Epoxy Terrazzo


Ceilings: a All Spaces: Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile (ACT) in all spaces except those listed below.

b AUD 1a, AUD 4 Open to structure.

Finishes

AUD 2, 6, 9b, 9c, 9d, 9g



c AUD 1a Provide gypsum board acoustical clouds at ceiling plane, mounted to structure.


AUD 5 Stage Wood Nosing 200 sf

AUD 1a Auditorium Wood Cap Provide at top of Auditoriium wall, at upper level seating areas.

AUD 1a Auditorium Acoustical Wall Panels Locate at rear wall of Auditorium.

AUD 6 Dressing Wall 1:

Counter Top 11 LF w/ single bowl sink.

Base Cabinet 9 LF

Wall 2:

Counter Top (open beneath) 25 LF

AUD 1b Vestibule Display Cases 2 Provide display cases per vestibule.

AUD 9 b Concessions Wall 1:

Upper Cabinet 13 LF

Work Counter Leave space for refrigerator.

Base Cabinet 10 LF w/ single bowl sink

Wall 2:

Upper Cabinet 10 LF

Work Counter

Base Cabinet

Wall 3:

Base Cabinet 18 LF Provide built in counter top w/base cabinets @ motorized door.

Wall 4:

Built-in shelves (3 tier) 15 LF 3 Provide base cabinets w/ built-in wall mounted shelves ( 5' long) above.

Base Cabinet 3 LF

AUD 9 d Ticketing Upper Cabinet 23 LF Provide plastic laminate countertop w/ base & wall cabinets.

Base Cabinet 23 LF

Work Counter 10 LF Provide built in counter top w/base cabinets @ motorized door.

Base Cabinet 4 LF

AUD 9 a Lobby (Hall of Fame) Lighted Trophy Cases 10 Corridor

AUD 1a Auditorium Stain Grade Wood Paneling


Power: AUD 9d

AUD 9a, Hall of Fame/Corridor

AUD 1d

AUD 8b

AUD 1a, AUD 5

Size (wxdxh)

Mount electrical receptacles to catwalk.

Casework

Utilities

Provide rounded wood nosing at front edge of stage.

Install raise/lower switch furnished with motor operated door. Provide safety disconnect switch for motor if not provided integral w/ equipment.

Provide junction box with cover for connection to bleachers by supplier. Install bleacher controller and fuse panel on corridor side of partition.

Provide Dimming panel HDP, EMER transfer system panel, Dimming panel TDP, XFMR T-TDP.

Provide junction box and raceway for alarm motion detectors.


AUD 5

AUD 1a, AUD 4 Provide annunciation devices (speaker/strobe)w/ wire guards at walls of stage.

AUD 5, AUD 9d

AUD 9g

AUD 1a, AUD 9a Provide receptacle for clock.

Intercom: AUD 4

Data: AUD 9b Provide receptacle and voice/data outlet above counter.

Lighting AUD 6 Provide vanity light fixture above counter. Mount above mirror in dressing room.

AUD 1a

AUD 1a Provide pendant fixtures @ lower level seating area.

AUD 1a

AUD 3, 4, 5, 1a Provide surface mounted fluorescent fixtures.

AUD 4, AUD 1d Provide theatrical fixtures.

AUD 8b

AUD 8a

AUD 8a

Other: AUDITORIUM

AUDITORIUM


1 AUD 6, AUD 9b Provide single bowl sink

2 AUD 9b Provide concession sink

3 AUD 9e, 9f Provide toilet accessories as required.

1 AUD 1a

2 AUD 4

3 AUD 9a



1 AUD 1a

2 AUD 1a

1 Auditorium: Provide motorized drop down projection device.

2 Auditorium: Provide windows in media booth, located at rear wall of Auditorium.

3 Casework: Provide above counter GFCI outlets, at AUD 7, dressing rooms.

4 Scene Shop: Provide one (1) overhead coiling door at building exterior.

5 Stage: Provide one (1) overhead coiling door between Stage and Scene Shop.

6 Stage: Provide depressed stage to receive painted MDF flooring.

7 Auditorium: Coordinate construction of acoustical gypsum board "clouds" with placement of theatrical lighting systems.

8

9 Media Booth: Provide min. 10'-0" width for projector slot.

Auditorium: Coordinate construction of acoustical gypsum board "clouds" with placement of theatrical lighting systems.

Provide transformers and circuit breaker boxes to serve specified auditorium fixtures, in Dim Panel Room.

Provide surface mounted stair lights (Linear Strip fixture) at side walls adj. to stairway, @ upper level seating area.


Provide acoustical cloud panels (suspended) at Auditorium ceiling.

Provide acoustical wall panels.

Acoustics

Provide roof mounted smoke hatch doors over stage.

Technology Infrastructure: Reference to Instructional Technology requirements.

Catwalk: Suspend catwalk from structure. Provide attachment for theatrical lighting welded to structural "T". Coordinate w/ theatre consultant.

General Notes

HVAC

Provide toggle switch to control LED fixtures.

Provide dimming system master control switch.

Plumbing

Provide keyed up/down switch for operation of motorized projector device.

Install raise/lower switch furnished with motor operated door and connect as directed by equipment supplier. Provide safety disconnect switch for motor if not provided integral with equipment.

Provide mechanical mezzanine above main corridor.

Provide sleeves w/bushings stubbed into corridor, above ceiling. Provide painted fire rated plywood backboard.

Paint auditorium return air grille to match adjacent Auditorium wall.




ADM 1 Reception Lobby 10 600 1 600

ADM 2 Principal's Office (incl./ clos 14 330 1 330 Provide 2 exit routes / ADM 3

ADM 2 a Closet 20 1 20 ADM 2

ADM 2 b Toilet 50 1 50 ADM 2

ADM 3 Conference Room 19 420 1 420

ADM 4 Attendance Office 21 150 1 150 ADM 7 w/ direct access to corridor

ADM 5 Book Keeper Office 150 1 150

ADM 6 Vault/Records Rm. 150 1 150 ADM 5

ADM 7 Clinic 29 250 1 250 ADM 4 w/ direct access to corridor

ADM 7 a Toilet (internal to Clinic) 33 50 1 50 ADM 7

ADM 8 Toilet Rooms (Staff) 50 2 100 ADM 9 w/ access from lounge

ADM 9 Lounge 200 1 200

ADM 10 Mail Room 250 1 250 ADM 11

ADM 11 Workroom 38 250 1 250

ADM 12 Intercom Equipment Alcove 0 1 0 Locate on staff side of reception desk

ADM 13 Admin Suite Corridor (internal circulation) 0 1 0


ADM 18 Test Storage 42 100 1 100

ADM 19 Data Room 45 145 1 145

Suite Subtotal 3600

WORKROOMS: (Provide 1 per floor)

ADM 14 Faculty Workroom 50 450 5 2250

ADM 14 a Toilet (internal to Workroom 55 50 10 500 Two (2) toilets per workroom

Workroom Subtotal 2750

ADM 15 SATELLITE ADMINISTRATION SUITES: (Provide 1 per floor)

ADM 15 a Assistant Principal Office 150 3 450

ADM 15 b Administrative Assistant Office 150 3 450

ADM 15 c Conference Room 63 350 3 1050

Satellite Subtotal 1950

MISCELLANEOUS OFFICES:

ADM 16 Coach Office (Soccer) 150 1 150

Plant Engineer Office 150 1 150 Locate adjacent to Main Mechanical Rm.

Security Resource Officer (SR 79 150 1 150 Locate adjacent to exit.

Asst. Principal Office (2nd fl.) 150 1 150

Office (Golf & Tennis) 150 1 150

Total Area SF 9050

Note: See Section 13 for IT Office (CTSS), BS 13

Section 10 - ADMINISTRATION

General Description


MAIN ADMINISTRATION SUITE (1st floor-Main Entry)

The Administrative Suite provides support to the instructional program, assistance to teachers, staff and students, and serves as an information and public relations center to the community. It is the main welcome/administrative center for parents, community, and visitors. The reception/guest waiting area is the sole sign-in security check point for all visitors. Highly accessed Administrative functions such as the highly as the Clinic and Attendance office may be located near the core Administrative Suite, with direct corridor access to assist with the control of student traffic to and from these areas. Key Adjacency: Locate at Main Entrance of school with full view of building front.


The following items are to be specified in the ba 100

Item Room Location 124 Size (WxH) #/RM

TB ADM 14 125 4' x 4' 2

TB ADM 1, ADM 2, ADM 4, ADM 5, ADM 7, ADM 10 4' x 4' 1

TB ADM 1, ADM 11 8' x 4' 1

MB ADM 3, ADM 4, ADM 10 4' x 4' 1

MB ADM 11 8' x 4' 1

IB ADM 3 1 OP. Installed by Owner on Teaching Wall.

C/BKT ADM 1 ?

REF ADM 9 1 Full size refrigerator.

IE ADM 12 1 OP

TCC ADM 1 1 OP

PM ADM 1 2 OP

SM ADM 1 2

SM ADM 2 1

VM ADM 9 2 OP

DS ADM 6 1

CLK ADM 1 1

ITEL ADM 1, ADM 2 1 OP

FEC ADM 13 1

CMP ADM 1, 7, 9, 10, 11, 14, All Offices OP - refer to Instructional Technology requirements

CP ADM 11 2 OP

AMD ADM 1

PTD ADM 7, ADM 9, ADM 11

SD ADM 7, ADM 9, ADM 11

MB - Marker Board IE - Intercom Equipment DS - Drop Safe REF - Refrigerator w/ice maker

TB - Tack Board SM - Surveillance Monitor TCC - Time Control Clock VM - Vending Machines

SC - Storage Cabinet FEC - Fire Extinguisher Cab. ITEL - Intercom Telephone CMP - Computers (Admin.)

OPS - Overhead Projector Shelf CLK - Electronic Wall Clock AMD - Alarm Motion Detector C/BKT-Component Bracket (wall mtd)

IB - Interactive Board TEL -Telephone OP - Owner Provided TV/Bkt - Wall Mounted TV Bracket

CP - Copier (floor model) PM - Plasma Screen Monitor Video/Bkt-Recorder bracket (wall mtd.)

SD - Soap Dispenser PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

Walls: a All Spaces

Floors: a All Spaces

b ADM 7, 9, 11, 13 Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT), w/ 4" rubber base.

c ADM 2b, ADM 7a, ADM 8, Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ ceramic base. *

Ceilings: a All Spaces: Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces.

b All Spaces: Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces.

Space No. Room Name Unit Length Qty Notes

ADM 1 Reception Lobby Work Counter 22 LF

ADM 2 a Principal's Closet Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

Equipment

Finishes

Provide carpet w/ rubbber base in all spaces w/the exception of the following.

CaseworkSize (wxdxh)

Work Counter w/ solid surface top shelf, L-shaped w/ lockable base cabinets. (Built-in reception desk w/ lower lockable cabinets.)



ADM 3 Conference Room Base Cabinet, Work Counter 11 LF Provide built-in base cabinets w/ built-in adjustable shelves above.

Built-in Adjustable Shelves 4 12" d

ADM 4 Asst. Principal's Office Storage Cabinets 2

ADM 5 Book Keeper's Office Built-in Storage Shelves 8 LF 12" d Mounting Height to bottom of shelving, 4' - 6" AFF. (Leave space for 4-drawer high, vertical file below.)

ADM 6 Vault/Records Rm. Built-in Storage Shelves 12 LF 12" d Mounting Height to bottom of shelving, 4' - 6" AFF. (Leave space for 4-drawer high, vertical file below.)

6 LF 12" d Provide 6 shelving units, approximately 3 W x 2 H openings per unit.

ADM 7 Clinic Upper Cabinet 8 LF

Work Counter

Base Cabinet Provide single bowl sink

ADM 9 Lounge Base Cabinet 8 LF Provide single bowl sink. Leave open space for refrigerator.

Upper Cabinet 11 LF

Work Counter

ADM 10 Mail Room Work Counter 31 LF

Base Cabinet Provide double bowl sink.

Built-in Shelving 10 LF 3

Mail Slots 8 LF

ADM 11 Workroom Upper Cabinet 18 LF

Work Counter


ADM 12 Intercom Equip. Alcove Upper Cabinet 8 LF

Base Cabinet

ADM 14 Faculty Workroom Upper Cabinet 20 LF

Work Counter


AUD 15 a Asst. Principal Office Storage Cabinet 1 3'x2'x7'

AUD 15 b Secretarial Suite Storage Cabinet 1 3'x2'x7'


Power: ADM 1 Provide receptacle for clock.

ADM 1 Supply reception desk devices from wall mounted junction boxes.

ADM 2 Provide receptacle and TV/RGB outlet for DVD Player.

ADM 2, 4, 5, 15a, 15b

ADM 9 Provide power/data for one (1) computer.

ADM 11 Provide power for floor model copiers.

ADM 12 Intercom FAAP

Teaching Wall:

ADM 15a, 15b,

Intercom:

Provide 150, (2-3/4"w x 6" h) vertical slot mail boxes for faculty. Locate on top of base cabinet.

27"x12"x30" Provide shelving units above base cabinet.

Utilities



ADM 4, 5, 7, 9, 10, 11, Provide push button 4 x 4 box, single gang plaster ring and 3/4 "C stubbed into ceiling for intercom system.


Security: ADM 1 Provide junction box and raceway for alarm motion detectors.

Telephone: ADM 1, ADM 2

Data: ADM 3, ADM 11 Provide receptacle and voice/data outlet for Interactive Board.

ADM 2, 4, 5, 15a, 15b Provide two (2) data outlets.

Lighting: ADM 1 Provide pendant fixtures.

ADM 1

Other: ADMINISTRATION

ADMINISTRATION


1 ADM 7, 9, 11, 14 Provide single bowl sink

2 ADM 10





2

3 Reception-Surveillance Monitors: Mount above built-in book shelves

4 Toilet Accessories: Provide standard accessories for single toilets. (Waste Receptacles NIC)


Intercom Administrative Telephone. Coordinate exact location w/ intercom system.

Plumbing



Provide override control for time clock control, and lighting fixtures. Switch shall override automatic control for no more than 2 hours and the area being controlled shall be annunciated.

, , , , , ,15a, 15b

HVAC

Acoustics

General Notes

Intercom Equipment Alcove: Location for Built-in Central PA System

Provide double bowl sink



CSG 1 Counselor Lobby 500 1 500

CSG 2 Head Counselor Office 150 1 150

CSG 3 Registrar Office 174 1 174

CSG 4 Counselor Offices 174 2 348

CSG 5 AP Office (Instruction) 150 1 150 CSG 12

CSG 6 Vault / Records Room 150 1 150

CSG 7 Conference Room ( 10 person) 350 1 350 CSG 1

CSG 7a Closet 20 1 20 CSG 7

CSG 8 Career Center 150 1 150 CSG 1

CSG 9 Toilet Room 50 1 50

CSG 10 Counseling Suite Corridor ( internal circulation) 0 1 0

CSG 11 Graduation Specialist Office 150 1 150

CSG 12 Testing Room (new addition) 0 1 0

Total Area SF 2192


Item Size (WxH) #/RM

TB CSG 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 11 # 4' x 4' 1

MB CSG 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 11 # 4' x 4' 1

SM CSG 2, CSG 3, CSG 4 16

CSG 7 # 1 OP

CLK CSG 1 # 1

CP CSG 10 # 1 OP

VF CSG 6 18"x27"x52" 16 OP

CMP CSG 1, 8, 12, All Offices OP - refer to Instructional Technology requirements

PTR CSG 8 1 OP

PTD CSG 7 # 1

SD CSG 7 # 1

MB - Marker Board SM - Surveillance Monitors CLK - Electronic Wall Clock VF - Vertical Files (4 dwr.)

TB - Tack Board OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (Admin.) C/BKT-Component Bracket (wall mtd)

IB - Interactive Board CP - Copier (floor model) PTR - Printer OPS - Overhead Projector Shelf

SD - Soap Dispenser PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

Walls: a All Spaces: Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

Floors: a All Spaces:

b CSG 9 # Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ ceramic base. *#

Section 11 - COUNSELING

General Description

Activity / Space

Equipment

Room Name

The Counseling suite provides guidance and counseling as an integral part of the instructional program designed to promote the social and emotional cognitive development of each student. Activities include, but are not limited to, individual, and small group counseling, crisis counseling, staff and parent conferences, staff development, and coordination of special school events. Key Adjacency: Centrally locate, in close proximity to the main corridor and main entrance to school. Locate adjacent to and separate from the Administrative Suite.

Finishes

Provide carpet w/ rubbber base in all spaces with the exception of the following.


Ceilings: a All Spaces: # Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile (ACT) in all spaces.

Space No. Unit Type # Unit Length Qty Notes

CSG 1 Base Cabinet, Work Counter 9 LF

CSG 3 Base Cabinet, Work Counter 9 LF Built-in base cabinets and counter top.

Built-in 12" deep shelving overhead

CSG 6 Vault / Records Room 26 LF Built-in 12" deep open shelving on 3 walls.

Casework

Work Counter w/ solid surface top shelf, L-shaped w/ lockable base cabinets.

Size (wxdxh)


Mounting Height to bottom of shelving, 4' - 6" AFF. (Leave space for 4-drawer high, Vertical file below.)

CSG 7 Base Cabinet, Upper Cabinet, Work Counter 13 LF Provide double bowl sink.

CSG 7a Shelf and Coat Rod 7 LF

CSG 8 Base Cabinet, Upper Cabinet, Work Counter 19 LF Provide two (2) built-in upper cabinets on either side w/open bookshelves in between; on two walls of space.

Electrical Location

Power: CSG 2, 3, 4, 5 - Office

Teaching Wall:

CSG 1 Provide receptacle for clock.

Intercom:

Data: CSG 7 - Conference Provide receptacle and voice/data outlet for Interactive Board.

CSG 2, 3, 4, 5, 11 - Office Provide two (2) data outlets.

TV: CSG 2, 3, 4, 5, 11 - Office Provide one (1) television outlet with one (1) duplex outlet, and one (1) data outlet.

Other: COUNSELING

COUNSELING


1





2 Toilet Accessories: Provide standard accessories for single toilets.


CSG 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 11

CSG 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 11 Provide push button 4 x 4 box, single gang plaster ring and 3/4 "C stubbed into ceiling for intercom system.

Acoustics

General Notes



Lighting & Communications

PlumbingProvide double bowl sink.

HVAC

Utilities




Kitchen Area:



KIT 3 Freezer (walk-in) 400 1 400 KIT 2

KIT 4 Dry Storage 500 1 500 KIT 3

KIT 5 Office 150 1 150 KIT 1

KIT 6 Staff Area:

KIT 6 a Locker / Laundry Room 150 1 150

KIT 6 b Toilet 50 1 50 KIT 6 b

KIT 7 Servery 1200 1 1200 KIT 1

KIT 8 Dish Wash 350 1 350 KIT 1, CAF 1

KIT 9 Can Wash Room (exterior ) 60 1 60

Kitchen Subtotal 4660

Cafeteria:

CAF 1 Cafeteria (Student Dining) 7800 1 7800 KIT 7

CAF 2 Storage (Table & Chair) 100 2 200 CAF 1

CAF 3 Vending Area 0 1 0 CAF 1

Cafeteria Subtotal 8000

Total Area SF 12660


Item Room Location #/RM

TB KIT 5 4' x 4' 1 (See Casework Section below)

CLK CAF 1 3 Double face.

PS CAF 1 1 Provide recessed pocket.

OPS CAF 1 1

C/BKT CAF 1 1

BCH KIT 6 a (See Casework Section below)

SL KIT 6 a 12"x36"x12" 7 Staff Lockers - 2 tier

MP CAF 1 1

DRB KIT 1 Locate at entry door to Kitchen. (exterior)

MD KIT 7

CMR KIT 1 Locate at entry to Cafeteria

CST KIT 7 28"x28"x36" 6

VM CAF 3 5 OP

The Nutrition program provides breakfast and lunch each day for students, teachers, administrators and visitors to the school. Multiple Lunch seatings occur between 10:00 am to 1:00 pm to feed the school population. The Cafetorium also serves as the school auditorium/multi functional space; with a stage for presentations and other large school functions. (i.e. Recognition Honors and Awards programs, school stage productions, district/community meetings, open house curriculum nights.) Key Adjacency: Within close proximity to the Main entrance lobby of the school located on a major corridor. Note: Minimum space requirements to accommodate 1600 FTE (84 IU's) enrollment.

Overall cafetorium student seating capacity = 1600 FTE / 3 periods

Section 12 - SCHOOL NUTRITION

General Description


Size (wxdxh)


DDF CAF 1 1

ACU KIT 1 1 Locate at entry door to Kitchen. (exterior)

ACU KIT 2, KIT 3 1 Locate at entry doors to cooler and freezer.

HSK KIT 7 2

HSK KIT 1, KIT 8 1

HSK KIT 8 1


FSK KIT 1 138"x30"x35" 2 Locate at vegetable prep table

FSK KIT 1 72"x24"x35" 1 Locate at prep table

FSK KIT 1 72"x30"x35" 1 Locate at prep table

PSK KIT 8 167"x30"x35" 3

FEC KIT 7, CAF 1 1

FE CAF 1 2

EH KIT 1 1

CH KIT 8 1

MS KIT 2 14 Provide walk-in shelving units as specified.

MS KIT 3 18 Provide walk-in shelving units as specified.

MS KIT 4 24 Provide storage shelving units.

CR KIT 4 1 As specified.

DR KIT 4 1 As specified.

W/D KIT 6a Set

IM KIT 1 30"x33"x76" 1

HRL KIT 7 As specified.

HR KIT 1 1

CMP KIT 5 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements

TB - Tack Board CMR -Security Camera FSK - Floor Sink HRL - Hand Railing

SL - Staff Lockers CST - Cashier Stand PSK - Pot & Pan Floor Sink HR - Hose Reel

BCH - Bench (Locker Rm.) VM - Vending Machines HSK - Hand Sink CLK - Electronic Wall Clock

W/D - Washer, Dryer DRB - Door Bell EH - Exhaust Hood DDF - Dual Drinking Fountain

IM - Ice Maker w/ bin FE - Fire Extinguisher CH - Condensate Hood OPS - Overhead Projector Shelf

MD - Motorized Door DR - Dunnage Rack CR - Can Rack C/BKT-Component Bracket (wall mtd)

ACU - Air curtain, unheated MS - Metal Shelving FEC - Fire Extinguisher Cabinet PS - Motorized Projection Screen

OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computers (Admin.) MP- Motorized Projection (Drop Down)

* Reference Design Guidelines for complete list of Preparation Kitchen, Servery and Dishwash equipment.

* Reference Design Guidelines for complete list of toilet and laundry accessories.

* Provide all necessary utilities for equipment listed above and in Design Guidelines.

Walls: a All Spaces Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.b All spaces

Floors: a KIT 1, 4, 5, 6a, 7, 8

b KIT 2, KIT 3, KIT 9 Sealed Concrete w/ rubber base.

c KIT 6b, Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ ceramic base.

d CAF 1,2,3 Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT), w/ rubber base.

Ceilings: a All Spaces: Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile (ACT) in all spaces, w/ exceptions listed below.

b CAF 2 Open to structure (OTS) - storage closets. Provide fluorescent strip lighting suspended from structure.

c CAF 1 Open to stucture (OTS) w/combination gypsum board soffit @ perimeter of space w/ can lighting.


KIT 6a Locker / Laundry Rm. Bench 2


Power CAF 1 Provide receptacle for clock.

KIT 1, CAF 1 Provide junction box and raceway for alarm motion detectors at kitchen side of entry door.

KIT 1 Provide doorbell system for kitchen area.

Provide quarry tile.

Utilities

Size (wxdxh)

Finishes

Casework



KIT 5 Provide one (1) duplex power outlet, and one (1) voice data outlet at each desk area.


KIT 7

Front of Cafeteria:

Projector: CAF 1 Provide ceiling mounted receptacle and data outlet for projector.

CAF 1

CAF 1

Cashier: KIT 1

Intercom: KIT 7, KIT 8

CAF 1

Data: By Space: See utilities as listed by space.

Lighting: All Spaces:

CAF 1 Provide linear fluorescent strip fixtures.

CAF 1 Provide recessed lighting.

CAF 2 Provide 4' fluorescent strip fixture w/ wire guard.

Security: KIT 1 - Entries Provide security cameras.

DVD: PE 6b

TV: Provide one (1) television outlet

Other: NUTRITION

NUTRITION


1 KIT 1, KIT 7, KIT 8 Provide hand sinks, wall mounted. (1 of 2 hand sinks in KIT 1, to be ADA.)

2 KIT 1 Provide floor sink at vegetable prep table.

3 KIT 1 Provide prep table with sink.

4 KIT 8 Provide pot & pan sink.

5 KIT 9 Provide freeze proof mixing faucet with hot and cold water, hose outlet and floor drain.

6 KIT 1 Provide floor drain near ice dispenser

7 KIT 1 Provide hose reel w/spray.

8 KIT 1 (cooking area) Provide one (1) floor drain each at the kettle and skillet equipment cooking areas.

9 KIT 1 (cooking area) Provide one (1) hub drain at kettle assembly area .

10 KIT 1 (cooking area) Provide one (1) hub drain at gas convection steamer.

1 KIT 6 a Provide dryer exhaust.

2 KIT 1 Provide exhaust hood over cooking area equipment.

3 KIT 8 Provide condensate hood over dishwasher equipment.

1 General:

2 KIT 1, CAF 1

1 KIT 5 Provide interior window in office.

2 KIT 7 Provide hand railing at cashier entrance/exit locations.

General Notes

Plumbing

HVAC

AcousticsRefer to Design Guidelines for system treatment.

Extend CMU walls to structural deck around cafeteria and kitchen.

Provide dual channel power pole to house both power and communications cabling.

Provide push button 4 x 4 box, single gang plaster ring and 3/4 "C stubbed into ceiling for intercom system

Install raise/lower switch furnished with motor operated door and connect as directed by equipment supplier. Provide safety disconnect switch for motor if not provided integral w/equipment.




Provide 2x4 recessed fluorescent lights in all spaces with exceptions listed below.

Provide keyed up/down switch for operation of motorized projector screen.

Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacles, and two (2) data outlets for presentation purposes.

Provide annunciation devices (speaker/strobe)



Storage:

BS 1 Book Storage 600 3 1800

BS2 Laptop Cart Storage Room Locate 1 per floor (50 carts per school)

BS2 General Building Storage 250 6 1500 Locate adjacent to each B/G Restroom

Custodial: (Maintenance Rooms)

BS 3 Maintenance Rooms (Custodial)

a Maintenance Room 70 1 70

b Maintenance Room 70 2 140

c Maintenance Room (exterior) 180 1 180

BS 4 Branch Custodial Closets Locate 2 per floor or 1 per CR wing

a Janitor Closet (w/ hot water heater) 40 8 320

b Janitor Closet - cafeteria corridor 0 0 0

c Janitor 0 0 0

d Janitor - cr wing - triangle 0 0 0

e Janitor - cr wing - triangle 0 0 0

f Janitor - cr wing - triangle 0 0 0

g Janitor 0 0 0

h Janitor 0 0 0


BS 5 Main Mechanical Rooms

a Main Mechanical Room 875 2 1750

b Main Mechanical Room 0 0 0

Branch Mechanical Rooms

a Cafeteria - Mechanical Room 300 1 300

b Elevator - Mechanical Equipment Room 80 1 80

c Elevator - Mechanical Equipment Room 70 1 70

d Gym - Mechanical Equipment Room 200 1 200

BS 7 a Mechanical Attic 0 1 0

b Mezz. Access Rooms 200 1 200

b Mess. Access Rooms 75 1 75

c Mechanical Yard (outdoor) 0 1 0

BS 8 Emergency Generator Room 350 1 350

BS 9 Main Electrical Rooms

a Main Electrical Room 250 4 1000

b Main Electrical Room 0 0 0

c Main Electrical Room 0 0 0

IDF 0 0 0 Access from BS 9c

BS 10 Branch Electrical Rooms

Section 13 - BUILDING SERVICES

General Description


Building Services (building infrastructure) spaces support the instructional programs by providing a comfortable, healthy, safe and attractive environment where students can learn and others can work with minimal distractions. These areas include custodial, main building storage, mechanical / electrical equipment, data / telephone equipment and restroom facilities essential components needed to maintain the school infrastructure and operations.


a Elec. Room 75 7 525

b Elec. Room 0 0 0

c Elec. Room 0 0 0

d Elec. Room 0 0 0

e Elec. Room 0 0 0

f Elec. Room - next to computer lab 0 0 0

g Elec. Room 0 0 0

BS 11 Main Distribution Frame (MDF) Room 0 0 0

BS 12 Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) Room

a IDF - 2nd cafeteria 75 5 375

b Data Room 0 0 0

c Data Room 0 0 0

d Data Room - next to computer lab 0 0 0

e IDF 0 0 0

MIS

BS 13 IT Office (CTSS) 150 1 150

BS 14 IT Server Room 150 1 150

Restrooms:

BS 15 Boy's - Student Restrooms @ classroom wings 350 6 2100

BS 16 Girl's - Student Restrooms @ classroom wings 350 6 2100

BS 17 Cafeteria - Girls's Restroom 250 1 250

BS 18 Cafeteria - Boy's Restroom 250 1 250

Miscellaneous:

BS 19 Corridors 0 0 0

Note: Loading Dock / Compactor Area (outdoor) 0 0 0 (See Section 14.1 - Outdoor Spaces)

Total Area SF 13935

Miscellaneous Restrooms (See referenced sections):

Media Center - Toilet See Section 03

Gym-Boy's Restrooms See Section 07

Gym-Girl's Restrooms See Section 07

Special Ed Suite - Toilet See Section 08

Auditorium - Women's Toilet See Section 09

Auditorium - Men's Toilet See Section 09

Auditorium - Single Toilet See Section 09

Staff - Workroom Toilets @ classroom wings See Section 10

Staff Toilets - Admin. Suite See Section 10

Principal's Toilets - Admin. Suite See Section 10

Toilet Room - Counseling Suite See Section 11

Toilet Room - Counseling Suite See Section 11

Cafeteria - Staff Toilet See Section 12

CT:Health Science - Toilet See Section 16.2



RS BS 19 Quantity as required.

FEC BS 19 As required per code.

Equipment


ML BS 19

DDF BS 19 As required per code.

MSK BS 4 1

SF BS 2 a, BS 2 b

MS BS 1, BS 2, BS 3, BS 4

CLK BS 19 Double faced.

MB BS3, BS 4 1

WR BS 19 OP

PM BS 19

CMP BS 13 1

CW BS 19

See note below.


RS - Room Signage ML - Metal Lockers CLK - Electronic Wall Clock MB - Mop and Broom Holder

FEC - Fire Extinguisher Cabinets MS - Metal Shelving WR - Waste Receptacles PM - Plasma Screen Monitors

OP - Owner Provided CMP - Computer (Admin.) CW - Clearstory MSK - Mop Sink

DDF - Dual Drinking Fountain

Note: Metal Lockers: Provide 2-tier double locker w/built-in combination locks and cant strip (typ.)


Floors: a BS 13 Carpet

b BS 2, BS 3a-c, BS 4 - 10, BS 12 a - g

Sealed Concrete

c BS 1, BS 14, BS 19 Provide vinyl composition tile (VCT) w/ 4" rubber base.

d BS 15, 16, 17, 18 Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ ceramic base *


Ceilings: a All Spaces: Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile (ACT) in all spaces except those listed below.

b BS 3, 5, 8,9,10,12 Provide exposed structure. (Open to structure.)

c All Spaces: Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces, with the exception of the following.

d BS 3, 5, 8,9,10,12 Provide surface mounted fluorescent strip fixtures.


BS 20 a,b,c Corridor - CR wing Bulletin Board Display Case 2 Provide display cases w/ lockable glass door.

Corridor - Gym Hall Trophy Cases (Lighted) 40 LF 10


Power: BS 3 a-c

BS 15,16,17,18

BS 14

Fire Alarm: BS 2a, 2b

BS 19 Provide receptacle for clock.

Intercom: BS 13

Data: BS 6b Provide data outlet.

Other: BUILDING SERVICES

BUILDING SERVICES


1 BS 15,16,17,18

2 BS 3, BS 4 Provide floor sinks in main and branch custodial closets w/hot and cold water.

3 General: Provide electric water coolers distributed throughout building as required by code for population served.

1 Refer to Design Guidelines for HVAC system requirements.

2 Provide limited range temperature control in BS 6b, Elevator-Mechanical Equipment Room.

3 Provide dedicated control in MDF and IDF rooms.

Size (wxdxh)

Finishes

Provide number of fixtures in restrooms as required by code for population served. Provide one (1) wall hydrant in each multi-fixture restroom. All toilets rooms shall be ADA compliant.

Utilities

BS 6b, BS 10 Provide duct detectors in branch electrical rooms.



Casework

4'w x3"d

BS 20 g 4'w x78"h

Provide one (1) duplex outlet. At all other areas provide all necessary power required by mechanical and electrical equipment.


Plumbing

HVAC

Provide receptacle for lavatories. Coordinate exact location w/equipment provided. Receptacle to be installed behind sink access panel.

Provide six (6) quadaplex receptacles, two (2) data outlets, and two (2) special purpose receptacles.

Provide wall mounted horn or strobe, as required.


1

1

Provide full height CMU walls around equipment rooms and sound isolation mounts for equipment subject to vibration to achieve sound containment.

In BS3, Custodial Maintenance Rooms shall accommodate the storage and recharging of custodial equipment including the propane and battery powered equipment. Electrical service for recharging as well as any code required fire zone isolation and ventilation shall be provided. Charging and storage provisions are required on each level of a multi-level facility.

General Notes

Acoustics



OS 1 Outdoor Educational Spaces 1 0

OS 2 Outdoor Art Work Space 1 0 Art Labs

OS 3 Loading Dock / Compactor Area 1 0 Kitchen - Main Exit

Outdoor Subtotal 0



BOL OS 3 As Required Provide adjacent to compactor to define area.

BOL - Bollards w/ cable railing

Walls: a

Floors: a OS 2 Provide concrete plaza area.

Ceilings: a


1 n/a


OS 1, OS 2, OS 3

OS 3

Other: OUTDOOR SPACES

OUTDOOR SPACES


1 Provide hose bib at outdoor artwork space, OS 2.

1 n/a

1 n/a

1 Provide concrete plaza area adjacent to art lab area.

Finishes

Section 14.1 - OUTDOOR SPACES

General Description


Equipment


General Notes

Casework

Utilities

Plumbing

HVAC

Acoustics




SF 1 Softball Field 1 0

SF 2 Baseball Field 1 0

SF 3 Softball Dugout 10 180 1 180

SF 4 Baseball Dugout 14 180 1 0

SF 5 Football Field / combines with track 1 0

SF 6 Track - 8 Lane 1 0

SF 7 Multi-Purpose Practice Field 19 1 0 (Field includes soccer & lacrosse)

SF 8 Tennis Courts 21 2 0

SF 9 Track Shot and Discus Areas 1 0 Now in the end zones of the footabell field.

SF 10 Concessions / Press Box combo * 600 1 600 Shared between softball & baseball fields.

SF 10 a Storage 29SF 10 b Equipment Storage 33SF 11 Batting Cage (Baseball Field) * 1 0

SF 12 Maintenance Storage Facility 1 0

SF 13 Outdoor Sports Storage 1 0

38 780

* Provide SF 10 and SF 11 only if replacing existing.


Item Room Location 42 Size (WxH) #/RM

SB SF 1, SF 2 45 1 OP

BC SF 1, SF 2 1

BF SF 1, SF 2 1

SF 1, SF 2, SF 5, SF 7, SF 8 50AB SF 3, SF 4 55 1

SK SF 10 1

IM SF 10 1

REF SF 10 1

CD SF 10 1

CLK SF 10 63 1

FEN

BL SF 1 ( Homeside and Visitor ) 2 Seats 100 persons homeside, 100 persons visitor side



BL SF 7 ( Homeside and Visitor ) 79 2 Seats 100 persons homeside, 100 persons visitor side


DF SF 1, SF 2, SF 5, SF 7, SF 8 1

SB - Score Boards FEN - Fencing & Gates REF - Refrigerator w/ice maker DF - Drinking fountain (Horse trough)

BL - Bleechers (aluminum) SK - Sink IM - Ice Machine CD - Overhead Coiling Door

Section 14.2 - SITE FACILITIES

General Description


Equipment



WS - Wind Screens 88 AB - Aluminum Bench (pre-fab)

BC - Batting Cage 100

Walls: a SF 3, SF 4 125

b SF 10

Floors: a SF 1, 2, 5, 7 ? Turf on fields to be synthetic or irrigated, no sprinklers. Need hydration on all fields.

b SF 10 Provide sealed concrete floor in SF 10 concessions.

Ceilings: a SF 10 Provide plywood painted ceiling in SF 10 concessions.


SF 10 Concessions Upper Cabinet (single door) w/ 1 adjustable shelf.

Countertop Continuous at all base cabinets.

Base Cabinet

Base Cabinet (double door) w/ sink (double bowl).


Power: SF 2, SF 3 Provide electrical service at batting cages.

SF 10

SF 10

SF 3, SF 4 Provide four (4) multiple duplex outlets. Locate one at each end of dugout, and two (2) on back wall of dugout.

Intercom:

Data:

Other: SITE FACILITIES

SITE FACILITIES


1 Provide hot and cold water in Concessions.

2 Provide stainless steel double sink in SF 10 concessions w/ hot and cold water.

3 Provide water spigot at the baseball and softball dugout SF 3 and SF 4.

4 Provide floor drain in SF 10 concessions.


2 Provide surface mounted heater and ventilation fan with thermostatic control in SF 10 concessions.

1 n/a

1 Provide athletic fencing to secure all playfields

Finishes

Casework

Utilities

Plumbing

HVAC

Acoustics

General Notes

Provide electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex outlet per wall. In concessions, provide 110 V and/or 220 V outlets to operate (1) refrigerator, one (1) ice machine, one (1) microwave.




Based on Fulton County stadium model (Bethany Road HS), by request of DeKalb CIT.


Home Side:

STAD 1 Ticket Booth 95 1 95

STAD 2 Concessions 490 1 490

STAD 3 Public Toilets 280 2 560

STAD 4 Referee's Room ( w/ Toilet and Shower) 470 1 470

STAD 5 Custodial Service Room 90 1 90

STAD 6 Electrical Room 150 1 150

STAD 7 Bleacher Seats ( 2,500 seats each @ 24" wide) 24,866 1 24866

STAD 8 Press Box 600 1 600

Visitor Side:

STAD 9 Ticket Booth 95 1 95

STAD 10 Concessions 340 1 340

STAD 11 Public Toilets 280 2 560

STAD 12 Custodial Service Room 45 1 45

STAD 13 Electrical Room 145 1 145

STAD 14 Bleacher Seats ( 1200 seats each @ 24" wide) 9,800 1 9800

STAD 15 Track - 8 Lane 0 1 0 See Design Guidelines

STAD 16 Public Address Storage in Press Box 25 1 25

STAD 17 Outdoor Equipment Storage 1,130 1 1130

Total Area SF 39461

Reference Section 14.2 for athletic playfields.


Room Location Size (WxH) #/RM

IM STAD 2, STAD 10 1

PT STAD 2, STAD 3, STAD 4, STAD 10, STAD 11 1

MS STAD 5, STAD 12, STAD 17 3'x7' 5 Shelving units are 12" deep.

SD STAD 3, STAD 4 1 Locate at each lavatory.

ED STAD 3, STAD 11 1

JTH STAD 3, STAD 11 1 Locate at each WC.

MI STAD 3, STAD 4, STAD 11 1 Locate at each lavatory.

ND STAD 3, STAD 11 1 Locate at each women's stall.

WR STAD 4 1

TH STAD 4 1

RH STAD 4 1

CR STAD 4 1

SH STAD 4 1

MBS STAD 5, STAD 12 1

MBS STAD 17 3

Section 14.3 - STADIUM

General Description


Equipment


JB STAD 17 6'w 1 Anchor to floor, for tools.

SK STAD 2, STAD 10 1

SSK STAD 5, STAD 12 1

USK STAD 1, STAD 2, STAD 9, STAD 10 1


EH STAD 1, STAD 2, STAD 9, STAD 10 1

LDR STAD 8, STAD 17 1 Provide roof access ladder.

AB STAD 7 Seat 2,500.

AB STAD 14 Seat 1,200.

WB STAD 17 1

WS STAD 3, STAD 11, STAD 17 1

JB - Steel Job Box PT - Paper Towel Dispenser JTH - Jumbo Toilet Tissue Holder SK - Sink (double bowl)

ED - Electric Hand Dryer SD - Soap Dispenser ND - Napkin Disposal SSK - Slop sink

MI - Mirror MBS - Mop/Broom Strip NDD - Napkin Disposal Cab. USK - Utility sink

WR - Wall mtd. Wast receptacles SH - Soap Dish IM - Ice Maker WS - Water Spigot

MS - Metal Shelves TH - Toilet Tissue Holder AB - Aluminum Bench EH - Electric Heating Unit

CR - Shower Curtain Rod WB - Work Bench LDR - Ladder

* See General Notes for additional information on built-in equipment.

Walls: a Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guidelines for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

Floors: a Provide sealed concrete floor in all areas except those listed below.

Ceilings: a Provide plywood painted ceiling in all exterior buildings.

b Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all STAD 8.


STAD 2, 10 Concessions Sink Cabinet Wx24x30" 1 All cabinets to be lockable.


Power: STAD 2, STAD 10 (Concession cooking area.)STAD 6

STAD 8

Data: STAD 8

Telephone: STAD 8

Other: STADIUM

STADIUM


1 STAD 3, 11, 17 Provide water spigot.

2 STAD 2, STAD 10 Provide stainless steel double bowl sink w/ hot and cold water.

3 STAD 2, STAD 10 Provide floor drain.

4 STAD 5, STAD 12 Provide slop sink with hot and cold water spigot with bucket holder.

5 STAD 17 Provide one (1) utility sink with hot and cold water spigot.

1 STAD 2, STAD 10 Provide ventilation fan with thermostat control.

2 STAD 1, 2, 9, 10 Provide one (1) electric heating unit.

3 STAD 8 Provide heating and air conditioning. Winterize by drainage or some other means.

1 None

Acoustics

Provide electrical outlets @ 12' max spacing w/not less than one (1) duplex outlets per wall. In concessions, provide 110V and/or 220V outlets to operate one (1) refrigerator, one (1) ice machine, one (1) microwave, one (1) drink cooler, one (1) hot dog machine, and one (1) pop corn machine.

Plumbing

HVAC

Provide necessary power requirements for fully controlled stadium lighting (MUSCO) and security lighting with controls located in the home electrical room.

Provide three (3) duplex outlets, om addition to basic requirements, at each partitioned room. Provide necessary power requirements for public address system.

Provide one (1) telephone outlet for land line in each partitioned room and connection to school phone system in public address partitioned room.



Size (wxdxh)

Utilities

Casework

Provide one (1) dual data outlet in each partitioned room. Provide necessary data/power for CCTV capability.

Finishes


1 STAD 2 Provide adjacent fenced area where possible for cook area.

2 STAD 8

3STAD 17

4 STAD 2, STAD 10 Provide lockable serving room and lockable bulk storage room.

5 STAD 1, 9, 2, 10 Provide 12' wide interior and counter at window.

6 STAD 7, STAD 14 Provide aluminum benches.

Partition Home Side Press Box accordingly: Home Team Room 12' x 18'; Visiting Team Room 12'x18'; Clock Official Room 12'x6'; Public Address Room 12'x12'. Each room to have door access. Provide sliding windows 4' high with each 4'x4' sliding unit panel, and provide 12' writing ledge below windows. Also provide one (1) ladder affixed to wall in home team room leading to roof hatch for access to roof for filming.

Provide loft, 10'w x 35' l x 9' h, with wall mounted ladder access and hatch in the floor. In addition, provide 10' work bench with installed vise and lateral locking drawers, anchor to the floor.

General Notes



BCS 1 Business Lab 1800 4 7200

BCS 1 a Supply Closet 200 4 800 BCS 1 b

BCS 1 b Office 150 4 600 BCS 1

BCS 2 Business Classroom 1600 1 1600 BCS 1

Total Area SF 10200



MB BCS 1, BCS 2 4' x 4' 2

IB BCS 1, BCS 2 8' x 4' 1

TB BCS 1, BCS 2 4' x 4' 1

TB BCS 1, BCS 2 12' x 4' 1

MB BCS 1, BCS 2 4' x 4' 2

TB BCS 1, BCS 2 4' x 4' 2

IB BCS 1, BCS 2 1 OP. Installed by Owner on Teaching Wall

CLK BCS 1 1 Locate at teaching wall.

SHLV BCS 1a 4'wx12" d 8

OPS BCS 1 1 Ceiling mount.

CMP BCS 1, BCS 2 OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CMP BCS 1, BCS 2 28

MB - Marker Board TC - Teacher Cabinet OPS - Overhead Projector Shelf CMP - Computers (student)

OP - Owner Provided C/BKT-Component Bracket (wall mtd)

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock TEL -Telephone SHLV - Shelving (metal)

*Note: Locate Computers @ perimeter of room at counters; and in middle of room at desks.

Walls: a All spaces

b All spaces

Floors: a BCS 1, 1a, BCS 2

b BCS 1b

Ceilings: a All Spaces:

b All Spaces:



BCS 1 Business Lab Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7' Teaching Wall

88 2 4'x4' Locate at teaching wall, flanking IB.





Finishes


Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile.


Section 15.1 - BUSINESS & COMPUTER SCIENCE

General Description


Equipment

Business & Consumer Science programs prepare students to become productive members of the business community and to enter a post-high school institution after graduation. Students develop competencies in finance, legal operations of business, administrative support, information management, international business, entrepreneurship, and management. Activities in the lab include XXXX. Georgia Performance Standards for these programs are located at www.georgiastandards.com. Key Adjacency: Career Technology Labs.


Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces.

Provide carpet tile w/4" rubber base.


100 1 4'x4' Locate at teaching wall.

124 61 LF

125 Locate on 3 walls @ perimeter of room.

BCS 1b Office 131 1 3'x2'x7'


Marker Board 2 4'x4' (Built into systems furniture.)

Tack Board 1 4'x4' (Built into systems furniture.)

BCS 2 Business Classroom Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'


Base Cabinet 98 LF

Upper Cabinet 52 LF

Computer Counter-top Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.


Power:

BCS 1

BCS 1

BCS 1

BCS 1b - Office

Clock BCS 1, BCS 2 Provide receptacle for clock.

Intercom: BCS 1, BCS 2

Data: BCS 1, BCS 2

BCS 1b - Office Provide two (2) data outlets.

BCS 1, BCS 2 Provide sufficient data outlets to support 34 computers. (1 of 34 to be Voice Over Internet Protocol - VOIP.)

DVD: BCS 1, BCS 2 Provide receptacle and TV/RGB outlet for DVD Player.

TV: BCS 1, BCS 2 Provide one (1) television outlet

Projector: BCS 1, BCS 2 Provide ceiling mounted receptacle and data outlet for projector

Security: BCS 1 Provide junction box and raceway for alarm motion detectors.

Other: BUS. & COMPUTER

BUS. & COMPUTER

*MIS Required Specifications outline technology infrastructure (i.e. power, data, cabling, voice/data) requirements for rooms within the school.

1 n/a


1 Classrooms and other core learning spaces must achieve minimum STC rating of 35.



Utilities


Provide three (3) quadraplex receptacles, and two (2) data outlets @ ____ " AFF.


HVAC

Provide power poles as required based on furniture plans.

Acoustics

General Notes


Technology Infrastructure: Reference MIS Required Specifications in the Design Guideline.


Teaching Wall:


Plumbing



Engineering:

Engineering & Technology Lab 3000 1 3000 (Incl. Training & Instructional areas.)

Office 150 1 150

Storage Room 150 1 150 Clean supplies

Supply Room 150 1 150 New request - dirty supplies

Robotics /CNC - need requirements 250 1 250

Prototyping Lab - need requirements 1800 1 1800

Engineering Subtotal 5500

Engineering, Graphics, and Design

Supply Storage 200 1 200

Engineering, Graphics & Design Lab (CAD) 1800 1 1800

Office 150 1 150

ETECH 4 Rapid Prototyping Room 1 0 Has 5 machines, need data & power

E.G.D. Subtotal 2150

Total Area SF 7650

The following items are to be specified in the b 45


MB ETECH 1, ETECH 2, ETECH 3 4' x 4' 2

ETECH 1, ETECH 2, ETECH 3 8' x 4' 1

TB ETECH 1, ETECH 2, ETECH 3 4' x 4' 1

TB ETECH 1, ETECH 2, ETECH 3 12' x 4' 1

MB ETECH 1, ETECH 3 4' x 4' 2

MB ETECH 2 8' x 4' 1

TB ETECH 1, ETECH 3, ETECH 3a 4' x 4' 1

IB ETECH 1, ETECH 3 1 OP. Installed by Owner on Teaching Wall.

CLK ETECH 1, ETECH 3 1 Locate at teaching wall.

FE ETECH 1, ETECH 2 1

PCR ETECH 1 6 Ceiling Mounted. (Training area of lab.)

PCR ETECH 2 3 Ceiling Mounted.

MC ETECH 1, ETECH 2, ETECH 3 1 Ceiling Mounted.

PP ETECH 1 11 Instructional area of lab.

PP ETECH 3 12

MS ETECH 1a 4

SHLV ETECH 2a 3' x 7' 4 OP. Freestanding metal tower units w/ adjust. shelving.

ETECH 1a

ETECH 1b

ETECH 1c

ETECH 1d

ETECH 2

ETECH 2a

ETECH 3

ETECH 3a

Equipment



ETECH 1


Section 15.2 - ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

General Description

Engineering & Technology program comprised of the (1) Engineering Lab and (2) Engineering, Graphics & Design Lab programs, provides students the opportunity to develop technological literacy through an activity-based study of past, present, and future technological systems and their resources, processes and impact on society. Technology education utilizes computer and educational technology in the delivery of content related to systems of communication, energy/power transportation, production, and bio-related technologies. Activities in the lab include XXXXXXXXXXXXXX. Georgia Performance Standards for these programs are located at www.georgiastandards.com. Key Adjacency: Career Technology Labs.




SHLV ETECH 1b 3' x 7' 7 OP. Freestanding metal tower units w/ adjust. shelving.

PS ETECH 1d 1

CD ETECH 2 1

EW ETECH 2 1 OP. Wall mounted.


FAC ETECH 1, ETECH 2 131 1

GC ETECH 2, ETECH 3 1

FC ETECH 2 1

SK ETECH 2, ETECH 3 1

PTD ETECH 2, ETECH 3 1

SD ETECH 2, ETECH 3 1

MSK ETECH 2, ETECH 3 1 New Request for deep utilitarian sink.

TD ETECH 2 1

SD ETECH 2 1

AC ETECH 2 ? 1 OP. Installed by General Contractor

DC ETECH 2 ? OP. Installed by General Contractor

SS ETECH 1b 6

SS ETECH 2 17

OPS ETECH 1 1 Ceiling mount.

Video/Bkt ETECH 1 1

CMPD OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

CMP ETECH 1 (Instructional area) OP - Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

MB - Marker Board MC-Medicine Cabinet (NIC?) OPS - Overhead Projector Shelf IB - Interactive Board

TB - Tack Board PCR - Power Cord Reel CLK - Electronic Wall Clock CMP - Computers (student)

TC - Teacher Cabinet FE - Fire Extinguisher EW-Eye Wash (combined w/sink) CMPD - Cpmputer Desks

SC - Storage Cabinet DC - Dust Collector OP - Owner Provided SHLV-Shelving (metal tower units) - 12"d

PP - Power Poles AC - Air Compressor SK - Sink (porcelain)-Hand? C/BKT-Component Bracket (wall mtd)

MS - Metal Shelving (industrial) PS - Platform Stage (wooden) MSK - Mop Sink - Custodial? TV/Bkt - Wall Mounted TV Bracket

SS - Safety Switch TD - Towel Dispenser (paper) Video/Bkt-Recorder bracket (wall mtd.)

FAC - First Aid Kit FC - Flammable Cabinet SD - Soap Dispenser CD - Overhead Coiling Door

MS - Metal Shelves GC - Goggle Cabinet


NOTES: a ETECH 1b, ETECH 2

b

Walls: a All spaces

b All spaces

Floors: a All spaces: Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces, w/ the exception of the following.


b All spaces: Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces, with the exception of the following.

c ETECH 1d Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures and track lighting in ETEC 1d, Video Studio.


ETECH 1 Engr. & Tech. Lab Computer Work Counter Training Area: Provide work counter around perimeter of room to support 14 Computers.

ETECH 1a Office Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

ETECH 3a Office Storage Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

ETECH 1c Control Room Work Counter 1

Finishes


Air Compressor / Dust Collector

Architect to locate equipment in self-contained room apart from, but adjacent to lab.

ETECH 1 (Training area), ETECH 3

Refer to Design Guidelines for list of required lab equipment for the Materials & Processing Lab and Storage Room, as provided by the DeKalb Career Technology department.




ETECH 1d Video Room Video Desk 1

ETECH 3 CAD Lab Book Case 4 Low, 3 shelf units.



Power: ETECH 1a, 3a - Offices

ETECH 2

ETECH 2 Provide ceiling hung cord reel for power.

ETECH 2, ETECH 1b Provide fused disconnect switch at equipment areas.

ETECH 1c

ETECH 1d


ETECH 1 (Instruct'l. Area) Provide power and data drops for thirty (28) computers.

ETECH 1 (Training Area) Provide power and data drops for fourteen (15) computers.

ETECH 1 Provide power poles.

Clock: ETECH 1, 2, 3 Provide receptacle for clock.

Intercom: ETECH 1, 1a, 3, 3a

Data: ETECH 1

ETECH 1a, 3a - Offices Provide two (2) data outlets.

DVD: ETECH 1 Provide receptacle and TV/RGB outlet for DVD Player.

TV: ETECH 1 Provide one (1) television outlet

Projector: ETECH 1 Provide ceiling mounted receptacle and data outlet for projector.

Other: ENGR. & TECH.

ENGR. & TECH.


1 ETECH 2

2 ETECH 2

3 ETECH 2 Provide sanitary and vent piping for floor drains as required.

4 ETECH 2 Provide cold / hot water lines and sanitary piping for eye wash station. Provide air admittance valve.

5 ETECH 1, 2, 3 Provide cold / hot water / sanitary and vent piping for sink.


2 ETECH 2

1 Classrooms and other core learining spaces must achieve minimum STC rating of 35.



2

Teaching Wall:

Utilities


Provide required power and data for lab equipment as specified in the equipment list. Refer to Design Guidelines.

Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacle outlets, and two (2) voice/data outlets above work countertop.

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle outlet, and one (1) voice/data outlet @ wall opposite work counter.

Provided electrical outlets @ 4' max. spacing w/ not less than two (2) per wall.

Provide two (2) quadraplex receptacle outlets, and two voice/data outlets above work countertop adjacent to video desk.

General Notes

Provide interior window between ETECH 2, Materials & Processing Lab and ETECH 1, Engr. & Technology Lab.



Plumbing

Provide single bowl sink adjacent to eye wash.

Air Compressor system provided by Owner. Installation by General Contractor.

HVAC



Dust collection system provided by Owner. Installation by General Contractor. GC to provide wall sleeve and cap for exhaust outlet. Confirm size with manufacturer prior to installation.

Acoustics

Provide one (1) duplex receptacle outlet, and one (1) voice/data outlet at wall opposite video desk area.


3 Provide interior window between ETECH 1c (Control Room) and ETECH 1d (Video Room). Window dimensions: 6'w x 3" h>

4 Provide a raised platform ( + 6" ) at rear of room at ETECH 1d.

5 Provide or install the suspended shelf (celing mounted) for the Interactive board projector in ETECH 1,2,3.



FCS 1 Lab 1800 1 1800

FCS 2 Classroom 0 0 0 FCS 1

FCS 3 Office 150 1 150 FCS 1

FCS 4 Storage Room 150 1 150 FCS 1

Total Area SF 2100



MB FCS 1, FCS 2 4' x 4' 2

IB FCS 1, FCS 2 8' x 4' 1

TB FCS 1, FCS 2 4' x 4' 1

TB FCS 1, FCS 2 12' x 4' 1

MB FCS 2 4' x 4' 2

MB FCS 1 1

TB FCS 1 4' x 4' 1

IB FCS 2 1 OP. Installed by Owner on Teaching Wall.

CLK FCS 2 1 Locate at teaching wall.

SK2 FCS 1 4 Student Kitchen Demo areas.

SK1 FCS 1 1 Teacher Demo Workstation

PTD FCS 1 3

FCS 1 3

EH FCS 1 4 Student Kitchen Demo areas.

EH FCS 1 1 Teacher Demo Workstation

CT FCS 1 1 Teacher Demo Workstation

RGE FCS 1 4 Student Kitchen Demo areas.

REF FCS 1 2

TRC FCS 1 1

DW FCS 1 2 Student Kitchen Demo areas.

DR FCS 4 1

WA FCS 4 1

FE FCS 1 1

FE FCS 4 1

SHLV FCS 4 3'w x 15"d 8 Freestanding metal shelving.

OPS FCS 1 1 Ceiling mount.

CMP FCS 2 OP - refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

TB - Tack Board FE - Fire Extinguisher SH - Shelves TRC - Trash Compactor





Section 15.3 - FAMILY & CONSUMER SCIENCE

General Description


Equipment

The Family & Consumer Science program offers a unique focus on the inter-relationships between families and work; and prepares students for family life, work life, and careers. The lab is organized into several kitchen areas (student demo areas) resembling and including standard appliances as provided in a home environment, for "hands on" instruction; in addition to a classroom lecture space in view of the teacher demo area. Reference Georgia Performance Standards for these programs located at www.georgiastandards.com. Key Adjacency: Located adjacent to other Career Technology Labs on ground level in close proximity to exits for convenient installation of large equipment, and delivery of supplies.


MB - Marker Board CLK - Electronic Wall Clock DR - Dryer

TC - Teacher Cabinet AMD - Alarm Motion Detector WA - Washer

CT - Demo Table w/ Cook Top CMP - Computers (student) IB - Interactive Board

REF - Refrigerator OP - Owner Provided OPS - Overhead Projector Shelf

RGE - Elec./Gas Range, ADA PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser C/BKT-Component Bracket (wall mtd)

SD - Soap Dispenser


Walls: a All spaces

b All spaces

Floors: a FCS 1, FCS 2, FCS 3 Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces, w/ the exception of the following.

b FCS 1


b All spaces: Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures.


FCS 1 Lab Teacher Cabinet 1

Storage Cabinet 1

Base Cabinet 76 LF 1

Upper Cabinet 74 LF 1

Work Counter 1

FCS 2 Classroom Teacher Cabinet 1

Book Shelves 4 Low units @ window wall.


Student & Teacher Demo Areas:

Power: FCS 1

FCS 1, FCS 2

FCS 1

FCS 3 - Office

FCS 2 Refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

Clock: FCS 2 Provide receptacle for clock.

Intercom: FCS 2, FCS 3

Security: FCS 2 Provide junction box and raceway for alarm motion detector.

Data: FCS 2

FCS 3 - Office

DVD: FCS 2 Provide receptacle and TV/RGB outlet for DVD Player.

TV: FCS 2 Provide one (1) television outlet.

Projector: FCS 2 Provide ceiling mounted receptacle and data outlet for projector.

Other: FAMILY & CONSUMER

FAMILY & CONSUMER


1 FCS 1

2 FCS 1

3 FCS 1

4 FCS 1

5 FCS 4


Teaching Wall:


Finishes

Provide one (1) floor drain.


Provide one (1) data outlet adj to each quadraplex receptacle at desk and rear wall.

Provide four (4) double bowl sinks at Studen Kitchen Demo areas at perimeter of lab.

Provide one (1)single bowl at stand alone Teacher Demo Workstation.

Provide all necessary plumbing requirements for equipment listed above.

Provide two (2) floor drains. (One (1) @ each kitchenette area.)





Provide quarry tile w/ coved bull nose quarry tile base.

3'x2'x7'

3'x2'x7'

Provide four (4) double bowl sinks and one (1) Teacher Demo workstation w/single bowl sink and cooktop with hood.

3'x2'x7'

3' w x 12"d

Provide one (1) junction box for kitchen hood. Coordinate exact location with equipment provided at Student Kitchen Demo Areas & Teacher Demo Workstation.

Provide all necessary power and data for equipment listed above.

Provide ___(?) quadraplex receptacle outlets, above work counters at Student Kitchen Demo Area, Base Cabinet.

Casework

Utilities

Plumbing

Provide one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) adj to desk area and one (1) quadraplex receptacle (w/data) on rear wall.


1 FCS 1 Provide exhaust hood at each stove in lab area.

2 FCS 4 Provide dryer exhaust.

* Refer to Design Guidelines for HVAC system requirements.

1 n/a


2 Provide interior window between FCS 3 (Office) and FCS 1.

General Notes

HVAC

Acoustics



JROTC 1 Classroom 1500 1 1500 JROTC 3

JROTC 2 Office 150 1 150 JROTC 1

JROTC 3 Classroom 1500 1 1500 JROTC 1

JROTC 4 Cadet Office 150 1 150

JROTC 5 Office 200 1 200 JROTC 3

JROTC 6 Arms Room (Weapons Storage) 100 1 100

JROTC 7 Materials Storage 200 1 200 JROTC 4

JROTC 8 Uniform Storage (incl. 2 dressing stalls) 400 1 400 JROTC 1, JROTC 3

Total Area SF 4200



MB FCS 1, FCS 2 4' x 4' 2

IB FCS 1, FCS 2 8' x 4' 1

TB FCS 1, FCS 2 4' x 4' 1

TB FCS 1, FCS 2 12' x 4' 1

MB 4' x 4'

TB 4' x 4'

IB JROTC 1, JROTC 3 1 OP. Installed by Owner on Teaching Wall.

JROTC 1, JROTC 3 1 Locate at teaching wall.

CTR JROTC 8 ?

DB JROTC 8 2

FEC JROTC 8 1

UCR JROTC 8 OP

SHLV JROTC 7 3'w x 15" d 18 Freestanding metal shelving.

FCV JROTC 7 2"w x 30" d 4

GTC JROTC 1, JROTC 3 1 OP

CMP JROTC 1, JROTC 3 OP - refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

TB - Tack Board CTR - Curtain Rod SHLV - Shelving (metal) CMP - Computers (student)

MB - Marker Board DB - Dressing Bench CLK - Electronic Wall Clock C/BKT-Component Bracket (wall mtd)

IB - Interactive Board GTC - Glass Trophy Case FCV - File Cabinets (vert.)

UCR - Uniform Clothes Rack FEC - Fire Extinguisher Cabinet

Walls: a All spacesb All spaces

Floors: a JROTC 1, 3, 6, 7, 8

b JROTC 2, 4, 5





FinishesProvide paint finish. Refer to Design Guidelines for sheen. Water base, zero VOC paints are preferred.All walls to extend to underside of deck. Walls to be constructed of CMU.

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces, w/ the exception of the following.

Provide carpet tile w/4" rubber base.

Section 15.4 - JROTC

General Description


Equipment

The purpose of Junior ROTC (JROTC) is to instill the concepts of leadership, scholarship, and citizenship in students through classroom instruction, uniforms inspection, and close order drill. Students learn and practice leadership skills by directing other students during classroom sessions. The Arms Room stores drill and air rifles used for extracurricular activities. (Color Guard, Drill Team, Rifle Team). Uniform Storage provides all student uniform materials, normally for 125% of the student load, to ensure all cadets are in uniform. Classroom design supports three levels of JROTC classes taught simultaneously; enabling each classroom period (100 students per class period) to function independently while remaining part of the whole unit. Provide capability to separate the two required classrooms by an operable partition providing the opportunity for all students to assemble in a single space. Key Adjacency: ____________?


Ceilings: a All Spaces Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile in all spaces, with the exeption of JROTC 8.

b All Spaces Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces, with the exception of JROTC 8.


c All Spaces Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height in all spaces, with the exception of JROTC 8.

d JROTC 8 Open to structure (OTS)

e JROTC 8 Provide surface mounted fluorescent fixtures.


JROTC 8 Built-in shelves (Adjustable) 54 LF 14 Shelf unit dimensions.

L-shaped configuration. 4 shelves high

JROTC 8 Uniform Storage Dressing Benches 2 Dressing Benches w/mounted robe hook.

JROTC 8 Uniform Storage Uniform Clothes Rack

JROTC 1, 3 Classroom Teachers Cabinet


Power: Classroom Computer Area:

JROTC 1, JROTC 3 Provide power and data drops for four (4) student computers, wall mounted.

JROTC 1, JROTC 3

JROTC 1, JROTC 3

JROTC 2, 5 - Office

Clock: JROTC 1, JROTC 3 Provide receptacle for clock.

Intercom: JROTC 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

Data: JROTC 1, JROTC 3

JROTC 2, 5 - Office Provide two (2) data outlets.

DVD: JROTC 1, JROTC 3 Provide receptacle and TV/RGB outlet for DVD Player.

TV: JROTC 1, JROTC 3 Provide one (1) television outlet

Projector: JROTC 1, JROTC 3 Provide ceiling mounted receptacle and data outlet for projector.

Other: JROTC

JROTC


1 None.


1 n/a


2 Provide interior window in offices, JROTC 2 and JROTC 4.

Teaching Wall:


Provide three (3) quadraplex receptacles, and one (1) data outlets @ ____ " AFF.


Casework

Utilities

Size (wxdxh)

4'x12"x8'

3'x2'x7'


General Notes

Plumbing

HVAC

Acoustics






CA 1 Lab 2150 1 2150

CA 2 Classroom 0 1 0 CA 1

CA 3 Office 150 1 150 CA 1

CA 4 Pantry 220 1 220 CA 1

CA 5 Linen Storage 100 1 100 CA 1

Total Area SF 2620



MB CA 1, CA 2 4' x 4' 2

IB CA 1, CA 2 8' x 4' 1

TB CA 1, CA 2 4' x 4' 1

TB CA 1, CA 2 12' x 4' 1

MB CA 2 4' x 4' 2

TB CA 1, CA 2 4' x 4' 1

IB CA 2 1 OP. Installed by Owner on Teaching Wall.

CLK CA 2 1 Locate at teaching wall.

DR CA 5 1

WA CA 5 1

CA 4 1

MS CA 4 7

PDP CA 1 8

OPS CA 2 1 Ceiling mount.

CMP OP - refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

AMD CA 2 1

FE CA 1 2

IM CA 1 1

FSS CA 1, CA 2

EH CA 1 1

HSK CA 1 3

PTD CA 1 As required.

SD CA 1 As required.

PPS CA 1 1

FS CA 1 2

HR CA 1 1 Wall mount.

Section 16.1 - CULINARY ARTS

General Description


Equipment

The Culinary Arts program prepares students for employment in food industry careers such as; food production and services, food science, nutrition, and hospitality. Included in the course of study are skills in such areas as career planning, food safety and sanitation, accident and injury prevention, kitchen basics, use and care of commercial utensils and equipment, preparation of commercial food items, the art of service, controlling costs, food management functions, and customer relations. In addition to classroom and laboratory work, students will participate in work-based learing experiences. Successful students will receive a Prostart certificate from the National Restaurant Association. Students must meet demanding criteria in order to be places in an internship or apprenticeship. Georgia Performance Standards for these programs are located at www.georgiastandards.com. Reference for room layout, equipment and casework configuration. Key Adjacency: XXXXXXXXXX?






TB - Tack Board IM - Ice Maker FE - Fire Extinguisher IB - Interactive Board

MB - Marker Board EH - Exhaust Hood

OPS - Overhead Projector Shelf PPS - Pot & Pan Sink AMD - Alarm Motion Detector

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock FS - Floor Sink PDP - Pull down reel power cord

FSS - Fire Suppression System OPS - Overhead Projector Shelf C/BKT-Component Bracket (wall mtd)

MS - Metal Shelving (industrial) CMP - Computers (student) Video/Bkt-Recorder bracket (wall mtd.)

* Reference Design Guidelines for complete list of prostart kitchen equipment.

HSK - Hand Sink (wall mount)


Walls: a Provide paint finish. Refer to Design Guideline for sheen. Water base, low VOC paints are preferred.

Floors: a CA 2, 3, 4, 5

b CA 1

Ceilings: a CA 2, CA 3, CA 5 Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile (ACT).

b CA 1, CA 4 Provide 2x2 stainless steel ceiling tile.

c All Spaces Provide 2x4 fluorescent fixtures in all spaces.

d CA 3, CA 4, CA 5 Provide minimum 9'-4" ceiling height.

e CA 1, CA 2 Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height in lab and classroom areas.

Space No. Room Name Unit Type Unit Length Qty Size (wxdxh) Notes

CA 2 Classroom Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1

CA 4 Pantry Base Cabinet 18 LF Provide lockable base cabinet.

Upper Cabinet 18 LF Provide lockable upper cabinet.

Work Counter 18 LF

CA 5 Linen Storage Base Cabinet 11 LF Provide lockable base cabinet.

Upper Cabinet 11 LF Provide lockable upper cabinet.

Work Counter 11 LF


Power: CA 1 Provide junction box for kitchen exhaust hood.

CA 3 - Office

Clock: CA 2 Provide receptacle for clock.

Intercom: CA 2, CA 3

Security:

Data: CA 2

CA 3 - Office

DVD: CA 2 Provide receptacle and TV/RGB outlet for DVD Player.

Projector: CA 2 Provide ceiling mounted receptacle and data outlet for projector.

Fire Alarm: CA 4 Provide ceiling mounted horn or strobe.

Other: CULINARY ARTS

CULINARY ARTS


1

2 Provide sanitary and vent piping for floor drains as required in CA 1 (4), and CA5 (1).


2 Provide all necessary HVAC for equipment listed in GDOE guidelines.

3 Provide dryer exhaust in CA 5.

4 Provide exhaust hood over cooking area equipment in CA 1.

5 Provide condensate hood over potwasher equipment in CA 1.


Plumbing

HVAC

Acoustics

Provide all necessary plumpbing for equipment listed in GDOE and DeKalb Design Guidelines.




Teaching Wall:


Provide junction box and raceway for alarm motion detectors , ceiling mounted.


Utilities

3'x2'x7'

Finishes

Provide 6" x 6" quarry tile w/ coved bull nose quarry tile base.

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base.

Casework




2 Provide interior window in office, CA 3.

3 Coordinate all kitchen equipment locations.

General Notes



HS 1 Lab (incl. Nurses Station) 2080 1 2080

HS 1 a Patient Cot Areas 0 3 0 HS 1

HS 2 Classroom 0 1 0 HS 1

HS 3 Office 150 1 150 HS 1

HS 4 Toilet 100 1 100 HS 1

HS 5 Kitchen / Laundry 150 1 150 HS 1

Total Area SF 2480



MB HS 1, HS 2 4' x 4' 2

IB HS 1, HS 2 8' x 4' 1

TB HS 1, HS 2 4' x 4' 1

TB HS 1, HS 2 12' x 4' 1

TB HS 1, HS 2 4' x 4' 1

MB HS 1, HS 2 4' x 4' 1

IB HS 2 1 OP. Installed by Owner on Teaching Wall.

CLK HS 2 1 Locate at teaching wall.

TH HS 4 1

GB HS 4 1

ND HS 4 1

HS 4 1

SC HS 4 1

SS HS 4 1

MI HS 4 1

DR HS 5 1

WA HS 5 1

REF HS 5 1

DW HS 5 1

RGE HS 5 1

EH HS 5 1

FE HS 5 1

SK HS 4 1

SK HS 5 1

HSK HS 1a 3

HSK HS 1 3

USK HS 5 1

Section 16.2 - HEALTH SCIENCE

General Description


Equipment

Health Science prepares students for professional careers in Pharmacy, Nursing, EMT, Medical Lab Technology, Medical Information Technology, Public Health, and Dental Technology. Health Science students study the various systems within the human body, disease, health care programs, and medical ethics. Georgia Performance Standards for these programs are located at www.georgiastandards.com. Reference for room layout, equipment and casework configuration. Key Adjacency: Physical Education and Science Labs.






TDD HS 4 1

SD HS 4 1

PTC HS 1a 3

PCT HS 1a 3

OPS HS 2 1 Ceiling mount.


AMD HS 2 1 Ceiling mount.

CMP HS 2 OP - refer to Instructional Technology requirements.

TB - Tack Board DR - Dryer TH - Toilet Tissue Dispenser CMP - Computers (Student)

MB - Marker Board WA - Washer REF - Refrigerator (w/ ice maker)

BC - Book Cases FE - Fire Extinguisher ND - Napkin Disposal Cabinet C/BKT-Component Bracket (wall mtd)

CLK - Electronic Wall Clock PTC - Patient Cot NDD - Napkin Disposal Cab. Video/Bkt-Recorder bracket (wall mtd.)

IB - Interactive Board PCT - Patient Curtain/Track TDD -Towel Dispenser Disposal OP - Owner Provided

DW - Dish Washer SC - Curtain Rod & Shower Curtain

RGE - Elec./Gas Range, ADA MI - Mirrors 18 " w x 36" h SD - Surface mtd. Soap dispenser

USK - Utility Sink EH - Exhaust Hood AMD - Alarm Motion Detector PTD - Paper Towel Dispenser

SD - Soap Dispenser

* Reference Design Guidelines for complete list of kitchen/laundry equipment. OPS - Overhead Projection Screen


b All spaces

Floors: a All Spaces

b HS 3 Provide carpet w/ 4" rubber base.

c HS 4

Ceilings: a All Spaces Provide 2x2 standard acoustical ceiling tile (ACT).


c HS 1a Provide minimum 8'-0" ceiling height.

d HS 3, HS 4, HS 5 Provide minimum 9'-4" ceiling height.

e HS 1, HS 2 Provide minimum 10'-0" ceiling height in lab and classroom areas if adjoined if adjoined.


HS 1 Lab Work Counter (w/sinks): 1

Base Cabinet (lockable) 22 LF

Upper Cabinet (lockable) 22 LF

HS 1 Lab Nurses Station: 1

Base Cabinet (lockable) 8 LF

Upper Cabinet (lockable) 8 LF

HS 2 Classroom Teachers Cabinet (lockable) 1 3'x2'x7'

Book Cases 6 3'x12"x30"

HS 4 Toilet Built-in shelves (wooden) 3 LF 1 36"x12"x44"

( 3 shelf unit )

HS 5 Kitchen / Laundry Base Cabinet (lockable) 12 LF (1) utility sink.


Power: HS 5 Provide junction box for kitchen exhaust hood.

HS 3 - Office


HS 2

Clock: HS 2 Provide receptacle for clock.

Intercom: HS 2, HS 3

Security: HS 2 Provide junction box and raceway for alarm motion detectors , ceiling mounted.

SK - Sink

GB - Grab Bars

SS - Shower Seat

Finishes

Provide vinyl composition tile w/ 4 " rubber base in all spaces w/ the following exceptions.

HSK - Hand Sink (wall mount)

Utilities

Teaching Wall:

Refer to Instructional Technology requirements and Design Guidelines.




Locate in alcove adjacent to shower area. Mounting height, 3"-4" AFF.

Provide upper and base cabinets w/ two (2) single bowl sinks.

Provide L-shaped reception desk (w/ solid surface counter top. Provide cabinets w/ one (1) single bowl sink and solid surface work counter.

Provide ceramic tile (CT) w/ ceramic base.



Data: HS 2

HS 3 - Office

DVD: HS 2 Provide receptacle and TV/RGB outlet for DVD Player.

TV: Provide one (1) television outlet.

Projector: HS 2 Provide ceiling mounted receptacle and data outlet for projector.




Other: HEALTH SCIENCES

HEALTH SCIENCES

*Instructional Technology outline technology infrastructure (i.e. power, data, cabling, voice/data) requirements for rooms within the school.

1

2 HS 1 Provide domestic CW, HW, and sanitary piping and vent for three (3) sinks listed below.

Work Counter: Provide two (2) single bowl sinks.

Nurses Station: Provide one (1) single bowl sink.

3 HS 1a

4 HS 4 Provide domestic CW, HW, and sanitary piping for shower; and sanitary piping for floor drain.

5 HS 5 Provide domestic CW, HW, and sanitary piping and vent for one (1) kitchen sink.

Provide domestic CW, HW, and sanitary piping and vent for one (1) utility sink.

Provide domestic CW, HW, and sanitary piping and vent for one (1) washer.

Provide domestic CW, HW, and sanitary piping for shower; and sanitary piping for floor drain.


2 Provide all necessary HVAC for equipment listed in GDOE guidelines.

3 Provide dryer exhaust in HS 5.

4 Provide exhaust hood over cooking range in HS 5.



2 Provide interior window in office, HS 3.

General Notes

Plumbing

Provide all necessary plumbing for equipment listed in GDOE guidelines….or…DeKalb Design Guidelines.

HVAC

Provide CW for ice maker in refrigerator, shut -off valve and backflow preventer.

Provide HW for dishwasher, shut -off valve and backflow preventer.

Patient Cot Areas: Provide one (1) single bowl sink per each cot area. Provide domestic CW,HW,sanitary piping.



Acoustics


2

4710

14

1921

2933

38 Duplicate?

4245

50 Duplicate?55

63

79

APPENDIX A

HIGH SCHOOL - Square Footage Summary


Activity / Space

Space No. Room Name 80 IU's 84 IU's TSF NSF Qty TSF NSF Qty TSF

1525 FTE 1600 FTE 2

A B C D E F G H

Section 01 Classroom Type I - (Eng./World Lang./Math/SS + ISS) 80 IU's 84 IU's

CR1 1 English 12 12 4 700 12 8400 800 12 9600

CR1 1 World Language 5 5 7 700 5 3500 800 5 4000

CR1 1 Mathematics 12 11 10 700 13 9100 800 11 8800

CR1 1 Social Studies 12 11 14 700 9 6300 800 11 8800

CR1 1 In School Suspension 3 3 600 700 1 700 800 3 2400

CR1 2 Computer Labs 1 1 1000 940 3 2820 1000 1 1000

Total NSF 45 43 19 30820 34600

Section 02 Classroom Type II - (Science) 21

CR2 1 Science Labs 1200 1117 12 13404 1600 14 22400

CR2 2 Prep/Storage Room 0 370 6 2220 200 7 1400

Total NSF 12 14 29 15624 23800

EDUCATIONAL COMMON SPACES 33


MC 1 Main Reading Room 3011 1 3011 5300 1 5300

MC 2 Conference Room 328 1 328 250 1 250

MC 3 Offices 38 Duplicate? 2 #VALUE! 150 2 300

MC 4 Audio / Visual Non-Print Storage 536 1 536 500 1 500

MC 5 Media Production / Distribution 395 1 395 400 1 400

MC 6 Workroom 336 1 336 350 1 350

MC 6 a Toilet 42 50 1 50 50 1 50

MC 7 Reading Room 45 321 1 321 300 1 300

Total NSF 1 1 7125 #VALUE! 7450

Section 04 ART

Art Lab (2-D) 50 Duplicate? 1 #VALUE! 1600 1 1600

ART 2 Office (1 Person) 55 198 1 198 150 1 150

ART 3 Storage 165 1 165 170 1 170

ART 4 Art Lab (3-D) 1412 1 1412 1600 1 1600

ART 5 Kiln Room 165 1 165 150 1 150

ART 6 Office (2 Person) 198 1 198 150 1 150

Total NSF 1 2 63 #VALUE! 3820

Section 05 MUSICINSTRUMENTAL (Band / Orchestra)

IM 1 Band Room 2219 1 2219 2200 1 2200

IM 2 Storage - Uniform 307 1 307 400 1 400

IM 3 Storage - Band Equipment 79 443 1 443 400 1 400

IM 4 Practice Rooms 144 2 288 100 2 200

IM 5 Office (Band Director) 139 1 139 150 1 150

IM 6 Music Library 138 1 138 150 1 150

IM 7 Orchestra Room 821 1 821 2000 1 2000

IM 8 Storage - Orchestra Equipment 88 443 1 443 400 1 400

IM 9 Band/Music Corridor (internal circulation) 100 139 1 139 140 1 140

Instrumental Subtotal 1 2 124 SubTotal NSF 4937 6040CHORAL (Choral / Key Boarding) 125

CM 1 Chorus Classroom 1414 1 1414 1800 1 1800

CM 2 Chorus Equipment Storage 114 1 114 200 1 200

CM 3 Office 105 1 105 150 1 150

CM 4 Keyboard Classroom 731 1 731 800 1 800

CM 5 Music Library 207 1 207 150 1 150

CM 6 Practice Rooms 183 2 366 100 2 200

CM 7 Storage - Uniform 60 1 60 200 1 200

Choral Subtotal 1 2 1800 SubTotal NSF 2997 3500

Total NSF 2 4 1924 7934 9540

FTE 1600 (84 IU's)

APPENDIX A - REAL INVENTORY NUMBERS (need to populate) 9.25.11

HIGH SCHOOL - Square Footage Allocations (4/14/11 / 5/30/11) 07.28.11 ed spec meetings, 09/4/11 - finished, Rev. 9.26.11, 10.11.11, 10.24DOE Minumum State Inventory Plans (THS) Proposed

GENERAL CLASSROOMS FTE 1525 (80 IU's) FTE 1600 (84 IU's)


Activity / Space


1525 FTE 1600 FTE 2

A B C D E F G H




Section 06 DRAMA

DR 1 Classroom 1537 1 1537 1520 1 1520

Total NSF 1 1 1500 1537 1520

Section 07 PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Gymnasium:

PE 1 a. Main Gym 16721 1 16721 16000 1 16000

b. Mezzanine Track 6223 1 6223 6200 1 6200

c. Visitors Locker Room 278 1 278 250 1 250

Boy's:

PE 2 a. P.E. Locker Room 894 1 894 900 1 900

b. Showers 146 1 146 300 1 300

c. Toilet 240 1 240 300 1 300

d. Janitor Closet 37 1 37 40 1 40

e. Athletic Locker Room 1810 1 1810 1800 1 1800

f. Locker Room Common Area (internal circulation) 640 1 640 500 1 500

Girls:

PE 3 a. P.E. Locker Room 756 1 756 800 1 800

b. Showers 634 1 634 600 1 600

c. Toilet (incl. in shower area) 0 1 0 0 1 0

d. Janitor Closet 37 1 37 40 1 40

e. Athletic Locker Room 1089 1 1089 1080 1 1080

f. Locker Room Common Area (internal circulation) 450 1 450 500 1 500

Coach / Support Areas:

PE 4 a. Coach Workroom 439 2 878 400 2 800

b. Coach Office (incl./toilet & shower 92 sf) 292 6 1752 290 6 1740

c. Laundry 289 1 289 300 1 300

d. PE Office (Boy's & Girl's) incl. 45 sf closet 449 2 898 400 2 800

e. Training Room (Boy's & Girl's)(incl./ 1 toilet & shower 92 sf 374 2 748 400 2 800

PE 5 Storage:

a. Storage - athletic (outdoor) 350 1 350 350 1 350

b. Storage - athletic 875 1 875 875 1 875

c. Storage - physical education 424 2 848 424 1 424

d. Storage - athletic 794 1 794 794 1 794

PE Subtotal 1 1 25000 SubTotal NSF 37387 36193

PE 6 Wellness:

a. Health Service Lab 1187 1 1187 1187 1 1187

b. Health Classroom 823 2 1646 823 2 1646

c. Multi-Purpose Room 2706 1 2706 2706 1 2706

Multi-Purpose Room Storage Closet 239 1 239 239 1 239

Health Subtotal 2 2 600 5778 5778

Total NSF 3 3 25600 43165 41971


Section 08 SPECIAL EDUCATION (Severe and Profound)

Special Needs Suite (SPED 1 thru SPED 3):

SPED 1 Suite Classrooms (w/o kitchenette) 543 1 543 800 1 800

SPED 1 a Suite Classrooms (w/ kitchenette) 543 1 543 800 1 800

SPED 2 Adaptive Toilet (shared) 147 1 147 150 1 150

SPED 3 Office (Itinerant) 129 1 129 150 1 150

SPED 4 Classrooms (Incl. General & Vision Resource Rm.) 700 4 2800 800 6 4800

Total NSF 6 6 600 4162 6700

SUPPORT SPACES


Activity / Space


1525 FTE 1600 FTE 2

A B C D E F G H




Section 09 AUDITORIUM

Auditorium:

AUD 1 a. Auditorium & Pit 5949 1 5949 6000 1 6000

b. Auditorium Entrance Vestibules 0 2 0 0 2 0

c. Auditorium Spiral Access Stair Room 0 1 0 0 1 0

d. Suspended Catwalk 0 1 0 0 1 0

AUD 2 Costume Room 254 1 254 250 1 250

AUD 3 Storage Room 231 1 231 200 1 200

AUD 4 Stage 1690 1 1690 1700 1 1700

AUD 5 Scene Shop & Storage 969 1 969 1000 1 1000

AUD 6 Dressing Room (Boy's & Girls) 248 2 496 250 2 500

AUD 7 Toilet Room (shared) 72 1 72 70 1 70

Mechanical Mezzanine:

AUD 8 a. Auditorium Control Room 250 1 250 200 1 200

b. Dim Panel Room 0 1 0 0 1 0

Auditorium / Gym Support Spaces (shared):

AUD 9 a. Lobby (Hall of Fame) / Corridor 0 1 0 0 1 0

b. Concessions 255 1 255 300 1 300

c. Concession Storage Closet 60 1 60 50 1 50

d. Ticketing 349 1 349 150 1 150

e. Women's Toilet 409 1 409 420 1 420

f. Men's Toilet 424 1 424 420 1 420

g. IDF Room 0 1 0 0 1 0

Total NSF 0 0 15000 11408 11260



ADM 1 Reception Lobby 730 1 730 600 1 600

ADM 2 Principal's Office 358 1 358 330 1 330

ADM 2 a Closet 21 1 21 20 1 20

ADM 2 b Toilet 49 1 49 50 1 50

ADM 3 Conference Room 428 1 428 420 1 420

ADM 4 Attendance Office 176 1 176 150 1 150

ADM 5 Book Keeper Office 196 1 196 150 1 150

ADM 6 Vault/Records Rm. 76 1 76 150 1 150

ADM 7 Clinic 239 1 239 250 1 250

ADM 7 a Toilet 49 1 49 50 1 50

ADM 8 Toilet Rooms (Staff) 50 2 100 50 2 100

ADM 9 Lounge 223 1 223 200 1 200

ADM 10 Mail Room 270 1 270 250 1 250

ADM 11 Workroom 274 1 274 250 1 250

ADM 12 Intercom Equipment Alcove (incl. in workroom) 0 1 0 0 1 0

ADM 13 Admin Suite Corridor (int. circ.) 0 1 0 0 1 0


ADM 18 Test Storage 100 1 100

ADM 19 Data Room 145 1 145

SubTotal NSF 3189 3600

Workrooms:

ADM 14 Faculty Workroom 448 4 1792 450 4 1800

ADM 14 a Toilet 50 8 400 50 8 400

ADM 14 Faculty Workroom (Security Resurce Officer) 426 1 426 450 1 450

ADM 14 a Toilet (Security Resource Officer) 50 2 100 50 2 100

ADM 15 Satellite Administration Suites:

ADM 15 a Assistant Principal Office (2nd fl.) 115 1 115 150 1 150

ADM 15 b Administrative Assistant Office 657 1 657 150 1 150


Activity / Space


1525 FTE 1600 FTE 2

A B C D E F G H




ADM 15 c Conference Room 383 1 383 350 1 350

ADM 15 a Assistant Principal Office (3rd fl.) 361 1 361 150 1 150


Activity / Space


1525 FTE 1600 FTE 2

A B C D E F G H






ADM 15 a Assistant Principal Office (4th fl.) 124 1 124 150 1 150



Miscellaneous Offices:

ADM 16 Coach Office (Soccer) 118 1 118 150 1 150

Plant Engineer Office 113 1 113 150 1 150

Security Resource Officer (SRO) 118 1 118 150 1 150

Asst. Principal Office (2nd fl.) 122 1 122 150 1 150

Office (Golf & Tennis) 140 1 140 150 1 150

SubTotal NSF 5842 5450

Total NSF 0 0 4000 9031 9050


CSG 1 Counselor Lobby 578 1 578 500 1 500

CSG 2 Head Counselor Office 180 1 180 150 1 150

CSG 3 Registrar Office 174 1 174 174 1 174

CSG 4 Counselor Offices 174 2 348 174 2 348

CSG 5 AP Office 180 1 180 150 1 150

CSG 6 Vault / Records Room 150 1 150 150 1 150

CSG 7 Conference Room (incl . Closet) 201 1 201 350 1 350

CSG 7 a Closet 76 1 76 20 1 20

CSG 8 Career Center (open area) 162 1 162 150 1 150

CSG 9 Toilet Room 46 1 46 50 1 50

CSG 10 Counseling Suite Corridor (internal circulation) 0 1 0 0 1 0

CSG 11 Graduation Specialist (relocated from Administration) 154 1 154 150 1 150

CSG 12 Testing Room 1 0

Total NSF 2249 2192


Kitchen Area:

KIT 1 Preparation Kitchen 1823 1 1823 1600 1 1600

KIT 2 Cooler (Walk-in) 0 1 0 200 1 200

KIT 3 Freezer (walk-in) 0 1 0 400 1 400

KIT 4 Dry Storage 474 1 474 500 1 500

KIT 5 Office 146 1 146 150 1 150

KIT 6 Staff Area:

KIT 6 a Locker / Laundry Room 151 1 151 150 1 150

KIT 6 b Toilet 47 1 47 50 1 50

KIT 7 Servery 3178 1 3178 1200 1 1200

KIT 8 Dish Wash 289 1 289 350 1 350

KIT 9 Can Wash Room (exterior) 67 1 67 60 1 60

Kitchen Subtotal 0 0 4000 SubTotal NSF 6175 4660

Cafeteria:

CAF 1 Cafeteria (Student Dining) 7292 1 7292 7800 1 7800

CAF 2 Storage (Table /Chair) 85 2 170 100 2 200

CAF 3 Vending Area (incl. in Cafeteria) 0 1 0 0 1 0

Cafeteria Subtotal 0 0 7619 SubTotal NSF 7462 8000

Total NSF 0 0 11619 13637 12660


Section 13 BUILDING SERVICES (J.M. List)

Storage:

BS 1 Book Storage 406 1 406 600 3 1800


Activity / Space


1525 FTE 1600 FTE 2

A B C D E F G H




BS 2 General Building Storage (new) 0 1 0 250 6 1500

Custodial (Maintenance Rooms):

BS 3 a. Maintenance Room 82 1 82 70 1 70

b. Maintenance Room 62 2 124 70 2 140

c. Maintenance Room (exterior) 182 1 182 180 1 180

Branch Custodial Closets:

BS 4 a. Janitor Closet 37 1 37 40 8 320

b. Janitor Closet-cafeteria corridor 70 1 70 0 0 0

c. Janitor 49 1 49 0 0 0

d. Janitor - cr wing - triangle 24 1 24 0 0 0

e. Janitor - cr wing - triangle 24 1 24 0 0 0

f. Janitor - cr wing - triangle 24 1 24 0 0 0

g. Janitor 49 1 49 0 0 0

h. Janitor 37 1 37 0 0 0


Main Mechanical Rooms

BS 5 a. Main Mechanical Room 1058 1 1058 875 2 1750

b. Main Mechanical Room 684 1 684 0 0 0

BS 6 Branch Mechanical Rooms

a. Cafeteria - Mechanical Room 334 1 334 300 1 300

b. Elevator - Mechanical Equipment Room 82 1 82 80 1 80

c. Gym - Mechanical Room 64 1 64 70 1 70

d. Gym - Mechanical Room (Boiler Room) 224 1 224 200 1 200

BS 7 a. Mechanical Attic 0 1 0 0 1 0

b. Mezzanine Access Rooms 198 1 198 200 1 200

b. Mezzanine Access Rooms 75 1 75 75 1 75

c. Mechanical Yard (outdoor) 0 1 0 0 1 0

BS 8 Emergency Generator Room 368 1 368 350 1 350

Main Electrical Rooms

BS 9 a. Main Electrical Room 260 1 260 250 4 1000

b. Main Electrical Room 229 1 229 0 0 0

c. Main Electrical Room (224 + IDF 48) 224 1 224 0 0 0

Data Room 48 1 48 0 0 0

BS 10 Branch Electrical Rooms

a. Electrical Room 63 1 63 75 7 525

b. Electrical Room 90 1 90 0 0 0

c. Electrical Room 83 1 83 0 0 0

d. Electrical Room 75 1 75 0 0 0

e. Electrical Room 75 1 75 0 0 0

f. Electrical Room 75 1 75 0 0 0

g. Electrical Room 63 1 63 0 0 0

BS 11 Main Distribution Frame (MDF) Room 136 1 136 0 0 0

BS 12 Intermediate Distribution Frame (IDF) Room

a. Data Room 75 1 75 75 5 375

b. Data Room 75 1 75 0 0 0

c. Data Room 75 1 75 0 0 0

d. Data Room 75 1 75 0 0 0

e. Data Room 75 1 75 0 0 0

MIS:

BS 13 IT Office (CTSS) 140 1 140 150 1 150

BS 14 IT Server Room 136 1 136 150 1 150

Restrooms:

BS 15 Boy's - Student Restrooms @ classroom wings 303 6 1818 350 6 2100

BS 16 Girl's - Student Restrooms @ classroom wings 303 6 1818 350 6 2100

BS 17 Cafeteria - Girl's Restroom 244 1 244 250 1 250


Activity / Space


1525 FTE 1600 FTE 2

A B C D E F G H




BS 18 Cafeteria - Boy's Restroom 238 1 238 250 1 250

Miscellaneous:

BS 19 Corridors (See Section D, Public Commons) 0 1 0 0 0 0

Note: Loading Dock / Compactor Area (outdoor) 0 0

Total NSF 10385 13935

CAREER TECHNOLOGY & OPTIONAL PROGRAMS


Section 15.1 BUSINESS & COMPUTER SCIENCE

BCS 1 Business Lab 1744 4 6976 1800 4 7200

a. Supply Closet 225 4 900 200 4 800

b. Office 114 4 456 150 4 600

BCS 2 Business Classroom ( 2 CR's combined) 1410 1 1410 1600 1 1600

Total NSF 5 4 1800 9742 10200

Section 15.2 ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY

ETEC 1 Engineering & Technology Lab 1844 1 1844 3000 1 3000

a. Office 118 1 118 150 1 150

b. Storage Room 137 1 137 150 1 150

c. Control Room 121 1 121 150 1 150

d. Video Room 250 1 250 250 1 250

ETEC 2 Materials & Processing Lab 1238 1 1238 1800 1 1800

a. Supply Storage 148 1 148 200 1 200

ETEC 3 Engineering, Drawing & Design Lab (CAD) 1280 1 1280 1800 1 1800

a. Office 160 1 160 150 1 150

ETEC 4 Rapid Prototyping Room 1 0

Total NSF 1 1 3600 5296 7650

Section 15.3 FAMILY & CONSUMER SCIENCES

FCS 1 Lab 1806 1 1806 1800 1 1800

FCS 2 Classroom (incl. in lab) 0 1 0 0 0 0

FCS 3 Office 114 1 114 150 1 150

FCS 4 Storage Room 168 1 168 150 1 150

Total NSF 1 1 2100 2088 2100

Section 15.4 JUNIOR ROTC

JROTC 1 Classroom 1528 1 1528 1500 1 1500

JROTC 2 Office 108 1 108 150 1 150

JROTC 3 Classroom 1619 1 1619 1500 1 1500

JROTC 4 Cadet Office 424 1 424 150 1 150

JROTC 5 Office 287 1 287 200 1 200

JROTC 6 Arms Room (Weapons Storage) 122 1 122 100 1 100

JROTC 7 Materials Storage 447 1 447 200 1 200

JROTC 8 Unitform Storage 1365 1 1365 400 1 400

Total NSF 1 2 2800 5900 4200

Grand Total NSF 8 8 10300 23026 24150

A Sub-Total Basic Programs: (Net SF) 79 82 77779 #VALUE! 202648Section 16 OPTIONAL PROGRAMS (CT)

Section 16.1 Culinary Classroom

CA 1 Lab 2151 1 2151 2150 1 2150

CA 2 Classroom (incl. in Lab) 0 1 0 0 1 0

CA 3 Office 108 1 108 150 1 150

CA 4 Pantry 223 1 223 220 1 220

CA 5 Linen Storage 111 1 111 100 1 100

Total NSF 1 1 2430 2593 2620


Activity / Space


1525 FTE 1600 FTE 2

A B C D E F G H




Section 16.2 Health Science

HS 1 Lab 2084 1 2084 2080 1 2080

HS 1 a Patient Cot Areas 0 3 0 0 3 0

HS 2 Classroom (incl. in Lab) 0 1 0 0 1 0

HS 3 Office 108 1 108 150 1 150

HS 4 Toilet 101 1 101 100 1 100

HS 5 Kitchen / Laundry 156 1 156 150 1 150

Total NSF 1 1 1995 2449 2480

B Sub-Total Optional Programs: (Net SF) 2 2 4425 5042 5100

C Tota (A+B): Basic + Optional Programs (Net SF) 81 84 82204 #VALUE! 207748

D Public Commons:

Entrance Vestibule 0 0

Main Lobby 0 0

Corridors 0 0

Stairs 0 0

Elevator 0 0

Subtotal NSF 0 0

Walls and Circulation @ .345 Net Building Area #VALUE! 96400

E GRAND TOTAL (C x Grossing Factor 1.345%): Total Building Gross Sq. Footage #VALUE! 279421

Section 14 OUTDOOR AREAS


OS 1 Outdoor Educational Spaces 0 1 0 0 0 0

OS 2 Outdoor Art Work Space 0 1 0 0 0 0

OS 3 Loading Dock / Trash Compactor Area 0 1 0 0 0 0

Total NSF 0 0

Section 14.2 SITE FACILITIES

SF 1 Softball Field 0 1 0 0 0 0

SF 2 Baseball Field 0 1 0 0 0 0

SF 3 Softball Dugout 0 1 0 0 0 0

SF 4 Baseball Dugout 0 1 0 0 0 0

SF 5 Football Field (combines with track 0 1 0 0 0 0

SF 6 Track - 8 lane 0 1 0 0 0 0

SF 7 Multi-purpose Practice Field 0 1 0 0 0 0

SF 8 Tennis Courts 0 2 0 0 0 0

SF 9 Track Shot and Discus Areas 0 1 0 0 0 0

SF 10 Concessions / Press Box combo * 0 2 0 0 0 0

SF 11 Batting Cage * 0 1 0 0 0 0

SF 12 Maintenance Storage Facility 0 1 0 0 0 0

SF 13 Outdoor Sports Storage 0 1 0 0 0 0

Total NSF 0 0

Section 14.3 STADIUM: (Home Side)

STAD 1 Ticket Booth 0 1 0 0 0 0

STAD 2 Concessions 0 1 0 0 0 0

STAD 3 Public Toilets 0 2 0 0 0 0

STAD 4 Referee's Room (w/toilet & shower) 0 1 0 0 0 0

STAD 5 Custodial Service Room 0 1 0 0 0 0

STAD 6 Electrical Room 0 1 0 0 0 0

STAD 7 Bleacher Seats 0 1 0 0 0 0

STAD 8 Press Box 0 1 0 0 0 0

STADIUM: (Visitors Side)

STAD 9 Ticket Booth 0 1 0 0 0 0

STAD 10 Concessions 0 1 0 0 0 0


Activity / Space


1525 FTE 1600 FTE 2

A B C D E F G H




STAD 11 Public Toilets 0 2 0 0 0 0

STAD 12 Referee's Room (w/toilet & shower) 0 1 0 0 0 0

STAD 13 Custodial Service Room 0 1 0 0 0 0

STAD 14 Electrical Room 0 1 0 0 0 0

STAD 15 Bleacher Seats 0 1 0 0 0 0

STAD 16 Press Box 0 1 0 0 0 0

Subtotal NSF 0 0

Total NSF 0 0


2

4710

14

1921

2933

38 Duplicate?

4245

50 Duplicate?55

63

79

APPENDIX B

HIGH SCHOOL - Furnishings, Fixtures & Equipment (Provided by DCS)


NOTES

SECTION 01 CLASSROOM TYPE I - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Social S

tudies Clas

sroom

2 Math C

omputer Lab

World Lan

guag

e Clas

sroom

Reading Lab

/ Tes

ting R

oom

Languag

e Arts

Classro

om

Compute

r Writ

ing Lab

In -Sch

ool Susp

ensio

n Clas

sroom

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom: 4Teacher Desk 1 7 1 1 1 1 1 1Task Chair 1 10 1 1 1 1 1 1File Cabinet 14Student Chair 6 2 32 4 30 6 28 2 - 6 Chairs / 2 - 4 Chairs ??Student Combo Desk 28 28 30 30 15Student Table 19 16 16 14 - 16 Student TablesCot and/or Couch 21Coat RackRound Table 1 * 1 * 4 1 * Round Table Optional *Administrative: 29

Administrative Desk 33

Credenza / ReturnTask ChairGuest ChairFile Cabinet 38 Duplicate?

Book Case Rd. Table

42

45

50 Duplicate?

55

BookcaseLateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet *Letter File Cabinet * 2 63 1 2 2 1 1

Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1Podium Lecturn 1 1Counter Top Refrigerator 79Refrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack) 88Laminator w/ Cabinet 100LCD TV 20" 124Overhead Projector 125

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1 1 1 1 1 1 1Student Computer Workstation 4 2 28 4 6 28 2-4 or 20-6, Student WorkstationsComputer Headphones 30Computer Microphones 30Computer Station Earphones XLaptop Mobile Carts X XPrinter/Scanner Workstation 1 1 1Intercom SystemInteractive Board 1* 1* 1* 1* 1* 1* 1* 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 02 CLASSROOM TYPE II (Science) - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Biology / G

enera

l Lab

2 Chemist

ry Lab

oratory

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom: 4Teacher Desk 1 7 1Task Chair 1 10 1File Cabinet 14Student Chair 30 30 30Student ChairStudent Combo Desk 19Cot and/or Couch 21Coat RackRound TableAdministrative: 29



Book Case Rd. Table

42

45

50 Duplicate?

55

BookcaseLateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet *Letter File Cabinet* 63

Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 1 1Podium LecturnCounter Top Refrigerator 79Refrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack) 88Laminator w/ Cabinet 100LCD TV 20" 124Overhead Projector 125

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1 1 1Student Computer Workstation 2 2 2Printer/Scanner WorkstationIntercom SystemInteractive Board 1* 1* 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine

FUR

NIT

UR

E EQ

UIP

MEN

TTE

CH

NO

LOG

YST

OR

AG

E

Dimensions


NOTES

SECTION 03 MEDIA CENTER - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Main Rea

ding R

oom

2 Video Pro

ductio

n / Dist

ributio

n Studio

Confer

ence

Room

Audio-Visu

al Non-Prin

t Storag

e

Workroom

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom: 4Teacher Desk 7 1Task Chair 10 1File Cabinet 14Student ChairStudent Combo DeskStudent Table 19Cot and/or Couch 21Coat RackRound TableAdministrative: 29

Administrative Desk 33Credenza / Return 1Task Chair 1Guest Chair 2 12 4 - 12 Chairs File Cabinet 38 Duplicate?

Book Case Rd. TableLibrary Clerk Desk 1Library Clerk Chair 42 1Private Office/Reception: 45

Guest Chairs 4Lounge ChairRd. Conference Table 50uplicate?Conference Table 55 1Conference Credenza 1* Conference Credenza Optional *Conference Chairs 14 10 - 14 Chairs Rectangular Work TableSq. Work Table 3 1 3 Provide work table.Round Work Table 63Side Chairs 4

Bookcase 1Lateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet * 79Letter File Cabinet * 1

Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 1Podium Lecturn 88Counter Top Refrigerator 100Refrigerator 124Microwave Oven 125Coffee MakerCopy Machine w/Stand 1 Provided by DCS InstructionBook Trucks X Provided by DCS InstructionTV / DVD (wall mounted) 1 Provided by DCS InstructionLaminator w/ CabinetLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MISComputer Workstation 1* 1 2 2 Provide computer at Circ. Desk*Student Computer Workstation 15 1Laptop Mobile CartsPrinter/Scanner Workstation 2 1 1 1 B&W Printer, 1 Color PrinterIntercom System 1*Interactive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine

EQU

IPM

ENT

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 04 ART - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Visual

Arts Lab

2DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom: 4Teacher Desk 1 7Task Chair 1 10File Cabinet 14Student Chair 32Student Combo DeskStudent Table 19Cot and/or Couch 21Coat RackStudent Art Table 14Teacher Work Table 1 29

Round Table 33

Administrative:Administrative DeskCredenza / ReturnTask Chair 38 Duplicate?

Guest ChairFile Cabinet Book Case Rd. Table 42

45

50 Duplicate?

55

BookcaseLateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet *Letter File Cabinet * 63

Trash Receptacle 1Art Easel 15Drying Rack 1Clay Storage Bins X 79Tote Tray Cabinets X Provided by DCS InstructionDamp Cabinets X Provided by DCS InstructionFlat Work Storage Cabinet X Provided by DCS InstructionExhaust Fan X Provided by DCS InstructionDigital Video Camera X 88 Provided by DCS InstructionLaminator w/ Cabinet 100LCD TV 20" 124Overhead Projector 125

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1Student Computer Workstation 2Computer HeadphonesComputer MicrophonesLaptop Mobile CartsPrinter/Scanner Workstation 1Intercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine

EQU

IPM

ENT

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 05 MUSIC - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Genera

l Music

2 Teach

er's O

ffice (

Band R

oom)

Orches

tra R

oom

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom: 4Teacher Desk 1 7 1 1Task Chair 1 10 1 1File Cabinet 14Student Chair 100 150 150 Posture ChairsAdjustable Stool 50 * 50 * Adjustable Stools Optional *Student Combo Desk 19Student Table 21Cot and/or CouchCoat RackRound Table 29

Administrative: 33

Administrative Desk 1 1Credenza / ReturnTask Chair 1 1Guest Chair 38 Duplicate?

File Cabinet 1Book Case 1Rd. Table

42

45

50 Duplicate?

55

BookcaseLateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet *Letter File Cabinet * 2 63 1 1

Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1Director Stand 1Director Chair 79 1 DCS InstructionPodium LecturnStanding Risers X DCS InstructionSeated Risers X DCS InstructionMusic Stands/ Director Stand X X X DCS InstructionAcoustic Piano w/dust cover X 88 DCS Instruction. Piano 100 2 DCS Instruction. VCR/Stereo w/surround Sound 124 XMIDI Keyboard X 125 DCS InstructionSpecial Music Equipment X DCS InstructionSound System X DCS InstructionMixer, Microphones X DCS InstructionPortable Music Storage Rack X DCS InstructionPortable Equipment Cabinet X DCS InstructionOverhead Projector

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation X 1 1Student Computer Workstation XPrinter/Scanner WorkstationIntercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier MachineTE

CH

NO

LOG

YFU

RN

ITU

RE

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions


NOTES

SECTION 06 DRAMA - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT - No info available

ROOM NAME SIZE

Classro

om


Classroom: 4

Teacher Desk 7Task Chair 10File Cabinet 14

Student Chair (18")Student Combo DeskStudent Table 19

Cot and/or Couch 21

Coat RackRound TableAdministrative: 29

Administrative Desk 1 33Credenza or ReturnTask Chair 1Guest Chair 2File Cabinet 1 38 Duplicate?

Book Case 1

4245

50uplicate?55


Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1Solid Waste CompactorCounter Top Refrigerator 79Refrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack) 88Laminator w/ Cabinet 100LCD TV 20" 124Overhead Projector 125

DEKALB - MISComputer Workstation 1Student Computer WorkstationPrinter/Scanner Workstation 1* Teacher Printer Workstation *Security CameraMicrofiche Reader / PrinterFax MachineIntercom SystemInteractive BoardCable TV ConnectionTelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine (small)

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 07 HEALTH & PHYSICAL EDUCATION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Athletic

Coach O

ffice

Health

Lab


Classroom: 4

Teacher Desk 1 7Task Chair 1 10File Cabinet 1 14

Student Chair 35 4 2 - 4 ChairsStudent Combo DeskStudent Tables 16 19 14 - 16 ChairsCot and/or Couch 21


Administrative Desk 1 33Credenza or ReturnTask Chair 1Guest Chair 8File Cabinet 1 1 38 Duplicate?

Book Case 1 2Small TableRound Table 1 * Table Optional *

4245

50uplicate?55


Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 1 1Counter Top RefrigeratorRefrigerator 79Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack)Laminator w/ Cabinet 88LCD TV 20" 100Overhead Projector 124

125

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1 1 1Student Computer Workstation 2Printer/Scanner Workstation 1 XSecurity Camera 1 X Provided by DCS SecurityMicrofiche Reader / PrinterFax MachineIntercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *Cable TV ConnectionTelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine (small)

EQU

IPM

ENT

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

FUR

NIT

UR

E ST

OR

AG

E

Dimensions


NOTES

SECTION 08 SPECIAL EDUCATION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Self C

ontained

( Inter

relate

d)

2 Offfice

Speech

Therapy R

oom

Impac

ted / G

ifted C

lassro

om

* Self Contained (Orthopedically Impaired or Intellectual Disabilities)

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom: 4Teacher Desk 1 7 1 1 1Task Chair 1 10 1 1 1File Cabinet 14Student Chair 6 16 8 24 2-6 / 2-4 / 4-16 /4-8 ChairsStudent Combo Desk 15 12Student Table 1 19 10Kidney Table 21 1Coat RackRound Table 3Administrative: 29



Book Case Rd. Table

4245

50 Duplicate?

55

BookcaseLateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet *Letter File Cabinet * 63 1 1 1

Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 1 1 1Podium LecturnCounter Top Refrigerator 79Refrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack) 88Laminator w/ Cabinet 100LCD TV 20" 124Overhead Projector 125

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1 1 1 1Student Computer Workstation 4 4 4 4 2-4 or 2-6, Student WorkstationsComputer HeadphonesComputer MicrophonesComputer Station EarphonesLaptop Mobile CartsPrinter/Scanner Workstation 1 1 1Intercom SystemInteractive Board 1* 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 09 AUDITORIUM - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT - No info available

ROOM NAME SIZE


Teacher: 4


Student Chair (18")Student Combo DeskStudent Tables 19

Cot and/or Couch 21


Administrative Desk 33Credenza or ReturnTask ChairGuest ChairFile Cabinet 38 Duplicate?

Book Case Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables

4245

50uplicate?55


Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash ReceptacleSolid Waste CompactorCounter Top Refrigerator 79Refrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack) 88Laminator w/ Cabinet 100LCD TV 20" 124Overhead Projector 125


TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 10 ADMINISTRATION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Recep

tion Area

Princip

als O

ffice

2 Asst. P

rincip

al's O

ffice

Book Kee

per Offic

e

Vault /

Rec

ords Room

Clinic

Staff W

orkroom / S

RO Offic

e

Admin Suite (L

ead )

Toilet R

oom

Lounge

Mail Room

Workroom (M

ain)

Teach

er Workr

oom

Interco

m Equip. Alco

ve

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom: 4

Teacher Desk 7 1 1Task Chair 10 1 1File Cabinet 14 1Student Chair 6 4 - 6 ChairsCot and/or Couch 1Coat Rack 19 XRound Table 21

Administrative:Administrative Desk 1Credenza / Return 29 1Task Chair 33 1Guest Chair 2 1File Cabinet 1Book Case 1 1Rd. Table 38 Duplicate? 1Private Office/Reception: Reception Chair 1Guest Chairs 12File Cabinets 2 42End Table 2 45 4 2-4 TablesMagazine Table 1Sofa 1 1 * Sofa OptionalExecutive Desk w/ Bridge 1 50uplicate?Executive Desk 55 1Executive Credenza 1 1Hutch w/Doors 1 1Tack Board / Task Light 1 1Swivel High Back Chair 1Swivel Mid Back Chair 63 1Office Guest Chairs 4 4 2 - 4 ChairsDining Guest Chairs 15 10 -15 ChairsGuest Chairs 24 12 - 24 ChairsLounge Chair 4 2 - 4 ChairsRd. Conference Table 1 79 1 For OfficeRd. Dining Table 3 2-3 TablesConference Table 1Conference Credenza 1Conference Chairs 15Rectangular Work Table 88 1Sq. Work Table 100 4 2-4 TablesRound Work Table 124 3 1-3 TablesSide Chairs 125 4 2 - 4 Chairs

Bookcase 1 1Lateral File Cabinet 1 2Legal File Cabinet * 6 2 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire ProofLetter File Cabinet* 6 10 1 2 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire Proof

Walkie Talkie Radios 1Trash Receptacle 1 1 1 1 1 4 2 2Counter Top Refrigerator 1Refrigerator 1Microwave Oven 1Coffee Maker 1Vending Machine (Drink) 1Vending Machine (Snack) 1Laminator w/ Cabinet 1LCD TV 20" 1Overhead Projector 1Large Paper Cutter 1Copier Machine 1 1Scantron Machine 1

DEKALB - MISComputer Workstation 1 1 1 1 6 2-6 Workstations

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


Printer/Scanner Workstation 1 1 1 1 3Intercom System 1Interactive Board 1* 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *Surveillane Equipment XSecurity Cameras XTelephone 1

TEC

HN

OLO

GY


NOTES

SECTION 11 COUNSELING - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Recep

tion W

aiting A

rea (L

obby)

Attendan

ce O

ffice

2 Counselor O

ffice

Records R

oom

Conferen

ce R

oom

Career

Center

DEKALB - FF&E W L D

Classroom: 4

Teacher Desk 7

Task Chair 10

File Cabinet 14

Student ChairCot and/or CouchCoat Rack 19

Administrative: 21

Administrative Desk 1 1 1 1Credenza or Return 1 1Task Chair 1 1 29 1Guest Chair 8 16 33 4 2 12 4-8 Chairs / 4-16 Chairs/2-4 ChairsFile Cabinet 1 2 2Book Case 1 1 1 1 3 1-3 BookcasesSmall Table 1 Small Table Optional *Round Table 38uplicate? Round Table Optional *Private Office/Reception: Reception ChairGuest ChairsFile Cabinets 42End Table 45Display Rack 1 4 2-4 Display RacksSofaExecutive Desk w/ Bridge 50uplicate?Executive Desk 55Executive CredenzaHutch w/DoorsTack Board / Task Light 1Swivel High Back ChairSwivel Mid Back Chair 63Office Guest ChairsDining Guest Chairs Guest Chairs 10 4 - 10 Side Guest Chairs Optional *Lounge ChairRd. Conference Table 79Rd. Dining TableConference Table 1Conference Credenza 1Conference Chairs 14 8 - 14 ChairsRectangular Work Table 88Sq. Work Table 100 1 * Work Table Optional *Round Work Table 124 3 * 1-3 Round or Square Tables *Side Chairs 125

BookcaseLateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet * 6 3 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire ProofLetter File Cabinet* 6 3 - 6 / * Lockable and Fire Proof

Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 1 1 1 1 1Counter Top RefrigeratorRefrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack)Laminator w/ CabinetLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector

DEKALB - MISComputer Workstation 1 1 1 1 2 * 2-4 Computer WorkstationsPrinter/Scanner Workstation 1 1 1 1 1Microfiche Reader / Printer 1Fax Machine 1O

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


Intercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *Cable TV Connection 1TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine (small) 1

TEC

HN

OLO


NOTES

SECTION 12 SCHOOL NUTRITION - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Cafeter

ia Man

ager


Classroom: 4


Student Chair, (18") X 1/3 anticipated school enrollment *Student Combo DeskStudent Tables 19

Cot and/or Couch 21


Administrative Desk 1 33Credenza or ReturnTask Chair 1Guest Chair 2 2 - 4 ChairsFile Cabinet 1 38 Duplicate?

Book Case 1Roll & Fold Student Tables 30* 25-30 Roll & Fold Student Tables*Round Faculty Tables 10* 4-10 Faculty Tables *

4245

50uplicate?55


Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1 8 * 5-8, 55 Gallon Trash Receptacles *Solid Waste Compactor 1Counter Top Refrigerator 79Refrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack) 88Laminator w/ Cabinet 100LCD TV 20" 124Overhead Projector 125

DEKALB - MISComputer Workstation 1Student Computer WorkstationPrinter/Scanner Workstation 1 Teacher Printer WorkstationSecurity CameraMicrofiche Reader / PrinterFax MachineIntercom SystemInteractive BoardCable TV ConnectionTelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine (small)

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 13 BUILDING SERVICES - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

IT Offic

e (CTSS)


Classroom: 4


Student Chair (18")Student Combo DeskStudent Tables 19

Cot and/or Couch 21


Administrative Desk 1 33Credenza or ReturnTask Chair 1Guest Chair 2File Cabinet 1 38 Duplicate?

Book Case 1Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables

4245

50uplicate?55


Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1Solid Waste CompactorCounter Top Refrigerator 79Refrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack) 88Laminator w/ Cabinet 100LCD TV 20" 124Overhead Projector 125

DEKALB - MISComputer Workstation 1Student Computer WorkstationPrinter/Scanner Workstation 1* Teacher Printer Workstation *Security CameraMicrofiche Reader / PrinterFax MachineIntercom SystemInteractive BoardCable TV ConnectionTelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine (small)

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 14 OUTDOOR SPACES - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT - No info available

ROOM NAME SIZE


Classroom: 4


Student Chair (18")Student TablesCot and/or Couch 19

Coat Rack 21

Round TableAdministrative:Administrative Desk 29Credenza or Return 33

Task ChairGuest ChairFile Cabinet Book Case 38uplicate?Roll & Fold Student Tables Round Faculty Tables

4245

50uplicate?55


Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash ReceptacleSolid Waste CompactorCounter Top Refrigerator 79Refrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack) 88Laminator w/ Cabinet 100LCD TV 20" 124Overhead Projector 125


TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 15.1 BUSINESS & COMPUTER SCIENCE - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Office


Classroom: 4Teacher Desk 7Task Chair 10File Cabinet 14Student Chair 28Student Combo DeskStudent Table 19 14 - 16 Student TablesCot and/or Couch 21Coat RackRound TableAdministrative: 29

Administrative Desk 1 33

Credenza / ReturnTask Chair 1Guest Chair 2File Cabinet 38 Duplicate?

Book Case Rd. Table

42

45

50 Duplicate?

55

Bookcase 2Lateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet *Letter File Cabinet * 1 63

Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1Podium LecturnCounter Top Refrigerator 79Refrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerVending Machine (Drink)Vending Machine (Snack) 88Laminator w/ Cabinet 100LCD TV 20" 124Overhead Projector 125

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1Student Computer Workstation 28Laptop Mobile CartsTV & DVD/VCR Player 1 Wall mounted TV-DVD/VCR PlayerDigital Camera, Scanner 1Printer/Scanner Workstation 2Intercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes LCD Projector *Telephone 1 1Large Paper CutterCopier MachineTE

CH

NO

LOG

YST

OR

AG

EEQ

UIP

MEN

T

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 15.2 ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Office


Classroom: 4Teacher Desk 7Task Chair 10File Cabinet 14Student Chair 28Student Combo DeskStudent Table 19Cot and/or Couch 21Coat RackRound TableAdministrative: 29



Book Case 2

Rd. Table

42

45

50 Duplicate?

55

BookcaseLateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet *Letter File Cabinet * 1 63


DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1Student Computer Workstation 30Laptop Mobile CartsTV & DVD/VCR PlayerScanner 1Color Jet Printer 1Color Laser Printer 1"D" Size CAD Printer 1Networking X ?Intercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 15.3 FAMILY & CONSUMER SCIENCE - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Office





Book Case 2Rd. Table

42

45

50 Duplicate?

55



DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1Student Computer WorkstationComputer HeadphonesComputer MicrophonesComputer Station EarphonesLaptop Mobile CartsTV & DVD/VCR Player 1Intercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *Telephone 1Large Paper CutterCopier Machine

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 15.4 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Office





Book Case 2Rd. Table

42

45

50 Duplicate?

55



DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 1Student Computer Workstation 28Printer/Scanner Workstation 3* 2-Printer / 1-Scanner Workstation*Digital Camera 1Dedicated Server X

Laptop Mobile CartsTV & DVD/VCR Player 1Intercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 15.5 JROTC - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Office


Classroom: 4Teacher Desk 7Task Chair 10File Cabinet 14Student ChairStudent Combo Desk 150* 50-150 Student Combo Desks *Student Table 19Cot and/or Couch 21Coat RackRound TableAdministrative: 29



Book Case 6* 3-6 Book Cases *Rd. Table

42

45

50 Duplicate?

55

BookcaseLateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet *Letter File Cabinet * 3 63 3-6 File Cabinets *

Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash ReceptaclePodium LecturnCounter Top Refrigerator 79Refrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerGlass Trophy Case X Provided by Career TechnologyFire Arms 88 Provided by Career TechnologyUniforms 100 Provided by Career TechnologyLCD TV 20" 124Overhead Projector 125

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation 2Student Computer Workstation 2Printer/Scanner WorkstationDigital CameraDedicated ServerLaptop Mobile CartsTV & DVD/VCR Player 1Intercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 16.1 CULINARY ARTS - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Office


Teacher: 4Teacher Desk 7Task Chair 10File Cabinet 14Student ChairStudent Combo DeskStudent Table 19Cot and/or Couch 21Coat RackRound TableAdministrative: 29



Book Case 2Rd. TableKitchen Equipment: ?

4245

50uplicate?55

Bookcase 63Lateral File CabinetLegal File Cabinet *Letter File Cabinet * 1 2

Walkie Talkie Radios 79Trash Receptacle 1Podium LecturnCounter Top RefrigeratorRefrigerator Microwave Oven 88Coffee Maker 100LCD TV 20" 124Overhead Projector 125

DEKALB - MISTeacher Computer Workstation ?Student Computer Workstation ?Printer/Scanner WorkstationDigital CameraDedicated ServerLaptop Mobile CartsTV & DVD/VCR Player ?Intercom SystemInteractive Board ? Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier Machine

TEC

HN

OLO

GY

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions

FUR

NIT

UR

E


NOTES

SECTION 16.2 HEALTH SCIENCE - FURNITURE & EQUIPMENT

ROOM NAME SIZE

Office


Teacher: 4Teacher Desk 7Task Chair 10File Cabinet 14Student Chair 28Student Combo DeskStudent Table 19Cot and/or Couch 21Coat RackAdministrative:Administrative Desk 1 29

Credenza / Return 33

Task Chair 1Guest Chair 2File Cabinet Book Case 38 Duplicate?

Rd. Table

42

45

50 Duplicate?

55


Walkie Talkie RadiosTrash Receptacle 1Podium LecturnCounter Top Refrigerator 79Refrigerator Microwave OvenCoffee MakerLCD TV 20"Overhead Projector 88

100DEKALB - MIS 124Teacher Computer Workstation 125Student Computer Workstation 10Printer/Scanner Workstation 1Digital Camera XDedicated ServerLaptop Mobile CartsTV & DVD/VCR Player 1Intercom SystemInteractive Board 1* Includes ceiling mtd. LCD Projector *TelephoneLarge Paper CutterCopier MachineTE

CH

NO

LOG

YFU

RN

ITU

RE

STO

RA

GE

EQU

IPM

ENT

Dimensions


Sheet # Sheet Title

C-1 Classroom: 9th -12th Grade - Plan & Elevation Drawing (32 Students)

C-2 Science Lab: 9th -12th Grade - Plan Drawing (32 Students)4

C-3 Art Lab: 9th -12th Grade 710

C-4 xxxxxxxxxxxx 14

1921

2933

38 Duplicate?

4245

50 Duplicate?55

63

79

APPENDIX C

HIGH SCHOOL - Space Layout Drawings

DeKalb County School District 120 of 121 September 18, 2012 Draft

Sheet # Sheet Title

D-1 xxxxxxxxxxxx 2

D-2 xxxxxxxxxxxx 4D-3 xxxxxxxxxxxx 710D-4 xxxxxxxxxxxx 14

1921

2933

38 Duplicate?

4245

50 Duplicate?55

63

79

APPENDIX D

HIGH SCHOOL - Space Relationship Diagrams

DeKalb County School District 121 of 121 September 18, 2012 Draft

ELEMENTARY

MIDDLE

HIGH

DEKALB COUNTY SCHOOL DISTRICT ‐ July 22, 2013 VERSION 1.3


DES

IGN

GU

IDEL

INES

DeKalb County School District July 22, 2013 Design Guidelines Version 1.3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

((Page nos. to be adjusted)DIVISION 1 – GENERAL Introduction .............................................................. 3 DeKalb County School District Guiding Documents .. 3 DeKalb County School District Educational Specifications ............................................................ 3 GDOE Architectural Review Items ............................ 3 Architectural/Engineering (AE) Contract .................. 4 Grades to be Housed ................................................ 4 Building Capacity ....................................................... 4 Room Numbers ......................................................... 5 GDOE Inventory Drawings ........................................ 5 Fire Evacuation Drawings .......................................... 6 Proprietary Specifications ......................................... 6 Green Considerations/ High Performance Schools ... 6 Acoustical Standards ................................................. 7 Close‐out Documents ................................................ 7 Owner Orientation and Instruction .......................... 7

DIVISION 2 – SITE Site Design ................................................................ 8 Future Portable Classrooms ...................................... 8 Site Circulation .......................................................... 8 Auto Parking and Student Drop‐off/Pick‐up ............. 9 School Bus Parking, Drives and Loading .................... 9 Site Signage (Road, Parking and Entrance) ............... 9 Marquee Sign .......................................................... 10 Loading Docks ......................................................... 10 Paving and Surfacing ............................................... 10 Compactor / Dumpster Pads ................................... 10 Fences and Gates .................................................... 10 Trees / Plants / Ground Covers ............................... 11 Lawns and Grasses .................................................. 11 Landscaping Irrigation System ................................ 11 Site Design Notes / Athletic Facilities ..................... 12

DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE Stadium Seating ...................................................... 15

DIVISION 4 – MASONRY Brick Masonry ......................................................... 15 Concrete Masonry Units ......................................... 15

DIVISION 5 – METALS Structural Metal Framing ........................................ 15 Ladders .................................................................... 15 Railings .................................................................... 16

DIVISION 6 – WOOD & PLASTICS Plastic Laminates..................................................... 16 Casework ................................................................. 16

DIVISION 7 – THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION Waterproofing and Dampproofing ......................... 16 Insulation and Fire‐proofing .................................... 16 Exterior Insulation Finish Systems ........................... 16 Pre‐formed Roofing ................................................. 16 Membrane Roofing ................................................. 17 Roof Drains .............................................................. 17 Roof Hatches ........................................................... 17

DIVISION 8 – DOORS & WINDOWS Doors ....................................................................... 17 Hardware ................................................................. 18 Windows ................................................................. 18 Glazing ..................................................................... 18

DIVISION 9 – FINISHES Gypsum Board ......................................................... 19 Resilient Tile Flooring .............................................. 19 Carpet Tile ............................................................... 19 Wood Athletic Flooring ........................................... 19 Synthetic Athletic Flooring ...................................... 20 Indoor Track Athletic Flooring ................................. 20 Weight Room Athletic Flooring ............................... 20 Quarry Tile ............................................................... 20 Ceramic Tile ............................................................. 20 Terrazzo ................................................................... 20 Sealed Concrete ...................................................... 20 Polished Concrete ................................................... 20 Suspended Ceiling ................................................... 20 Non‐accessible Ceilings ........................................... 21 Sound Attenuation Blanket ..................................... 21 Exterior Painting ...................................................... 21 Interior Painting ...................................................... 21

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES Visual Display Boards .............................................. 21 Television Brackets .................................................. 22 Metal Storage Shelving ........................................... 22 Room Signage .......................................................... 22 Metal Lockers .......................................................... 22 Restroom Accessories ............................................. 24 Toilet Compartments & Urinal Screens ................... 24 Fire Extinguishers .................................................... 24 Ground Set Flagpole ................................................ 24 Canopies .................................................................. 24

DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT Book Theft Protection Equipment ........................... 24 Theatrical / Stage Equipment .................................. 25 Projection Screens ................................................... 25 Darkroom Equipment .............................................. 25 Food Service Equipment ......................................... 25 Custodial Equipment ............................................... 26


Page 2 of 85

Athletic Equipment ................................................. 26 Scoreboards ............................................................ 27 Play Equipment ....................................................... 28 Concession Equipment ............................................ 28

DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS Science Casework and Equipment .......................... 28 Darkroom Casework ............................................... 29 Music Casework ...................................................... 29 Library Shelving and Casework ............................... 30 Manufactured Casework ......................................... 30 Blinds ....................................................................... 31 Auditorium Seating ................................................. 31 Telescoping Bleachers ............................................. 32 Floor Mats and Frames ........................................... 32

DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Portable Bleachers .................................................. 33

DIVISION 14 – CONVEYING SYSTEMS Elevators ................................................................. 33 Electric Traction Elevators ...................................... 33 Mechanical Lifts for AIA Accessibility ...................... 34 Wheel Chair Lifts ..................................................... 34

DIVISION 15 – MECHANICAL Pipe and Fittings ...................................................... 34 Reduced Pressure Zone Assemblies ........................ 35 Grease Interceptors ................................................ 35 Trap Primers ............................................................ 35 Plumbing Fixtures ................................................... 35 Fire Protection ........................................................ 36 Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning ............... 37 Automated Temperature Controls and EMS .......... 38

DIVISION 16 – ELECTRICAL Solid Front Electrical Panels .................................... 38 Future Expandability ............................................... 38 Conductors and Grounding ..................................... 39 Overload Devices for Motor Starters ...................... 39 Power Outlets ......................................................... 39 Light Fixtures ........................................................... 39 Motion Sensors ....................................................... 40 Gym Lighting ........................................................... 40 Auditorium Lighting ................................................ 40 Exit and Emergency Lighting ................................... 40 Emergency Electrical System .................................. 40 Exterior Lighting Fixtures ........................................ 41 Sports Field Lighting ................................................ 42

Data Cabling System ................................................ 43 Telephone Cabling System ...................................... 43 Detection Systems ................................................... 43 Master Television System ....................................... 43 Fire Alarm System ................................................... 44 Intercom System ..................................................... 44 Public Address Systems ........................................... 44 Delivery Door Bell .................................................... 45 Clocks ...................................................................... 45

APPENDIX Proprietary Specifications ....................................... 45 Door Hardware ........................................................ 45

Data Cabling System ................................................ 49 Telephone Cabling System ...................................... 54 Intercom System .................................................... 55 Fire Alarm System ................................................... 66 Security System Guide Specification ....................... 74 Communications ..................................................... 80 Access Control ......................................................... 84


Page 3 of 85

DIVISION 1 – GENERAL Introduction The Design Guideline requirements reflect DeKalb County School District’s (DCSD) experience in building and operating schools. They are provided to assist design professionals in preparing contract documents for new schools, additions, and renovation projects. The aim is to balance the need for instructional functionality with aesthetics, accessibility, operability, and assurance of safety so that all students, staff, and community members feel welcome and safe. The Design Guideline requirements are organized in sixteen (16) divisions similar to the Pre‐2004 Master Format industry standard specification divisions. Technical specifications for each DCSD project shall be prepared by and be the legal responsibility of the design professional of record. The Design Requirements document illustrates DCSD requirements. They are not intended to be complete technical specifications. The design professional shall be responsible for incorporating these requirements into the appropriate final contract documents. All requirements noted shall be assumed to apply to every school type, unless specifically noted. DCSD or its designee shall be solely responsible for establishing and maintaining the DeKalb County School District Design Guideline. Design Professionals shall coordinate use of these Design Guidelines requirements with related documents, including, but not limited to:

– DeKalb County School District (DCSD) Educational Specifications – Georgia Department of Education (GDOE) Architectural Review Documents – Georgia Department of Education (GDOE) Grants Administration Documents – Architect/Engineer Contract

DeKalb County School District (DCSD) Guiding Documents

– Excellence in Education Plan – Strategic Plan for 2012 – 2017 – 2020 Vision – 10‐year Facility Master Plan

DeKalb County School District (DCSD) Educational Specifications Educational Specifications provide descriptions of typical programmed spaces for each of the three main types of schools: Elementary, Middle and High. These Design Guidelines describes construction requirements applicable to all types of schools. Georgia Department of Education (GDOE) Architectural Review Items GDOE requires that Construction Documents for DCSD projects comply with GDOE standards and be submitted for formal review. These standards and review requirements are posted on the GDOE Facilities Services Resources website. Drawing submittals require coordination with the current GDOE “Curriculum and Space Needs” form for each project. These forms will be provided by GDOE through the DCSD Program Manager. At projects where GDOE will provide funding, additional documentation is required. These documents are also posted on the GDOE Facilities Services Resources website.


Page 4 of 85

Architectural/Engineering Contract Contracts for new schools, additions and major renovations will be either “Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (State Capital Outlay Projects) between the DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect” or “Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services (Non‐State Capital Outlay Projects) between The DeKalb County Board of Education and the Architect” which provides a detailed description of the scope of work and obligations of the parties to the Contract. These contracts are posted on the DCSD website: www.dekalb.k12.ga.us. Smaller projects may utilize other forms of contract authorization to describe the scope of work and obligations. Applicable Codes The current adopted versions of these codes are to be used to guide the design of DCSD facilities:

– International Building Code, with Georgia Amendments – International Residential Code, with Georgia Amendments – International Fire Code, with Georgia Amendments – International Plumbing Code, with Georgia Amendments – International Mechanical Code, with Georgia Amendments – International Fuel Gas Code, with Georgia Amendments – National Electrical Code, with Georgia Amendments – International Energy Conservation Code, with Georgia Amendments – Life Safety Code (National Fire Protection Association, 101) – ADA Standards for Accessible Design – Current State Fire Marshal's Office Modifications

Grades to be Housed Typical new schools in the DeKalb County School District shall be designed to house the following grade levels:

– Elementary: Kindergarten (K), First (1st), Second (2nd), Third (3rd), Fourth (4th) and Fifth (5th) grades – Middle: Sixth (6th), Seventh (7th) and Eighth (8th) Grades – High: Ninth (9th), Tenth (10th), Eleventh (11th) and Twelfth (12th) Grades

Building Capacity Typical new schools in the DeKalb County School District shall be designed with the following Full Time Equivalent (FTE) Capacity:

– Elementary: 900 FTE – Middle: 1,200 FTE – High: 1,600 FTE

Typical new schools in the DeKalb County School District shall be designed with the following core capacity:

– Elementary: 1,050 FTE – Middle: 1,350 FTE – High: 2,000 FTE

The “core” consists of ancillary spaces that support the classroom instructional spaces. These include the Cafeteria, Kitchen and Media Center. The Georgia Department of Education has issued rules setting forth minimum floor areas for such spaces, based upon FTE. Thus, provision for expansion must begin with planning for a “core” large enough to support the largest practical FTE contemplated for a given site. In addition, classroom areas should be configured so as to allow for expansion with a minimum amount of alteration of the original structure or site.


Page 5 of 85

Room Numbers DeKalb County School District requires incorporation of a single room numbering system for all drawings, schedules and signage installed on the building:

– Schematic Drawings – Design Development Drawings – Working Drawings – GDOE Inventory Drawings

– Door and Finish Schedules – HVAC Equipment, Automated Temperature

Controls and Energy System – Signage on the building

To achieve this, the Architect shall develop a logical building and room numbering system at the Schematic Planning stage. The sequence of room numbers shall be assigned based on ease of locating rooms in the completed building. In order to direct students, staff and visitors, the sequence shall start at the Main Entrance and progress in a logical sequence throughout the building. Random numbering of rooms is not acceptable.

– Room numbers shall be all numeric as required for GDOE Inventory. – Major room numbers at multi‐story buildings shall be 4 digits starting with the floor level, and progress

around the building in sequence (# 1211 = 1st floor, 2nd wing or Corridor, 11th room). Small spaces within major rooms or suites shall be identified with the major room number plus numeric suffix (# 1211.1). Where possible use whole thousands for wings or corridors (1200) and use postal odd‐even progressive numbers down corridors (odd on right (1211), even on left (1212). All spaces must be numbered including corridors, stairs, elevators, and service rooms. Stairs, elevator and service rooms may be numbered as a suffix of the corridor leading to them.

– One story buildings shall be similar, but may use 3 digits when identification of the story is not needed. – Room numbers at additions shall extend existing Inventory Drawing numbers without repeats. – Architect shall present building and room numbering system to DCSD for review and approval before

incorporating them into the construction documents. After room numbers are approved they shall not be casually altered without specific approval of DCSD Facilities Services Department.

– See Division 10 ‐ Room Signage. GDOE Inventory Drawings For all new buildings and additions, the Architect shall prepare Auto CAD Inventory Drawings which the Georgia Department of Education requires for the Local Facility Plan and DeKalb County Schools uses for convenient reference. Inventory Drawing standards:

– Deliver the Inventory Drawings to DCSD, formatted and saved in Auto CAD 2007. – The following layer list should be used:

– Building walls shall be drawn in a simplified 2‐D drawing format using Auto CAD and show only the net exposed surface of walls. (No hatching or interior chases)

– Show windows as a single Cyan Line without spandrels or sills. – Show doors and swing as single lines similar to walls without thresholds or heads. – Eliminate unnecessary detail features which may interfere with the readability of text at the prescribed

sheet size. – Identify all spaces, including corridors, stairs, elevators, and service rooms, with room name, room

number and net area. – Standard sheet size = 11” x 17” without border


Page 6 of 85

– Do not use more than one sheet per floor level. Adjust drawing scale as necessary to fit plan on the sheet and also retain readability.

– All text must be readable without magnification when printed on 11” x 17 sheet. Use following Fonts and colors to better distinguish room identification:

Font styles:

– Net Room Areas shall be calculated based on the inside face of walls. – Gross building areas shall be calculated to the exterior surface of exterior walls. Do not include overhangs. – Provide separate area calculations for mechanical mezzanines and canopies. – Text shall be individually positioned for each space for best readability. – Additions shall be identified with a yellow phantom line border and a title box showing GDOE Building

Number, Year when first occupied and Gross Area. – Refer to typical existing Inventory Drawings for required Schedules, Tables and overall Format.

Fire Evacuation Plans For all new buildings and additions, the Architect shall prepare small ‐ format evacuation plans in accordance with DeKalb County Fire Marshal regulations. Upon construction completion, these plans will be mounted on interior walls throughout the facility to direct building occupants to exits. Plans shall show simplified floor plan in black, with exit routes in red, on white background.

– Deliver the Fire Evacuation Plans to DCSD in .pdf format at 8 ½“ x 11”. Proprietary Specifications

– Technical Specifications shall generally be performance based and include a minimum of 3 acceptable manufacturers actively bidding in Georgia. These shall be reviewed by DCSD or its designee in order to confirm acceptability.

– It is the desire of DeKalb County School District to utilize proprietary specifications for items for which there are less than three acceptable manufacturers or for items for which new purchases must be of the same manufacturer as existing to achieve system wide compatibility and economical use of funds in the maintenance of the systems. The current list of approved items is in the appendix to this document.

– The DCSD designee will furnish a letter of justification for each project, which must be submitted with final documents to the Georgia Department of Education. The design professional shall verify that the latest and most current document is used in Contract Documents.

Green Considerations / High Performance Schools DeKalb County School Board Policy EBL adopted in 2008, defines the District’s goal to “establish and maintain an environmentally conscious school system.” This policy is available for viewing on our website, www.dekalb.k12.ga.us. It is the District’s policy to promote healthy and sustainable educational environments through the design, construction, operations, and maintenance of its facilities. Architects, engineers, and contractors should review, discuss, and work with the District to establish the goals in this respect for each project at the beginning of the design and construction phase. Implementation of sustainable design features found in Sustainable Sites, Water Efficiency, Energy & Atmosphere, Materials & Resources, and Indoor Environmental Quality, along with Innovation and Design Process are to be considered a goal of the District, for both renovation and new construction even if certification is not pursued. All projects should strive to meet sustainable criteria.

Georgia

Stylus BT


Page 7 of 85

All projects should attempt to meet the following prerequisites: – Construction Activity Pollution Prevention – Minimum Energy Performance – Fundamental Refrigerant Management – Storage & Collection of Recyclables – Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance – Environmental Tobacco Smoke Control

DeKalb County School District recognizes the environmental impact of its buildings and the importance of green design and green building practices. Architects and engineers are encouraged to incorporate energy performance in the design process and design energy efficient buildings to achieve high performance buildings that will lower the schools overall operating and maintenance costs. Acoustic Standards Architect/Engineer shall be responsible for incorporating appropriate acoustic design measures into the Construction Documents. Building areas requiring special acoustic considerations include stage area, auditorium, gymnasium, cafeteria and Music areas. Sound quality considerations include controlling excessive reverberation, eliminating or minimizing echoes, and shaping rooms to create uniform sound field in audience areas. Consideration should be given to equipment noise and vibration when locating mechanical equipment. Maximum noise emissions of equipment shall be specified. To avoid vibration transfer, provide adequate isolation of all equipment with moving parts from the building structure. Building design shall address noise intrusion from plumbing and impact noise from lockers and basketball backboards into acoustically sensitive rooms. Speech privacy shall be provided at offices, conference rooms and speech therapy rooms. Follow current industry standard guidelines such as ASHRAE and ANSI Standard S12.60 guidelines regarding acoustic design of classrooms. Close‐out Documents

– The process of closing out a project is of the utmost importance to DCSD. Close‐out procedures shall be incorporated into the project from the start of design. The Design professional shall coordinate with the Capital Improvements Program close ‐out manager to establish expectations regarding documentation.

– Provide Operation and Maintenance Manual Notebooks for all systems and equipment no later than (30) days prior to Project Substantial Completion Date.

– Provide keys, valve schedules, attic stock materials, instruction confirmations and as‐built drawings no later than the Project Substantial Completion Date. Deliver keys directly to Owner.

– Provide all required warranties, inspection reports, governing certificates and other remaining required items within thirty (30) days following the project Substantial Completion Date.

– Provide itemized list of Kitchen equipment with brand, model and serial number for each piece along with cost.

Owner Orientation and Instruction Technical Specifications shall address requirements for training sessions for building equipment and systems. Minimally, these shall include:

– Providing a training schedule spreadsheet for distribution to Owner one week before training. – Providing a video record on DVD of all trainings for future reference.


Page 8 of 85

DIVISION 1 ‐ GEN DIVISION 2 ‐ SITE

Site Design For new facilities and major renovations, the Design Professional shall develop a master plan which provides for the programmed needs defined by DeKalb County School District including considerations for future expansion to the core capacity. In addition, classroom areas should be configured so as to allow for expansion with a minimum amount of alteration of the original structure or site. For additions to existing facilities, the Design Professional shall provide DCSD with an overall as‐built site plan showing entire extent of site, including all existing and new structures, paving, and site improvements. Future Portable Classrooms For new buildings, site design shall include pre‐planned level areas for the future location of portable classroom units, in the following minimum quantities:

– Elementary: 12 classrooms – Middle: 12 classrooms – High: 24 classrooms

– Design of the site shall identify area(s) for placement of portable classroom units without impacting

parking, play fields and other required amenities. Portable areas shall be adjacent to classroom wings if site constraints and conditions permit. Coordinate portable location with future building expansion areas to avoid relocation of portables when the building is expanded. Building service utilities (electricity, gas, water) shall not be located under the footprint of future portable locations. Avoid locating site drainage lines and inlet structures under and within portable building sites. A fire hydrant must be located within 400’ of all portable classroom building sites.

– Portables should be located as close to the school building as permitted by code. Architect shall verify separation requirements with the permitting authority and with DCSD Facility Services Department during the preliminary design phase of each school. Portables are typically located a minimum of 17’ apart, face to face to accommodate required stairs, ramps and sidewalks.

– Each typical portable is 1,750 sf. in area, 14’ wide and 45’ long. Portables are built to a Type V‐B construction classification and are designed and approved for educational occupancy.

– Soil bearing capacity in the portable area shall be 3,000 psf minimum. – The building electrical service shall be sized to accommodate the additional portable loads. A “spare”

breaker shall be installed to power a future distribution panel near the portable site(s) to provide electrical service to the portables. Conduits of sufficient size, as required to serve the remote future portable classroom distribution panel, shall be installed from the main electrical distribution panel and capped until needed. Intercom, security and other systems shall be expandable for the number of additional portable classrooms noted above.

Site Circulation

– Site shall be designed with a minimum of two (2) vehicular entrances in and out, preferably from two separate streets.

– Site traffic circulation shall be designed with separate car and bus traffic routes that should not conflict. Layout shall not require driving service vehicles through parking lots to access the service areas; provide direct access to service area from bus loop or other main site circulation driveway.

– Provide walkway access from adjacent streets, parking, bus loading and sports facilities. Walkways at high traffic areas shall be sized and located to avoid trampling of adjacent lawns and landscaping especially at building entrances and at heavily traveled routes to play areas.

– Provide gates or bollards to restrict vehicular access onto entrance and other major walkways. Review specific requirements for traffic gates with DCSD. Consider gates at drives leading to athletic areas, bus parking, marching band practice areas and entrances.


Page 9 of 85

Automobile Parking and Student Drop‐off / Pick‐up

– The total number of automobile parking spaces provided shall be the number required by local zoning code, or the following, whichever is greater:

– ES = 3 parking spaces per Instructional Unit, plus handicapped‐accessible spaces per code. – MS = 3 parking spaces per Instructional Unit, plus handicapped‐accessible spaces per code. – HS = 6.6 parking spaces per Instructional Unit, plus handicapped‐accessible spaces per code. Where

space permits, provide an area without intermediate curbs within the paved parking area for marching band practice, approximately the size of a football field.

– Provide a designated separate automobile drive and drop‐off / pick‐up area with appropriate stacking space for waiting cars. Consider using speed humps at automobile drives to reduce speeding. Review location of proposed speed humps which may impact bus traffic with DCSD Director of Transportation.

– Consider placement of a portion of the required number of accessible (HC) parking spaces directly adjacent to main entrance building, so that disabled do not have to traverse traffic lanes to enter building.

– Clearly define crosswalks (painted and/or raised) from parking areas to all building entrances. School Bus Parking, Drives and Loading / Unloading Areas

– For all new schools, provide covered main bus loading area and covered handicapped‐accessible special education bus loading adjacent to appropriate building entrance. Consider locating special education bus loading area as close to special education classrooms as practicable. Access to and from the Special Education bus area shall be approximately level without extensive ramps or lifts.

– Provide curbside bus loading‐unloading adjacent to High School Stadiums with appropriate turning radius and grades. Paint auto parking overlay at bus staging area for additional activity parking.

– Bus parking, covered loading‐unloading areas, and driveway layout shall be reviewed and approved by DCSD Executive Director of Transportation, to ensure appropriate turn radii and grades for bus drives.

Site Signage (Road, Parking, and Drive Entrance) Appropriate metal signage shall be included in the contract per code and local requirements.

– Parking and traffic signage shall be included in the site design and Construction Documents. Provide way‐finding signage for major facilities such as visitor parking, building entrance, parent and bus drop‐offs, stadium, ball fields, etc. Identify restrictions on use of parking spaces such as handicapped, staff, visitors, students, etc. Provide signage clearance from curbs to prevent bus “tail swing” from damaging signposts. Similar clearance needs to be maintained for bus canopy posts. Mount signage on building walls and columns where possible.

– Provide space at entrances for standard building identification sign furnished and installed by DCSD. – Coordinate signage design with DCSD Executive Director of Transportation.

Marquee Sign Appropriate location for future marquee sign for each new facility shall be determined by Design Professional and indicated on site plan. General contractor shall provide underground conduit from building to future sign location. Loading Docks

– For new Elementary and Middle Schools, and major kitchen renovations, provide 6” curb loading areas adjacent to Kitchen and General Storage / Receiving area with 36” curb cut and ramp to grade.

– For new High Schools, and major kitchen renovations, provide standard height raised loading dock at adjacent to Kitchen and General Storage / Receiving area.

– See Division 16 for delivery door bell requirements at receiving areas.


Page 10 of 85

Paving and Surfacing

– Asphalt paving shall be used in all parking and driveway areas. – Heavy‐duty asphalt paving shall be used for bus, container truck delivery and fire lane traffic. Areas of

heavy‐duty paving shall be identified on the site, so that buses and heavy vehicles such as garbage trucks will be directed to drive on heavier duty paving.

– Medium‐duty asphalt paving shall be used for automotive traffic. – Asphalt and graded aggregate base thicknesses shall be standardized and so illustrated in paving cross‐

sections, detailed in civil engineering design drawings. Final asphalt top shall be in place before bus run through.

– Concrete paving with steel reinforcing shall be used at truck loading areas and dumpster pads. – Sidewalks and plazas shall be concrete.

Compactor / Dumpster Pads For new buildings and major renovations to kitchens, concrete pads shall be placed in the service area to accommodate one compactor for garbage and one dumpster for recycling. At new High Schools, these pads can be incorporated into the concrete area at the loading dock. Drains must be provided, and shall be designed in compliance with all applicable codes. Provide reinforced concrete slab that extends a minimum of 40′ in front of the dumpster pad to resist wear from garbage trucks turning their wheels to maneuver for dumpster pick up.

– Dumpster and compactor areas shall be visually shielded, in a manner compatible with the architectural design of the building.

– Dumpster and compactor areas shall be easily accessible by sidewalk so that custodial carts can be used to transport trash to the dumpster. The top of the dumpster shall be accessible, in a location adjacent to a loading area or dock so that trash can be thrown into the top of the dumpster. Where the dumpster is not adjacent to a loading dock, a ramp to the back or sides of the dumpsters shall be provided.

– Trash Compactor basis of design shall be Sturbridge, with the following minimum specifications: – Power Unit (electrical): Operating Power Available: 110 volt A/C, 20 amp; 12 D/C current – Overall Size: Length: 216 “ or (18’‐ 0”); Height: 105” or (8’‐ 9”); Width: 95” or (8’ ‐ 0”) – Compactor/container shall have the capability of being transported from site to site, operating from

electrical D/C current provided by a vehicle or 120 volt/30 AMP A/C current provided by a grounded 8 gauge cord no longer than 150 feet.

– Review space required for dumpsters and compactors with DCSD Facilities Services Department. Fences and Gates

– Unless otherwise specifically approved by DCSD, all permanent fences and gates shall be black vinyl coated chain link construction. Typical fencing shall be 11 Gauge core wire and 9 gauge finish thickness. Provide appropriate black vinyl coated post and gates, installed in accordance with Chain Link Fabrication Manufacturers Association criteria.

– General site fencing shall be 6’‐0” high with appropriately located gates. Storm retention areas shall be fenced with the same material per local requirements.

– Gates shall be provided at school driveways to limit access during certain time periods. – Perimeter and other fencing shall be installed as needed to provide safety and security of the students,

teachers and staff. Exact location of fencing will be determined on‐site by DCSD in order to preserve natural areas and undisturbed buffers.

– Fencing and wind screens at sports fields shall be of the height and locations described in the relevant sections of these guidelines. Fences shall be black vinyl coated chain link construction of appropriate gauge and mesh for the height required with appropriate black vinyl coated post and gates, installed in accordance with Chain Link Fabrication Manufacturers Association criteria. Wind Screens shall be forest green.

– Provide security fencing around any exterior equipment that is installed at ground level. (I.e. Freezer/Cooler, condensing units, generators, etc.)


Page 11 of 85

Trees/Plants/Ground Cover

– In general, use low maintenance ground cover; minimize grass/sod. Landscape designer is encouraged to look at alternatives and use the most practical application for each area. Use mulch around buildings. Provide raised curb or other devices to restrict washing of mulch onto adjacent paved walks and drives. Low maintenance ground covers may be used in low‐traffic areas and on slopes as appropriate.

– Pine straw mulch for adequate coverage, no more than 4” deep, shall be provided at all new tree and shrub plantings.

– New landscaping shall be maintained by the Contractor for no less than 60 days, prior to a request for inspection and acceptance by DCSD.

– Comply with tree ordinances and provide additional buffers as may be directed by the municipality or jurisdiction. Review proposed new shrubs and trees with DCSD Facilities Services Department.

Lawns and Grasses All general areas to be grassed shall be hydro‐seeded with Common Bermuda or Fescue depending on the planting season. Wood fiber mulch shall be included when hydro‐seeding slopes greater than 3:1. Lawns and grass shall be watered and maintained for a period of no less than 60 days, prior to a request for inspection and acceptance by DCSD. Lawns and grass shall be fully established and receive a minimum of 2 cuts prior to inspection.

– Lawn specifications – Provide adequate seedbed preparation – 4″ tilled topsoil or amended organic soil. – Specify rock hounding in two directions to pick up stones greater than 1.5″ diameter. – Areas to be planted with sod vs. seed need to be identified on the drawings. Typically, all areas close to

the building or inside a perimeter drive should be sod. – Architect/Engineer shall consult with DCSD Facilities Services and obtain approval for proposed Lawn

specifications prior to issuing final Drawings. – Consider the use of “Terra‐mat” or sod on excessive slopes.

Landscaping Irrigation System Landscape shall be designed to eliminate the need for landscape planting irrigation. Commercial grade sprinkler irrigation system with automatic operation shall be provided for the grass playing and practice fields at Middle and High Schools only. Do not provide irrigation at Elementary School play fields.

– Architect/Engineer shall consult with DCSD Facilities Services and obtain approval for proposed irrigation system prior to issuing final drawings.

– Include a drilled well in high school specifications for irrigation purposes. The well needs to have a yield of minimum of 100 gallons per minute. If yield is less, provide water storage facility to compensate.

See Division 15 MECHANICAL, Plumbing Fixtures, for Exterior Hose Bib requirements. Site Design Notes for School Athletic Facilities Stadium Synthetic Turf System All major renovations to stadiums shall include a synthetic turf, rubber infill system. Base system will include single letter logo at midfield; school name in one end zone and mascot name in the other; single letter color; and striping and markings for football (white), soccer (yellow) – reference marks only the six yard end boxes; men’s and women’s lacrosse (red) – reference marks only. Acceptable manufacturers are Sprint Turf, Sports Turf, and Matrix Turf.


Page 12 of 85

Stadium Track and Field All major renovations to stadium track and field shall have layouts in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Each field shall include the following:

– Orientation with long dimension north and south. – Provide areas for field events including paved areas for pole vault, high jump, long jump with sand pit. – Synthetic turf playing field. – Polyurethane surfacing system running track (8 Lanes). – Provide concrete pads for shot put and discus field events. – See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for Athletic Equipment – Field Lighting ‐ See Division 16 ELECTRICAL for Sports Field Lighting

High School Track and Field Surfacing High school tracks shall be a polyurethane surfacing system similar to Sports Track 300 or Beynon Sports Surfaces, BSS‐300. The elastomeric polyurethane shall be red in color with line striping and event markings in accordance with current National Federation of State High School Associations standards and guidelines. Provide minimum of 6 track lanes; 8 where space permits. Middle School Track and Field Middle school track and field areas shall be constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards but are not required to meet competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Each track and field shall include the following:

– Irrigated grass field inside running track. – Slope field to area drains at corners. – Asphalt running track with painted lanes. – 400 meter track with 6 lanes where space permits. – 300 meter track with 5 lanes where space is limited. – Paved H/C access from building. – Paved areas for high jump and long jump with sand pit.

See Division11 EQUIPMENT for Athletic Equipment. High School Baseball Field New High School baseball Field shall have layout in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Field shall include the following:

– Orientation with home plate at southwest and second base at northeast. – Field size: 330’ long at R / L foul lines x 380’ deep at center of outfield, where space permits. – Outfield and diamond of natural grass turf with irrigation system – Warning track – Infield playing surface with 80% sand, 20% clay – Pitching mound raised 10” with pitching rubber – Fencing 10’ high ; backstop located 60’ behind home plate ‐ height as required for safety – Two concrete block dugouts – Two bullpens (one at each side, inside fence) – One batting cage with 110V electrical outlets for pitching machine (outside fence) – Weather proof water spigot within ground box behind pitcher’s mound. – 110‐volt electrical duplex outlet within weatherproof in ground box behind pitcher’s mound. – Scoreboard located between center and left field – See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for Scoreboard. – Two sets of bleachers, 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long, anchored to concrete pads.

See Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers. – Field Lighting

See Division 16 ELECTRICAL for Sports Field Lighting. – Shared Baseball / Softball Concession / Restrooms / Storage

See Division11 EQUIPMENT for Concession Equipment.


Page 13 of 85

Middle School Baseball Field New High School baseball Field shall have layout in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations, to the extent possible. Field shall minimally include the following:

– Orientation with home plate at southwest and second base at northeast. – Field size: 330’ long at R / L foul lines x 380’ deep at center of outfield, where space permits. – Grass outfield with irrigation system – Appropriate drainage towards outfield – Skinned earth between bases – Infield playing surface with 80% sand, 20% clay – Pitching mound raised 10” with pitching rubber – Fencing 10’ high ; backstop located 60’ behind home plate ‐ height as required for safety – One set of bleachers, 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long, anchored to concrete pads.

See Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers. High School Softball Field High School softball Field shall be designed in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Field shall include the following:

– Orientation with home plate at southwest and second base at northeast. – Field size: 200’ long at R / L foul lines x 200’ deep at center of outfield – Outfield of natural grass turf with irrigation system – Warning track – Infield playing surface with 80% sand, 20% clay – Pitching mound level with infield with pitching rubber – Fencing 10’ high; backstop located 25’ behind home plate‐ height as required for safety – Double first base – Two concrete block dugouts – Two bullpens (One at each side, inside fence) – One batting cage with 110V electrical outlets for pitching machine (Outside fence) – Water spigot within weather proof in ground box behind pitcher’s mound. – 110‐volt electrical duplex outlet within weather proof in ground box behind pitcher’s mound. – Scoreboard located between center and left field

See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for Scoreboard – Two sets of bleachers, 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long, anchored to concrete pads:

See Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers – Field Lighting

See Division 16 ELECTRICAL for Sports Field Lighting – Shared Baseball / Softball Concession / Restrooms / Storage

See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for Concession Equipment Middle School Softball Field Middle school softball field shall be constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards but are not required to meet competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Field shall include the following:

– Orientation with home plate at south‐southwest and second base at north‐northeast – Field size: 200’ long at R / L foul lines x 200’ deep at center of outfield – Grass infield and outfield with irrigation system – Appropriate drainage towards outfield – Skinned earth between bases – Pitching mound level with infield


Page 14 of 85

– Fencing, 8’ high; backstop located 25’ behind home plate, 20’ high High School Practice Field High school practice field is intended for physical education instruction and used for multiple sports. It shall be constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards but is not required to meet competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Practice field shall include the following:

– Orientation with long dimension north and south – 78 yards wide x 120 yards long – Grass turf with irrigation system – Provide netting where necessary to prevent damage from balls entering adjacent areas. – Fixed Football goalpost and movable soccer goals – See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for goalpost and goals.

Middle School Practice Field Middle school practice field is intended for physical education instruction and used for multiple sports. If site allows, it shall be constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards but is not required to meet competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations. Practice field shall include the following:

– Orientation with long dimension north and south – 78 yards wide x 120 yards long – Grass turf with irrigation system – Provide netting where necessary to prevent damage from balls entering adjacent areas. – Fixed Football goalpost and movable soccer goals – See Division 11 EQUIPMENT for goalpost and goals.

Elementary School Multi‐purpose Field Elementary School multi‐purpose field is intended for informal outdoor activities and elementary level sports. It shall be constructed to appropriate grading and grassing standards. The multi‐purpose field shall include the following:

– Approximately 2 acres adjacent to the gym if site configuration will allow. – Well drained grass turf without irrigation system. Ensure that building and site drainage and/or

detention systems do not impact the play area.

High / Middle School Tennis Courts – For new facilities, provide a minimum of two (2) tennis courts at each middle school and a minimum of

four (4) at each high school. Tennis courts shall have layouts in accordance with competition standards of the Georgia High School Association and the national Federation of State High School Associations.

– Contrasting light and dark green surface between court and remaining play area – Regulation size with orientation with baselines of courts perpendicular to north‐south axis. – Fencing 10’ high, 20’ from baseline, 12’ from sidelines – Windscreens except at bleachers – 110v duplex electrical outlet at each end of the bank of courts. – At high schools, provide one set of bleachers anchored to a concrete pad at west end of courts. – See Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION for Portable Bleachers.

DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Stadium Seating Existing structure for stadium bench seating is concrete. For major stadium renovations, existing conditions shall be fully assessed and analyzed by a structural engineer with expertise in concrete prior to design of refurbishment of stadium.


Page 15 of 85

Any work done to refurbish stadium seating, rest rooms, parking access, concession area, etc. shall be DA compliant. Consideration should be given to providing accessible viewing areas in multiple locations (“Home” and “Visitor”) of stadium seating.

DIVISION 4 MASONRY Brick Masonry Brick veneer shall be used as the exterior building material of choice. Changes in brick types, sizes, color, texture and orientation shall be kept to a minimum. Color(s) shall be recommended by the Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. Only one mortar color will be allowed at each new school. Concrete Masonry Units Concrete block is preferred for the interior wall material for new schools. Bull‐nosed block shall be used for all outside corners. Split‐faced block shall not be used unless specifically requested by the DCSD. See Division 9 FINISHES for other materials.

– CMU partitions are required at: – Vaults and the adjacent Office used for bookkeeping (Extend to roof or cap with concrete slab.)* – Corridors and other high traffic areas – Gymnasium, Auditorium, Stage, Cafeteria and Kitchen – Main Mechanical and Electrical Rooms – Gang restrooms and other high abuse areas – Locker Rooms – Mechanical and electrical closets

*Note: Rated gypsum board partitions may be used in lieu of CMU at Vault and adjacent office area.)

DIVISION 5 METALS Structural Metal Framing Structural steel framing systems shall generally be used for new school construction in lieu of load‐bearing masonry construction. Ladders

– All low‐pitch roofs shall have a permanent means of access; stair access to roof is preferred. – Interior ladders provided for roof or mezzanine access shall be a ship’s type ladder. – Vertical or exterior ladders from the ground are not acceptable for required access to the roof. Limit

the use of vertical fixed ladders to small areas projecting above the main roof. – Ladders and stairs shall be equipped with appropriate guard and handrails.

Railings

– Gates at guard rails between Interior track and bleachers in high school gyms shall be self storing. – All interior and exterior handrails shall be of welded aluminum construction with satin finish.

DIVISION 6 WOOD & PLASTICS

Plastic Laminate General use counter tops shall be plastic laminate material. One‐piece countertops with integral coved backsplash, bull nosed edges and minimal number of seams shall be specified. Color(s) to be selected by the Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District.


Page 16 of 85

– Basis of design is Wilsonart; acceptable manufacturers are Formica. Casework Custom casework shall only be used where manufactured casework will not serve the intended use. Plastic laminate shall be used as appropriate.

DIVISION 7 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION Waterproofing and Dampproofing Appropriate waterproofing, damp‐proofing and vapor retarders shall be specified by the Design Professional.

– Avoid parapet wall penetrations. – Use copper, stainless or rubberized asphaltic flashing with an adhesive backing for through wall

flashings at sills, beams and lintels. Avoid PVC products unless they are specifically recommended by their manufacturers for through wall flashing applications. Metal flashing products may be laminated with other materials such as asphalt or waterproof papers to reduce galvanic corrosion where necessary. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations when specifying through wall flashing and installation accessories.

– Specify manufactured mortar nets over the horizontal run of through wall flashing to catch mortar dropping and allow water to filtrate easily downward through the net material to the flashings and out the weeps.

– Provide weeps immediately upon the horizontal leg of the through wall flashing at the exterior wall construction element at sills, beams and lintels.

Insulation and Fireproofing

– Appropriate insulation and fireproofing shall be specified by the Design Professional to provide a safe, energy efficient, comfortable building, and to meet building codes.

– Enclose space under first level of all stairs to prevent misuse of space for storage or misconduct. Pre‐formed Metal Roofing Metal roofing shall be used on high‐slope roofs. Steel is preferred, aluminum is acceptable. Membrane Roofing Modified bitumen (”cool roof”) roofing shall be used for low slope roofs. The use of parapets should be minimized. Insulation value shall be minimum R‐19. Roof Drains Internal roof drains should be avoided where possible. Concealed gutters will not be allowed. External gutters shall be used where possible. Use PVC or cast iron downspouts in areas subject to abuse. If exposed, protective boots shall be used to prevent downspout conductors from damage. Downspout transition fittings need to be seamless or welded fittings. Roof Hatches Appropriately located roof hatches shall be provided as needed for access to low slope roof areas.


Page 17 of 85

DIVISION 8 DOORS & WINDOWS Doors Door Size notes Unless otherwise specified, doors at new construction shall be 36” wide.

– Pairs of 36” doors with a removable astragal shall be provided at service entrances, throughout major circulation corridors and for access into large rooms such as the Cafeteria, Stage, Gym and Media Center in order to facilitate delivery of bulky objects.

– Single 42” doors shall be provided at Kitchens from the delivery corridor, for access to Bulk Storage Room, Serving Area and Cafeteria. Single 42” doors shall be provided for access into Music Practice and Storage Rooms to facilitate movement of large instruments. Single 42” doors shall be provided for access to all areas with laundry equipment. Consider the use of single 42” doors to provide access into Special Education Suite (Classrooms and Adaptive Toilet), facilitating movement of wheelchairs.

– Overhead roll‐up doors shall be provided as appropriate for access to Shops, Stage Scenery Areas, Mechanical Rooms and Storage Rooms to facilitate movement of bulky objects. Lock must be accessible from both sides.

Unless otherwise specified, door height at new construction shall be 80” minimum. Door height at renovations shall match existing. Height of doors and frames shall be selected for best value and efficiency. Door Stiles and Rails All aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors shall be constructed with 6” stiles, 8” top rails and 10” bottom rails. Doors with exit devices shall have center rails. Door Materials Wood doors shall be specified for general interior use. No plastic shall be used. Metal doors shall be used on the exterior and interior of the building where appropriate for greater security. Provide heavy duty door and hardware at Vaults and Record Rooms. Door Lights Provide factory installed small vertical door lights at typical doors to classrooms and other frequently used doors. Larger door lights and hollow metal sidelights may be used at the following:

– Administration – Counseling – Media Center – Gymnasium – Cafeteria – Teacher Work Room

Provide an observation light at the Kitchen delivery door constructed of security glass designed to resist break‐ins. Hollow Metal Frames Hollow metal frames shall be used throughout except at primary entrances where aluminum storefront systems shall be used. Entrances and Storefronts Aluminum storefront systems shall be used at primary entrances to the building. Aluminum doors shall be “wide stile”. Rollup Grilles and Shutters

– High School ‐ if used between Serving Lines and Cafeteria: – Provide electrically operated roll‐up grilles in lieu of solid roll‐up doors to allow for air circulation. – Locate key operated control on Serving Line side. – Do NOT provide supplemental latches or dead‐bolts. Grilles shall be secured by the weight of the grille.


Page 18 of 85

– Consider use of security grilles across corridors to separate building into zones, limiting access to certain parts of the building after hours. If used:

– Provide electrically operated roll‐up grilles at corridor separation zones. These shall be in addition to emergency smoke doors that may be required by code.

– Locate key operated control on both sides. Provide security latch operated by key, accessible from both sides.

– Where required by Educational Specifications, provide manual operated solid roll‐up shutters with security latch operated by turn knob on room side.

Hardware Appropriate finish hardware shall be specified by the Design Professional for review and approval by DeKalb County School District.

– See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Door Hardware. Windows All exterior window frames shall be aluminum. Steel window frames are not acceptable at exterior walls. Current DCSD standards do not allow for operable windows.

– Architects are encouraged to incorporate windows for natural lighting into as many building spaces as practical. Architect shall provide a cost‐benefit analysis of cost savings provided by proposed window lighting compared to their impact on HVAC installation and operating cost.

– Minimum Requirements: – Elementary: Windows are required at all general instruction classrooms. – Middle:Windows are desired at all general instruction classrooms when feasible. – High:Windows are required at all general instruction classrooms adjoining exterior walls.

Interior window frames shall be hollow metal and shall be provided at offices where supervision of adjacent areas is required. Do not provide interior windows at Locker Rooms. Provide interior windows in the Kitchen Manager’s Office to allow observation of workers in the Kitchen and vendors during deliveries. Glazing General exterior glazing shall be insulated, double thickness. Provide tempered, laminated, and wired glass as required by code. Use tinted glass for sun control in lieu of blinds at large and inaccessible windows at Clearstories, Lobbies, Corridors, Media Centers, Cafeterias, Gymnasiums and similar spaces.

DIVISION 9 FINISHES Gypsum Board Gypsum Board wall systems are acceptable for interior partitions at light duty spaces such as offices and partitions between classrooms and labs. Exposed layers shall be abusive resistant type. Use fire code type material as required by code. Bull nose corner beads shall be used at typical outside corners. Corner guards, in lieu of bull nose corners, may be used at the Administrative and Guidance areas. Sound batts shall be used to reduce the sound transmission of the wall system as needed.

– Do not use gypsum board wall systems in any wet or damp locations. – Rated gypsum board systems may also be used at firewalls starting 10’‐0” above finish floor where the

wall will not be susceptible to vandalism or abuse. – Use concrete masonry unit walls in lieu of gypsum board walls whenever possible. – Fiberglas reinforced (FRP) panels are unacceptable for use in kitchens.

Resilient Tile Flooring


Page 19 of 85

Typical floor finish, except where specialized finishes are called for, shall be Vinyl Composition Tile. Size of VCT shall be 12” x 12” x minimum 1/8”. Basis of design is Excelon, Imperial Series by Armstrong. Color and patterns shall be specified by the Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. Colors shall be standard manufacturer’s colors, chosen with ease of maintenance in mind. Consider use of flexible terrazzo tile similar to “Fritztile” in corridors, lobbies, and high traffic areas. To add aesthetic interest to the building, the Design Professional is encouraged to use patterns and color, especially in corridors and lobbies. Coordinate the sequence for cleaning and waxing VCT floors with DCSD Coordinator of Environmental Services and Coordinator of Warehouse. Schedule cleaning and waxing of VCT floors at Corridors, Cafeteria and other designated areas after furniture is delivered. Base shall be 4” black or very dark color rubber cove base. Provide matching‐color transition strips adjacent to other floor materials. Carpet At locations where the Educational Specifications call for carpet, tiles are preferred over roll goods. Specify electrostatic backing to eliminate curling of carpet tiles at the edges.

– Standard of quality, construction and appearance for carpet tiles is based on “Diffuse” and “Disperse” by Shaw Industries.

– Standard of quality, construction and appearance for broadloom carpet is based “Expose” or “Blog” by Shaw Industries.

– Standard of quality, construction and appearance for walk‐off mat is based on Crayon 01957 Vinyl Cushion Tufted Textile (VCTT) by Tandus Flooring.

Wood Athletic Flooring High School and Middle School Gym flooring shall be solid maple wood strip athletic flooring system.

– Minimum thickness shall be 7/8″, No.2 or better grade maple. – The flooring system shall be specifically made for athletic flooring applications. – Flooring shall include multi‐purpose court markings and custom designed school logo approved by

DCSD. – Provide recessed supports for three volleyball nets at all middle and high school gyms. – Provide event floor covering at wood floors which are also used for auditorium and other assembly

functions. – Flooring for new auditorium stages, dance rooms, and drama rooms shall be wooden sprung floors.


Page 20 of 85

Synthetic Athletic Flooring Synthetic athletic flooring shall be installed in all Elementary School Gyms. Product shall be equal to Mondosport I by Mondo USA or SportGrain Plus by Connor Sports Flooring. Indoor Track Athletic Flooring Indoor track flooring shall be polyurethane flooring over Rubberized Base with continuous striping for three lanes.

– Basis of design: Robbins Sports Surfaces ‐ Pulastic ‐ 2000 Weight Room Athletic Flooring Weight Room Athletic Flooring shall be recycled rubber material formed into squares with interlocking tabs, free‐laid without adhesive.

– Basis of design: Robbins Sports Surfaces ‐ Freeweight Quarry Tile Dark Red Quarry Tile with deep charcoal gray grout shall be used at Kitchen, Walk‐in Cooler & Freezer, Dry Storage, Serving Courts, Custodial wet areas. Grout joints shall not be sealed in kitchen floors. Ceramic Tile At rest rooms, unglazed Ceramic tile is acceptable for use as flooring. Glazed ceramic tile, minimum 54” high on all restroom walls, is preferred for use as wainscot material. To add aesthetic interest, consider accent patterns or strips. Color shall be selected by Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. Colors of tile and grout shall be selected with ease of maintenance and long term appearance in mind. Grout must be sealed. Terrazzo For new construction, terrazzo may be considered for high traffic areas such as corridors and lobbies. Consideration must be given to slip prevention at all entrances. Sealed Concrete Sealed Concrete flooring is acceptable at large storage, mechanical and electrical rooms. Polished Concrete The district should consider the use of polished concrete in high traffic locations including corridors and cafeterias. It has a higher first cost (VCT $1.00/sf; polished $2.20/sf) but it is easier to maintain over the building life. Polished concrete is frequently seen in big box retail stores in the main corridors. It can be stained to make it look less industrial, see this link for photos of applications: http://www.concretenetwork.com/photo‐gallery/ There are drawbacks to consider: concrete does not contribute to sound reduction like carpets, it may be perceived as lesser quality even though it costs more than VCT, concrete always cracks and control joints will be visible, and if stained – it is always stained. Suspended Ceilings Unless noted otherwise, 2’ x 2’ ceiling grids with 2’ x 2’ x 5/8” suspended acoustical ceiling tiles shall be used for all general use areas of the building. Standard ceiling tile shall be square edge, non directional, fissured design, 5/8”.

– Basis of design: Cortega 770 by Armstrong. – Basis of design for ceiling tile in wet areas shall be Ceramaguard 607 by Armstrong.


Page 21 of 85

– Cafeteria – hard, washable tile needs to be installed around high HVAC vents in cafeterias, similar material to that used in the kitchen

– Suspension System throughout shall be 15/16” exposed tee aluminum system. Basis of design: Prelude XL by Armstrong.

– Ceiling system furnished shall include all industry‐standard accessories required for installation. – Exposed structure and ductwork may be considered in art labs, stages, and drama rooms. – When determining ceiling heights, consider maintenance of lighting and finishes. Maximum height

must be within reach of ladders or lifts readily available to DCSD maintenance staff. – Consider using hard ceilings in student restrooms and locker rooms.

Non‐accessible Ceilings Ceiling access panels need to be installed wherever hard ceilings are installed to access valves, smoke detectors, etc. Minimum size shall be 24” x 24”, if personnel access is required (i.e. more than hand access to reach a valve). Sound Attenuation Blanket Sound attenuation blankets may be used above suspended ceilings in order to obtain acceptable sound transmission levels. See Acoustical Standards in Division 1 of these Design Guidelines. Exterior Painting Exterior painting shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for the paint used and the material being painted. Color shall be selected by Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. In general, materials with factory applied paint, coatings, or integral color should be specified in order to reduce maintenance costs.

– Basis of Design: Duron “Weather Shield” one coat, flat White paint for exterior painting. Interior Painting Interior painting shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations for the paint used and the material being painted. Semi‐gloss shall be used unless otherwise approved. Color shall be selected by Design Professional and approved by DeKalb County School District. In general, materials with factory applied paint, coatings, or integral color should be specified in order to reduce maintenance costs.

– Basis of Design: Pittsburgh Pure Performance Interior walls – color: Antique (Porter Paints) Zero VOC – semi gloss. Interior metal doors and frames ‐ Advantage Hi Gloss Exterior (Porter Advantage 900 High Gloss) Low VOC.

DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES

Visual Display Boards Design professional shall consider display of student work and integrate mounting methods wherever possible into interior design. Visual Display boards and related accessories shall be included in the Construction Contract. See Educational Specifications for location, quantity and size.

– Marker boards shall be factory laminated 3‐ply construction with porcelain‐enamel low‐gloss face sheet, 3/8” particle board core and aluminum sheet backing.

– Provide aluminum frame with chalk tray and 1” map rail with accessory clips for flags and maps. – Provide appropriate special graphic at math and music rooms. – Provide manual sliding marker boards at science labs. – Tack boards shall be 1/4” thick, plastic‐impregnated cork sheet factory laminated to ¼” thick particle

board backing. – – Provide factory applied aluminum trim.


Page 22 of 85

– Basis of design – Claridge Products & Equipment, Inc. Television Brackets Furnish and install TV wall brackets including appropriate wall bracing at all rooms requiring televisions. Brackets shall include a shelf for VCR and CD players. Coordinate size and selection of brackets with DeKalb County School District. Television sets, VCR’s and CD players will be furnished by DeKalb County School District. Metal Storage Shelving Specify adjustable industrial heavy duty metal shelving in all Storage and Custodial Rooms. Typical shelving units shall be 36” wide x 85” high x depth appropriate for the intended use (12”, 18” or 24”). Shelves for book storage shall be 12” deep. Provide 7 shelves per unit (including base and top) to allow approximately 12” clear vertically per shelf. Room Signage Appropriate signage shall be provided for in accordance with code and A.D.A. requirements.

– Typical Classrooms, Labs and Multi‐purpose rooms shall be identified by room number only. – Permanent special purpose rooms and suites (Administration, Counseling, Media Center, Gymnasiums,

Cafeteria, Staff Dining, Kitchen, Restrooms, Electrical, Mechanical, Custodial, IDF, etc) should be identified by name and number, but not individual rooms within suites that may be subject to re‐assignment.

– Provide easy to read directional signage at Lobbies, Corridors, Stairways, Elevators and other special components to aid students, staff, and visitors in navigating the building.

– Cafeteria Serving Lines shall be identified with easy to read graphics as well as functional room number for identification. Submit graphics to Executive Director of School Nutrition for review and approval.

Metal Lockers Student Lockers at Corridors For new buildings and major additions, provide metal double tier lockers at middle and high schools corridors for student use.

– Basis of design: List Industries, Republic or GSI – Provide number of lockers equal to 110% of the “Design” FTE plus corridor space to increase the

number of lockers to the “core” capacity. – Each locker shall be approximately 12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high x double tier (72” total unit height) – Lockers shall be equipped with Multi‐point automatically locking spring bolt and built‐in key‐

controlled, three‐number dialing combination lock with changes made automatic with a control key. Provide A.D.A. compliant keys locks on 1% of all lockers ordered. Provide master locks.

– Utilize welded construction with 16 gauge bodies, 14 gauge doors with stiffeners and 18 gauge backs. – Door shall have piano hinges, fastened with screws, not welded. – Doors and frame (body) of lockers shall be painted one color. – Locker colors may alternate or be different in different parts of the building. – Specify manufacturers standard paint colors unless use of custom colors is requested and specifically

approved by DCSD. – Utilize a painted metal “Z” base in lieu of raised concrete (or other material), eliminating the need for

resilient base finish. – Extend VCT floor finish below lockers to allow for their future removal if desired. – Enclose sides of lockers with wall piers and tops with wall furring. – Provide additional doors of each color specified for future replacement.


Page 23 of 85

Physical Education Lockers Provide six–tier and double‐tier lockers for new and renovated middle and high schools PE Locker Rooms in the quantities indicated in the DCSD Educational Specifications.

– Lockers in six‐tier units shall each be approximately 12” wide x 12” deep x 12” high (72” total unit height).

– Lockers in double tier units shall each be 12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high (72” total unit height). – Sides and intermediate partitions shall be expanded metal for ventilation. – Lockers shall be equipped with Multi‐point automatically locking spring bolt and pad‐lock lug. – Provide three‐number dialing combination pad‐locks with a master key for 110% of lockers in five tier

units. – Utilize welded construction with 16 (13) gauge bodies, 14 (16) gauge doors with stiffeners and 18

gauge backs. – Doors shall have piano hinges, fastened with screws, not welded. – Doors and frame (body) of lockers shall be painted one color selected from manufacturers standard

paint colors. – Provide additional doors as attic stock for future replacement. – Provide appropriate number of laminated maple locker room benches.

Athletic Team Lockers Provide single‐tier lockers at each of the Boys and Girls Team Locker Rooms at new or renovated high schools. Coordinate quantity with Principal and Athletic Staff at each school.

– Lockers shall be 15” wide x 18” deep x 72” high. – Sides and intermediate partitions shall be expanded metal for ventilation. – Lockers shall be equipped with Multi‐point automatically locking spring bolt and pad‐lock lug. – Provide three‐number dialing combination pad‐locks with a master key for 110% of lockers. – Utilize welded construction with 16 gauge bodies, 14 gauge doors with stiffeners and 18 gauge backs. – Doors shall have piano hinges, fastened with screws, not welded. – Doors and frame (body) of lockers shall be painted one color selected from manufacturers standard

paint colors. – Provide additional doors as attic stock for future replacement. – Provide appropriate number of laminated maple locker room benches.

Football Team Lockers Provide athletic style metal lockers at Football Team Room. Lockers shall be 18” wide x 22”deep x 72” high open front with combination seat and foot locker and 12” Security box. PE Staff Lockers Provide lockers for PE Staff. Locker Construction shall be similar to Student Corridor Lockers with built‐in combination locks. Provide master locks. Provide the following size lockers:

– Middle School PE Staff: single tier lockers 12” wide x 15” deep x 72” high at each Male and Female PE Staff Area.

– High School PE Staff: single tier lockers 15” wide x 21” deep x 72” high at each Male and Female PE Staff Area

Custodial Staff Lockers Provide lockers for Custodial Staff. Each locker shall be approximately 12” wide x 15” deep x 72” high single tier. Locker Construction shall be similar to Student Corridor Lockers with built‐in combination locks. Provide master locks. Kitchen Staff Lockers Provide lockers for Kitchen Staff. Each locker shall be approximately 12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high x double tier (72” total unit height) similar to Student Corridor Lockers


Page 24 of 85

Theater Dressing Rooms Provide lockers for new theater dressing rooms in high school auditorium areas. Each locker shall be approximately 12” wide x 12” deep x 36” high x double tier (72” total unit height) similar to Student Corridor Lockers. Restroom Accessories Provide surface mounted heavy duty stainless steel commercial quality restroom and bath accessories as needed. These accessories are Owner furnished and Contractor installed items: soap, paper towels, mirrors above lavatories.

– Locate soap dispensers over lavatories. – Electric hand dryers can only be used in administrators and teacher’s restrooms – not student

restrooms. Architect shall specify type of Hand Dryers subject to review and approved by DCSD Facility Services before issuing Project Manual.

– Coordinate toilet paper, paper towel, and soap dispenser requirements with DCSD Environmental Services.

– Provide one long mirror per Restroom and one lavatory mirror per lavatory. Toilet Compartments and Urinal Screens Toilet partitions and urinal screens shall be provided at multi‐person restrooms in all new and renovated restrooms at all grade levels.

– Partitions and screens shall be solid phenolic material with color impregnated through the entire thickness of the material.

– Continuous piano hinges shall be used. – Partitions shall be floor mounted and overhead braced. – Hardware shall be heavy duty extruded aluminum or stainless steel. – Wall brackets for partitions and screens shall be extruded aluminum, continuous “double T” type. – Wall mounted screen shall be provided between urinals. – Masonry partitions shall not be used.

Fire Extinguishers Provide fire extinguishers in sizes and locations as required by code. Provide recessed extinguisher cabinets with door alarms in all locations that are accessible to students. Ground Set Flagpole For new schools, provide 30’ high aluminum tapered flagpole, with an external halyard, in a prominent location at the front of the building. Canopies Appropriate aluminum canopies shall be provided for at bus and auto drop‐off areas, and loading areas as needed.

– Drainage needs to be controlled and piped to prevent flow across sidewalks. – Provide lighting at Canopies. – Canopy shall be designed to ensure “tail swing” clearances. Height requirements for bus and truck

clearances shall be reviewed and approved by DCSD Executive Director of Transportation.

DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT


Page 25 of 85

Book Theft Protection Equipment At exit(s) from Library Media Center, provide a complete book theft detection system with alarm, Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) tags, and RFID detuners/deactivators, to assist in preventing unauthorized removal of a library’s materials. Utilize manufacturer’s specifications during installation for layout and placement of system. RFID Solution features/requirements:

– RFID solution PROPRIETARY STANDARD OF DESIGN: (Strata EX system by Checkpoint, distributed by 3M) that meets ADA requirements (36” corridor width) and has flexible mounting options (direct mount or base plate)

– Integrated audio and visual alarms to alert staff when an item containing a secured tag is detected – Integrated digital display to monitor alarm counts, ingoing and outgoing patron traffic, and diagnostics – Option of real‐time access to statistics and aggregated customized reports – Configurable alarm settings based on direction of travel (in/out) – Capacity to provide self‐checkout stations, security gates, and automated check‐in – 3M Digital Library Assistant, a handheld device that reads RFID tags on books and other materials, and

makes collection management (circulation, inventory, shelf reading, re‐shelving, sorting, searching, weeding and exception‐finding much easier and more efficient.); RFID readers located at the circulation desk and self‐service kiosk

– Pop‐up alarm notification Theater/Stage Equipment Architects shall be responsible for employing a qualified professional Stage Equipment Designer to develop appropriate Design and Construction Documents for Auditorium, Drama Labs and other performance studios.

– Provide lighting, sound systems, curtains, stage monitors, projectors and other equipment appropriate for the specific program.

– Provide a Catwalk at High School Auditoriums for access to front overhead stage lighting. Drop lighting access is unacceptable.

– Drawings and Specifications shall be submitted to DeKalb County School District Drama Coordinator and Facilities Services for review and approval.

– See Division 16 ELECTRICAL ‐ Theatrical Lighting Systems Projection Screens Provide 12’ x 16’ motorized screen at new auditorium stages.

– Provide additional drop header to set bottom of screen 2’‐0” above stage floor. – Screen shall be mounted immediately in front of the stage curtain. – Screen shall be designed for rear projection system. – Provide 8’ x 8’ motorized screen at new and renovated Elementary, Middle and High School Media

Centers. – Screens shall be recessed in the ceiling suspended from structure above or mounted on CMU wall. – Basis of design shall be Da‐Lite Screen Co. Inc.’s “Cosmopolitan Electrol”

Darkroom Equipment Provide a darkroom for new High Schools, adjacent to art lab.

– Light blocking revolving door for primary pedestrian access is preferred, in addition to a standard pedestrian door with light‐tight gasketing to allow service and ADA access to the area.

– Ventilation equipment needs to be designed to handle vapor emissions of the darkroom chemicals. – Enlarger stations shall be provided, with at least one designed for ADA accessibility. Specifications shall

be submitted to DCSD Visual Art Coordinator and Facility Services for review and approval.


Page 26 of 85

Food Service Equipment Kitchen Equipment shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects.

– Architects shall be responsible for employing a qualified professional Kitchen Designer to develop appropriate Kitchen Design and Construction Documents.

– Drawings, Specifications, and equipment descriptions shall be submitted to DeKalb County School Nutrition Department and DCSD Plant Services for review and approval.

– All new kitchens shall have either all natural gas or all electric equipment. Gas‐powered appliances shall have electronic ignition only. Standing pilots are not acceptable.

– Walk‐in freezer and cooler units shall have digital temperature controls and electronically commutated motors (ECM). Outside units shall have scroll compressor with ECM condenser fan motor.

– Kitchen Hood shall be a double shell design consisting of an inner exhaust canopy with minimum 86% supply air ratio, constructed of heavy gauge stainless steel exterior. Hood shall be installed per NFPA 96, with 96” clearance from floor to bottom edge of hood. Hood shall have fire suppression (“Ansul”) system, wired to the main fire alarm panel, installed in cabinet on end of hood. Complete electrical and gas shut‐offs shall be located at hood.

– Acceptable Manufacturers: Traulsen, Hobart, and Cleveland. – See DIVISION 15 for further details.

Custodial Equipment

– A separate space for floor equipment recharging station/garage shall be provided to keep self‐propelled and other custodial equipment from obstructing mechanical rooms. The designated area shall be equipped with electrical service needed to meet the demands of the recharging equipment. Any appropriate fire separation and ventilation shall be provided.

– Commercial duty, residential sized washer and dryer are needed in each building to wash custodial mop heads, dust mops and cleaning cloths.

Athletic Equipment Architect shall be responsible for developing appropriate Design and Construction Documents for Middle and High School Athletic Equipment subject to review and approval by DCSD Coordinator of Health and PE and by the Supervisor of Interscholastic Athletic Programs. Provide a heavy duty commercial grade appliance suited to this application where the project scope includes a washer/dryer for athletic uniforms. EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT: Bleachers‐see Division 12 FURNISHINGS and Division 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION.

Football Goalpost at High School Stadiums and Practice Fields:

– Basis of design, Gill model # F305, 8’ off‐set, 23’‐4” between 20’ uprights.

Track and Field Equipment at High School Stadiums: – Long Jump / Triple Jump: Basis of design, Gill Model # 441TS Complete System‐Synthetics – Pole Vault Box: Basis of design, Gill Model #500 Box, # 503 Lid – Shot Put Circle Toe Board: Basis of design, Gill Model #360 – Discus Circle: Basis of design, Gill Model #367

Soccer Goal at High Schools – Basis of design, Gill Model # 477100, Portable Aluminum Soccer Goal with tie downs and wheels for

portability. Exterior Basketball Goals, Backboards and supports at Middle Schools:


Page 27 of 85

– Goals: Heavy‐duty, fixed type with nylon net. – Backboard: Heavy‐duty rectangular steel. – Minimum 4‐1/2” diameter steel pipe with 5’‐0” gooseneck extension.

INTERIOR EQUIPMENT: Gymnasium Basketball Backstops and Components at Middle and High Schools:

– Provide six electrically operated retractable basketball goals at each gymnasium as required by the Educational Specifications.

– Frame assembly: – Type: Overhead supported single center post with sway bracing, forward folding type for main court

and cross courts. – Superstructure: Manufacturer’s standard design for attachment to building structure with precision

die‐formed fittings. – Hoist operations: Manufacturer’s one HP minimum electric winch; self‐locking worm‐gear type,

capable of holding backstop at any position when raising or lowering. Control by wall mounted key switch.

– Safety Lock: Manufacturer’s safety lock, inertia sensitive lock type, capable of locking backstop in any position at any time in storage or during raising or lowering cycle due to sudden surge in speed. Provide for all backstops.

– Finish on exposed metal components: Manufacturer’s powder coat finish. Color selected by Architect from Manufacturer’s standard colors and approved by DCSD Facilities Services Department.

– Backboards: (Main and Cross Court): Rectangular design, ½” thickness tempered glass panel in gasketed extruded aluminum frame with bolt‐on padding along bottom edge and up sides 10’ minimum; fired vitreous enamel markings conforming to official requirements. 42” high by 72” wide.

– Basketball Goals: steel rod rim welded to mounting bracket with enamel finish and nylon netting. Provide breakaway type goals for main court backstops. All goals shall be designed to absorb shock loads due to slam dunking or hanging on the rim.

Wrestling Equipment at Middle and High Schools

– Wrestling Mat – Wrestling Mat Storage system

Volleyball and Badminton Equipment, all gyms:

– Nets and removable support post – Gym Floor sleeves for Volleyball and Badminton post: – Sleeve diameter: 3‐1/2” inside diameter. – Cover plate: Chrome plated cover assembly with swivel type hinge and removable key. – Installation: Cast into concrete footing and floor slab for flush mounting with wood floor system.

Gymnasium wall and column protection, all gyms:

– Bonded foam filled over OSB backing board with fire retardant liner and vinyl coated nylon cover. – Panel thickness: Minimum 2 inches. – Wall panel size: 2’‐0” wide by 6’‐0” high. – Column pad size: Custom fabricated to fit around columns; height to match wall panels. – Color: As selected by the Architect from Manufacturer’s standard colors and approved by DCSD

Facilities Services Department. Scoreboards Provide complete Scoreboard systems at the following locations:

– High School Main Gym: Provide 2 Scoreboards – Basis of design, Electro‐mech Scoreboard Company Model #2770 – Middle School Gym: Provide 2 Scoreboards – Basis of design, Electro‐mech Scoreboard Company Model #2330


Page 28 of 85

– High School Stadium: Provide 1 Scoreboard – Basis of design, Electro‐mech Scoreboard Company Model #3585 – High School Baseball and Softball: Provide 1 Scoreboard at Baseball and 1 at Softball – Basis of design, Electro‐mech Scoreboard Company Model #1580

Play Equipment Play equipment shall be provided at all new elementary schools. The basis of design is Kid Builders System by Little Tikes Commercial, Play Power Farmington, Inc., and designed to accommodate the indicated number of students. All new play structures shall provide accessibility to users with differing physical abilities. Where possible, this shall include ramps to provide wheelchair access to some upper platforms. Play Equipment installer shall be approved by the equipment manufacturer. Play equipment will be provided in two separate structures.

– Kindergarten to Second Grade area: This modular unit contains 22 active components to accommodate approximately 33 users

– Third to Fifth Grade area: This modular unit contains 22 active components to accommodate approximately 33 users

– Playground surfacing shall be compliant with all applicable codes, and selected for ease of maintenance.

Concession Equipment Concession facilities shall be provided at the following locations as identified in the Educational Specifications:

– Middle School Gym – High School Main Gym – High School Auditorium – High School Stadium – High School Baseball / Softball area

Concessions facilities shall include the following utilities and equipment.

– Lockable Serving Room with adjacent Lockable Bulk Storage Room. – Standard overhead florescent lighting. – Ventilation fan with thermostatic control. – Heat at exterior locations to protect pipes from freezing. – Counter with serving window. – Lockable base and wall storage cabinets. – Double sink with hot and cold running water. – Ice machine with 75 pound capacity furnished and installed as part of the construction contract. Drain

pipe shall not be located in pathway. – Floor drain, located near ice machine. – 200 amp electrical service to support 110V/220V outlets for appliances furnished by others.

Appliances shall be limited to refrigerator, microwave oven, drink cooler, hot dog machine, hot dog warmer, popcorn machine and other light duty appliances. Heavy duty appliances such as cooking ranges and fryers which require hoods and fire protection equipment are specifically prohibited.

DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS Science Casework and Equipment Science Casework and Equipment shall include modular laboratory casework, including casework, tops, ledges, filler panels, knee space panels, supporting structures and miscellaneous items of equipment as specified or scheduled. Casework shall minimally include:

– Demonstration tables – Student tables


Page 29 of 85

– Storage cabinets Science Casework and related furniture shall be of oak construction. Base cabinets and case units shall be lipped style construction having drawer heads and hinged doors with radius edges, overlapping cabinet and case openings on all edges. Face frame construction cabinets or cases are not acceptable.

– Cabinets shall be constructed with flush interiors having no offsets, to maximize drawer and cupboard space and for ease of maintenance.

– Cabinets shall be assembled using blind mortised and tenoned (or rabbeted) joints, glued and screwed together in accordance with best cabinet maker methods. Pinned or doweled construction is not acceptable. All exposed joints shall be closely fitted and tight, showing no open joints.

– All exposed corners shall be rounded. – Counter and table tops shall be 1” thick, chemical resistant, solid monolithic molded modified epoxy

resins with surface coating; black color. – Hardware shall be stainless steel with satin finish. – Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty against defects in material and workmanship. – The basis of design shall be Kewaunee Scientific Corporation, Signature Series or Leonard Peterson

Company, Vanguard Series. Acceptable Manufacturers:

– Campbell Rhea Institutional Casework, Inc. – Collegedale Casework, LLC. – Fisher Hamilton, LLC

Equipment shall minimally include:

– Peg boards – Lockable storage for hazardous materials – Safety eyewash stations – Fume hoods, equipped with worktop, base cabinet and specified accessories. – Utility service outlet accessory fittings, electrical receptacles and switches shall be listed in the

Specifications, equipment schedules or shown on Drawings as mounted on the laboratory furniture. – Laboratory sinks, cup sinks or drains troughs, overflows, and sink outlets with integral tailpieces, which

occur above the floor, and where these items are part of the equipment or listed on the Specifications, equipment schedules or shown on the Drawings.

Darkroom Casework Provide darkroom enlarger stations with drawer dividers to provide light safe drawers. Darkroom enlarger station countertops and table tops shall be 1” thick, chemical resistant, solid monolithic molded modified epoxy resins with surface coating; black color. Music Casework Casework shall be designed for appropriate storage of music instruments, stands, sheet music and teaching aids. Casework shall be constructed of industrial grade particle board with plastic laminate finish selected from manufacturer’s standard finishes. Musical instrument storage cabinets and racks shall be specifically designed and engineered for the storage and protection of the instruments stored, shall meet specified minimum performance standards, shall be chip and abrasion resistant under normal usage, and shall protect instruments from damage under normal school use. Each individual compartment shall have a welded steel grill door with non‐binding, 180 degree, five knuckle safety tip hinges and a one‐piece finger pull / padlock hasp with integral door stop feature and no moving parts. Hardware finish shall be white epoxy powder coat. Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty against defects in material and workmanship.

– Basis of design: LSI Corporation of America, Inc. 8200 Series or Musical Instrument Storage System by TMI Systems Design Corporation.


Page 30 of 85

Acceptable Manufacturers: – Stevens Industries – Wenger Corporation – Case Systems, Inc.

Library Shelving and Casework

– Layout shall be presented to the Director of Media Services with a detailed analysis of site lines for security control. Obtain written approval before coordinating related electrical and data outlets.

– Provide steel shelving system with wood trim to match other components. – Shelving system shall be constructed with vertical frames connected by horizontal and diagonal

supports, thus stabilizing the shelving longitudinally. Steel shelving shall be of a welded perimeter frame design with structural nits in the form of welded rectangular columns and solid galvanized steel members providing maximum column rigidity and minimizing stack movement. No overhead bracing for support shall be accepted.

– Provide single and double faced shelving, with adjustable shelves. End Panels shall be constructed of no more than 1" thick 3‐ply Beech plywood with square perforations. Panels shall be installed and secured at the top and bottom of the vertical frame with "J" shaped fittings that are slightly extended from the ends of the shelving, which gives the appearance of a "floating" panel.

– Include construction of sloping magazine shelves, circulation desk and miscellaneous furniture (See Educational Media for each individual specification section as it pertains to the specific item).

– Provide canopy tops at all units 42" high or shorter. Tops shall be no more than 1" thick 3‐ply Beech Plywood, top and bottom with 1/4" thick Beech solid wood edge.

– Tops shall be assembled in individual lengths for each section of shelving. Corner fillers shall be added to match individual tops for continuous look.

– Basis of design: BCI Eurobib (Solid Solutions) Acceptable manufacturers:

– Borroughs – Estey – Montel – Bretford Inc. – Estey / Tennsco – Library Bureau Steel – MJ Industries – Russwood Library Furniture

Manufactured Casework Manufactured Casework includes but is not limited to:

– Classroom and office vertical storage cabinets, base cabinets with counter tops and wall cabinets. – Miscellaneous specialty cabinets and shelving, such as storage for props in stage and drama areas.

Construction: Cabinet bodies shall be standard high pressure plastic laminate finish over industrial grade particle board.

– Cabinet backs shall be minimum ¼” commercial standard CS‐251 tempered hardboard or minimum 3/8” high performance 47 lb. density particle board.

– Cabinet sub‐base shall be of a separate and continuous ladder‐type platform design, leveled and floor mounted prior to cabinet body placement. Material shall be exterior grade plywood. No cabinet sides to floor will be allowed. Base front shall be finished with 4” high black extruded rubber cove base with pre‐molded corners to match room base.

– Countertops shall be 1” deeper than base cabinet and 1‐1/2” thick with high pressure plastic laminate finish.


Page 31 of 85

– Countertops for computers shall be 30” deep and be equipped w/ grommets and wire management below.

– Countertops without sinks shall have particle board core and water resistive adhesive. – Countertop with sinks shall be constructed with calibrated plywood and non‐soluble glue to thickness

indicated. – Counter backsplash shall match countertop construction. – Drawer fronts and hinged doors shall be overlay style with higher pressure laminate exterior and

interior liner and matching 3mm PVC edging. – Shelving behind doors shall be high pressure plastic laminate on particle board core with matching

3mm PVC edging. Shelves behind doors up to 27” wide shall be ¾” thick and 1” thick if over 27” wide up to 36” wide. Open shelving shall be 1” thick. No shelving shall exceed 36” unsupported width.

– Shelving shall be adjustable and supported by side panels with concealed fasteners capable of supporting the specified content.

Hardware: Hinges shall be adjustable 5‐knuckle, institutional grade, 2‐3/4” overlay type with hospital tip. Anchor hinges with engineered screws (no wood screws)

– Hinges shall be stainless steel with satin finish – Pulls for drawers and swing doors shall be ADA compliant one piece semi‐recessed molded contour

finger pulls – Catches shall be nylon roller or friction type. – Drawer slides shall be heavy duty, side mounted type, equipped with heavy duty ball bearing nylon

wheels and automatic positive stops. – Locks shall be half mortise design with only round cylinder exposed, five tumbler cylinder, keyed

separately with master key: satin finish. – Shelf clips shall be heavy duty design to hold shelf in place.

Accessories: Provide accessories appropriate to the cabinet’s function. Warranty: Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty against defects in material and workmanship. Basis of Design: LSI Corporation of America, Inc., New Century Line L44 or TMI Systems Design Corporation. Acceptable Manufacturers:

– Stevens Industries – Case Systems, Inc. – Cabinets by Design – Southside Manufacturing Corporation

Blinds Interior blinds shall be 1” aluminum horizontal slats. Basis of design shall be Levolor Riviera.

– Provide blinds at typical classroom and Lab exterior windows. – Use tinted glass for sun control in lieu of blinds at large and inaccessible windows at Clearstories,

Lobbies, Corridors, Media Centers, Cafeterias, Gymnasiums and similar spaces. – Interior windows are provided by the Educational Specifications for supervision purposes and shall not

have blinds except where specifically approved by DCSD. Auditorium Seating For new auditoriums, seating shall be fixed upholstered multiple seating with self‐raising seat mechanisms. All seating components shall be provided by a single manufacturer. Seating Layout shall be designed with standards spaced laterally in rows so that end standards are in alignment from first to last row, regardless of whether aisles


Page 32 of 85

converge or are of constant width, and so that sightlines are optimized. Seating with integral lighting shall not be used. Provide appropriate accommodations for wheelchairs in accordance with ADA. Basis‐of‐Design Product: Hussey Seating Company; Quattro Chair System or comparable product by one of the following:

– Seating Concepts – KI, Inc. – American Seating Company

Telescoping Bleachers Provide telescoping bleachers at middle and high school Gymnasiums.

– The bleacher system shall consist of motor operated, multi‐tiered, closed deck seating rows operating on the telescoping principal, and stacking vertically in minimal floor area when not in use.

– The structural system shall be engineered to withstand all applicable design loads associated with the intended use.

– Provide non‐marring rubber tire wheels designed for wood or synthetic floors and sized appropriately for the specific bleacher.

– Provide self storing railings at all exposed bank ends and elevated sections. – Coordinate Bleacher layout with ADA requirements for wheelchair seating. – Decking and steps shall be plywood. – Provide vinyl curtains where necessary to restrict access below bleachers. – Motor Operation: – Provide integral automatic electro‐mechanical propulsion system engineered specifically for the

requirements of the bleacher system. – All wiring within the seating bank, as well as all service wiring to the units shall be provided, including

remote control panel or pendent control. – Controls: Start, stop, forward and reverse in a single control unit together with appropriate safety

limiting features. – Motors shall be three phase and accessible from the front of the bleachers. – Provide manufacturer’s standard 5‐year warranty against defects in material and workmanship.

Basis of Design: Hussey Seating Company; Model MAXAM, Model MXM 26 Series. Acceptable Manufacturers:

– Interkal, LLC Telescoping Seating System – Irwin Telescoping Seating Company – Sheridan Gymnasium Equipment Limited

Floor Mats and Frames For new schools, main entrances shall incorporate flooring designed to increase safety and decrease dirt infiltration. Consider floor grilles in recessed frames, walk‐off mats, and/or heavy‐duty carpeting in the vestibule and entrance lobby.


Page 33 of 85

DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Portable Bleachers Provide aluminum portable bleachers at high school baseball fields, softball fields and tennis courts complete with bench seats, and all related appurtenances, fittings and accessories. Attach bleachers to a concrete slab extending to walkway system.

– 5 rows high, 10’ deep x 21’ long – 42” central aisle with steps – Appropriate guardrails – Space(s) for wheelchair provided, per ADA.

Elevators Provide passenger elevator(s) as needed to comply with A.D.A. requirements. Elevators should be of minimum practical size with basic, easily maintained finishes. Provide key controlled access, cab telephone, and tie‐in to fire alarm system. Acceptable manufacturers: Montgomery Kone, Otis Elevator or Thyssen/Dover Elevator Co. Proposed additional manufacturers must be approved by DCSD Plant Services prior to inclusion in the specifications. Manufacturers that require proprietary tools for maintenance are not acceptable.

– Elevators in school settings are often (mis)used to carry freight, causing frequent break‐downs and expensive maintenance. Consider upgrading capacity to account for this reality.

– All controls shall be open access, non‐proprietary controls. Electric Traction Elevators General

– When designing for the use of Electric Traction Elevator(s) adhere to all Federal, State, and Local codes, regulations and installation requirements.

– Provide a gearless traction elevator with machine room‐less application. – Provide the number of elevator with a rated capacity of 2500 and a rated speed of 200 fpm as required

for the project. – Main power supply shall be 208, three‐Phase, with a separate equipment grounding conductor. – Car lighting power supply shall be 120 Volts, single‐phase, 15 Amp, 60 Hz. – Machine room‐less controller(s) shall be located adjacent to the hoist‐way at the top landing in a

controller space. Machine and Governor

– The machine shall be AC, gearless, mounted at the top of the hoist‐way. – Provide a tension type generator. – In the hoist way, provide an emergency stop watch in the pit and terminal stopping switches. – In addition, components shall include buffers, car and counter weight, positioning system, guiderails

and attachments, coated steel belts, steel governor rope, and hoist‐way entrances. Car Components

DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS


Page 34 of 85

– Car components shall include: Car frame, steel cab, emergency car lighting, emergency pulsating lighting, fan, handrails, threshold, emergency exit contact, roller guides, platform, and certificate frame.

– Finishes for the car front and car door shall be stainless steel. – Provide an aluminum egg crate suspended ceiling. – Submit interior cab finishes to the DeKalb County School District for written approval.

Signal Devices and Fixtures

– A car operating panel shall be provided which contains all push buttons, key switches, and message indicators for elevator operation.

– The emergency call button shall be connected to a bell that serves as an emergency signal. – Provide buttons with raised numbers and Braille markings. – The help button shall initiate two way communications between the car and a location inside the

building and switching over to another location if the call goes unanswered. – Provide hall fixtures with necessary push buttons and key switches for operations. – Provide elevator car position indicator, car lantern, and chime.

Mechanical Lifts for ADA Accessibility New building design should avoid the need of stair lifts if possible. Vertical lifts will be considered for renovations only, if ramps or other ADA acceptable devices are impractical. Inclined stair lifts shall not be used. Wheel Chair Lifts When designing for the use of a Wheel Chair Lift(s), adhere to all Federal, State, and Local codes, regulations and installation requirements. Wheel chair lift(s) shall be used to provide interior vertical access where the design of a ramp is not practical.

– Provide a vertical platform lift with a rated load of 750 lb. capacity, a travel speed of 9 fpm, lifting height as required by the design condition, and a minimum platform size of 37” X 51” with a non‐skid surface.

– Design for all electrical service requirements. – Capacity of the motor shall be not less than 3/4 horse power with instant reversing motor. – Colors selection(s) shall be submitted to DCSD. – Control switches shall be provided at accessible locations on the upper and lower elevations. – Install a runway enclosure to prevent obstructions from entering the underside of the platform lift,

when the lift is above the lowest elevation. If it is not practical to install a runway enclosure the platform lift shall be equipped with an obstruction panel that will stop the downward travel if an obstruction is encountered.

– Provide an illuminated emergency stop alarm switch to signal for assistance in the event of an emergency.

– Provide a grab rail on the platform lift. – Provide 42“high gates with a combination mechanical lock and positive opening electric contact at the

upper and lower levels. Platform panels must be 42” in height.

DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL Pipe and Fittings

– All mechanical piping and equipment supports exposed to the elements shall be primed, painted, and clearly labeled to mark their service.

– Victaulic piping shall be Schedule 40 only, and must be installed by factory‐trained installers. Couplings shall have rubber stops.


Page 35 of 85

– All gas piping used in kitchen shall be hard black piping. Flexible connections are acceptable on drops; however, no quick disconnects shall be used.

– Vent stacks shall be located sufficiently far away from air intakes of HVAC equipment to prevent drawing odors back into the building.

– To prevent sewer gas odors from being pulled into roof top units a 25′ separation shall be maintained between sewer vents and HVAC fresh air intakes.

– Domestic Water pipe shall be Type L copper with lead‐free joints, chrome plated brass or copper where exposed.

– Domestic water supply lines from street main / meter to the building shall be copper with propress fittings (preferred) or Schedule 80 ductile cast iron (no PVC) with thrust blocks and tracer wire.

– No saddle tees shall be permitted. – Provide T fitting at water supply to Custodial Sinks, Kitchen dish machines, and pot sinks for

installation of sanitizing chemicals. – Drain and vent pipes from middle and high school science labs to acid dilution tanks shall be acid

resistant polypropylene or CPVC. All other drain pipes shall be cast or ductile iron to resist mechanical cleaning.

– In all science lab prep rooms, water taps and electrical service shall be installed for distilled / ionized water production equipment.

– A grate with a funnel to prevent splashing shall be provided at floor drains that receive discharge water from sinks that require an air gap, such as food handling sink in the kitchen.

– Provide barrier to rodent infiltration where pipes penetrate from the exterior. – Provide pressure reducing valve (PRV) in boiler room.

Reduced Pressure Zone Assemblies Reduced Pressure Zone assemblies for back‐flow prevention shall be installed as required by code for all new facilities and major renovations. Pressure reducing valve and backflow preventer shall be located in the main meter vault. Grease Interceptors For all new or renovated kitchens, grease interceptors shall be installed on the exterior of the building in a readily‐accessible location. Minimum acceptable size is 3000 gallon. Trap Primers Trap primers shall be solenoid type, with direct digital control by the energy management system. Do NOT use pressure drop primers.

– PROPRIETARY Standard of Design: ASCO RedHat Valve 24 / 60, 8210G094. Plumbing Fixtures The following is a list of fixtures currently in use at DeKalb County School District facilities, and kept in warehouse stock by DCSD maintenance. These fixtures should serve as the basis of design for plumbing fixtures at all new facilities and renovations. Proposed additional manufacturers must be approved by DCSD Facilities Services prior to inclusion in the specifications. Prefer American Standard toilets, urinals, and lavatories (no china lavatories‐must be cast iron).

– 2234.015 American Standard ”Madera” Elongated Flush Valve Toilet – 3043.102 American Standard ”Madera” 17” ht. Elongated Flush Valve Toilet – C106C Comfort Seats (JSC) Commercial Elongated Open Front Toilet Seat – 6541132.020 American Standard Allbrook Urinal (Waterless urinals shall not be used) – 111‐XL Sloan Regal Flushometer (New and retrofit toilets)


Page 36 of 85

– 186XL Sloan Flushometer – 1” Stop urinal (Retrofit urinals) – 186XL Sloan Flushometer – 3/4” Stop urinal (New urinals) – V‐500‐AA Sloan 3/4” x 15” Vacuum Breaker (Retrofit urinals) – 0355.012 American Standard ”Lucerne” Wall‐hung Lavatory – 629203C Watts Grid Drains – B‐0871 T & S Cast Brass Centerset 4” Faucet (Low flow aerators)

– B‐0890 T & S Cast Brass Centerset 4” Faucet, HC Handles (Low flow

aerators) – 102EZ Lav Guard 2 Under Sink Pipe Covers – EZS8 Elkay Water Cooler – Lt. Granite (Retrofit) – EZSTL8C Elkay Bi‐level Water Cooler – Lt. Granite (New)

Sinks: Prefer T&S Brass Kitchen faucets. Prefer Gerber lavatory faucets with 2 handles. Prefer Bradley Co foot‐operated faucets for ½ moon type wash stations in restrooms.

– Custodial Sinks shall be floor type with hot and cold water and hose connection on mixing valve. – Wash fountains / stations

Basis of design: Bradley Co.

– Kitchen hand wash sink shall have touchless, low voltage or foot operated faucet controls. Basis of design: T&S Brass

– Art Room Sinks shall be shall be stainless steel, deep and wide without dividers, equipped with gooseneck faucets, equipped with plaster traps.

Basis of design for trap: Zurn solid interceptor Z‐1181. Hose Bibs:

– Interior: Provide a key operated hose bib at each multi stall restroom. Mount on wall below a lavatory.

– Exterior: Provide freeze protected hose bibs in key access wall boxes spaced approximately 200’ around the building perimeter. Provide one bib at each outdoor art lab space.

– Exterior Play Fields: Provide freeze protected hose bibs in key access ground boxes adjacent to all play fields.

Water Heaters: Provide hot and cold water at Adult Restrooms, Kitchens, Custodial sinks, Work Room sinks, Gym, “Lab” (Science, Career Tech, and Art) demonstration and clean‐up sinks, and showers. Provide hot and cold water in all clinic areas and at any sinks where adults are providing diapering and/or toileting assistance for special needs students. Provide anti‐scalding devices on all sinks in areas accessible to children. Provide cold water only at student lavatories and Classroom sinks.

– Preferred manufacturers are Rheem and Rudd.

Water Fountains: Provide in locations, quantities and design in compliance with currently adopted accessibility code. Provide water fountains attached to sinks in duplex restrooms in new kindergarten and first grade elementary school classrooms. Water fountains attached to sinks do NOT count towards Georgia Department of Education minimum drinking fountain requirements.

– Provide bubbler fountains at sinks in Kindergarten and 1st Grade rest rooms.


Page 37 of 85

Fire Protection All new school facilities and large additions constructed for DCSD shall be protected with an automatic fire sprinkler system, per currently adopted Life Safety Code, NFPA 13 and Georgia state modifications. Sprinkler system and other fire protection equipment shall be provided in accordance with building codes and local requirements.

– Coordinate design of sprinkler system with design of built‐in furniture and storage units such as music instrument storage units.

– Install pressure reducing stations as required if main water pressure fluctuates and exceeds fire protection system working pressure.

– Smoke detector devices need to be installed in a manner that preserves accessibility for maintenance. – For additions, consideration should be given to retrofitting a fire suppression system in the existing

structure to integrate protection of the entire facility. – Require in the specifications for the suncontractor to program systems a minimum of two times in

coordination with the Owner’s direction. Prior to each programming, the subcontractor is to prepare a draft outline of the program for the Owner’s review.

Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Due to their ever‐increasing complexity, it is imperative that building mechanical systems interface correctly to provide safe and efficient operations for the life of the building. All building mechanical and electrical system construction shall be thoroughly checked for proper operation. Full commissioning is recommended. Architect and engineers shall design HVAC system with total life cycle costs in mind, using most practical approach for each project. Submit calculations for sizing HVAC units to DCSD for review and approval. DCSD maintenance staff shall fully approve all mechanical components. HVAC shall be provided in classroom areas by water source heat pumps or self‐contained wall mounted units (basis of design: Bard Manufacturing).

– Water source heat pumps units shall be resettable from temperature sensor or thermostat, not from disconnects.

– Water source heat pumps shall be extended range type with expansion valves. Cap tubes are not acceptable.

Separate packaged units shall provide HVAC at the following spaces: – Auditorium – Administrative Offices – Counseling Offices – Media Center – Cafeteria – Kitchen – Dry Storage – Gyms and P.E. Areas, including coaches offices – Cafeteria manager’s office – Network Server Rooms – Security Camera End Equipment Room – Other rooms with temperature sensitive equipment (i.e., telephone equipment, Stadium Press Box)

Areas Requiring Special Considerations for HVAC

– Locker room air conditioning and ventilation shall be designed to address the special conditions in these spaces.

– Media Center HVAC: – Office and work room and conference rooms shall be placed on independently controlled, separate

zones. – Active humidity control shall be included in the media center HVAC design. A “moisture miser” or ERU

shall be installed in Media Center RTU.


Page 38 of 85

– All corridor, stair and elevator HVAC units shall have ducted return air, taking care to pressurize space. – Do not locate telephone, MDF, IDF equipment or security camera head‐end racks in Mechanical or

Electrical Rooms. Telephone equipment is computer based electronic equipment that should be located in an air conditioned space. Locate telephone equipment in a separate room or in a combination room with MDF, IDF equipment and security camera head‐end racks, all of which require similar constant year‐round temperature control.

– Heating and cooling for these rooms must be capable of maintaining ambient temperatures as required, independently of the operation of the main building HVAC systems. Consider designing this system to accommodate additional heat load (30% more than current load) created by equipment that may be added to these rooms in the future.

– Independently controlled, ductless split cooling systems shall be supplied for main server rooms to provide cooling separate from the building system. Power for this system shall be tied to emergency panel for generator back up.

– Art Suite Kiln and Dark Room ventilation shall be designed to address the special conditions in these spaces. Where possible, locate these spaces on exterior walls for convenient venting. Art Suite air shall exhaust directly to the exterior and shall not re‐circulate into the building return air system.

– Acceptable manufacturers: Vent‐A‐Kiln; Barry Blower; ILG – HVAC Ionization: DCSD preference is for Global Plasma Systems due to past experience with system

parts. EQUIPMENT

– Exhaust fans shall be provided per code. – Acceptable manufacturers: Greenheck, Cook, Jennaire, Gaylord, Halton, CaptiveAire – Kitchen Hood shall be a double shell design, constructed of stainless steel, consisting of an inner

exhaust canopy with minimum 86% supply air ratio. (See Division 11) – Cooling Towers must include basin heater; open loop tower with heat exchanger, stainless steel. No

sand filters are allowed. Heat tape shall be provided on all make‐up water lines. – PROPRIETARY manufacturer: Evapco – Preferred vendor for water treatment is Superior Water Services, Inc. (include 2 year service

agreement) – All boilers shall be hot water tube type with factory start‐up. Three‐way mixing valve must be installed

on all boiler loops with the actuator supplied by CCI. – Acceptable manufacturers: Ajax; Rite; Apac

– Chillers shall be air‐cooled, with factory start‐up and 5‐year service plan included. – PROPRIETARY manufacturer: Carrier Corporation – Water loop pumps shall be installed in a manner that preserves service access. – Acceptable manufacturers: Bell & Gossett, Flo‐Fab, Patterson, Taco, Inc. and Armstrong – The preferred manufacturer for dehumidification units is Munters Corporation. – Energy recovery units shall be provided. – PROPRIETARY manufacturer: Munters Corporation. – Heat Exchanger shall be plate and frame type and must be located in a mechanical room; no exterior

installation is allowed. – PROPRIETARY manufacturer: Sondex Inc. – Flow Controls and Balancing Valves for Supply and Return Line Assemblies – Acceptable manufacturers: Flow Design, Inc., Griswold, Bell & Gossett

Automated Temperature Controls and Energy Management System Proprietary Product: Direct digital control system sole source is STAEFA TALON. Submit listing of control points for approval by DeKalb County School District.

– Building automation system controls shall be Web Control by CCI only. – Media Center shall be equipped with humidity sensors. – See DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL for non‐revenue metering connected to building automation system.


Page 39 of 85

DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL Solid Front Electrical Panels Placement of electrical panels in areas normally accessible to students, particularly corridors, is to be avoided whenever possible. Electrical panels and other devices located at areas normally accessible to students shall have solid front panels without louvers. If ventilation is required by the code, it shall be provided in such a manner as to prevent students from inserting small objects into the electrical panel or device. Such panels or devices shall be located in special purpose locked rooms if possible. Architect/Engineer shall incorporate this requirement into the Construction Documents and submittal review process. Future Expandability The electrical service for the building and overall site shall be designed to accommodate future loads for building expansion and future portable classrooms. (See DIVISION 1 – Core Capacity and DIVISION 2 – Future Portable Classrooms) A “spare” breaker shall be installed to power a future distribution panel near the portable site(s), to provide electrical service to the portables. Conduits of sufficient size, as required to serve the remote future portable classroom distribution panel shall be installed from the main electrical distribution panel and capped until needed. Intercom, security and other systems shall be expandable for the number of additional portable classrooms noted above. Conductors and Grounding Aluminum wiring shall not be used on the building side of the meter. Plenum‐rated low‐voltage cabling may be used in lieu of conduit, if cost effective. Provide cable tray or hooks at hallways for low voltage cabling.

– Low voltage cable shall be properly suspended throughout with “J” hooks, not allowed to rest on ceiling tile or grid.

– Conduit shall be run in a manner that preserves service access to all adjacent equipment. – Provide junction box at center of room with service loop. – Engineered cable management systems such as Reloc are acceptable.

Overload Devices for Motor Starters Motors shall be equipped with a solid state overload protection device with an adjustable trip point rather than thermal overloads. When properly rated, this type of overload provides almost instantaneous trip of the safety during a single‐phase condition. Phase protection devices shall be provided on all HVAC equipment. Power Outlets

– Provide at least one 110 volt duplex outlet on each wall and an average of one per eight feet of wall. – Provide at least one 110 volt dedicated duplex outlet for each designated computer outlet. (One 4‐plex

outlet for each pair of computer outlets) – Provide one 110 volt, 20 AMP GFI duplex outlet adjacent to each sink counter. – Provide special voltage outlets for designated equipment such as large printer/copy machines and

other special equipment. – Coordinate power connections of appropriate voltage and phase to all electrical equipment. – Provide master power switch at Science, Computer, Business and Career Technology Education Labs. – Provide power outlets in ceiling for drop down lighting in art lab for still life and figure drawing and for

small power tools in Engineering Technology lab.


Page 40 of 85

– Provide Darkroom outlets at each enlarger station for enlarger and timers. Light Fixtures

– The interior lighting design shall minimize fixture types and incorporate standardized lamp inventory to the extent practicable. DCSD mainly stocks T‐8 bulbs.

– Light levels shall comply with Georgia Department of Education standards. – General interior lighting shall be provided by recessed 2’ x 4’ fluorescent fixtures with T‐8 lamps and

electronic ballasts, unless noted otherwise. A safety cable should be attached to the fixture, cover reflector and lens.

– Provide standard acrylic lenses, unless noted otherwise. – Polycarbonate lens are recommended for low ceilings in corridors, stairs and locker rooms. – Lighting in gymnasiums, storage areas, mechanical and electrical rooms should have metal cage

protection. – Locker rooms near showers and kitchens should have vapor retardant gasket lenses. – “No hold,” 6 hour mechanical timers shall be used for mechanical space lighting control. – The use of incandescent fixtures or dimming electronic ballasted fixtures shall be limited to special

situations, such as theatrical lighting. – Typical classrooms, labs, Media Centers, other Instructional spaces and Cafeterias shall have standard

three‐tube fixtures with multilevel switching to allow one, two or three lamps per fixture to be turned on by two switches (not by dimmers) to produce 33%, 66% and 100% lighting levels.

– In halls and cafeterias, lighting shall be controlled by key switches (Leviton Key #555‐000) not toggle switches.

– Tandem wiring of fixtures is encouraged to reduce the number of ballasts. – Avoid light fixtures in hard ceilings. – If project includes new lighting mounted at high ceilings such as in gymnasiums and cafeterias, a

mobile lift shall be provided. Motion Sensors Hallways, classrooms, labs and other instructional spaces shall be equipped with motion sensors that will automatically turn the lights off and place the switches in the off position when a hallway or room is not occupied. Connect motion sensors to HVAC control system. Review characteristics of system and possible additional rooms to be included with DCSD Facility Services for review and approval prior to incorporation into the construction documents. Gym Lighting

– Gym lighting fixtures shall be standardized for cost efficiency to the extent possible. – Provide multi‐level lighting at all gyms by means of switching, not dimming. High school and middle

school gyms shall have multi level lighting for recreational use and competition use at 60 fc, per athletic association requirements.

– Gym lighting fixtures shall be T‐5 High Output (HO) or induction type with instant‐on feature. – Gym lighting fixtures shall have fixture, lens and guard safety chains to prevent these components

from falling when damaged by impact. Auditorium Lighting Stage, Drama and Broadcast Video Labs shall be equipped with performance lighting which shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects. Architects shall be responsible for employing a qualified professional Lighting Designer to develop appropriate Design and Construction Documents. General lighting in auditorium shall not be positioned over seats; consider wall sconces, or ceiling mounted fixtures positioned over aisles. Drawings and Specifications shall be submitted to DeKalb County School District Drama Coordinator and Facilities Services for review and approval.


Page 41 of 85

– Scope of work shall include overhead pipe grid, dimmable theatrical light fixtures, wiring and control system.

– Provide separate fluorescent work light system. – High School Auditorium front overhead stage lighting shall be accessible from a catwalk; drop light

mounting is unacceptable. – Provide aisle lighting at floor level. – See Division 11 EQUIPMENT‐ Theatrical/Stage Equipment for Catwalk access for stage lighting.

Exit and Emergency Lighting Provide exit lights and emergency lighting fixtures required by code. Connect all emergency and exit lighting fixtures to the generator. In large areas without exterior windows, such as an auditorium, consider adding a small number of emergency lights on battery back‐up, to provide light during generator start‐up time. Provide L.E.D. exit lights on emergency circuits in quantities and locations in compliance with all applicable codes. Emergency Electrical System All new DeKalb County Schools shall be equipped with an automatic emergency electrical generation system. New Generator systems shall be included in major renovation projects at school sites that do not have generators. Any existing generators older than 15 years shall be replaced during major renovation projects. The system shall include, but shall not be limited to, a natural gas engine and electrical generator with vibration control, automatic engine starting system with batteries, instrument panel, weather‐protective housing, enunciator panel, exhaust silencer and accessories. The generator shall be pad‐mounted on the exterior of the building, protected by chain link fence. For elementary schools, the minimum size generator shall be 60 KW, 480/277 volts. For middle and high schools, the minimum size generator shall be 80 KW, 480/277 volts. The system shall be adequately sized for and be connected to the following:

– Emergency exit and emergency lighting fixtures (battery pack fixtures shall not be used unless noted otherwise)

– Minimum of one light fixture in each classroom – Fire alarm system – Intercom system – Telephone system – Security System including cameras, Intrusion alarm ,access control, and door power supplies – Main server (MDF) room: All outlets; Air conditioning package unit – Walk – in freezer/cooler (usually 208 volt, 3 phase) – One outlet in principal’s office to maintain phone and computer

Some of the electronic loads listed above also need to have a small UPS/surge protector to carry the electrical loads from the point of power interruption through start‐up of the generator. Specifically, the intercom system, the telephone system switch, and energy management system main panel need to be served in this manner. Normal / Emergency Generator outlets shall be color coded / placarded in accordance with NEC. Acceptable manufacturers:

– Cummings – Kohler – Generac – Detroit Diesel

Two‐year total service warranty contract shall be standard, with three‐year extension included. For generators with KVA loads equal to or greater than 100 KVA, Georgia Power requires the Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS) open transition transfer to have a mechanical interlock; reference Georgia Power’s Distribution Bulletin No. 18 – 23, Section 4.2. The following actions are required:

– DCSD Project Manager shall prepare following Georgia Power documents, and secure signature of DCSD Executive Director of Facilities:


Page 42 of 85

– “Application for Emergency and Standby Generation Installation & Operation” – “Statement of Responsibility for Operation of Emergency or Standby Generation on the Georgia Power

Company Distribution System” – DCSD Project Manager shall forward signed forms to the attention of Georgia Power representative,

Keith Harley at [email protected]. – DCSD Project Manager shall notify Georgia Power when ATS is installed. – DCSD Project Manager shall schedule Georgia Power to inspect and photograph the mechanical

interlock installation. – Georgia Power representative shall forward both documents (items 1 and 2) along with photographs,

to the DCSD Project Manager. Exterior Lighting Fixtures Provide adequate exterior lighting at building parking and walkway areas for security to employees and building. Fixtures shall be energy efficient, vandal resistant, 277 volt metal halide. Building wall packs shall be 250 watt or LED or compact fluorescent; parking lot lights shall be 400 watt. Exterior fixtures shall be controlled by building automation system with local override and photocells.

– All exterior lighting shall be controlled by EMS astrological clock with local override switch. – Divide controls for site lighting into zones that can be operated independently. Submit design for

zones to DCSD for review and approval. – Local override shall be momentary contact switch tied to building automation system. – Consider outside lighting at Art Patio for evening events.

Sports Field Lighting The Design Professional shall develop complete drawings and specifications to describe sports field lighting similar to those currently installed at existing DeKalb County High Schools. Specifications shall be equal or above GHSA spec lighting manual, available at www.ghsa.net. Sports lighting shall be provided at the following fields:

– Football / Track Stadium: 360’x 160’ – Baseball Field: 330’ x 380” x 330’ plus batting cage area – Softball Field: 200’ x 200’ x 200’ plus batting cage area

Sports lighting shall provide environmental light control, with the primary goal to not negatively impact the adjacent community with excessive spill light and glare. Design lighting system to provide maximum spill and glare control. The specifications shall require a photometric report from an independent or certified testing lab certifying that the luminous intensity from any one fixture does not exceed the following criteria: Football / Track Stadium: 12,000 candelas at 84 degrees above nadir.

– Baseball Field:12,000 candelas at 83 degrees above nadir. – Softball Field:12,000 candelas at 83 degrees above nadir.

Lighting system shall be designed with life cycle costs in mind. It shall be energy efficient and cost effective to operate. Maximum energy consumption based on 5,000 hour operating cycle:

– Football / Track Stadium: 105.0 kWh or less. – Baseball Field: 77.0 kWh or less. – Softball Field: 33.0 kWh or less.

The lighting system shall be designed such that the light levels are guaranteed for a period of 25 years. Each manufacturer shall provide, along with bid, a recommended lamp maintenance schedule required to provide guaranteed light levels for 25 years:

– Football / Track Stadium: 50 foot candles. – Baseball Field (Infield): 50 foot candles. – Baseball Field (Outfield): 30 foot candles


Page 43 of 85

– Softball Field (Infield): 50 foot candles. – Softball Field (Outfield): 30 foot candles.

Architect shall develop detailed specifications for measuring the uniformity of these basic standards. Lighting system must be designed to comply with current applicable building codes and minimum 100 mph wind speed. Cross arms shall be designed to withstand minimum 150 mph winds and maintain luminaire aiming alignment.

– All components shall be designed as a system and shall include, but not be limited to: – Provide galvanized steel poles with climbing steps and safety harness. Poles shall have pre‐cast

concrete foundation with concrete backfill or concrete anchor bolt type foundation. Exposed steel shall be a minimum of 18” above grade; direct buried steel poles will not be permitted. Concrete or other single piece poles requiring use of heavy equipment that may damage the site will not be permitted.

– All exposed components shall be designed of appropriate corrosion resistant materials. – Die‐cast aluminum housing shall be used for luminaire reflector system. – Remote ballast, capacitors, fusing and safety disconnects for luminaries shall be located in an

aluminum enclosure on each pole approximately 10’ above grade. – Wire harness system shall be designed for trouble‐free installation. – System shall include lightning protection. – All components shall be UL listed. – Momentary power interruption illumination system shall be provided to provide coverage during

failure of primary system. – Specifications shall describe an appropriate standard for measuring compliance of the installed system

and requirements for correcting non‐compliance. – Include in the bid one set of replacement lamps rated at 5,000 hours or two sets if rated at 3,000

hours. Also include preventative and spot maintenance (parts and labor) for 25 years. Coordinate details of DeKalb County School District requirements for remote controls and incorporate those requirements into the specifications.

Data Cabling System Provide Data Cabling System for computer network and equipment in accordance with the current DeKalb County School’s Technology Plan. See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Data Cabling System. Telephone Cabling System DeKalb County School District will provide the telephone switch and individual phones for each required location. Construction contract shall provide telephone cabling and equipment. See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Telephone Cabling System. Detection Systems Security alarm and Security Surveillance Camera Systems will be furnished by DeKalb County School District under contracts separate from building contracts for new schools and additions.

– Coordination between the separate contractors will be required to maintain occupancy schedules. – Designer for Security Surveillance System shall coordinate design of security systems with DCSD

Director of Safety / Security. – Front desk design at Elementary Schools shall allow 2 Monitors to be mounted out of view of visitors.

See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Security System for general requirements of Security System and the specific Video Surveillance Specification prepared for each project. Master Television Systems


Page 44 of 85

Scope of Work:

– Media centers shall have broadcast capabilities to provide video programming throughout the building.

– Provide drops in all spaces except storage mechanical, custodial and kitchen areas. Coordinate Master TV Systems with DCSD MIS. (Comment: not sure cable needs to be in each classroom. TV is now transmitted over the network to smart boards).

– Cable TV signal shall be provided to the media center distribution center from the local cable TV vendor.

– Provide a complete Master Television Cable System for distribution of “In‐House” and local “Cable” channels. Provide two sets of audio / video jacks on front panel for direct insertion of customer equipment. The system shall be wired to allow tuning selected “cable” channels through VCRs for recording or distribution throughout the system and direct distribution of cable channels through system demodulators. Receiver / monitors shall be furnished to provide direct monitoring of programs.

– A one line drawing of the entire Television System shall be included in the submittal showing the signal levels in dBmV at the input and output of each device at the head end, tap‐off, splitters, and room outlets. The model numbers of all components shall be included in the one line drawing. A detailed drawing of the equipment cabinets, their components, special panels and equipment layout must be furnished for approval (no exceptions).

– The television Contractor shall be an authorized distributor for the equipment supplied and maintain his own service organization capable of furnishing all warranty service. A letter shall be included in the submittal stating the above is valid.

– The system shall be designed for 50 db signal‐to‐noise ratio and shall provide a signal level of a minimal of +6dbmv and a maximum of +12dbmv at each outlet.

– The system shall be designed to allow program originating and distribution from outlets throughout the system by the addition of proper equipment.

The Design Professional shall be responsible for specifying appropriate equipment, testing and certification. Acceptable manufacturers:

– Blonder Tongue – Drake / Dracom – Scientific Atlanta – Jerald

Fire Alarm System See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Fire Alarm System. Intercom System Proprietary PRODUCT: Central Control Center: Rauland Telecenter VoIP System Intercom system shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects, and shall include a master clock to control bells.

– Provide intercom call‐back system with master station in administrative office and call stations in each normally occupied space. Design Professional to submit detailed catalog information to DeKalb County School District for approval.

See APPENDIX to Design Guidelines – Intercom System Public Address System Sound systems shall be incorporated into the Scope of Work for all new school projects.


Page 45 of 85

– Provide public address systems at the following locations: – Cafeterias – Gymnasiums – Auditoriums – Drama Labs – Football Stadiums – Architects shall be responsible for employing qualified professionals to design and develop

Construction Documents for public address systems. Design of public address systems shall be appropriate for the acoustical conditions and volume of each space.

– Drawings and Specifications shall be submitted to DCSD Facilities Services Department; the Supervisor of Interscholastic Athletic Programs, and to the Coordinators of Health and PE, Music and Drama for review and approval.

Features and functions shall include:

– Solid state in‐wall type amplifier – Built‐in speakers – Microphones designed especially for music pickup, recording and excellent speech reproduction – Remote microphone outlets appropriate for the type of space – Auxiliary input for future program sources – Input for school wide intercom program and system announcements – Fire alarm override if required.

Delivery Door Bell Provide a door bell system at the exterior delivery door(s) to alert kitchen and/or custodial staff when deliveries have arrived. The appropriate location for the bell will be a function of the service area layout. The Design Professional shall propose and obtain approval for the bell location(s). Clocks

– Centrally controlled digital clocks and bell system shall be provided in halls (except for Elementary Schools), Cafeteria, Media Center, main Office, and Gym.

– Provide electrical connection in each classroom and other instructional areas for DeKalb County School District provided electrically operated wall mounted clocks where required.

APPENDIX

Proprietary Specifications The following items were approved by DeKalb County Board of Education, as of 11/29/11 (refer to specific divisions within these Design Guidelines for manufacturers):

– Book Theft Book Security – Plumbing: – Trap Primers – HVAC: – Cooling Towers – Chillers – Energy Recovery – Heat Exchanger – Automated Temperature Controls/Energy Management System

Door Hardware


Page 46 of 85

PROPRIETARY Standard of Design: – Exit Devices: Von Duprin 98/99 Series: – Dummy Trim 98DT, 99DT – Night Latch 98NL, 99NL – Lever 98L, 99L – Lever Blank Escutcheon 98L‐BE, 99L‐BE – Heavy Duty Lock – Levers: Best Access Systems, 93K – 7 – (AB, D, R) – 14‐C‐STK – Rim Cylinders: Best Access Systems, 1E – 7 – 2 ‐ C4 ‐ RP3

Cylinders: Hardware must be heavy duty type and accept the proprietary “Best” removable core system. Mortise locksets are not acceptable. Fire and Smoke Doors: All fire and smoke doors shall have magnetic hold‐open devices interfaced with the fire alarm system. BASIS OF DESIGN: Glynn Johnson, Rixson Firemark (Assa Abloy) Overhead Fire and Smoke Doors: Doors shall be equipped with easily tested and re‐set mechanisms. Power Assisted Door Openers: Power assisted door openers shall be Dormer or approved equal. The use of Power assisted door openers shall be avoided and shall not be used on interior doors of new facilities, unless approved by DCSD. Note: The following manufacturers are not acceptable:

– Sargent – Yale – Monarch

PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 Section Includes

A. Provide and install all items known commercially as builder’s hardware or door hardware. This shall include, but is not limited to, hinges, pivots, locks, latches, exit devices, cylinders, cores, keys, automatic or manual flush or surface bolts, door closers, overhead door stops/holders, floor stops and holders, wall stops, thresholds, weather stripping, door coordinators and silencers.

1.02 Products Furnished But Not Installed Under This Section

A. Permanent cores shall be installed by Best for the Owner. Refer to Article 2.01C. Keying. 1.03 Coordination

A. Coordinate work in this Section with other directly affected Sections involving the manufacture of any internal reinforcement for hardware.

1.04 Qualifications

A. Hardware Supplier: A recognized firm specializing in the supply of commercial door hardware with warehousing facilities and documented experience in a fifty mile radius from DeKalb County for a period of three (3) years and an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) to properly handle, detail and service hardware in a satisfactory manner.

B. Manufacturer: Companies specializing in manufacturing door hardware with a minimum of ten (10) years’ experience.

1.05 Certifications

A. Prior to building occupancy an Architectural Hardware Consultant shall inspect and certify that all hardware has been furnished and installed in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and is functioning properly. Results of said inspection should be reported in writing to the Architect.


Page 47 of 85

1.06 Submittals

A. Submit hardware schedule, product data, shop drawings, and keying schedule in accordance with Section 01300. Include product data on each type of hardware listed in hardware schedule. 1. Upon return of the reviewed finish hardware schedule, arrange for a meeting with the

Owner and representatives of Best Access Systems of Georgia. A keying schedule will be established and submitted to the DeKalb County Board of Education. After review, the keying schedule will be returned to representatives of Best Access Systems so that permanent cores and keys can be prepared on a timely basis. The master key system shall be a factory‐registered system to assure the propriety of the codes and avoid duplication or crosskeying.

1.07 Warranty

A. Provide three (3) year warranty for all hardware items with the exception of door closers. Include coverage of door closers for ten (10) year period.

PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 Acceptable Manufacturers

A. Hinges & Pivots: Hager, Stanley, Lawrence, McKinney, Bommer 1. Provide only template produced units. 2. Provide Phillips flat head or machine screws for installation of units, except furnish

Phillips flat‐head wood screws for installation of units into wood. Finish screw heads to match surface of hinges or pivots.

3. Hinge pins, except as noted, are to be provided as follows: Steel Hinges: Steel pins Non‐ferrous Hinges: Stainless steel pins Exterior Doors: Use continuous hinges Interior Doors: Non‐rising pins Electric Hinges: Non‐removable pins

4. Tips shall be flat button and matching plug, finished to match leaves. 5. Provide number of hinges indicated but not less than three (3) hinges for door leaf of 90”

or less in height and one additional hinge for each 30” of additional height. 6. Utilize hinge‐reinforcing plates when half‐surface hinges are used in conjunction with

kalmein filled wood doors. 7. Provide ball bearing hinges of the type and weight suggested by the hinge manufacturer

for each type of door application.

B. Continuous Hinges: Hager Roton, Markar, Select, Zero 1. Provide heavy‐duty continuous hinges for exterior doors, high traffic cross‐corridor doors

and other applications where the doors might be susceptible to abuse. 2. Provide only concealed leaf continuous hinges for applications involving new doors. 3. Use of full surface or half‐surface continuous hinges will be acceptable for applications

involving existing doors and/or frames.

C. Lock Cylinders & Keying: Best (No Substitution) 1. Best Access Systems of Georgia will meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and

obtain final instructions in writing, as per 1.09.A.1 of this section. 2. Best interchangeable core keying system shall be used throughout. Furnish the standard

temporary construction core system for the construction period, and remove when permanent cores arrive. Construction cores are the property of the manufacturer and are to be returned when permanent cores are installed.


Page 48 of 85

3. Construct lock cylinder and interchangeable cores from brass, bronze, stainless steel or nickel silver.

4. Permanent cores and cylinders shall match the lock set finish. 5. Provide keys of nickel silver material only. 6. All interchangeable cores shall be sever (7) pin, interchangeable among all locks in this

section, without modification, and keyed into a Grand Master Key System capable of over 16,000 change combinations.

7. Provide four (4) change keys per keyed lock set. *Additional keys: 4 for each individual classroom 6 each sub master keys

D. Locksets Latchsets: Best, Schlage, Corbin/Russwin

1. Base specifications: Best Access Systems components as listed in Schedule per Article 3.05.

2. Lock sets and latch sets of other manufacturers must conform to the requirements of Subparagraphs 3 and 4, and be approved by the DeKalb County Board of Education.

3. Cylindrical Type: a. Lock sets and latch sets must be extra‐heavy duty cylindrical type with 2 ¾ inch

backset, or greater as specified, with a 9/16 inch throw latchbolt. b. Provide lock sets with Best 7 – pin interchangeable core. c. Lock sets and latch sets must conform to ANSI A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1, and

be UL listed. d. Trim is to be Best Access System’s 14C with 626 (US26D) satin chrome finish. e. Use of this type lock is permitted in office suites where office doors are

protected from public corridors by a locking door with mortise lock set.

E. Exit Devices: Von Duprin, Precision ‐ Apex Series 1100. 1. All exit devices to be of one manufacturer. 2. Provide sex nuts and bolts for attachment of surface applied items to doors. 3. Devices shall be UL listed. Devices for fire openings shall bear factory installed UL

markings that indicate approval for fire rated openings. 4. All exit devices shall be touch‐bar type design and manufactured of stainless steel.

Grooved aluminum extrusions are not allowed. Extrusions shall be smooth. 5. All exit devices shall comply with ANSI A156.3, Grade 1.

F. Closers: LCN – 4040/1, Fire Mark/Rixson, Ryobi – 4550/1

1. Size of units: Except as otherwise specifically indicated, comply with the manufacturer’s recommendations for size of door control unit, depending upon size of door, exposure to weather and anticipated frequency of use. a. Where parallel arms are indicated for closers, provide closer unit one size larger

than recommended for use with standard arms. 2. Where manual closers are indicated for doors required being accessible to the physically

handicapped, providing adjustable units, ANSI opening force and delayed action closing. 3. Provide concealed closers that are fully concealed when doors are closed. Concealed

closers are to have full rack and pinion hydraulic operation with separate controls for closing and latching speeds. Closer to have high strength cast cylinder and all temperature fluid.

4. Provide manual closers (using sex bolts) that are certified to exceed one million (1,000,000) full load‐operating cycles by a recognized independent testing laboratory. Closers are to be fully hydraulic, rack and pinion action with high strength cast cylinders and one piece forged steel pistons. Hydraulic fluid to be of a type requiring no seasonal adjustments for temperature. Hydraulic regulation to be controlled by tamper‐proof, non‐critical screw valves, adjustable with a hex wrench. Separate adjustments for back


Page 49 of 85

check, general speed, and latch speed. Where detailed on double lever arm closers, provide a delayed action feature to delay closing up to one minute for maximum opening to approximately 75°. Back check shall be properly located for protection of the door, frame and applied hardware.

5. Use of closers with built‐in spring or cushion stops will be allowed in lieu of overhead stops.

6. All door closers shall comply with ANSI A156.4, Grade 1 and meet the standards of ANSI A117.1 for barrier‐free accessibility.

G. Push/Pulls, Protection Plates: Ives VR910 X TB Exterior Pull, Quality, Burns, Trimco

1. Provide manufacturers standard exposed fasteners for installation, through bolted for matched pairs, but not single units.

2. Provide 16 gauge minimum thickness for plates. 3. Bevel protection plates on four (4) sides. 4. Provide offset pulls on exterior doors with exit devices of the following design:

Rockwood 159 5. Provide push plates, where door stiles permit, of 8” x 16”. 6. In locations where locks are used with cylinder but no outside trim and door is reverse

bevel, provide cylinder pull similar to Rockwood 90.

H. Threshold, Weather Stripping & Gasketing: Zero, Pemko, National Guard, Reese 1. Provide continuous weather stripping at each edge of every exterior door leaf, except as

otherwise indicated. 2. Provide type, size and profile shown as scheduled. 3. Provide non‐corrosive fasteners as recommended by manufacturer for application

indicated. Do not specify adhesive backed weather strip of gasket material. 4. Where replaceable seal strips are scheduled, provide only those units where resilient of

flexible seal strip is easily replaceable from stocks maintained by manufacturer. 5. Provide standard metal threshold unit of type, size and profile shown as scheduled. 6. Provide bottom door sweep at all exterior doors.

I. Mullion: VonDuprin 4954

2.02 Finishes

A. Finish of all hardware shall be consistent throughout project, selected from manufacturer’s standard finishes and approved by DCSD.

Note: Key setup shall be cross referenced by Door Number and Room Number in Key Box. Contractor to furnish, install & set up Key Box. Data Cabling System NOTE: This specification will be revised from time to time as the technology evolves. It was last Modified November 1, 2009. Design Professional shall obtain confirmation from DCSD representative that Structural Cabling Guidelines is current. 1. Horizontal Cable – Balanced twisted‐pair also referred to as unshielded twisted‐pair (UTP)

(a) 23 AWG/4 pair – UTP (b) Cable must be manufactured by CommScope (c) Jacket color – Pink (d) Category 6 (e) CMP or CMR flammability rating as determined by local codes (f) Cable must be factory certified to 400 MHz minimum and include test report which meets or exceeds the

performance specifications set for CommScope 7504 UltraMedia Category 6 cable


Page 50 of 85

(g) The manufacturers channel warranty shall support a 4‐connector channel that covers all category 6 balanced twisted‐pair applications approved by the Institute of Electronic and Electrical Engineers (IEEE), The ATM Forum, the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) and the International Organization of Standardization (ISO) that specify compatibility with the cabling referenced herein. Examples of applications that are covered by the vendor warranty include Gigabit Ethernet (IEEE 802.3ab) and 155 Mb/s ATM.

(h) Meet North American Standards – ANSI/TIA/EIA‐568‐B.2‐1 and all applicable addenda. 2. Fiber backbone – main distribution frame (MDF) to horizontal and or intermediate distribution frame (IDF)

(a) Minimum – 12 fibers between distribution frames – adhere to manufacturer’s installation procedures. All 12 fibers must be terminated.

(b) Star configuration (c) Fiber cable must be manufactured by CommScope (d) Routed through Trade size 1 inner duct. CommScope Fiber Guard interlocking armored fiber cable may be

used instead of inner duct. (e) Below grade runs must use indoor/outdoor rated or outdoor rated water blocking fiber cable. (f) 50/125 μm LOMMF – OM3 laser certified multimode fiber (g) Transmission performance – Fiber cable must be DMD (Differential Mode Delay) tested and meet or

exceed the performance specifications set for CommScope Laser Core 300™ Type 5L multimode fiber: (h) Cables must meet OFNR or OFNP determined by local code.

Optical Characteristics 850 nm 1300 nm Maximum attenuation 3.0 dB/km 1.0 dB/km

Bandwidth OFL 1500 MHz *km 500 MHz *kmBandwidth Laser 2000 MHz*km 500 MHz*kmGuaranteed 10 Gigabit 300 m

3. Cable Supports – 3 options

(a) Wire basket cable tray above ceiling – trapeze style supported with threaded rod and associated hardware (b) Without wire basket using threaded rod and J‐Hooks (c) Grid wire and J‐Hooks

(i) J‐Hooks placed every 4‐5 feet. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines. (ii) Number of cables per J‐Hook is based upon J‐Hook size. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines. (iii) Support method must not exceed support or cable manufacturers required weight and or cable

quantity limits. 4. Surface mount raceway for horizontal (station) cables

(a) Size of surface mount raceway will depend on number of cables. (b) Surface mounted raceway to be secured neatly to all surfaces – cut to length. (c) Must be installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations.

5. Fire stopping

Where data cables penetrate fire rated walls, floors and ceilings fireproof the opening. Provide conduit sleeves for cables that penetrate fire rated walls. After the Cabling installation is complete install fire proofing material in and around all conduit sleeves and openings. Install fireproofing material thoroughly and neatly. Seal all floor, wall and ceiling penetrations. When installing in existing installations all breached fire stopped openings must be returned to original condition.

6. Grounding, Bonding

(a) Attach a #6 bare, solid ground wire from a local ground bar to each equipment rack/cabinet/tray using appropriate ground lugs.

(b) Contractor to conform to NEC, EIA, ANSI, ASTM, UL, BICSI, and local regulations. 7. UTP Cabling Installation


Page 51 of 85

(a) All data cabling shall be installed per ANSI/BICSI/NECA‐568, ANSI/TIA/EIA 568‐B.1, ANSI/TIA/EIS‐568‐B.2, ANSI/TIA/EIA‐568‐B.2‐1, ANSI/TIA/EIA‐568‐B.3 and local building codes.

(b) Leave 1.5 m to 3 m (5‐10 ft) of service loops near both workstation and data rack. Service loops are to be coiled neatly at both ends. Caution: coils should be made in large loops and preferably in figure eights to avoid transmission performance issues.

(c) Do not exceed a total cable length of 90 meters of any data UTP cable from outlet to patch panel termination. Overall channel link – (cable and 2 patch cables) not to exceed 328 feet.

(d) Do not lay data cables on top of light fixtures, ceiling tiles, mechanical equipment or ductwork. Maintain at least 0.6 m (2ft) clearance from all shielded apparatus. All cables must be supported using approved method from Section 3.

(e) All classrooms, offices, teacher work areas, the Media Center, and any other space that may accommodate a computer will be wired for the network. All network drops must provide two (2) network data connections. Each classroom must be equipped with two drops for the students and one drop for the teacher (a total of six connections in each classroom). For computer labs and other multi‐drop areas include a data connection for each network device (computer, printer, etc.). Placement of network drops in these areas shall be determined by the room layout, computer furniture and other factors. Submit floor plans for mark‐up at the appropriate phase in design.

(f) Network drops to support ceiling mounted wireless access point devices shall be terminated with an 8 contact modular plug, Siemon part number P‐8‐8, on the work area end and be coiled with a 20 foot service loop. The service loop will be supported above the ceiling by wire tie to a J hook or other structural support.

8. Category 6 Connectivity

(a) Patch Panels 1) 48‐port RJ45 modular to 110 with (6) or (8) ports 2) Wired 568B 3) Standard or high density – 19” wide 4) Rack or wall mount 5) Designation strips – front and rear 6) All Patch Panels and hardware must be manufactured by the Siemon Company.

(b) RJ45 modular jacks 8P8C

1) Wired 568B 2) 45° exit 3) Dual Siemon CT jacks only 4) 110 type termination 5) All jacks must be manufactured by the Siemon Company.

9. 50/125 Multimode fiber connectivity

(a) Connectors 1) SC Simplex only – composite or ceramic ferrule

(b) Fiber patch panels

1) Rack and wall mount 2) 12 fiber adapter panels (SC Connectors only) 3) Splice trays if needed 4) All fiber patch panels and adapters must be manufactured by the Siemon Company.

10. Patch cables – Category 6

(a) Copper 1) Color‐coded – (blue) 2) 4‐pair – 24 AWG Stranded – PVC 3) Snag less Boot 4) Lengths – not to exceed 6 m (20 ft)


Page 52 of 85

5) Every cord must be 100 % factory performance tested with a network analyzer and test reports must be included with every shipment.

(b) Fiber Multimode

1) Duplex 2) Terminated with appropriate connector (to mate with fiber panels)

11. Racks and Cabinets

(a) Racks – universal self supporting 1) 7 feet tall – 19” mounting space (23” if needed) 2) Bolt racks securely to floor

12. Wire management

(a) Horizontal – single or double space 1) 19” or 23” rack mount 2) Wire managers to be mounted between patch panels 3) Ladder‐rack from top of racks – secured to back wall in MDF and IDF’s

(b) Vertical 1) Between racks – single or double‐sided

13. Labeling

(a) Furnish and install all labels throughout the entire system. Labels should be attached securely so that they will not peel off. All labels shall be machined generated or as approved.

(b) Labels should indicate telecommunications room and port number: Example IDF2‐A12 would be IDF room number 2, patch panel “A”, port number 12.

(c) Label the following: faceplates, cable at each outlet (within 200 mm (8 in) of the termination, cable at the rear of patch panels (within 200 mm (8 in) of the termination, front of patch panel for each termination, all voice MDF and IDF blocks.

(d) Wireless access point drops shall be labeled as indicated in 13.b and 13.c of this document. Since wireless access point drops do not have faceplates attach the labels with plenum rated wire‐ties or other methods suitable for plenum spaces.

(e) Submit proposed labeling scheme to DCBOE Information Technology for approval prior to installation 14. Testing

(a) Category 6 Each cabling permanent link or channel shall be tested and certified. Each pair of the permanent link or channel shall be tested. The permanent link measurement is recommended although the entire channel may be tested. The entire channel includes the patch cables at the workstation end of the permanent link to the patch cables at the patch panel end. All links must be tested using test heads with Siemon Company patch cords. Each outlet must pass the following parameters for category 6 as described in ANSI/TIA/EIA‐568‐B.2‐1: wire map, length, insertion loss, NEXT, Power Sum NEXT, ELFEXT, Power Sum ELFEXT, Return Loss, Propagation Delay, Delay Skew. All tests shall be favorable, no *PASS, *FAIL or FAIL results will be accepted. All test results shall be turned over to the owner in both electronic files and in hard copy.

(b) Fiber Optic 1) Optical fiber (backbone) cables shall be 100% tested for attenuation and length. 2) Testing will be done with an optical power meter and light source. 3) Length shall be recorded using an OTDR, optical length test measurement device or sequential cable

measurement markings. Attenuation shall be tested at 850 nm and at 1300 nm for multimode fiber cable

4) All test results shall be turned over to the owner in both paper and electronic format. 5) Each strand shall not exceed a level of: 3.5 db/km of attenuation for 850 nm 1.5 db/km of attenuation

for 1300 nm


Page 53 of 85

6) Each strand shall be tested and the following information be turned over to the owner From point to point Fiber I.D. label number RX level Attenuation total Wave length Reference level

15. MDF – Main Distribution Frame (a) Two dedicated (3) wire 208V AC 30 ampere rated circuits with L6‐30R Locking Receptacles must be

provided in all schools to accommodate special Information Technology equipment racks. There should be no more than 12 inches distance between the two receptacles. Location of the two receptacles to be determined by Technology Services.

(b) A minimum of four duplex 20 ampere 120V AC outlets on separate dedicated circuits to support data rack equipment. Position circuits behind the data racks.

(c) Room size should be at least 10 ft. X 16 ft (d) Room must have a dedicated climate control system capable of maintaining a 70 degree Fahrenheit room

temperature at a minimum heat load of 20,000 BTU. An adjustable thermostat for room temperature must be provided. The climate control system must be a continuously available system.

(e) At least one closet wall shall be lined with ¾” plywood – 8 ft. tall – painted with fire retardant paint (f) Racks and cabinets should be placed so that there are at least 3 feet from the wall to the rear of both racks

and cabinets and at least 3 feet from any wall or obstruction to the front of racks and cabinets. Racks and cabinets must have at least 3 feet of clearance on both sides. Only Information Technology approved items may be mounted on the wall space behind the data racks.

(g) All equipment must be properly grounded 16. IDF – Intermediate Distribution Frame and HC/IC

(a) Minimum of two duplex 20 ampere 120V AC electrical outlets on separate dedicated branch circuits positioned behind the data racks.

(b) Closets must be climate controlled (c) Size of closet will depend on the number of square feet that it will serve (d) Racks and cabinets should be placed so that there is at least 3 feet from wall to the rear of racks and

cabinets and at least 3 feet from any wall or obstruction to the front of racks and cabinets. Racks and cabinets must have at least 3 feet of clearance on both sides. Only Information Technology approved items may be mounted on the wall space behind the data racks.

(e) There may be cases where equipment may have to be wall‐mounted (f) All equipment must be properly grounded (g) At least one closet wall shall be lined with ¾” plywood – 8 ft. tall – painted with fire retardant paint

17. Warranties

– The contractor shall provide a 5‐year warranty on all contractor provided material and workmanship. Owner will also receive a 20‐year manufacturer’s warranty. There shall be a 20‐year, 250 MHz transmission warranty.

18. Miscellaneous

– All participants in any network‐wiring project must be Siemon certified. In addition all patch panels, data outlets, fiber connectors and other hardware items must be manufactured by the Siemon’s company.

– These cabling specifications apply to all construction projects. Where renovations are done and existing equipment is replaced, testing of the entire network at the facility must be performed in accordance with these specifications to ensure continuity between existing and new construction.

– A pre‐construction meeting involving the data cabling contractor and DCBOE Information Technology shall be stipulated in the project manual.

– Periodic meetings and site visits should be conducted during the installation of all cabling systems.


Page 54 of 85

– A post‐construction meeting involving the data cabling contractor and DCBOE Information Technology shall be stipulated in the project manual.

– All products must be purchased from an authorized distributor of each manufacturer. Telephone Cabling System NOTE: These Guidelines will be revised from time to time as the technology evolves. Design Professional shall obtain confirmation from DCSD representative that Telephone Cabling System Guidelines is current. DeKalb County School District will provide the telephone switch and individual phones for each required location. Construction contract shall provide telephone cabling and equipment as noted below. 1. Telephone Equipment Room

(a) Two 4 x 8 foot plywood sheets mounted on the same wall side by side for telephone system and equipment mounting. Plywood to be painted with fire retardant paint. Plywood to be mounted where two 4 inch conduits stub up from street or other telephone service provider location.

(b) Provide #6 ground wire mounted on plywood. (c) One quad 120 volt outlet supported by the emergency generator mounted near the plywood. (d) Lighting for this room to be on emergency power circuit. (e) Two 4 inch conduit sleeves above the ceiling between room and hall. (f) All cables to be terminated on Siemon Company 66M150 blocks with brackets. (g) All station and feeder cables must feed up from the bottom of the 66 blocks. (h) Use metal D rings. (i) One 4 inch conduit between telephone equipment/entrance room and the data MDF room for the wide

area Ethernet fiber circuit. (j) Two 4 inch conduits to the street for telephone service provider’s connection. These conduits usually stub

up by a utility pole but this requirement must be verified by the building contractor and the telephone service provider. Pull boxes required for long runs. AT&T specifications for conduits provided by area AT&T BIC engineer.

2. Feeder Cables

(a) One 50 pair plenum rated feed cable will run from the telephone equipment room to each IDF closet. Terminate feed cable on Siemon Company 66M150 blocks. All cable to be manufactured by CommScope.

(b) Two 4 inch sleeves between IDF and hall above the ceiling for feeder and station cables. 3. Station Cables

(a) Use CommScope 7504 Ultra Media Category 6 plenum rated gray jacketed cable for all station cables. (b) Terminate all station cables with Siemon Company CT‐C5‐C5‐02 jacks. (c) Sleeve through walls for station cable runs using ¾ inch conduit above the ceiling. (d) Telephone station cables to be provided for all offices and other work areas where telephone service is

required. 4. Cable Supports – 3 options

(a) Wire basket cable tray above ceiling – trapeze style supported with threaded rod and associated hardware (b) Without wire basket using threaded rod and J‐Hooks (c) Grid wire and J‐Hooks

1) J‐Hooks placed every 4‐5 feet. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines 2) Number of cables per J‐Hook is based upon J‐Hook size. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines.


Page 55 of 85

3) Support method must not exceed support or cable manufacturers required weight and or cable quantity limits.

5. Other Telephone Locations

(a) High Schools require 25 pair feed cable from the telephone entrance/equipment room to the stadium home field side electrical room to support telephones. Terminate on Siemon Company 66M150 blocks.

6. Labeling

(a) Furnish and install all labels throughout the entire system. Labels should be attached securely so that they will not peel off. All labels shall be machine generated or as approved.

(b) Labels should indicate telecommunications room and position number: Example IDF2‐V12 would be IDF room number 2, 66Block position 12.

(c) Submit proposed labeling scheme to DCBOE Information Technology for approval prior to installation 7. Miscellaneous

(a) All cabling must be manufactured by the CommScope Company. (b) All participants in any telephone‐wiring project must be Siemon certified. In addition all jacks, faceplates,

66blocks and other connectivity items must be manufactured by the Siemon Company. (c) A pre‐construction meeting involving the telephone cabling contractor and DCBOE Information Technology

shall be stipulated in the project manual. (d) A post‐construction meeting involving the telephone cabling contractor and DCBOE Information

Technology shall be stipulated in the project manual. (e) Periodic meetings and site visits should be conducted during the installation of all cabling systems. (f) All products must be purchased from an authorized distributor of each manufacturer. (g) Contractor to conform to NEC, EIA, ANSI, ASTM, UL, BICSI, and local regulations.

8. Warranties

(a) The contractor shall provide a 5‐year warranty on all contractor provided material and workmanship. Owner will also receive a 20‐year manufacturer’s warranty

Intercom System PART 1: GENERAL 1. RELATED DOCUMENTS

(a) Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

2. SUMMARY

(a) Select type of system from two paragraphs below. (b) This Section includes the Central Sound/Communications Control Center which shall be a Rauland

Telecenter Five/Director System, offering the combined features and functions of both systems. Systems not providing these specified features will not be considered. Furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment necessary for complete installation and checkout of the system as outlined in these specifications. The equipment shall be Rauland equipment (NO EXCEPTIONS) as furnished by SWC‐Richardson Technology Systems.

(c) The administrative telephone communication system shall be a Rauland Telecenter V providing at least the following features and functions: 1) The Administrative Control Center shall be a standard pushbutton dialing telephone complete with

solid‐state pre‐tuned tone oscillators identical to those employed by the public telephone companies. 2) The Central Switching Exchange shall be a Global Switching System, that is, there shall be no linking

within the system that would restrict or block telephone communications. 3) Direct dialing private two‐way telephone communications between all locations equipped with

administrative telephone and staff telephone shall also be provided.


Page 56 of 85

4) The Central Switching Exchange shall have facilities for 32 full duplex unrestricted simultaneous private telephone conversations between administrative telephones and between administrative telephones and staff telephones.

5) Facilities for automatically sounding a warning tone signal over any loudspeaker selected for two‐way "amplified voice" communication. The warning tone signal shall sound as soon as the station is selected, and shall be automatically repeated at regular intervals.

6) Direct‐dialing, two‐way "amplified voice" communications between all locations equipped with administrative telephones and staff (classroom) loudspeakers without the use of a press‐to‐talk or talk‐listen switch. a) The Central Switching Exchange shall have facilities for multiple (12) watt two‐way "amplified

voice" communication channel(s), providing simultaneous communication on each channel from administrative telephones. Provide one channel under this contract.

b) Automatic Queuing shall be provided for the two‐way amplified voice communication channels. A call waiting shall be automatically connected when a channel becomes available. The amplified voice communication channel shall have automatic level control on return speech to assure a constant return speech level.

7) Capacity to call staff (classroom) stations having both telephones and loudspeakers, either by ringing the telephone or by a loudspeaker for two‐way amplified voice communications. It shall be possible to program each staff location to be called either by speaker first or by ringing the telephone first. Only one station number to be used for the loud speaker and telephone. (Systems requiring a number for telephone and separate number for the speaker are not acceptable). a) Ability to change the mode of communication during a call, i.e., change from amplified voice

communications to phone‐to‐phone communications. b) During the course of a call, the conversation may be continued over the telephone by lifting the

telephone handset. The conversation shall automatically be switched from the speaker the handset.

8) Capability for any administrative telephone to transfer a "call" from another administrative telephone or any staff (classroom) telephone to any other telephone.

9) Facilities for conference calls between administrative telephones and between administrative telephones and staff (classroom) telephone or loudspeaker stations. Facilities for two‐way communications between any staff (classroom) telephone and any classroom loudspeaker station.

10) Provide the capability of assigning speaker locations to any one or more of eight (8) software programmable zones for zone paging or time signal reception. Through programming, it shall be possible to exclude selected speakers from the reception of paging announcements.

11) Provisions for restricting access to the Emergency Announcements, paging or tone signal origination to certain administrative telephones. This shall be accomplished by the use of an authorized administrative telephone. a) The system shall provide Personal Identification Numbers (PIN) for selected administrators. By

dialing their PIN from any telephone, regardless of that phone's restrictions, they shall have all the capabilities of their office telephone.

b) If a telephone which is associated with a speaker originates a "paging announcement", the speaker shall automatically be muted to prevent feedback.

12) Facilities to easily change the dial code number of any circuit. The assignment of the architectural numbers shall be accomplished by the use of any authorized administrative telephone.

13) The system shall provide facilities for up to twelve (12) independent digital readout displays upon which incoming calls are identified by their designated numbers. The display shall show visually, in the order received, three (3) calls at a time. Emergency calls shall override normal calls and shall be identified as "EMER" and the station number. a) Originating calls from any staff/classroom location may be directed to any or all of the twelve

independent displays via programming from a designated administrative phone. 14) Provide a minimum of four (4) independent program memory sets. The choice of time of service

change and active memory set selected shall be completely programmable. This feature shall allow selected stations to operate with different functions depending on the time of day.


Page 57 of 85

15) The system shall be expandable up to 500 telephone and/or speaker circuits. Combining separate systems is not acceptable.

16) It shall be possible to review all calls stored, in groups of three in order received. 17) Facilities for answering calls registered in the readout merely by pressing a single "response" button. 18) Provide an All‐Cancel function from an administrative telephone to cancel all classroom annunciated

calls. 19) The system should have complete interconnect capabilities to central office lines. It shall be possible

to transfer central office lines to any station in the system. Access to outside lines can be limited to certain authorized administrative telephones. Provide space for five CO modules.

20) Diagnostic functions shall be provided to simplify maintenance. An RS‐232C serial data port shall be provided for connection to a computer for "on site" or via a modem for to remote computer diagnostic functions by distributor or maintenance personnel. Provide modem with system.

21) The system shall provide standard classroom communication and emergency capabilities independent of the microprocessor equipment. Should the microprocessor fail communication functions shall be accomplished from the main console? (No Exceptions)

22) The entire equipment cabinet with its electronics shall be factory wired and tested in the United States. (No Exceptions)

23) The system shall be equipped with one (1) telephone intercom channel, 32 communication links, (1) "manual" console intercom channel (capable of communicating with any classroom simultaneously with the telephone intercom channel), 1 program channel, 1 channel for zone functions, sufficient classroom speaker lines with twenty spare circuits and administrative lines as shown on the drawings. Furnish the quantity of administrative stations, administrative stations with digital readouts as indicated. Provide connection for customer’s telephone system.

24) Common corridor or area circuits of multiple speakers shall be limited to twelve speakers per circuit. 25) Exterior speaker circuits shall be limited to six speakers.

(d) The Emergency Sound/Communications system shall provide at least the following features and functions: 1) Direct 2‐way voice communications between the Control Center and any classroom or any other

speaker‐equipped location. 2) Adequate power (15 watts minimum) to over‐ride high noise levels in such areas as shops,

gymnasiums, natatoriums, bus loading points and playing fields. 3) Facilities for automatically sounding a warning tone signal (beep) over any loudspeakers selected for 2‐

way communications, to prevent unauthorized monitoring. The warning tone signal shall sound whenever the classroom is being monitored, and shall automatically repeat at regular intervals.

4) Selective distribution of program material to any or all classrooms. 5) Ability to transmit a program or announcement simultaneously to all classrooms and locations by the

simple operation of a single color‐coded All‐Call pushbutton switch. 6) Built‐in facilities for the following provided they have been described in other sections of this

specification or indicated on plans: a) Reception of AM and FM broadcasts from built‐in tuner, and their distribution to any or all

speakers. b) Reproduction of recorded music and other program material from built‐in CD player and its

distribution to any or all speakers. c) Distribution of programs originating at remotely located microphones with provisions for volume

control at the remote location. d) Pickup and broadcast of live programs from remote locations. Program selection shall be easily

accomplished by simply pressing the appropriately labeled pushbutton. 7) Distribution of announcements from the Control Center microphone to any or all speakers. 8) Provisions for the instantaneous distribution from the Control Center of emergency messages to all

locations equipped with loudspeakers, simply by pressing a single red pushbutton. This action shall bypass all other controls, over‐ride all other programs, and transmit the emergency message at a preset volume level.

9) Input facilities for 2 low‐impedance microphones and 3 auxiliary program sources. 10) Distribution of a tone‐signal (pushbutton activated) to any or all classrooms as a pre‐announcement

alert signal or, for other signaling purposes.


Page 58 of 85

11) Aural and visual monitoring facilities for each program channel. 12) Distribution of repeating chime signal (activated by master clock) through system. 13) Distribution of emergency, alert and clear signals through system (manually). 14) Facilities for emergency call switches in specified locations to originate an emergency call to the

Control Center. 15) The system shall provide standard classroom communication and emergency capabilities independent

of the microprocessor equipment. Should the microprocessor fail communication functions shall be accomplished from the main console?

16) Provide interconnection from the fire alarm system to the communication system for alarm tones. 17) Color‐keyed pushbuttons and colored guidelines shall be provided for each of the system's functions.

The communications channel shall be identified by orange guidelines. The program channel shall be identified by green pushbuttons and guidelines on the Master Program panel

3. SUBMITTALS

(a) Product Data: For the following: 1) Adjust list below to suit Project. 2) Master stations. 3) Speaker‐microphone stations. 4) Call‐switch units. 5) All‐call amplifier. 6) Intercommunication amplifier. 7) Paging amplifier. 8) Loudspeakers/speaker microphones. 9) All items listed under section 2, Products

(b) Retain paragraph and subparagraphs below if products are required to withstand specific design loads and Architect either has delegated design responsibility to Contractor or wants to review structural data as another way to verify products' compliance with performance requirements. Professional engineer qualifications are specified in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."

(c) Shop Drawings: Shall be prepared under supervision of a qualified Professional Engineer, and submitted to Architect for review. 1) Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting seismic restraints for central control

cabinets. 2) Equipment Details: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, required

clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location of each field connection. 3) Delete subparagraphs and associated subparagraphs below if not required. Delete first subparagraph

for systems with no built‐in equipment. 4) Master‐Station Details: Scaled drawings for built‐in equipment. 5) Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Include the following:

a) Identify terminals to facilitate installation, operation, and maintenance. b) Single‐line diagram showing interconnection of components. c) Cabling diagram showing cable routing.

(d) Retain paragraph and subparagraph below if Drawings do not include detailed plans or if Project involves unusual coordination requirements.

(e) Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, based on input from installers of the items involved: 1) Edit subparagraph below to suit Project. 2) Ceiling‐mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers, access panels,

and special moldings. (f) Retain paragraph and subparagraphs below if required by seismic criteria applicable to Project. Coordinate

with Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints." (g) Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that central control cabinets,

accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in Division 16 Section "Electrical Supports and Seismic Restraints." Include the following:


Page 59 of 85

1) Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. a) Retain one of first two subparagraphs below to define the term "withstand" as it applies to this

Project. Definition varies with type of building and occupancy and is critical to valid certification. Second definition is used for essential facilities where equipment must operate immediately after an earthquake.

b) The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event."

2) Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.

3) Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements.

(h) Coordinate paragraph below with qualification requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" and as supplemented in "Quality Assurance" Article.

(i) Qualification Data: For Installer and testing agency. (j) Retain first paragraph below if Contractor is responsible for field quality‐control testing. (k) Field quality‐control test reports. (l) Factory Training: Provide factory certification for personnel (m) Service facilities: Available to owner/using agency of a duly authorized distributor of the equipment

manufacturer, which shall stock the manufacturer’s standard parts. (n) Operation and Maintenance Data: For intercommunication equipment to include in emergency, operation,

and maintenance manuals. 1) Delete below for manually switched equipment. 2) In addition to items specified in Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data," include a record

of Owner's equipment‐programming option decisions. 3) (3) Copies as minimal. 4) Shall include internal schematics and wiring diagrams, detailed to allow a technician to install, operate,

maintain, calibrate and repair equipment. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE

(a) Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project. 1) Revise subparagraph below to suit Project location. 2) Maintenance Proximity: Not more than 4 hours' normal travel time from Installer's place of business

to Project site. (b) If an independent testing agency is required, see Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for general

testing and inspecting agency qualification requirements. If additional control is needed, use first paragraph below to specify 29 CFR 1910.7 or other more specific criteria (e.g., NETA). 29 CFR 1910.7 defines a nationally recognized testing laboratory as it applies to testing and inspecting for safety, and lists, labels, or accepts equipment and materials that meet certain OSHA criteria.

(c) Retain first paragraph and subparagraph below if Contractor selects testing agency. (d) Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to conduct the

testing indicated, that is a member company of the International Electrical Testing Association or is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1) Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International Electrical Testing

Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise on‐site testing specified in Part 3.

(e) Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

(f) Comply with NFPA 70. (g) Comply with UL 50.

5. COORDINATION


Page 60 of 85

(h) Edit this Article to delete or add types of construction that penetrate or are supported by ceilings. (i) Coordinate layout and installation of ceiling‐mounted speaker microphones with other construction that

penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire‐suppression system, and partition assemblies.

PART 2: PRODUCTS 1. MANUFACTURERS

(a) See Editing Instruction No. 1 in the Evaluations for cautions about naming manufacturers and products. (b) Available Manufacturers: The equipment shall be Rauland equipment as furnished by SWC‐Richardson

Technology Systems who shall perform the warranty as herein specified. 2. EQUIPMENT CABINET

(a) Rauland Model RP1103B equipment shall be contained in an upright rack of modern design, constructed of at least 16 gauge cold‐rolled steel, heavily re‐enforced for maximum strength and durability. It shall have a hinged and key‐locking rear door providing authorized personnel with easy access to components. It shall be no more than 65 7/16" high, 22 3/8" wide, and 18 1/2" deep, with 61" total panel mounting space, designed for the installation of standard 19" professional equipment, finished in ebony black baked enamel. Provide two cabinets with three inch casters and frame for the cabinets.

3. CENTRAL CONTROL UNIT

(a) Rauland Model TC4002 specifically designed for use with modern dual‐tone telephones and switching networks. It shall provide two‐wire balanced transmission complete with dial tone, automatic ringing and busy signal. It shall be of advanced microcomputer design, modular plug‐in construction, non‐volatile software, and user‐programmable.

(b) The TC4002 Central Control shall provide telephone circuits as shown on the drawings and thirty‐two (32) links for thirty‐two unrestricted simultaneous conversations. It shall be possible to expand the system up to 500 telephones and/or speaker lines without modification of the Central Control. A 12 watt voice‐controlled amplifier shall be included to permit hands‐free conversation with staff stations and provisions shall be available for additional voice‐controlled amplifiers so that simultaneous multi‐ channel hands‐free conversation may be accommodated. Provide one (1) amplifier.

(c) It shall incorporate dual crystal‐controlled receivers to provide maximum accessibility to the system with maximum reliability.

(d) The TC4002 Central Control shall be available for mounting in a standard 19" rack and the overall dimensions shall not exceed 19" wide, 8.75" high, and 12" deep.

4. CONTROL PANEL

(a) Rauland Model MCZ300, a complete program pre‐ amplifier providing a minimum of four (4) switchable microphone or program inputs, each selected by fluorescent color display pushbutton; a 15 watt communications amplifier with balanced 25V output, and separate incoming and outgoing level controls; full aural and visual monitoring facilities by a built‐in monitor speaker and LED output level indicators; separate "All‐Call" and "Emergency" facilities. Communications channel shall include a supervisory tone generator which shall sound a tone signal in any classroom being monitored for voice call origination from classrooms and shall include a "system‐clear" tone signal when the call‐ in switch is activated. The Master Control Panel shall also include a pushbutton operated tone signal suitable for use as a pre‐announcement alert signal, or for other signaling purpose, such as class change or to call custodial personnel. All Program channel fluorescent display pushbuttons and associated guidelines and instructions shall be Green; all Communications channel controls and guidelines shall be Orange.

5. AM/FM CD PLAYER


Page 61 of 85

(a) RAULAND MODEL MCX325 shall be designed for continuous duty service in institutional and industrial sound systems. It shall be completely solid state, including transistors and integrated circuitry. The AM portion shall cover the entire broadcast range of 530 to 1620 KHz. The FM section shall have a tuning range of 85.5 – 108 MHz. Unit shall have a built‐in front panel monitor speaker. Controls on instrument front panel shall include AM‐FM button, on/off volume control, automatic search & manual tuning buttons, preset & store buttons, autos store button, clock button, tone control, balance control, fader control, fast‐forward, fast‐rewind, eject/reverse direction 4‐position monitor/send switch. The unit shall have a back‐lit digital readout display and indicate whether AM or FM, and shall indicate stereo status. It shall alternately display time. The system should also include a single disk CD player.

(b) The AM/FM Antenna shall be rack mounted at the console location. 6. POWER AMPLIFIER

(a) Shall be capable of delivering an audio output of 325 watts RMS per channel into 4 ohms or 650 watts into 8 ohms. Frequency response shall be plus/minus .5 dB, 20‐20,000Hz. The amplifier shall operate continuously from 120VAC. The amplifier shall include fused outputs protective circuit to safeguard against damage from prolonged overloads and from extreme overloads, such as shorted output line. Controls shall be provided for level control. An LED pilot indicator shall be incorporated. The amplifier shall be capable of delivering full rated power to 25V or 70V constant voltage lines VIA a companion transformer. Provide (1)

7. ALARM SIGNAL CONTROL PANEL

(a) Rauland Model RX1027 shall provide for 3 separate alarm signals for quick pushbutton activation. It shall have 4 locking pushbuttons labeled "ALERT", "TAKE COVER", "CLEAR", and "OFF", mounted on charcoal gray panel. Operation of any of the alarm pushbuttons shall by‐pass all other controls and automatically distribute the appropriate signal to all speakers at a pre‐determined level. Switches shall be self‐wiping with precious metal contacts. Dimension of panel, 19" wide, l 3/4" high, 2 3/4" deep.

8. ROOM SELECTOR PANEL

(a) Rauland Model SW25 shall contain 25 lever action 3‐position four‐pole selector switches of the positive detent type, designed for maximum reliability and a life expectancy of over 250,000 operations. Switch positions shall be legibly identified as Program "A", "Off" and Intercom "C". The Program "A" channel shall be identified by a Green guideline, Intercom channel "C" by Orange, and accordance with the "Follow the Color" operating method used in the Director Series System positions. Provide with multi‐ conductor cable with connectors on each end and split terminal blocks with connectors and bridging clips. Furnish selector panels, cables and terminal blocks for individual circuits and a minimum of 20 spares.

9. SPEAKER CONTROL

(a) Rauland Model TC4110 shall easily mount to the rear of its associated selector switch panel. It shall contain 26 24‐volt DC DPDT relays. Each relay shall be hermetically sealed to prevent contamination and shall have a life expectancy of 1,000,000 operations. Relays shall have precious metal contacts for minimum contact resistance, and shall carry at least a 1 amp rating. "Normally open" contacts and remaining side of each relay are permanently "bussed" together and then terminated. The time zone panel shall be a printed circuit board of G‐10 epoxy. Furnish with selector panels.

10. MICROPHONE

(a) Rauland Model 1295, omnidirectional dynamic, desk type public address or paging type with base constructed of die‐cast zinc alloy with durable molded cycolac body in matching black. Dynamic moving coil incorporates a special diaphragm of mylar, resulting in excellent sensitivity and smooth wide‐range peak‐free response of 50‐12,000 Hz. Shall have press‐to‐talk and lock‐to‐talk switching, complete with 7'cord, concealed Hi‐Lo switch, and non‐skid molded feet. Height 9 3/8", width 4 3/4", depth 5 7/8".

11. SPEAKERS

(a) Rauland Model USO188 shall be an 8" permanent magnet cone type having viscous‐damped cone and a ceramic (Indox 5) magnet weighing 5 oz. It shall have a frequency response of at least 55‐18,000Hz, a 10


Page 62 of 85

watt program power‐ handling capacity and an axial spl of at least 97.6db. Voice coil shall be 3/4" diameter with 8 ohm impedance. The speaker shall be equipped with Model TML25 multi‐ tap transformer 1/2, 1, 2 and 4 watts, 25V. (Lowell equal)

(b) FLUSH CEILING GRILLE 1) Speaker ceiling grille shall be Rauland ACC1000 constructed of steel and have a white baked epoxy

finish. It shall include matched hardware for mounting a standard 8" speaker. Its overall diameter shall be 12 7/8" with center perforation of 7 5/8". (Lowell WB8 equal)

(c) CEILING SPEAKER BACKBOX 1) Model ACC1101 shall be a round one‐ piece backbox for flush mounting a standard 8 inch speaker. The

enclosure shall be of painted, one‐piece 22 gauge drawn steel and shall have applied in its interior a fire retardant resonance damping material. It shall have four perforated steel mounting brackets and four knockouts for conduit. Dimensions, 9 3/4" diameter with flange diameter of 12 2/16", mounting centers 11 1/4", depth 4 1/16". (Lowell 8XD4 equal)

(d) SPEAKER SUPPORT BRIDGE 1) Rauland Model ACC1104 shall be a single piece unit constructed of 24 gauge galvanized rust‐ resistant

cold rolled steel, 23 3/4" long and 14 1/2" wide. The unit is designed for firm support of ceiling speaker, grille, and backbox. (Lowell LBS8R equal)

(e) FLUSH WALL SPEAKER BAFFLE 1) Rauland Model ACC1003 constructed of heavy gauge CRS and shall have a white epoxy finish. It shall

have a square grille opening with a separate subplate for mounting speaker baffle to the ACC1105 backbox. Its dimensions are 11 1/2" square by 3/16". (Lowell equal)

(f) SURFACE MOUNTED BAFFLE 1) Rauland Model ACC1004 constructed of heavy gauge CRS and shall have a white epoxy finish. It shall

have a square grille opening with a separate subplate for mounting speaker baffle to the ACC1102 surface backbox. The backbox shall be 12 1/2" square by 4" deep with white epoxy finish. (Lowell equal)

(g) TAMPERPROOF SPEAKER GRILLE

1) Rauland Model ACC1008 vandal proof baffle is designed for mounting a standard 8 inch speaker. It shall be constructed of a special self‐aging aluminum alloy with tensile strength of 44,000 psi and shall be backed up with a heavy gauge cold rolled steel perforated screen to protect speaker. Each unit shall include tamperproof hardware to prevent entry into interior. It shall be finished in textured white baked enamel and have overall dimensions of 10 3/4" square by 3/4" projection. Provide MISCO #FC8WP weatherproof speaker and ACC1108 back box. Provide for Exterior Areas. (Lowell SGVP/8C10MR/TLM25 equal)

(h) CEILING SPEAKER ASSEMBLY – The ceiling speaker assembly shall be a Rauland BAFKIT1X2S Lay‐In Tile

Speaker. The speaker shall be an 8‐inch speaker with a 25 volt transformer. The speaker shall be rated at 8 Watts RMS and have a Frequency Response of 65 to 17 KHz. The speaker baffle shall have dimensions of 23 ¾” Width, 11 ¾” Length and 3 3/8” Depth. The total weight of the speaker shall be 4 lbs. 14 oz. Refer to the plans for quantities and locations of speakers. (Lowell Equal)

12. SPEAKER/CALL STATION

(a) Rauland Model HSS1 shall interface with the Rauland Telecenter and Director Series systems. Two‐way communications shall be accomplished by the built‐in speaker‐microphone. A call‐in momentary pushbutton switch shall be provided. The complete unit shall be vandal‐ proof in design and construction, protected externally by an 11 gauge stainless steel plate with brushed finish. Actuator shall be flush with face plate and completely isolated from the push‐button, and movement shall be coupled through a coil spring to prevent damage. Speaker‐microphone shall be protected against tampering as well as by flame or liquids. Unit shall mount in a standard three‐gang electrical box. Surface mount requires ACC1119 box.

13. CALL STATION


Page 63 of 85

(a) Rauland Model 2305CS, call origination switch shall be mounted on a stainless steel plate and require one momentary depressing of the button to activate a "call in". Provide additional "Emergency" call button where indicated.

14. VOLUME CONTROLS

(a) Provide volume controls where indicated. These controls shall not have an off position. 15. ADMINISTRATIVE MASTER

(a) Rauland Model TC6204 shall be a desk type high quality touch dial telephone, dual‐tone instrument suitable for desk use or wall mounting, complete with call buzzer, 5 1/2' retractable cord with plug. It shall conform to public utility specifications. The dial shall be a standard 12 pushbutton type with solid‐state pretuned oscillators. The instrument housing and handset shall be of high impact plastic, finished in gray color. Furnish desk or wall type stations as required.

16. LCD DESK DISPLAY

(a) Rauland Model TC4221TG shall display up to four three digit station numbers simultaneously; the first three shall be registered calls and the forth shall indicate the last number called. An audible tone shall be provided and the display shall be equipped with a dip switch for selecting its own addressable code to allow routing calls to it independently of other displays. Provide where indicated.

17. MASTER CONTROL CLOCK

(a) Rauland 2524 ChronoCom Master Control Clock System shall be microprocessor‐based, and shall be easily programmable by the user through electronic means. A simple step‐by‐step guide shall be provided to enable the user to accomplish the programming quickly and correctly. Master control clocks which are not microprocessor‐based and/or which require a technician or programmer to perform the initial and subsequent changes in program, at additional cost, shall not be considered.

(b) This Program Clock shall be mounted in, and connected to the Intercom Console.

(c) FUNCTIONS A: 1) Ability to operate solely as a master clock. 2) Capacity of storing 350 events and up to 100 holidays in non‐volatile memory 3) Ability to review, edit and delete events. 4) Review events from any time of day. 5) Events shall be programmable to any one or all of eight zones. 6) Selection of any one of eight schedules. 7) Fully automatic holiday scheduling. 8) User programmable Automatic Daylight Savings Time.

18. SECONDARY CLOCKS

(a) RAULAND MODEL 2500 SERIES – The Secondary Clock shall operate from 24vac, controlled from the Master Clock at the Central Cabinet. Furnish single dial digital and double dial digital clocks as shown on drawings. Furnish a clear heavy duty guard for the gymnasium. Single dial clocks shall be flush mounted. Double dial clocks shall be wall mounted. The display shall be 4 characters; seven segment red LEDs 2.5” high. The clock shall measure 12” in length, 2.9” deep and 6” high.

(b) A 24 VAC power supply shall be provided with solid state buffers for the clock circuits. 19. UPS/LINE CONDITIONER

(a) Model UP‐51500 20. LIGHTNING PROTECTION

(a) DITEK lightning protectors shall be provide for any copper cables that are installed between buildings. 21. CABLE


Page 64 of 85

(a) Conductors: Jacketed, twisted pair and twisted multipair, untinned solid copper. Sizes as recommended by system manufacturer, but not smaller than No. 22 AWG.

(b) Insulation: Thermoplastic, not less than 1/32 inch thick. (c) Shielding: For speaker‐microphone leads and elsewhere where recommended by manufacturer; No. 34

AWG tinned, soft‐copper strands formed into a braid or equivalent foil. 1) Minimum Shielding Coverage on Conductors: 60 percent.

(d) Plenum Cable: Listed and labeled for plenum installation. (e) Classroom Cable

1) West Penn 25357BBLUE (f) Cable to Speaker from Call Station

1) West Penn 25291BBLUE (g) Cable for Administrative Stations

1) West Penn 25292BBLUE PART 3: EXECUTION 1. INSTALLATION

(a) Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceways except within consoles, desks, and counters. Conceal cables and raceways except in unfinished spaces.

(b) Select paragraph above or below. (c) Wiring Method: Install wiring in raceways except within consoles, cabinets, desks, and counters and

except in accessible ceiling spaces and in gypsum‐board partitions where cable wiring method may be used. Use plenum cable in environmental air spaces, including plenum ceilings. Conceal cables and raceways except in unfinished spaces. Conceal cables in raceway sleeves through wall partitions from corridors to rooms.

(d) Revise remaining paragraphs below to suit Project. (e) Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or exposed structural members, and follow

surface contours. Secure and support cables by straps, staples, or similar fittings designed and installed to avoid damage to cables. Secure cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inches and not more than 6 inches from cabinets, boxes, or fittings.

(f) Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points with no excess. Use lacing bars in cabinets.

(g) Control‐Circuit Wiring: Install number and size of conductors as recommended by system manufacturer for control functions indicated.

(h) Separation of Wires: Separate speaker‐microphone, line‐level, speaker‐level, and power wiring runs. Install in separate raceways or, where exposed or in same enclosure, separate conductors at least 12 inches for speaker microphones and adjacent parallel power and telephone wiring. Separate other intercommunication equipment conductors as recommended by equipment manufacturer.

(i) Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Arrange on numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures.

(j) Match input and output impedances and signal levels at signal interfaces. Provide matching networks where required.

(k) Identification of Conductors and Cables: Color‐code conductors and apply wire and cable marking tape to designate wires and cables so they identify media in coordination with system wiring diagrams.

(l) Weatherproof Equipment: For units that are mounted outdoors, in damp locations, or where exposed to weather, install consistent with requirements of weatherproof rating.

(m) Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables." 2. GROUNDING

(n) Revise this Article to suit system requirements. Include grounding electrodes for special applications only. (o) Ground cable shields and equipment to eliminate shock hazard and to minimize ground loops, common‐

mode returns, noise pickup, cross talk, and other impairments. (p) Signal Ground Terminal: Locate at main equipment cabinet. Isolate from power system and equipment

grounding.


Page 65 of 85

(q) Install grounding electrodes as specified in Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding." 3. SYSTEM PROGRAMMING

(a) Delete this Article for manually switched systems. (b) Programming: Fully brief Owner on available programming options. Record Owner's decisions and set up

initial system program. Prepare a written record of decisions, implementation methodology, and final results.

4. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

(a) Retain paragraph below to require a factory‐authorized service representative to perform, or assist Contractor with, field inspections, tests, and adjustments. Retain one of two options to suit Project; delete both to require only an inspection before field testing.

(b) Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory‐authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field‐assembled components and equipment installation, including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing.

(c) Retain one of three paragraphs below. (d) Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and

inspections and prepare test reports. (e) Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform the following field tests and

inspections and prepare test reports: (f) Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:

1) Retain subparagraphs below with either of last two paragraphs above. Edit to suit Project. Delete subparagraphs if testing will be performed by Owner‐engaged testing and inspecting agency.

2) Schedule tests with at least seven days' advance notice of test performance. 3) After installing intercommunication equipment and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test

for compliance with requirements. 4) Revise test requirements in subparagraphs below if all‐call or paging is not specified. 5) Operational Test: Test originating station‐to‐station, all‐call, and page messages at each

intercommunication station. Verify proper routing and volume levels and that system is free of noise and distortion. Test each available message path from each station on system.

6) Check each speaker line for correct impedance: the load shall not be larger than the amplifier output. 7) Tap each speaker for proper volume in area to be served. The system supplier's authorized

representative shall be on hand for final hook‐up and test, and shall certify, in writing, that the system is fully operational and meets the requirements of this section.

8) Signal Ground Test: Measure and report ground resistance at system signal ground. Comply with testing requirements in Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."

(g) Retesting: Correct deficiencies and retest. Prepare a written record of tests. (h) Inspection: Verify that units and controls are properly labeled and interconnecting wires and terminals are

identified. Prepare a list of final tap settings of paging speaker‐line matching transformers. (i) Prepare written test reports.

1) Include a record of final speaker‐line matching transformer‐tap settings, and signal ground‐resistance measurement certified by Installer.

5. STARTUP SERVICE

(a) Delete first paragraph below if factory‐authorized service representative is not required. Retain option for microprocessor‐switched systems.

(b) Engage a factory‐authorized service representative to perform startup service and initial system programming.

(c) Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements.

(d) Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. (e) Richardson Associates shall provide a one year warranty on parts and labor. An additional four year

warranty shall be provided on parts by Richardson Associates and the Rauland Corporation. The systems


Page 66 of 85

shall be demonstrated to the proper authorities and a letter of certification from the authorized supplier stating that the systems are operating as herein specified shall be forwarded to the Architect.

6. ADJUSTING

(a) Delete this Article if Owner contracts separately for this service. Consider including a provision for submitting a continuing maintenance agreement proposal.

(b) On‐Site Assistance: Engage a factory‐authorized service representative to provide on‐site assistance in adjusting sound levels, resetting transformer taps, and adjusting controls to meet occupancy conditions.

(c) Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on‐site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to site outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose, without additional cost.

7. DEMONSTRATION (a) Engage a factory‐authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust,

operate, and maintain intercommunication equipment. Refer to Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training." Train Owner's maintenance personnel on programming equipment for starting up and shutting down, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment.

Fire Alarm System GENERAL Summary: This Section covers fire alarm systems, including initiating devices, notification appliances, controls, and supervisory devices. Work covered by this section includes the furnishing of labor, equipment, and materials for installation of the fire alarm system as indicated on the drawings and specifications. The Fire Alarm System shall consist of all necessary hardware equipment and software programming to perform the following functions:

– Fire alarm system detection and notification operations. – Control and monitoring of elevators, smoke control equipment, door hold‐open devices, fire suppression

systems, and other equipment as indicated in the drawings and specifications. – One‐way supervised automatic voice alarm operations.

SCOPE OF WORK Acceptable Equipment and Service Providers:

– Manufacturers: The equipment and service described in this specification are those supplied and supported by SimplexGrinnell.

Related Documents Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this section. The work covered by this section is to be coordinated with related work as specified elsewhere in the specifications. Requirements of the following sections apply:

– Division 16: "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods." – Division 16: "Wiring Methods." – Division 13: "Fire Suppression". – Division 15: "Fire Protection". – Division 15: "HVAC Systems". – Division 13: "Building Automation and Control". – The system and all associated operations shall be in accordance with the following: – NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code, 2002 Edition – NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2005 Edition – NFPA 101, Life Safety Code, 2003 Edition – NFPA 90A, Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems, 2002 Edition – Georgia Accessibility Code


Page 67 of 85

System Description – General: Provide a complete, non‐coded addressable microprocessor‐based fire alarm system with

initiating devices, notification appliances, and monitoring and control devices as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein.

– Software: The fire alarm system shall allow for loading and editing instructions and operating sequences as necessary.

o The system shall be capable of on‐site programming to accommodate system expansion and facilitate changes in operation.

o All software operations shall be stored in a non‐volatile programmable memory within the fire alarm control unit. Loss of primary and secondary power shall not erase the instructions stored in memory.

o Panels shall provide electronic file storage with a means to retrieve a record copy of the site‐specific software and up to 9 previous revisions. Sufficient file storage shall be provided for other related system documentation such as record drawings, record of completion, owner’s manuals, testing and maintenance records, etc.

o The media used to store the record copy of site‐specific software and other related system documentation shall be electrically supervised. If the media is removed a trouble shall be reported on the fire alarm control panel.

– History Logs: The system shall provide a means to recall alarms and trouble conditions in chronological order for the purpose of recreating an event history. A separate alarm and trouble log shall be provided.

– Recording of Events: Record all alarm, supervisory, and trouble events by means of system printer. The printout shall include the type of signal (alarm, supervisory, or trouble) the device identification, date and time of the occurrence. The printout differentiates alarm signals from all other printed indications.

– Wiring/Signal Transmission: o System connections for initiating device circuits shall be Class B, Style D, signaling line circuits shall

be Class B, Style 4 and notification appliance circuits shall be Class B, Style Y. – Circuit Supervision: Circuit faults shall be indicated by a trouble signal at the FACP. Provide a distinctive

indicating audible tone and alphanumeric annunciation. – Required Functions: The following are required system functions and operating features: – Priority of Signals: Fire alarm events have highest priority. Subsequent alarm events are queued in the

order received and do not affect existing alarm conditions. Priority Two, Supervisory and Trouble events have second‐, third‐, and fourth‐level priority, respectively. Signals of a higher‐level priority take precedence over signals of lower priority even though the lower‐priority condition occurred first. Annunciate all events regardless of priority or order received.

– Noninterfering: An event on one zone does not prevent the receipt of signals from any other zone. All zones are manually resettable from the FACP after the initiating device or devices are restored to normal. The activation of an addressable device does not prevent the receipt of signals from subsequent addressable device activations.

o Transmission to an approved Supervising Station: Automatically route alarm, supervisory, and trouble signals via an IP communicator to the Dekalb County School System supervising station and monitoring service provider.

o FACP shall have the capability to provide remote access via an Internet/Intranet Interface. The Internet interface shall provide an alternative access to system information using the familiar interface of a standard Internet browser. A remotely located fire professional can use this access to analyze control panel status during non‐alarm conditions and can also use this information to assist local fire responders during alarm conditions.

– Annunciation: Operation of alarm and supervisory initiating devices shall be annunciated at the FACP and the remote annunciator, indicating the type of device, the operational state of the device (i.e alarm, trouble or supervisory) and shall display the custom label associated with the device.

– General Alarm: A system general alarm shall include: o Indication of alarm condition at the FACP and the annunciator(s). o Identification of the device /zone that is the source of the alarm at the FACP and the

annunciator(s). o Operation of audible and visible notification appliances until silenced at FACP.


Page 68 of 85

o Closing doors normally held open by magnetic door holders. o Unlocking designated doors. o Shutting down supply and return fans serving zone where alarm is initiated. o Closing smoke dampers on system serving zone where alarm is initiated. o Initiation of smoke control sequence. o Transmission of signal to the supervising station.

– Initiation of elevator Phase I functions (recall, shunt trip, illumination of indicator in cab, etc.) in accordance with ASME/ANSI A17.1, when specified detectors or sensors are activated, as appropriate.

– Supervisory Operations: Upon activation of a supervisory device such as a [fire pump power failure,] [low air pressure switch, and][none] tamper switch, the system shall operate as follows:

o Activate the system supervisory service audible signal and illuminate the LED at the control unit and the remote annunciator.

o Pressing the Supervisory Acknowledge Key will silence the supervisory audible signal while maintaining the Supervisory LED "on" indicating off‐normal condition.

o Record the event in the FACP historical log. o Transmission of supervisory signal to the supervising station. o Restoring the condition shall cause the Supervisory LED to clear and restore the system to normal. o Alarm Silencing: If the "Alarm Silence" button is pressed, all audible [and visible][none] alarm

signals shall cease operation. – System Reset:

o The "System Reset" button shall be used to return the system to its normal state. Display messages shall provide operator assurance of the sequential steps ("IN PROGRESS", "RESET COMPLETED") as they occur. The system shall verify all circuits or devices are restored prior to resetting the system to avoid the potential for re‐alarming the system. The display message shall indicate "ALARM PRESENT, SYSTEM RESET ABORTED."

o Should an alarm condition continue, the system will remain in an alarmed state. – WALKTEST: The system shall have the capacity of 8 programmable passcode protected one person testing

groups, such that only a portion of the system need be disabled during testing. The actuation of the "enable one person test" program at the control unit shall activate the "One Person Testing" mode of the system as follows:

– Install Mode: The system shall have provide the capability to group all non‐commissioned points and devices into a single "Install Mode" trouble condition allowing an operator to more clearly identify event activations from commissioned points and devices and in occupied areas.

– Analog Smoke Sensors: o Monitoring: FACP shall individually monitor sensors for calibration, sensitivity, and alarm

condition, and shall individually adjust for sensitivity. The control unit shall determine the condition of each sensor by comparing the sensor value to the stored values.

o Environmental Compensation: The FACP shall maintain a moving average of the sensor's smoke chamber value to automatically compensate for dust, dirt, and other conditions that could affect detection operations.

o Programmable Sensitivity: Photoelectric Smoke Sensors shall have 7 selectable sensitivity levels ranging from 0.2% to 3.7%, programmed and monitored from the FACP.

o Sensitivity Testing Reports: The FACP shall provide sensor reports that meet NFPA 72 calibrated test method requirements. The reports shall be viewed on a CRT Display or printed for annual recording and logging of the calibration maintenance schedule.

The FACP shall automatically indicate when an individual sensor needs cleaning. The system shall provide a means to automatically indicate when a sensor requires cleaning. When a sensor's average value reaches a predetermined value, (3) progressive levels of reporting are provided. The first level shall indicate if a sensor is close to a trouble reporting condition and will be indicated on the FACP as "ALMOST DIRTY." This condition provides a means to alert maintenance staff of a sensor approaching dirty without creating a trouble in the system. If this indicator is ignored and the second level is reached, a "DIRTY SENSOR" condition shall be indicated at the FACP and subsequently a system trouble is reported [to the Supervising Station][none]. The sensor base LED shall


Page 69 of 85

glow steady giving a visible indication at the sensor location. The "DIRTY SENSOR" condition shall not affect the sensitivity level required to alarm the sensor. If a "DIRTY SENSOR" is left unattended, and its average value increases to a third predetermined value, an "EXCESSIVELY DIRTY SENSOR" trouble condition shall be indicated at the control unit.

– Audible Alarm Notification: By voice evacuation and tone signals on loudspeakers in areas as indicated on drawings.

– Automatic Voice Evacuation Sequence: o The audio alarm signal shall consist of an alarm tone for a maximum of five seconds followed by

an automatic digital voice message. At the end of the voice message, the alarm tone shall resume. This sequence shall sound continuously until the "Alarm Silence" switch is activated.

o All audio operations shall be activated by the system software so that any required future changes can be facilitated by authorized personnel without any component rewiring or hardware additions.Speaker: Speaker notification appliances shall be listed to UL 1480.

o The speaker shall operate on a standard 25VRMS or 70.7VRMS NAC using twisted/shielded wire. o The following taps are available: 0.25W, 0.50W, 1.0W and 2.0W. At the 1.0W tap, the speaker has

minimum UL rated sound pressure level of 84dBA at 10 feet. o The speaker shall have a frequency response of 400 to 4000 Hz for Fire Alarm and 125 to 12kHz

for General Signaling. – Manual Voice Paging

o The system shall be configured to allow voice paging. Upon activation of any speaker manual control switch, the alarm tone shall be sounded over all speakers in that group.

o The control panel operator shall be able to make announcements via the push‐to‐talk paging microphone over the pre‐selected speakers.

o Total building paging shall be accomplished by the means of an "All Call" switch. – Fire Suppression Monitoring:

o Water flow: Activation of a water flow switch shall initiate general alarm operations. o Sprinkler valve tamper switch: The activation of any valve tamper switch shall activate system

supervisory operations. o Hood suppression systems shall be monitored for initiation. o Power Requirements

The control unit shall receive AC power via a dedicated fused disconnect circuit. The system shall be provided with sufficient battery capacity to operate the entire system

upon loss of normal AC power in a normal supervisory mode for a period of 24 hours with 5 minutes of alarm operation at the end of this period. The system shall automatically transfer to battery standby upon power failure. All battery charging and recharging operations shall be automatic.

Quality Assurance

– Installer Qualifications: A factory authorized installer is to perform the work of this section. – Each and every item of the Fire Alarm System shall be listed under the appropriate category by

Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL), and shall bear the "UL" label. – Warranty: Provide maintenance of fire alarm systems and equipment for a period of 12 months, using

factory‐authorized service representatives.

EXTRA MATERIALS – General: Furnish extra materials, packaged with protective covering for storage, and identified with labels

clearly describing contents as follows: – Manual Stations: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of the number of manual stations installed;

minimum of 1. – Notification Appliances: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of each type and number of units installed,

but not less than one of each type. – Smoke Detectors or Sensors, Fire Detectors, and Flame Detectors: Furnish quantity equal to 10 percent of

each type and number of units installed but not less than one of each type.


Page 70 of 85

– Detector or Sensor Bases: Furnish quantity equal to 2 percent of each type and number of units installed but not less than one of each type.

PRODUCTS Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP)

– General: Comply with UL 864, "Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems". – The following FACP hardware shall be provided:

o 2,000 point capacity where (1) point equals (1) monitor (input) or (1) control (output). o Auxiliary electronically resettable fused 2A @24VDC Output, with programmable disconnect

operation for 4‐wire detector reset. o Auxiliary Relay, SPDT 2A @32VDC, programmable as a trouble relay, either as normally energized

or de‐energized, or as an auxiliary control. o Three (3) Class B Notification Appliance Circuits . o Programmable DACT for Point Reporting.

– Alphanumeric Display and System Controls: Panel shall include an 80 character LCD display to indicate alarm, supervisory, and component status messages and shall include a keypad for use in entering and executing control commands.

– Voice Alarm: Provide an emergency communication system, integral with the FACP, including voice alarm system components, microphones, amplifiers, and tone generators. Features include:

– Amplifiers comply with UL 1711, "Amplifiers for Fire Protective Signaling Systems." Amplifiers shall provide an onboard local mode temporal coded horn tone as a default backup tone. Test switches on the amplifier shall be provided to test and observe amplifier backup switchover. Each amplifier shall communicate to the host panel amplifier and NAC circuit voltage and current levels for display on the user interface. Each amplifier shall be capable of performing constant supervision for non‐alarm audio functions such as background music and general paging.

– Emergency voice communication audio controller module shall provide up to 32 minutes of message memory for digitally stored messages. Provide supervised connections for master microphone and up to 5 remote microphones.

– Status annunciator indicating the status of the various voice alarm speaker zones. Remote LCD Annunciator

– Provide a remote LCD Annunciator, where required, with the same "look and feel" as the FACP operator interface. The Remote LCD Annunciator shall use the same Primary Acknowledge, Silence, and Reset Keys; Status LEDs and LCD Display as the FACP.

– Should an abnormal condition be detected the appropriate LED (Alarm, Supervisory or Trouble) shall flash. The unit audible signal shall pulse for alarm conditions and sound steady for trouble and supervisory conditions.

– Operator keys shall be key switch enabled to prevent unauthorized use. The key shall only be removable in the disabled position. Acknowledge, Silence and Reset operation shall be the same as the FACP.

Addressable Manual Pull Stations

– Description: Addressable single‐ or double‐action type, red LEXAN, with molded, raised‐letter operating instructions of contrasting color. Station will mechanically latch upon operation and remain so until manually reset by opening with a key common with the control units.

– Protective Shield: Provide a tamperproof, clear LEXAN shield and red frame that easily fits over manual pull stations. When shield is lifted to gain access to the station, a battery powered piercing warning horn shall be activated. The horn shall be silenced by lowering and realigning the shield. The horn shall provide 85dB at 10 feet and shall be powered by a 9 VDC battery.

Smoke Sensors

– General: Comply with UL 268, "Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems." Include the following features:

– Operating Voltage: 24 VDC, nominal.


Page 71 of 85

– Each sensor base shall contain an LED that will flash each time it is scanned by the Control Unit. In alarm condition, the sensor base LED shall be on steady.

– Each sensor base shall contain a magnetically actuated test switch to provide for easy alarm testing at the sensor location.

– Each sensor shall be scanned by the Control Unit for its type identification to prevent inadvertent substitution of another sensor type. Upon detection of a "wrong device", the control unit shall operate with the installed device at the default alarm settings for that sensor; 2.5% obscuration for photoelectric sensor, 135‐deg F and 15‐deg F rate‐of‐rise for the heat sensor, but shall indicate a "Wrong Device" trouble condition.

– Sensors include a communication transmitter and receiver in the mounting base having a unique identification and capability for status reporting to the FACP. Sensor address shall be located in base to eliminate false addressing when replacing sensors.

– Removal of the sensor head for cleaning shall not require the setting of addresses. – Type: Smoke sensors shall be of the photoelectric or combination photoelectric / heat type. – Bases: Relay output, sounder and isolator bases shall be supported alternatives to the standard base. – Duct Smoke Sensor: Photoelectric type, with sampling tube of design and dimensions as recommended by

the manufacturer for the specific duct size and installation conditions where applied. Sensor includes relay as required for fan shutdown.

– Environmental compensation, programmable sensitivity settings, status testing, and monitoring of sensor dirt accumulation for the duct smoke sensor shall be provided by the FACP.

– The Duct Housing shall provide a supervised relay driver circuit for driving up to 15 relays with a single "Form C" contact rated at 7A@ 28VDC or 10A@ 120VAC. This auxiliary relay output shall be fully programmable. Relay shall be mounted within 3 feet of HVAC control circuit.

– Duct Housing shall provide two (2) Test Ports for measuring airflow and for testing. These ports will allow aerosol injection in order to test the activation of the duct smoke sensor.

– For maintenance purposes, it shall be possible to clean the duct housing sampling tubes by accessing them through the duct housing front cover.

– Each duct smoke sensor shall have a Remote Test Station with an alarm LED and test switch. – Where indicated provide a NEMA 4X weatherproof duct housing enclosure that shall provide for the

circulation of conditioned air around the internally mounted addressable duct sensor housing to maintain the sensor housing at its rated temperature range. The housing shall be UL Listed to Standard 268A.

Heat Sensors

– Thermal Sensor: Combination fixed‐temperature and rate‐of‐rise unit with plug‐in base and alarm indication lamp; 135‐deg F fixed‐temperature setting except as indicated.

– Sensor fixed temperature sensing shall be independent of rate‐of‐rise sensing and] programmable to operate at 135‐deg F or 155‐deg F. Sensor rate‐of‐rise temperature detection shall be selectable at the FACP for either 15‐deg F or 20‐deg F per minute.

Addressable Circuit Interface Modules

– Addressable Circuit Interface Modules: Arrange to monitor or control one or more system components that are not otherwise equipped for addressable communication. Modules shall be used for monitoring of water flow, valve tamper, non‐addressable devices, and for control of AHU systems.

– ll Circuit Interface Modules shall be supervised and uniquely identified by the control unit. Module identification shall be transmitted to the control unit for processing according to the program instructions. Modules shall have an on‐board LED to provide an indication that the module is powered and communicating with the FACP. The LEDs shall provide a troubleshooting aid since the LED blinks on poll whenever the peripheral is powered and communicating.

Magnetic Door Holders

– Description: Units shall be listed to UL 228. Units are equipped for wall or floor mounting as indicated and are complete with matching door plate. Unit shall operate from a 120VAC, a 24VAC or a 24VDC source, and develop a minimum of 25 lbs. holding force.

– Material and Finish: All Metal Exterior Construction to match door hardware.


Page 72 of 85

Standard Alarm Notification Appliances

– Visible/Only: Strobe shall be listed to UL 1971. The V/O shall consist of a xenon flash tube and associated lens/reflector system. The V/O enclosure shall mount directly to standard single gang, double gang or 4" square electrical box, without the use of special adapters or trim rings. V/O appliances shall be provided with different minimum flash intensities of 15cd, 75cd and 110cd. Provide a label inside the strobe lens to indicate the listed candela rating of the specific Visible/Only appliance.

– Speaker/Visible: Combination Speaker/Visible (S/V) units combine the speaker and visible functions into a common housing. The S/V shall be listed to UL 1971 and UL 1480.

– Twisted/shielded wire is required for speaker connections on a standard 25VRMS or 70.7VRMS NAC. – The following taps are available: 0.25W, 0.50W, 1.0W and 2.0W. At the 1.0W tap, the speaker has

minimum UL rated sound pressure level of 84dBA at 10 feet. – The S/V shall have a frequency response of 400 to 4000 Hz for Fire Alarm and 125 to 12 kHz for General

Signaling. – Notification Appliance Circuit provides synchronization of strobes at a rate of 1Hz and operates horns with

a Temporal Code Pattern operation. The circuit shall provide the capability to silence the audible signals, while the strobes continue to flash, over a single pair of wires. The capability to synchronize multiple notification appliance circuits shall be provided.

NAC Power Extender

– The IDNet NAC Power Extender panel shall be a stand‐alone panel capable of powering a minimum of 4 notification appliance circuits. Notification appliance circuits shall be Class B, Style Y rated at 2 amps each. Panel shall provide capability to be expanded to 8 notification appliance circuits.

– The internal power supply & battery charger shall be capable of charging up 12.7 Ah batteries internally mounted or 18Ah batteries mounted in an external cabinet.

– Alarms from the host fire alarm control panel shall signal the NAC power extender panel to activate. The panel shall monitor itself and each of its NACs for trouble conditions and shall report trouble conditions to the host panel.

EXECUTION Installation, General

– Install system components and all associated devices in accordance with applicable NFPA Standards and manufacturer's recommendations.

– Installation personnel shall be supervised by persons who are qualified and experienced in the installation, inspection, and testing of fire alarm systems. Examples of qualified personnel shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

– Factory trained and certified personnel. – National Institute of Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) fire alarm level II certified personnel. – Personnel licensed or certified by state or local authority.

Equipment Installation

– Furnish and install a complete Fire Alarm System as described herein and as shown on the plans. Include sufficient control unit(s), annunciator(s), manual stations, automatic fire detectors, smoke detectors, audible and visible notification appliances, wiring, terminations, electrical boxes, Ethernet drops, and all other necessary material for a complete operating system.

– Water‐Flow and Valve Supervisory Switches: Connect for each sprinkler valve required to be supervised. – Device Location‐Indicating Lights: Locate in the public space immediately adjacent to the device they

monitor. – Install manual station with operating handle 48 inches (1.22 m) above floor. Install wall mounted audible

and visual notification appliances not less than 80 inches (2.03 m) above floor to bottom of lens and not greater than 96 inches (2.44 m) above floor to bottom of lens.

– Mount outlet box for electric door holder to withstand 80 pounds pulling force. – Automatic Detector Installation: Conform to NFPA 72.


Page 73 of 85

– Ethernet Drop: A standard RJ‐45 Ethernet connection to the owner’s Ethernet network shall be provided at each fire alarm control panel as part of the contract.

Wiring Installation

– System Wiring: Wire and cable shall be a type listed for its intended use by an approval agency acceptable to the Authority Having Jurisdiction and shall be installed in accordance with the appropriate articles from the current approved edition of NFPA 70: National Electric Code (NEC).

– Contractor shall obtain from the Fire Alarm System Manufacturer written instruction regarding the appropriate wire/cable to be used for this installation. No deviation from the written instruction shall be made by the Contractor without the prior written approval of the Fire Alarm System Manufacturer.

– Color Coding: Color‐code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building power wiring. Use one color code for alarm initiating device circuits wiring and a different color code for supervisory circuits. Color‐code notification appliance circuits differently from alarm‐initiating circuits. Paint fire alarm system junction boxes and covers red.

– Fire Alarm Control Panel Field Quality Control

– Manufacturer's Field Services: Provide services of a factory‐authorized service representative to supervise the field assembly and connection of components and the pretesting, testing, and adjustment of the system.

– Service personnel shall be qualified and experienced in the inspection, testing, and maintenance of fire alarm systems. Examples of qualified personnel shall be permitted to include, but shall not be limited to, individuals with the following qualifications:

– Factory trained and certified. – National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies (NICET) fire alarm certified. – International Municipal Signal Association (IMSA) fire alarm certified. – Certified by a state or local authority. – Trained and qualified personnel employed by an organization listed by a national testing laboratory for the

servicing of fire alarm systems. – Pretesting: Determine, through pretesting, the conformance of the system to the requirements of the

Drawings and Specifications. Correct deficiencies observed in pretesting. Replace malfunctioning Inspection:

– Inspect equipment installation, interconnection with system devices, mounting locations, and mounting methods.

– Verify that units and controls are properly installed, connected, and labeled and that interconnecting wires and terminals are identified.

– Acceptance Operational Tests: – Perform operational system tests to verify conformance with specifications:

o Each alarm initiating device installed shall be operationally tested. Each device shall be tested for alarm and trouble conditions. Contractor shall submit a written certification that the Fire Alarm System installation is complete including all punch‐list items. Test battery operated emergency power supply. Test emergency power supply to minimum durations specified. Test Supervising Station Signal Transmitter. Coordinate testing with Supervising Station monitoring firm/entity.

o Test each Notification Appliance installed for proper operation. o Test Fire Alarm Control Panel and Remote Annunciator.

– Provide minimum 10 days notice of acceptance test performance schedule to Owner, and local Authority Having Jurisdiction.

– Retesting: Correct deficiencies indicated by tests and completely retest work affected by such deficiencies. Verify by the system test that the total system meets the Specifications and complies with applicable standards.

– Report of Tests and Inspections: Provide a written record of inspections, tests, and detailed test results in the form of a test log. Use NFPA 72 Forms for documentation.

– Final Test, Record of Completion, and Certificate of Occupancy:


Page 74 of 85

– Test the system as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction in order to obtain a certificate of occupancy. Provide completed NFPA 72 Record of Completion form to Owner and AHJ.

Training

– Provide the services of a factory‐authorized service representative to demonstrate the system and train Owner's maintenance personnel as specified below.

– Train Owner's maintenance personnel in the procedures and schedules involved in operating, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintaining of the system. Provide a minimum of 8 hours' training.

– Schedule training with the Owner at least seven days in advance. Security System Guide Specification PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 General:

(a) Provide and install all security system components as indicated on the approved drawings and/or as specified herein in the specifications. The work in this section shall include, but not be limited to, furnishing all equipment, materials, labor to install, test and place into approved operation complete systems for the following. The work shall consist of, but not be limited to the following systems:

1. Provide and install complete Supervised Security Intrusion Alarm System including all components and

devices as indicated on the Drawings. The system shall be complete with all required wiring and programming needed to make a complete system.

2. Provide and install complete Access Control System including all components and devices as indicated on the Drawings. The system shall be complete with all required wiring and programming needed to make a complete system.

3. Provide and install complete Integrated Audio and Video Security Communication system including all components and devices as indicated on the Drawings. The system shall be complete with all required wiring and programming needed to make a complete system.

4. Provide and install complete CCTV System including all components and devices as indicated on the Drawings. The system shall be complete with all required wiring and programming needed to make a complete system.

1.02 System Features:

(a) Supervised Security Intrusion Alarm System shall consist of motion detectors, door contacts and burglar panel providing alarm notification via telephone dialer capture device in ContactID format over the DCSS wide area network. 1. Provide motion detectors in all first floor rooms with exterior windows or exterior doors. Provide wire

guards for all devices installed in Gymnasiums or enclosed PE Areas. 2. Provide motion detectors at all doors leading to the outside and interior stairwells on all levels. 3. Provide industrial type door contacts for all exterior doors at Boiler Rooms with exterior doors, roof

hatches, Mechanical/Electrical Rooms with exterior doors and at all exterior storage or multipurpose buildings.

4. Provide motion detectors with long range lens in each corridor on all floors. 5. Provide three (3) key pads; one at the main front door, kitchen door, gymnasium door and any other

designation located on the drawing by the Dekalb County School System, Security Systems Department.

6. Provide blue strobe light in the Main Front Lobby ceiling and interior sirens located throughout the building on the first floor to provide full sound coverage to the building if the system is activated.

(b) Access Control System shall be a card access system.

1. Provide card access/integrated audio and video door station communication system components and devices as indicated on the Drawings. The Integrated audio and video door station card access reader


Page 75 of 85

in the door station specification will be wired to the card access controller for keyless entry. Install master station in the reception/front office area, rack mount the Central exchange unit in the CCTV rack located in the MDF room.

2. Refer to the attached Security Door Details. PDF for card access drawings 1 and 2 and for non card access drawings 3 and 4 for specific details for each type of door requiring access control hardware or security door contact.

3. Card Access controller will log who enters and exits the building. 4. Card access controller will be connected via the DeKalb County Schools wide area network to the card

access 3000 server located at the Sam A Moss Service Center.

(c) The CCTV system will be a Network Video Recorder system with megapixel cameras that are powered and connected to the DCSS network by a Power Over Ethernet network switch. The NVR, POE hardware will be installed in an approved hardware rack. The NVR, POE will be powered from a rack mounted uninterruptible power supply that is plugged into a back up generator circuit receptacle. Approved DCSS network users will have the capability to maintain, view, search, and export video from any camera with a DCSS workstation with the video management system/client software PC requirements.

1. Provide a Network Video Recorder (NVR) with the following specifications: 280 Mbps to support as

many as 128 video channels, optimized to support pre installed network video software, expandable by networking an unlimited number of servers and encoders depending on available network bandwidth, can be used as a standalone system or as part of a network of servers, NVR monitoring from a video management system/client software, i7 processor and 8GB of RAM, two gigabit network ports, two DVI video output ports, five USB ports, up to 24 TB storage in Raid 5 or JBOD, DVD RW, optional SCSI card, network health and event monitoring support.

2. Provide indoor/outdoor vandal resistant megapixel dome cameras with low light, wide dynamic range, day/night, auto focus varifocal 2.8‐10mm megapixel lens, Power Over Ethernet, audio in/out, H.264 and MJPEG compression, up to two simultaneous video streams, web interface, built in analytics, window blanking. Provide the appropriate optional accessories for ceiling/wall mount for inside/outside camera mounting. Cameras will be placed at locations as indicated on the Drawings. The number of cameras to be installed will vary by school layout.

3. Provide a POE network switch which will provide camera power and a network connection. This hardware will need to be approved by the DCSS MIS department to meet the DCSS network hardware specifications.

4. Provide rack mounted UPS for power to the NVR and POE hardware. 5. Provide 19” Wall mounted rack (Swivel type and black) for remote CCTV equipment located in IDF

rooms and 19” floor rack (black) with top ladder cable support (walk behind for service) for head end CCTV equipment located in MDF room.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 SECURITY INTRUSION ALARM SYSTEM:

(a) The Supervised Security Intrusion Alarm System shall be a system of motion detectors and door contacts that report to a central station receiver which shall provide alarm notification via telephone capture device over the DCSS wide area network. The system shall consist at a minimum of the following components:

o Supervised Security Intrusion Alarm System Main Control Panel shall be Controller/Communicator Panel as indicated on the Documents. Provide complete with DTK‐120HW Surge Suppressor, two DTKMRJ31SCW Telephone Line Surge Suppressors, Telephone Communication Cords, power supply and battery backup (minimum of 24 hours of Standby and 10 minutes of Alarm). The Security Control Panel shall be capable of supervising and controlling up to eight (8) user defined partitions and up to sixteen (16) keypad consoles. System shall be capable of utilizing wired, multiplexed and wireless devices to provide minimum of 208 zones. System shall provide a minimum of 99 user codes. Provide dual phone line and LAN network module for connection to local LAN Network. Each input Module installed must be mounted in a separate cabinet, powered by a separate power source and battery backup (minimum of 24 hours of Standby and 10 minutes


Page 76 of 85

of Alarm) per the manufacturer’s specifications. The Contractor shall verify the circuit breaker that feeds the Main Control Panel, note on the Panel Schedule that this breaker serves the Security System Control Panel and provide and install “Lock On” device onto the circuit breaker(s).

o Acceptable Products: M1G Control Panel M1GKS Ethernet Module ELKM1XEP Output Expander ELKM1XOVR Input Expander ELKM1XIN Data Bus Hub ELK M1DBHR Relay Board ELKM1RB STRW 28”H Box ELKSWB28 Altronix SMP5PMCTX Burglary IP Communicator (Teldat 9T‐ALMPH108)

(b) Motion Detectors: Intrusion detection devices as shown on the drawings with a minimum of 50’ X 50’

coverage with standard lens or minimum 10’ X 100’ coverage with long range lens. Motion detectors located in Gym Areas will require wire guards. Wire Guards to be STI #9620.

o Acceptable Products: Optex (Wall mount CX‐502 CX‐702) (Ceiling FX360) Optex wireless CX‐702RSi BX‐80NRi

(c) Wireless zone expansion:

o Acceptable Products: Inovonics Wireless EN4232MR Receiver

(d) Keypad: Keypad to be Addressable Alphanumeric Keypad Console, surface mounted as shown on the Drawings. Install in STI # 6560 surface mounted keypad cover with lock.

o Acceptable Products: ELKM1KP2 ELK‐M1KPNAV

(e) Blue Security Strobe, ceiling or wall mounted, located in the Main Front Lobby. Connect the strobe to the

Supervised/Addressable Security Intrusion System. o Acceptable Products:

ELK‐SLB1 ELK‐1RT

(f) Provide interior Security Siren, flush ceiling mounted, connected to the Supervised/Addressable Security Intrusion System. Locate throughout the building for full coverage.

o Acceptable Products: ELK – SS36

(g) Security System Cables: All wiring shall be installed with yellow cable.

o All wiring and cables exposed in mechanical/boiler rooms, concealed inside walls, concealed above non‐accessible ceilings or underground outside the building shall be installed in conduit. All line voltage wiring shall be installed in a conduit. All low voltage wiring installed above accessible ceiling may be installed without conduit by using cable with a jacket that is U.L. listed for installation in a return air plenum.

o Plenum rated cable installed in corridors and other accessible ceiling areas shall be installed in existing cable hangers/tray or the Contractor shall provide cable hangers or cable tray, typical to the existing hangers or tray presently installed in the school.

o All cable ties shall be plenum rated. o All devices shall be installed with a back box for cable terminations and cable splices. All back

boxes shall be sized for the device mounted onto the back box. All back boxes that are surface mounted (exposed) shall have no conduit knockouts on the sides of the box, all conduits shall be terminated via threaded hubs. Use Wire mold back boxes and Wire mold Series V700 One‐Piece


Page 77 of 85

Surface Steel Raceway for all surface mounted installations in public areas and use conduits with cast boxes in all Non‐Public Areas. Paint the Wire mold back boxes and raceway the same color as the wall it is mounted onto.

2.02 ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM:

(a) Access Control System shall consist of a main controller, door panic hardware, electric power transfer (EPT), door power supply, card reader, “Request to Exit” PIR units, and door contact at specific doors as indicated on the documents. The system shall communicate via the school’s wide area network. The system shall consist of the following components:

o Access Control System Main Control Panel: Control Panel shall be complete Cabinet, Accelerator board, Network module, Power Supplies and Battery Backup (minimum of 24 hours) and Power Supplies for electric door lock power with Battery Backup (minimum of 24hours). Provide complete with DTK‐120HW Surge Suppressor, all input/output cards and door expander panels as required. The Contractor shall verify the circuit breaker that feeds the Main Control Panel, Note on the Panel Schedule that this breaker serves the Control Access System Control Panel and provide and install “Lock On” device onto the circuit breaker(s). The Contractor shall run the local area network cable that connects the Main Control Panel to the local area network router by labeling the router cable ”Card Access‐Security” in the MDF or IDF room. The Card Access static IP VLAN number, router bank and port will be determined by the DCSS MIS department.

o Acceptable Products:

Continental Instrument Turbo 8‐door intelligent controller (CICP1800T), Accelerator Board(CICP18ACCBD), NIC Module (CICP18ACCNETBD)

Super Two 2‐door intelligent controller(CICP1300), NIC Module (CICP1300NETBD) (b) Card Reader: All approved card access doors will have a Multi‐Technology Reader with the capability of

reading all types/technologies of cards. o Acceptable Products:

XCEED ID ISO Multi‐technology Reader XF1500P‐B, XF1100 HID ProxPoint Proximity reader Model# 6005bkb00 (for use in AX Aiphone Door station

ONLY)

(c) Door Panic Hardware: Hardware to be Electric Latch Retraction type with heavy duty Fail Secure Solenoids, and an Electrical Power Transfer unit to get power from door jamb to door hardware. Contractor must size door hardware frame hinge and box rough in for card access doors. Contractor must size door hardware Power supply as required complete with adequate panic device control boards as required.

o Acceptable Products: Von Duprin # EL99NL Von Duprin Electrical Power Transfer # EPT‐10 Von Duprin # PS914 Power Supply Von Duprin # PS900‐2RS Relay EL Panic device control board

(d) “Request to Exit” PIR: Egress Motion Sensor to be ceiling/wall mounted type with adjustable pattern and

two (2) Form C output relays with sounder. o Acceptable Products:

GE # RCR‐REX‐W and single gang wall plate #RCR‐WP‐W (18/6 stranded, shielded plenum cable from controller to REX).

Honeywell # IS320WH and trim plate # IS310WHTP # (5‐531‐395‐01) (18/6 stranded, shielded plenum cable from controller to REX).

(e) Door Contacts: Door Contacts to be recessed type with minimum of 3/4” Contact with minimum 3/4”

Magnet and 7/8” Gap. Run cable back to the door controller as required. Match door contact to door frame color.

o Acceptable Products: GE # SR‐1078C


Page 78 of 85

Honeywell # 947‐75T

(f) Integrated Audio & Video System: Central Exchange Unit (located in MDF room), Master Station (located in the front office/reception Area), Door Station (located by main front door and or any other door that will be determined on drawings by DCSS, Security Systems Department). The system shall have a hands free or PTT communication, Video with minimum 3 1/2” LCD Screen (Master station end), selective door release (Master station end), and HID ProxPoint card reader (Door station end) to work with separate Card Access system controller. The Door station is to be vandal resistant, flush mount (new building), surface mount (existing building), and stainless steel faceplate type with built in HID Smart Card Reader. Run cable to the AX integrated audio & video system as required using plenum rated category 6 cable.

o Acceptable Products: Central Exchange Station ‐ Aiphone # AX‐084C including (2) PS‐2420UL Power Supply (one

for Audio, one for Video). Master Station ‐ Aiphone # AX‐8MV. Door Station ‐ Aiphone # AX‐DVF‐P. (Use this model for new building construction

Install/flush mount). Door Station ‐ Aiphone # AX‐DV‐P. (Use this model for existing building install/surface

mount. Category 6 (23 AWG) plenum rated cable (Yellow).

(g) Control Access System Cables shall be plenum rated. Install the number of conductors and conductor size

as required by the equipment manufacturer.

(h) All devices shall be installed with a backbox for cable terminations and cable splices. All back boxes shall be sized for the device mounted onto the back box. All back boxes that are surface mounted (exposed) shall have no conduit knockouts on the sides of the box, all conduits shall be terminated via threaded hubs. Use Wire mold back boxes and Wire mold Series V700 One‐Piece Surface Steel Raceway for all surface mounted installations in public areas and use conduits with cast boxes in all non‐public areas. Paint the Wire mold back boxes and raceway the same color as the wall it is mounted onto.

2.03 CCTV SYSTEM:

(a) The CCTV System shall be a Network Video Recorder Ethernet ready system with the ability to be connected to the DCSS wide area network for viewing via a workstation with a web browser or NVR video management system/client software. The Contractor shall run the local area network cable that connects the NVR to the local area network POE switch by labeling the router cable ”CCTV‐Security”. The CCTV NVR and IP cameras static IP VLAN number, router bank and ports will be determined by the DCSS Security/MIS Department. The system shall consist of the following components:

o Indoor/outdoor vandal resistant megapixel dome cameras with low light, wide dynamic range, day/night, auto focus varifocal 2.8‐10mm megapixel lens, Power Over Ethernet, audio in/out, H.264 and MJPEG compression, up to two simultaneous video streams, web interface, built in analytics, window blanking. Provide the appropriate optional accessories for ceiling/wall mount for inside/outside camera mounting. Focus and aim the cameras with the approval by the owner.

o Approved Products: Pelco IM10LW10‐1E (IP Megapixel Camera). Use appropriate Pelco IM10LW10‐1E optional accessories for wall/ceiling mount

hardware applications.

(b) POE switch to camera cable connection/power: The approved camera shall be connected via green plenum rated Category 6 cable RJ45 connectors to provide single channel video and power over the standard EIA/TIA 568B structured building wiring. All cable runs need to be determined by POE location not to exceed IP limits to IDF, MDF locations.

o Approved Products: Green Plenum CAT 6 cable, RJ45 Connector Power Over Ethernet switch (TBD with DCSS MIS Dept.)


Page 79 of 85

(c) Network Video Recorder (NVR) with the following specifications: 280 Mbps to support as many as 128

video channels, optimized to support pre installed network video software, expandable by networking an unlimited number of servers and encoders depending on available network bandwidth, can be used as a standalone system or as part of a network of servers, NVR monitoring from a video management/client software, 2nd generation i7 processors and 8GB of RAM, two gigabit network ports, two DVI video output ports, five USB ports, up to 24 TB storage in Raid 5 or JBOD, DVD RW, optional SCSI card, network health and event monitoring support.

o Acceptable Products: Digital Sentry Server Recorder, 18 TB ‐ includes 8 IP camera license #DSSRV‐180 Digital Sentry IP camera one time license fee per camera #DS‐SW‐CAM Digital Sentry Server Recorder internal raid card #DSSRV‐RAID

(d) UPS: UPS to be 120volt input and 120 Volt output rack mounted. The Contractor shall verify the required

breaker amperage and receptacle type. The Contractor shall verify the circuit breaker that feeds the UPS and note on the panel schedule that this breaker serves the CCTV UPS and provide and install “Lock On” device onto the circuit breaker(s).

o Acceptable Products: APC

(e) Provide and install 19” wall mounted racks in all IDF rooms. Provide and install 19” floor mounted full

height racks in the MDF Room * NOTE: All accessories needed to accommodate CCTV equipment needs to be added to the rack purchase (Example: rack fan assembly, power strips, ladder rack runway/angles/mounting plates/cable management). Racks must be approved by the Dekalb County Schools Security Department. Coordinate location of rack and power requirements with the DCSS MIS/Security Dept.

o Approved Products: Wall Mounted Racks – Hoffman, Chatsworth, West Penn. Floor Mounted Racks ‐ Hoffman, Chatsworth, West Penn.

(f) Provide and install LCD flat panel monitors complete with wall mount bracket and power receptacles in

place as needed for CCTV viewing. Meet with Dekalb County School System, Department of Security Systems on CCTV monitor information.

o Acceptable Product: High Definition Flat Panel Monitor with tilt wall mount bracket. *Note: Discuss monitor

approval with owner. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS:

(a) All equipment shall be installed as per the Manufacturer’s Recommendations and as required by the Specifications.

3.02 INSTALLATION:

(a) Provide all equipment, wiring, conduit and outlet boxes required for the installation of a complete and operating system in accordance with applicable local, state and national codes, the manufacturer’s recommendations and the Contract Documents.

(b) The manufacturer’s authorized representative/installer shall provide supervision of final system panel connections, perform a complete functional test of the system and submit a written report to the contractor/DeKalb County School System attesting to the proper operation of the system.

(c) All equipment and wiring shall be guaranteed against defects in materials and workmanship for a minimum of one‐year period from the acceptance and beneficial use of the system. Emergency repairs, programming changes and additions to the system made by owner’s personnel shall not invalidate this warranty.


Page 80 of 85

(d) Upon completion of the installation, the electrical contractor shall provide to the Engineer with a copy to the manufacturer’s representative, signed written statement attesting that all system equipment was installed in accordance with these specifications and in accordance with wiring diagrams, instructions and directions provided to the contractor by the manufacturer.

(e) Contractor will furnish upon completion a complete as‐built diagram of new system for final walk through and acceptance by the owner. Drawings shall be provided, both hard copy and electronic copy in AutoCAD 2009 format and PDF.

(f) All system devices shall be mounted on wall surfaces so as to provide maximum coverage and use of the device. All devices shall be marked with an indelible marker on their surface indicating their zone identifications.

(g) Installer shall provide the DeKalb County School System with the outgoing phone line number used by the panels.

(h) All work shall be performed using licensed installers with current licenses as required by the State of Georgia for this type of work. Provide copies of all licensed personnel to the owner for his review at the shop drawing stage of the project. The licensed personnel shall be on site at all times when the work is being performed at the school.

(i) The Owner will provide final CCTV camera aiming instructions once the system is operational and can be viewed by the owner. The Contractor shall provide all required personnel and materials needed to re‐aim any camera in the system at the instructions of the owner.

(j) All cables shall be labeled at all termination points within the system with the IP Address or name of the device the cable serves.

3.03 OWNER’S ACCEPTANCE OF SYSTEM:

(a) Walk through testing of system shall be completed prior to putting on line to the reporting office and shall be conducted at a time when students are not present and there are no activities at the school.

(b) Walk through testing shall include arming of system and activation of each zone device to insure proper operation, programming and installation of the device.

(c) Walk through testing shall include but not limited to the following persons: system installer, the Contractor’s representative, Dekalb County School System personnel (Job site Project Manager and Security Systems Department).

(d) Installer shall coordinate the walk through with all parties concerned and provide adequate notice to schedule all parties.

(e) The contractor will provide the DeKalb County School System cut sheets for equipment installed, detail drawings of each system including all names, serial numbers, zone numbers, IP Addresses, etc. for each system device indicating the exact location of the device or component and a description of the device or component for the owners’ use. Drawings will be in AutoCAD format, and PDF. The contractor will provide both a hard copy of the drawings along with electronic copies of all drawings on disk to the owner prior to the final acceptance.

(f) The contractor shall provide adequate training on each system for each school. Training will be provided at both the school and at other locations as directed by the owner. Training will consist of, but not limited to the following: detailed instructions of how each system operates, programming of the system and system operations in both normal state and activated or alarm states.

(g) The owner reserves the right to modify the equipment or specifications in order to meet their desired goals.

Information Technology System DIVISION 27 COMMUNICATIONS

DATA CLOSETS

1. Provide a Main Distribution Facility (MDF) and Intermediate Distribution Facilities (IDFs) as needed to support the structured cable system. Data closets will be located in a way and in sufficient numbers


Page 81 of 85

to keep the horizontal distance from any data drop or device (wireless access point, camera, etc.) to the nearest data closet under the maximum 290 feet. The items in this section are to be provided by the Electrical Contractor and the General Contractor.

2. The MDF will be at least 10' by 16' and IDF's will be at least 9' by 9' in size and have finished (i.e., tile) floors and drop ceilings.

3. The MDF will be provided with 6 dedicated 20‐amp quad power outlets and one 30‐amp dedicated circuit with a L6‐30 locking receptacle. Each IDF will be provided with 2 dedicated 20‐amp quad power outlets. Additional receptacles can be provided to conform to building codes. The location of the quad outlets will be coordinated with DCSD IT prior to installation. All circuits in the MDF and IDFs will be connected to the school's emergency (generator) panel(s).

4. The MDF and all IDF's will be provided with dedicated HVAC systems (split systems) that are to be connected to the school's emergency (generator) panel(s). The minimum capacity of the unit will be 2 Tons (2400 Btu). These HVAC systems should remain on at all times and should not be controlled by the building management system.

5. At least one wall in the MDF and all IDF’s will be lined with ¾” plywood painted with fire retardant paint.

6. Every data cabinet will be provided with a local ground bar (the MDF requires 2 individually grounded bars). The grounding bar will be mounted to the plywood backboard.

DATA CABLING PATHWAY CONDUIT, CABLE TRAYS, and SUPPORTS

1. Provide all conduit, cable trays, J‐hooks, etc. necessary to deliver structured data and telephone cabling from the MDF to each IDF and from the MDF & IDF's to the individual rooms. The items in this section are to be provided by the Electrical Contractor and the General Contractor.

2. Cable Supports ‐ 4 options a. Wire basket cable tray above ceiling ‐ trapeze' style supported with threaded rod and

associated hardware b. Without wire basket using threaded rod and f‐Hooks c. Grid wire and J‐Hooks

i. J‐Hooks placed every 4‐5 feet. Follow manufacturer's guidelines. ii. Number of cables per J‐Hook is based upon J‐Hook size. Follow

manufacturer’s guidelines. iii. Support method must not exceed support or cable manufacturer’s

required weight and or cable quantity limits d. Rigid conduit is to be used through hard ceilings and wherever the path is

otherwise inaccessible for the purpose of pulling cable.

3. Surface mount raceway for horizontal (station) cables a. Size of surface mount raceway will depend on number of cables. b. Surface mounted raceway to be secured neatly to all surfaces ‐ cut to length. c. Must be installed per the manufacturer's recommendations.

4. Where data cables are to penetrate fire rated walls, floors and ceilings fireproof the opening. Provide conduit sleeves for cables that penetrate fire rated walls. Install fire proofing material around all conduit sleeves and openings. Install fireproofing material thoroughly and neatly. Seal all floor, wall


Page 82 of 85

and ceiling penetrations. When installing in existing installations all breached fire stopped openings must be returned to original condition.

DATA and TELEPHONE CABLING SYSTEM

1. Overview: Data and telephone cabling and all other items in this section will be installed by the DCSD IT designated low voltage contractor.

2. Installation Practices: All installation techniques employed in this project conform to industry standards and manufacturer recommended installation procedures. Installation practices must be in compliance with the adopted National Electric Codes (NEC) edition. Other standards include: IEEE 802.3ab 1000BASE‐TX Standards

a. American National Standards Association (ANSI)/Electronic Industries Association/Telecommunications Industry Standards (EIA/TIA) 568 (designation T‐568B), Category 5 and Category 6 Data and Voice, Commercial Building Telecommunications Wiring Standard

b. EIA/TIA‐569, Commercial Building Standard for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces c. ANSI/ICEA 2‐83‐596‐1988 Standard for Fiber Optic Premises Distribution Cable d. EIA/TIA PN ‐ 2327, Grounding and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications in

Commercial Buildings e. FOIRL Standards

3. Data Cabinets: The MDF will be equipped with a minimum of one full height data cabinet 24" wide by 32" deep. The cabinet will be placed parallel to the short wall furthest from the door. Spacing will be 24" from the wall from the side and 30" from the rear wall. IDFs will be equipped with a similar full height cabinet. Wall mount cabinets will be used only if there is not sufficient room for a full size cabinet. Full size cabinets will be provided with a ladder kit which will be attached to the cabinet and the wall. All cabinets will be grounded to the ground bar provided using #6 AWG copper wire.

4. MDF /IDF Interconnects: For data all IDFs will be connected to the MDF using armored 12‐strand multimode 62.5/125 or 50/125 micron fiber rated to support at least 400 MHz at 1310 nm terminated per DCSD request (i.e. SC, LC, MTRJ, ST). All cables will be properly installed with strain relief. If unarmored cable is used this cable must be run through a 2" innerduct. Each IDF should be connected with a dedicated cable going directly to the MDF (no daisy chaining) forming a true star network. If fusion splices are used the loss will be less than .2 dB. If field connectors are used the connector loss will be less than .6 dB. For voice each IDF will have a tie cable run back to the MDF of sufficient size (25, 50‐pair or larger) to meet the need. Voice tie cables are to be terminated on 110 blocks that will be mounted to the backer board on both ends. All cabling must come with a 25‐year manufacturer's warranty.

5. Data Cabling: Data cabling will be of a fire‐retardant "open air plenum” type meeting all federal and state fire codes. The data cable will be four‐pair, 24 AWG cable compliant with UL lab certification program for Category 6 or better wiring. The cable will comply with EIA/TIA 568A standards and terminate using 568B commercial building wiring standards for UTP cable. Cable sheath will be plainly marked with UL approved cable surface markings. Data cables will be terminated on a 48 port Category 6 RJ45 modular patch panel in the data closed and on RJ45 jacks in information faceplates on the remote end. All four‐pair will be terminated using 1000BASE‐TX standards. Cables will be neatly dressed and labeled (printed, no handwritten labels). The labeling will be sufficient to identify the location of both the near and remote ends of the run. While the cable labeling schemes should be consistent across all sites in the county, the scheme may vary if exceptional conditions exist at a site, as approved by the DCSD MIS contact. The cable number must be placed on the outside faceplate. Each number must be clearly typed. Data cables will be blue, wireless cables will be yellow, IP CCTV cables will be green. All cabling must come with a 25‐year manufacturer's warranty.

6. Voice Cabling: Telephone cabling will be UL Category 5e cable. It will be fire‐retardant "open air plenum" type meeting all federal and state fire codes. The cable will be four‐pair, 24 AWG cable


Page 83 of 85

compliant with UL lab certification program for Category 5e wiring. Cable sheath will be plainly marked with UL approved cable surface markings. All four‐pair will be terminated. Cables will be neatly dressed and labeled (printed, no hand written labels). Voice cables will be white. All cabling must come with a 25‐year manufacturer's warranty.

7. Cable Test and Certification: a. Data certification will include the individual UTP connector (Jack), cable, cross‐connect

blocks, transition connectors, and patch panels. The selected offeror will utilize equipment (network analyzer), which has the capability to meet or exceed requirements for Category 6 cable, qualified to sweep and measure bandwidth of at least 1 MHz to 250 MHz. The test result shall be delivered to DCSD and shall include the following:

i. Length ii. Attenuation on all pairs iii. Near‐end crosstalk iv. Loop loss

Ensure that noise does not exceed industry standards. b. All individual fibers of each terminated cable segment must be tested using a power meter

to determine the actual loss. The fibers must also be tested for length. These readings will be taken at 850 nm and 1300 nm for multimode fiber. These readings must not be higher than the "Optimal Attenuation Loss." The OAL must be calculated using the manufacturer's factory certified test results, (db/km) converted to the actual installed lengths plus the manufacturer's published attenuation loss for the connectors. The maximum allowable attenuation should not exceed 3.0 db. DCSD will not accept the installation of multimode fibers that contain a splice. The test result shall be delivered to DCSD and must include the following:

i. Length ii. Attenuation on all pairs

c. Voice certification will include the individual UTP (Jack) connector, cable and cross‐connect blocks. The equipment must be capable of meeting the requirements for Category 5e. The test result shall be delivered to DCSD and include:

i. Continuity check ii. Checking for cross‐connects

8. Documentation: Upon completion "red‐line" as‐built sketches must be provided of any deviations, modifications or additions to the engineering drawing package. In addition to the as‐built drawings a digital set of as‐built plans indicating the location and drop number of each drop must be provided. The results of all test results including the drop number, cable origin, cable destination, certified PASS test result and the date of the test must be provided. These test results will be provided in digital format. The normal means of transmitting the digital submittals will be to a designated DCSD SharePoint site.

DCSD ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM:

A. Access Control System shall consist of a main controller, door panic hardware, electric power transfer (EPT), door power supply, card reader, “Request to Exit” PIR units, and door contact at specific doors as indicated on the documents. The system shall communicate via the school’s wide area network. The system shall consist of the following components:

1. Access Control System Main Control Panel: Control Panel shall be complete Cabinet, Accelerator board, Network module, Power Supplies and Battery Backup (minimum of 24 hours) and Power Supplies for electric door lock power with Battery Backup (minimum of 24hours). Provide complete


Page 84 of 85

with DTK‐120HW Surge Suppressor, all input/output cards and door expander panels as required. The Contractor shall verify the circuit breaker that feeds the Main Control Panel, Note on the Panel Schedule that this breaker serves the Control Access System Control Panel and provide and install “Lock On” device onto the circuit breaker(s). The Contractor shall run the local area network cable that connects the Main Control Panel to the local area network router by labeling the router cable ”Card Access‐Security” in the MDF or IDF room. The Card Access static IP VLAN number, router bank and port will be determined by the DCSS MIS department.

Acceptable Products:

a. Continental Instrument Turbo 8‐door intelligent controller (CICP1800T), Accelerator Board(CICP18ACCBD), NIC Module (CICP18ACCNETBD)

b. Super Two 2‐door intelligent controller(CICP1300), NIC Module (CICP1300NETBD)

2. Card Reader: All approved card access doors will have a Multi‐Technology Reader with the capability of reading all types/technologies of cards.


a. XCEED ID ISO Multi‐technology Reader XF1500P‐B, XF1100 b. HID ProxPoint Proximity reader Model# 6005bkb00 (for use in AX Aiphone Door station ONLY)

3. Door Panic Hardware: Hardware to be Electric Latch Retraction type with heavy duty Fail Secure Solenoids, and an Electrical Power Transfer unit to get power from door jamb to door hardware. Contractor must size door hardware frame hinge and box rough in for card access doors. Contractor must size door hardware Power supply as required complete with adequate panic device control boards as required.


a. Von Duprin # EL99NL b. Von Duprin Electrical Power Transfer # EPT‐10 c. Von Duprin # PS914 Power Supply d. Von Duprin # PS900‐2RS Relay EL Panic device control board

4. “Request to Exit” PIR: Egress Motion Sensor to be ceiling/wall mounted type with adjustable

pattern and two (2) Form C output relays with sounder.


a. GE # RCR‐REX‐W and single gang wall plate #RCR‐WP‐W (18/6 stranded, shielded plenum cable from controller to REX).

b. Honeywell # IS320WH and trim plate # IS310WHTP # (5‐531‐395‐01) (18/6 stranded, shielded plenum cable from controller to REX).

5. Door Contacts: Door Contacts to be recessed type with minimum of 3/4” Contact with minimum 3/4” Magnet and 7/8” Gap. Run cable back to the door controller as required. Match door contact to door frame color.


a. GE # SR‐1078C


Page 85 of 85

b. Honeywell # 947‐75T

END OF DESIGN GUIDELINES

Austin_ES_1035

Pleasantdale_ES_1530

Rockbridge_ES_1555

Smoke_Rise_ES_1630

MAIN

LEVEL FLO

OR PLA

NNO

T TO S

CALE

DIS

H W

AS

H

FR

EE

ZE

R

CO

OL

ER

DR

Y S

TO

RA

GE

OF

FIC

E

CA

N R

M

R

R

ST

OR

AG

E

ST

OR

AG

E

R

R

RR

2011

1978

10,7

03 S

F

2010

1975

44,4

00 S

F

2020

2000

5,4

78 S

F

1222N

D122

K-3RD

744

119K1

19

K-3RD

850

133K1

33

ART

1320

131K1

31

K-3RD

1098

119P

RE

-K119

K-3RD

768

138R

EC

EP

T138

AD

MIN

394

118K1

18

K-3RD

720

101

2ND

101

K-3RD

720

102

K102

K-3RD

720

103

K103

K-3RD

720

104

2ND

104

K-3RD

720

105

MU

LT

I-PU

RP

105

OTH

ER IU

720 10

62N

D106

K-3RD

708

109

2ND

109

K-3RD

708

108

2ND

108

K-3RD

708

107

2ND

107

K-3RD

708

110K1

10

K-3RD

695

1111S

T111

K-3RD

720

1121S

T112

K-3RD

720

1131S

T113

K-3RD

425

1141S

T114

K-3RD

725

115K1

15

K-3RD

720

116K1

16

K-3RD

720

117K1

17

K-3RD

720

PR

IN138.4

AD

MIN

481

119.4

EL

EC

119.4

MD

F/IDF

443

1211S

T121

K-3RD

744

119.2

OF

FIC

E119.2

OFFIC

E150

1253R

D125

K-3RD

744

1241S

T124

K-3RD

744

1232N

D123

K-3RD

744

135C

AF

ET

ER

IA135

CAFETER

IA4995

1263R

D126

K-3RD

744

1273R

D127

K-3RD

744

1283R

D128

K-3RD

744

LOW

ER LEV

EL FLOO

R PLA

NNO

T TO S

CALE

R R

R

1GY

M1PH

Y-ED5478

134M

US

IC/S

TA

GE

134

MUSIC

1098

ST

OR

AG

E

ST

OR

AG

E

2011

1978

10,7

03 S

F

OF

FIC

E13

0.1

MED

IA22

0

BO

OK

S138.8

STO

R-I

465

BO

YS

13

1.1

RR B

14

4

GD

OE

Minim

um R

equired Areas

SpaceK

- 34

- 5A

rtM

usic

PE

Sp

Ed

48

IU's =

750 FTEM

edia C

enter (for 750 FTE

) 3,525sfC

afeteria (750 FTE x 5) =

3,750sf

Total K

itchen

= 2,0

00

sf

New 750

sf 6

60

sf1,0

00

sf1,0

00

sf5.0

00

sf 750

sf

Existing

675sf

594

sf 9

00

sf 9

00

sf4

,500

sf 6

75sf

-10% -75sf -66sf-100sf-100sf-500sf -75sf

UP

DA

TE

D: 7/18

/2011 B

Y: A

MP

RO

OM

TAG

LEG

EN

DP

OS

TE

D R

OO

M N

UM

BE

R

RO

OM

/SP

AC

E N

AM

E

DO

E SPA

CE N

UM

BER

DO

E SPA

CE TYPE

SQ

UARE FO

OTA

GE

AU

ST

IN E

LE

ME

NT

AR

Y F

AC

ILIT

Y

FAC

ILITY# 644-0175-1035.01 PA

RC

EL#

60,581 S

Q. FT.

10.4 A

CR

ES

5435 RO

BE

RTS

DR

. DU

NW

OO

DY, G

A. 30338 (678)8748102

MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLANNOT TO SCALE

202020005,478 SF

SERVE

OFFICE

DOCK

R R

2011200413,645 SF

2010196845,816 SF

LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLANNOT TO SCALE

LOWER LEVEL FLOOR PLANNOT TO SCALE 118

K LAB118K-3RD600

1021ST102K-3RD768

1031ST103K-3RD768

116K116K-3RD768

1041ST104K-3RD768

MECH RM104.1MECH RM125

R115.1RR B28

1051ST105K-3RD768

1151ST115K-3RD768

1061ST106K-3RD768

R114.1RR B28

107K107K-3RD768

114K114K-3RD768

113K113K-3RD768

112K112K-3RD768

108K108K-3RD768

111K111K-3RD768

109K109K-3RD768

119K119K-3RD768R

119.1RR B28

CUSTOD101.2CUSTOD27

1011ST101K-3RD768

1GYM1PHY-ED5478

211BOYS211RR B380

1233RD1236TH-8TH 768

1243RD1246TH-8TH 768

2101ST210K-3RD674

1253RD1256TH-8TH 768

2095TH2094TH-5TH693

2085TH2084TH-5TH674

2075TH2074TH-5TH693

2065TH2064TH-5TH712

2053RD205K-3RD672

131CAFETERIA131CAFETERIA3563

2044TH2044TH-5TH672

STAGE131.1CAFETERIA717

2034TH2034TH-5TH768

2024TH2026TH-8TH 672

2014TH2014TH-5TH734

132KITCHEN132KITCHEN2532

212GIRLS212RR G380

1223RD1224TH-5TH768

2144TH2144TH-5TH800

1213RD1214TH-5TH768

PRIN900.3ADMIN176

MECH RM900.4MECH RM1188

220ELEC220MDF/IDF54

2010196845,816 SF

2010196845,816 SF

R

R

R

GDOE Minimum Required AreasSpaceK - 34 - 5ArtMusicPESp Ed

48 IU's = 750 FTEMedia Center (for 750 FTE) 3,525sfCafeteria (750 FTE x 5) = 3,750sfTotal Kitchen = 2,000sf

New 750sf 660sf1,000sf1,000sf5.000sf 750sf

Existing 675sf 594sf 900sf 900sf4,500sf 675sf

-10% -75sf -66sf-100sf-100sf-500sf -75sf

UPDATED: 8/2/2011 BY: AMP

ROOM TAG LEGENDPOSTED ROOM NUMBER

ROOM/SPACE NAME

DOE SPACE NUMBER

DOE SPACE TYPE

SQUARE FOOTAGE PLEASANTDALE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

FACILITY# 644-3064-1530.01 PARCEL#

64,939 SQ. FT.

11 ACRES

3695 NORTH LAKE DRIVE, DORAVILLE,GA 30340 (678)874-3502

OVERALL FLOOR PLANNOT TO SCALE

2010197235,800 SF

8554TH-5TH200.24TH270C

2011197419,430 SF

202020035,478 SF

8554TH-5TH2004TH270A

8554TH-5TH200.34TH270D

PTA

855K-3RD2702ND271A

855K-3RD270.12ND271B

855K-3RD270.32ND271D

750SP-ED260SP ED260

737K-3RD2401ST240

737K-3RD2301ST230

737K-3RD2201ST220

737K-3RD2101ST210

1200MECH RM97.1MECH RM

700K-3RD280PRE-K280A

3701MEDIA99MEDIA CENTER

5296CAFETERIA98CAFETERIA

750K-3RD1823RD182

750K-3RD1813RD181

750K-3RD1803RD180

750K-3RD1793RD179

312RR B280.2BOYS

312RR G280.3GIRLS

750SP-ED189SP ED189

750K-3RD1873RD187

7504TH-5TH1865TH186

7504TH-5TH1855TH185

7504TH-5TH1845TH184

1536ADMIN96ADMIN

700K-3RD120K120

500STOR-NI140.1OTHER140R

700K-3RD121K121

700K-3RD123K123

700K-3RD124K124

600SP-ED138SP ED138L

744K-3RD141MUSIC141

500SP-ED140SP ED140L

5478PHY-ED1GYM

SERVE

COOLER

R

V

PRIN

WORK RMOFFICE

STORAGE

COPY RM

LOUNGE R

R

R

R

STAGE

R

MECH RM

855K-3RD270.22ND272C

COVERED WALKWAY

STORAGE





-10% -75sf -66sf-100sf-100sf-500sf -75sf



ROOM/SPACE NAME

DOE SPACE NUMBER

DOE SPACE TYPE

SQUARE FOOTAGE

ROCKBRIDGE ELEMENTARY

445 HALWICK WAY, STONE MOUNTAIN, GA 30083 (678)676-6100


60,708 SQ. FT.

10.8 ACRES

FIRST FLOOR PLANNOT TO SCALE

202020035,478 SF

950K-3RD301ST30

2011197016,418 SF

2010196943,798 SF

736K-3RD291ST29

736K-3RD28K28

736K-3RD261ST26

736K-3RD24K24

1536ADMIN53ADMIN

3005MEDIA50MEDIA CENTER

756K-3RD11MUSIC11

756K-3RD13GIFTED13

756SP-ED14SP ED14

756SP-ED15SP ED15

7564TH-5TH165TH16

7564TH-5TH455TH45

7564TH-5TH175TH17

7564TH-5TH194TH19

7564TH-5TH214TH21

756K-3RD393RD39

756K-3RD383RD38

756K-3RD363RD36

756K-3RD352ND35

970K-3RD342ND34

950K-3RD33PRE-K33

756K-3RD322ND32

756K-3RD311ST31

736K-3RD27K27

736K-3RD25K25

4580CAFETERIA51CAFETERIA

756K-3RD403RD40

756K-3RD372ND37

7564TH-5TH204TH20

756SP-ED18SP ED18

7564TH-5TH224TH22

7564TH-5TH234TH23

756SP-ED12REG SP ED12

360RR B 23.1BOYS

2007KITCHEN52KITCHEN

150Non-IU12.5JAN CL

120OFFICE27.1CTSS

5478PHY-ED1GYM

SERVE

FREEZER COOLER

STORAGE

DIETCAN RM

VC

STORAGE

R

R

R

R

STAGE

96CUSTOD 37.3JAN CL

BASEMENT FLOOR PLANNOT TO SCALE

R

2010196943,798 SF

415OTHER IU102ELLB3

1200ART100MULTI-PURB1

248RR G102.1GIRLS

248RR B103.4BOYS600

MECH RM106MECH RM





-10% -75sf -66sf-100sf-100sf-500sf -75sf



ROOM/SPACE NAME

DOE SPACE NUMBER

DOE SPACE TYPE

SQUARE FOOTAGE

SMOKE RISE ELEMENTARY

1991 SILVER HILL RD. STONE MOUNTAIN, GA. 30087 (678) 874-3600


65,694 SQ. FT.

11.1 ACRES

Activity ID Activity Name At CompletionDuration

Start Finish

501-422 Aust501-422 Austin ES Replacement 1952 15-Mar-13 A 18-Jul-18

PLANNINGPLANNING 1124 15-Mar-13 A 11-Apr-16

PL1000T Activate Project 0 15-Mar-13 A

PL1010T Initial Scope Development 1096 15-Mar-13 A 14-Mar-16

PL1020T Project Kickoff Meeting 2 15-Mar-16* 16-Mar-16

PL1050T Public Meetings 14 15-Mar-16* 28-Mar-16

PL1030T Determine Procurement Packages 5 17-Mar-16 21-Mar-16

PL1040T Final Scope Development 21 22-Mar-16 11-Apr-16

PROCUREMENPROCUREMENT - DESIGN 99 12-Apr-16 20-Jul-16

DPR1100T Procurement Kickoff Meeting 1 12-Apr-16 12-Apr-16

DPR1110T Procurement - A/E Packages 48 13-Apr-16 30-May-16

DPR1120T Board Approval - Site Adaptation 42 31-May-16 11-Jul-16

DPR1130T Contract Execution - Design 8 12-Jul-16 19-Jul-16

DPR1140T Notice to Proceed 0 20-Jul-16

DESIGNDESIGN 402 02-Nov-15 07-Dec-16

D1060T10 Swing Space - Design 61 02-Nov-15* 01-Jan-16

D1000T Preliminary Report Due 20 20-Jul-16 08-Aug-16

D1010T Preliminary Report Meetings 10 09-Aug-16 18-Aug-16

D1020T Public Meetings 5 19-Aug-16 23-Aug-16

D1021T Schematic Design Due 20 19-Aug-16 07-Sep-16

D1022T Schematic Design Review 10 08-Sep-16 17-Sep-16

D1030T Public Meetings 10 18-Sep-16 27-Sep-16

D1031T 50% Constuction Drawings Due 24 18-Sep-16 11-Oct-16

D1032T 50% Constuction Drawings Review 10 02-Oct-16 11-Oct-16

D1060T Public Meetings 10 02-Oct-16 11-Oct-16

D1061T 100% Construction Drawings Due 57 12-Oct-16 07-Dec-16

D1062T 100% Construction Drawings Review 10 28-Nov-16 07-Dec-16

D1070 Public Meetings 10 28-Nov-16 07-Dec-16

D1080T Final Agency Review 10 28-Nov-16 07-Dec-16

D1090T Final Edits on CD's 10 28-Nov-16 07-Dec-16

PRECONSTRUCPRECONSTRUCTION 368 02-Jan-16 03-Jan-17

PC1000T10 Permitting - Swing space 30 02-Jan-16 31-Jan-16

PC1000T Permitting 27 08-Dec-16 03-Jan-17

PROCUREMENPROCUREMENT CONSTRUCTION 197 12-Oct-16 27-Apr-17

CPR1100T10 Procurement Kickoff Meeting - Demo 1 12-Oct-16 12-Oct-16

CPR1200T10 Procurement Construction - Demo 31 13-Oct-16 12-Nov-16

CPR1210T10 Board Approval - Demo 47 13-Nov-16 29-Dec-16

CPR1250T10 Contract Execution - Demo 51 30-Dec-16 18-Feb-17

A A A A A A A A A A A A

2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 019

Actual Work Remaining Work C Page 1 of 8 TASK filter: OUT_1.


Start Finish

CPR1100T Procurement Kickoff Meeting 1 04-Jan-17 04-Jan-17

CPR1200T Procurement Construction 48 05-Jan-17 21-Feb-17

CPR1260T10 Notice to Proceed - Demo 0 19-Feb-17

CPR1210T Board Approval 34 22-Feb-17 27-Mar-17

CPR1250T Contract Execution - Construction 30 28-Mar-17 26-Apr-17

CPR1260T Notice to Proceed - Construction 0 27-Apr-17

CONSTRUCTIOCONSTRUCTION 871 01-Feb-16 20-Jun-18

CN1010T30 Construction - Swing Space 134 01-Feb-16 13-Jun-16

CN1010T20 Demolition 32 19-Feb-17 22-Mar-17

CN1010T Construction 419 27-Apr-17 19-Jun-18

CN1010T10 Substantial Completion 1 20-Jun-18 20-Jun-18

CLOSEOUTCLOSEOUT 28 21-Jun-18 18-Jul-18

CL1000T10 Start Warranty (1 year period) 0 21-Jun-18

CL1000T Final Documentation 28 21-Jun-18 18-Jul-18

CL1040T Final Completion 0 18-Jul-18


2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 019



Start Finish

507-422 Pleas507-422 Pleasantdale ES Replacement 1951 29-Mar-13 A 31-Jul-18




PL1000T10 Identify Swing Space for Fall 2016 29 01-Mar-16* 29-Mar-16





PROCUREMENPROCUREMENT - DESIGN 113 12-Apr-16 03-Aug-16




DPR1130T Contract Execution - Design 22 12-Jul-16 02-Aug-16

DPR1140T Notice to Proceed 0 03-Aug-16

DESIGNDESIGN 141 03-Aug-16 21-Dec-16

D1000T Preliminary Report Due 20 03-Aug-16 22-Aug-16

D1010T Preliminary Report Meetings 10 23-Aug-16 01-Sep-16


D1021T Schematic Design Due 20 02-Sep-16 21-Sep-16

D1022T Schematic Design Review 10 22-Sep-16 01-Oct-16


D1031T 50% Constuction Drawings Due 24 02-Oct-16 25-Oct-16




D1062T 100% Construction Drawings Review 10 12-Dec-16 21-Dec-16

D1070 Public Meetings 10 12-Dec-16 21-Dec-16

D1080T Final Agency Review 10 12-Dec-16 21-Dec-16

D1090T Final Edits on CD's 10 12-Dec-16 21-Dec-16

PRECONSTRUCPRECONSTRUCTION 27 22-Dec-16 17-Jan-17


PROCUREMENPROCUREMENT CONSTRUCTION 176 16-Nov-16 11-May-17

CPR1100T10 Procurement Kickoff Meeting - Demo 1 16-Nov-16 16-Nov-16

CPR1200T10 Procurement Construction - Demo 48 17-Nov-16 03-Jan-17

CPR1210T10 Board Approval - Demo 27 04-Jan-17 30-Jan-17


CPR1200T Procurement Construction 48 19-Jan-17 07-Mar-17


2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 019



Start Finish

CPR1250T10 Contract Execution - Demo 16 31-Jan-17 15-Feb-17

CPR1260T10 Notice to Proceed - Demo 0 16-Feb-17*

CPR1210T Board Approval 34 08-Mar-17 10-Apr-17

CPR1250T Contract Execution - Construction 30 11-Apr-17 10-May-17

CPR1260T Notice to Proceed - Construction 0 11-May-17

CONSTRUCTIOCONSTRUCTION 503 16-Feb-17 03-Jul-18

CN1010T20 Demolition 63 16-Feb-17 19-Apr-17

CN1010T Construction 419 11-May-17 03-Jul-18

CN1010T10 Substantial Completion 1 03-Jul-18 03-Jul-18

CLOSEOUTCLOSEOUT 28 04-Jul-18 31-Jul-18

CL1000T10 Start Warranty (1 year period) 0 04-Jul-18

CL1000T Final Documentation 28 04-Jul-18 31-Jul-18

CL1040T Final Completion 0 31-Jul-18


2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 019



Start Finish

508-422 Rock508-422 Rockbridge ES Replacement 1664 15-Mar-13 A 03-Oct-17

PLANNINGPLANNING 805 15-Mar-13 A 28-May-15


PL1010T Initial Scope Development 412 15-Mar-14 A 01-May-15

PL1020T Project Kickoff Meeting 2 01-May-15* 02-May-15

PL1050T Public Meetings 14 01-May-15 14-May-15

PL1030T Determine Procurement Packages 5 03-May-15 07-May-15

PL1040T Final Scope Development 21 08-May-15 28-May-15

PROCUREMENPROCUREMENT - DESIGN - Swing Space 131 29-May-15 07-Oct-15

DPR1100T Procurement Kickoff Meeting 1 29-May-15 29-May-15

DPR1110T Procurement - A/E Packages 63 30-May-15 31-Jul-15

DPR1120T Board Approval - Site Adaptation 45 01-Aug-15 14-Sep-15

DPR1130T Contract Execution - Design 22 15-Sep-15 06-Oct-15

DPR1140T Notice to Proceed - Design 0 07-Oct-15

DESIGN - SwingDESIGN - Swing Space 141 07-Oct-15 24-Feb-16

D1000T Preliminary Report Due 20 07-Oct-15 26-Oct-15

D1010T Preliminary Report Meetings 10 27-Oct-15 05-Nov-15

D1020T Public Meetings 5 06-Nov-15 10-Nov-15

D1021T Schematic Design Due 20 06-Nov-15 25-Nov-15

D1022T Schematic Design Review 10 26-Nov-15 05-Dec-15

D1030T Public Meetings 10 06-Dec-15 15-Dec-15

D1031T 50% Constuction Drawings Due 24 06-Dec-15 29-Dec-15

D1032T 50% Constuction Drawings Review 10 20-Dec-15 29-Dec-15

D1060T Public Meetings 10 20-Dec-15 29-Dec-15

D1061T 100% Construction Drawings Due 57 30-Dec-15 24-Feb-16

D1062T 100% Construction Drawings Review 10 15-Feb-16 24-Feb-16

D1070 Public Meetings 10 15-Feb-16 24-Feb-16

D1080T Final Agency Review 10 15-Feb-16 24-Feb-16

D1090T Final Edits on CD's 10 15-Feb-16 24-Feb-16

PRECONSTRUCPRECONSTRUCTION - Swing Space 27 25-Feb-16 22-Mar-16

PC1000T Permitting 27 25-Feb-16 22-Mar-16

PROCUREMENPROCUREMENT CONSTRUCTION 176 20-Jan-16 14-Jul-16

CPR1100T10 Procurement Kickoff Meeting - Demo 1 20-Jan-16 20-Jan-16

CPR1200T10 Procurement Construction - Demo 32 21-Jan-16 21-Feb-16

CPR1210T10 Board Approval - Demo 43 22-Feb-16 04-Apr-16

CPR1100T Procurement Kickoff Meeting 1 23-Mar-16 23-Mar-16

CPR1200T Procurement Construction 48 24-Mar-16 10-May-16

CPR1250T10 Contract Execution - Demo 21 05-Apr-16 25-Apr-16


2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 019



Start Finish

CPR1260T10 Notice to Proceed - Demo 0 26-Apr-16

CPR1210T Board Approval 34 11-May-16 13-Jun-16

CPR1250T Contract Execution - Construction 30 14-Jun-16 13-Jul-16

CPR1260T Notice to Proceed - Construction 0 14-Jul-16

CONSTRUCTIOCONSTRUCTION 498 26-Apr-16 05-Sep-17

CN1010T20 Demolition 63 26-Apr-16 27-Jun-16

CN1010T Construction 419 14-Jul-16 05-Sep-17

CN1010T10 Substantial Completion 1 05-Sep-17 05-Sep-17

CLOSEOUTCLOSEOUT 28 06-Sep-17 03-Oct-17

CL1000T10 Start Warranty (1 year period) 0 06-Sep-17

CL1000T Final Documentation 27 06-Sep-17 02-Oct-17

CL1040T Final Completion 0 03-Oct-17


2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 019



Start Finish

509-422 Smo509-422 Smoke Rise ES Replacement 1952 29-Mar-13 A 01-Aug-18








PROCUREMENPROCUREMENT - DESIGN - Swing Space 113 12-Apr-16 03-Aug-16




DPR1130T Contract Execution - Design 22 12-Jul-16 02-Aug-16

DPR1140T Notice to Proceed - Site Adaptation 0 03-Aug-16

DESIGN - SwingDESIGN - Swing Space 141 03-Aug-16 21-Dec-16

D1000T Preliminary Report Due 20 03-Aug-16 22-Aug-16

D1010T Preliminary Report Meetings 10 23-Aug-16 01-Sep-16


D1021T Schematic Design Due 20 02-Sep-16 21-Sep-16

D1022T Schematic Design Review 10 22-Sep-16 01-Oct-16


D1031T 50% Constuction Drawings Due 24 02-Oct-16 25-Oct-16




D1062T 100% Construction Drawings Review 10 12-Dec-16 21-Dec-16

D1070 Public Meetings 10 12-Dec-16 21-Dec-16

D1080T Final Agency Review 10 12-Dec-16 21-Dec-16

D1090T Final Edits on CD's 10 12-Dec-16 21-Dec-16

PRECONSTRUCPRECONSTRUCTION - Swing Space 27 22-Dec-16 17-Jan-17


PROCUREMENPROCUREMENT CONSTRUCTION 197 26-Oct-16 11-May-17

CPR1200T10 Procurement Construction - Demo 48 26-Oct-16 12-Dec-16

CPR1100T10 Procurement Kickoff Meeting - Demo 2 02-Nov-16 03-Nov-16

CPR1210T10 Board Approval - Demo 28 13-Dec-16 09-Jan-17

CPR1250T10 Contract Execution - Demo 37 10-Jan-17 15-Feb-17


CPR1200T Procurement Construction 48 19-Jan-17 07-Mar-17


2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 019



Start Finish

CPR1260T10 Notice to Proceed - Demo 0 16-Feb-17

CPR1210T Board Approval 34 08-Mar-17 10-Apr-17

CPR1250T Contract Execution - Construction 30 11-Apr-17 10-May-17

CPR1260T Notice to Proceed - Construction 0 11-May-17

CONSTRUCTIOCONSTRUCTION 504 16-Feb-17 04-Jul-18

CN1010T20 Demolition 63 16-Feb-17 19-Apr-17

CN1010T Construction 419 11-May-17 03-Jul-18

CN1010T10 Substantial Completion 1 04-Jul-18 04-Jul-18

CLOSEOUTCLOSEOUT 28 05-Jul-18 01-Aug-18

CL1000T10 Start Warranty (1 year period) 0 05-Jul-18

CL1000T Final Documentation 28 05-Jul-18 01-Aug-18

CL1040T Final Completion 0 01-Aug-18


2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 019


Attachment G Sample Contract

STANDARD FORM OF CONTRACT

FOR ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES

(NON-STATE CAPITAL OUTLAY PROJECTS)

BETWEEN THE

DEKALB COUNTY BOARD OF EDUCATION AND THE ARCHITECT

Architect:

Architect Address:

Project Name:

Project Address:

Project No.:

Cost Code:

[Type here] T A B L E O F C O N T E N T S

Table of Contents

ARTICLE 1 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ........................................................... 1

ARTICLE 2 PRELIMINARY CONSULTATION, EXAMINATION AND REPORT ........................ 2

ARTICLE 3 PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND PRICE ESTIMATES ............................................... 2

ARTICLE 4 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ........................................................................... 3

ARTICLE 5 FINAL PRICE ESTIMATE ...................................................................................... 6

ARTICLE 6 EXCEEDING AN ESTABLISHED STATED COST LIMITATION ............................ 6

ARTICLE 7 DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES AFTER DESIGN ................... 6

ARTICLE 8 INDEMNITY ..........................................................................................................11

ARTICLE 9 SCHEDULE ..........................................................................................................11

ARTICLE 10 PERSONNEL AND CONSULTANTS ..................................................................11

ARTICLE 11 PAYMENTS ........................................................................................................13

ARTICLE 12 PROJECT RECORDS .........................................................................................16

ARTICLE 13 DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER ...............16

ARTICLE 14 APPLICABLE LAW..............................................................................................17

ARTICLE 15 OWNERSHIP OF THE PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ....................................................................................................17

ARTICLE 16 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS ..........................................................................18

ARTICLE 17 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES ..................................................................18

ARTICLE 18 ERRORS AND OMISSIONS INSURANCE .........................................................18

ARTICLE 19 OTHER INSURANCE ..........................................................................................19

ARTICLE 20 TERMINATION ...................................................................................................19

ARTICLE 21 COOPERATION WITH PROGRAM MANAGER AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.........................................................................................................19

ARTICLE 22 PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES ..................................................20

ARTICLE 23 ASBESTOS STATEMENT ..................................................................................20

ARTICLE 24 ENTIRE AGREEMENT .......................................................................................20

ARTICLE 25 MISCELLANEOUS ..............................................................................................20

EXHIBIT “A” LIST OF PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS FOR THE PROJECT ................................23

EXHIBIT “B” OTHER INSURANCE .........................................................................................24

Project No. i DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL <$2M (2.2014)

[Type here] EXHIBIT “C” ASBESTOS EXCLUSION CERTIFICATION FORM ............................................25

Project No. ii DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL <$2M (2.2014)

CONTRACT FOR ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES

This contract (the "Contract") is made and entered into by and between the DeKalb County Board of Education (the "Owner") and _________________________ (the "Architect"). This Contract shall be effective on the date executed by the last party to execute it.

The architectural services required by this Contract are to be rendered for a construction project identified as ________________________________________________ (the "Project").

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and agreements stated herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Owner and the Architect agree:

ARTICLE 1

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

In order to induce the Owner to execute this Contract and recognizing that Owner is relying thereon, and without limiting or restricting any other representation or warranty set forth elsewhere in this Contract or implied by operation of law, the Architect, by executing this Contract, makes the following express representations to the Owner:

1.1 The Architect is professionally qualified to act as the architect for the Project and is licensed to practice architecture by all public entities having jurisdiction over the Architect and the Project;

1.2 The Architect has and shall maintain all necessary licenses, permits or other authorizations necessary to act as architect for the Project until the Architect's duties hereunder have been fully satisfied;

1.3 The Architect has become familiar with the Project site and the local conditions under which the Project is to be designed, constructed, and operated;

1.4 The Architect shall prepare all documents and things required by this Contract including, but not limited to, all contract plans and specifications, in such a manner that they shall be accurate, coordinated and adequate for construction and shall be in conformity and comply with all applicable law, codes and regulations; and

1.5 The Architect assumes full responsibility to the Owner for the improper acts and omissions of Architect’s consultants or others employed or retained by the Architect in connection with the Project.

Project No. 1 DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL <$2M (2.2014)

ARTICLE 2

PRELIMINARY CONSULTATION, EXAMINATION AND REPORT

Prior to the preparation of the Schematic Design as required by Article 3 below, the

Architect shall first consult in detail with the Owner, and shall carefully examine any information provided by the Owner concerning the Owner’s policies, purposes, concepts, objectives, desires, and design, construction, scheduling, budgetary or operational Project needs, restrictions or requirements, and any other information provided by the Owner concerning the Owner’s criteria for the Project (collectively, all of the foregoing information may be referred to as the “Owner’s Criteria”). Following such examination, and in no event later than ten (10) calendar days after the effective date of this Contract, the Architect shall prepare and submit to the Owner a written report detailing the Architect’s budgetary, operational, or other problems or recommendations which may result from the Owner’s Criteria. The written report of the Architect shall also include proposed solutions, if appropriate; addressing each of such identified problems.

ARTICLE 3

PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND PRICE ESTIMATES

3.1 After reviewing with the Owner the written report required by Article 2 above, agreeing upon any proposed solutions to identified problems resulting from the Owner's Criteria, the Architect shall draft and submit to the Owner a “Schematic Design” for the Project per RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. The Schematic Design shall be consistent with the Owner's Criteria, as, and if, modified, and shall include as a minimum the information outlined in RFP Appendix A: Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements. This includes:

3.1.1 Schematic Design Drawings

3.1.2 Preliminary Outline of Specifications

3.1.3 Cost Estimate as described in Article 3.2 below

3.1.4 Written description of major components of the Design

3.1.5 Any other documents or things necessary or appropriate to describe and depict the Preliminary Design and the conformity of same with the Owner's Criteria (as, and if, modified as set forth above) for the Project. 3.2 Upon completion of the Schematic Design and as part of the Schematic Design

submittal, the Architect shall submit to the Owner in writing, its preliminary estimate for constructing the Project. This estimate may be based on current area, volume or similar conceptual estimating techniques. As the design process progresses through the end of the preparation of the Construction Documents (CD), the Architect shall update and refine the preliminary estimate of the contractor’s anticipated price for constructing the Project. At a minimum, the Architect shall submit to the Owner in writing its updated and refined estimate per the requirements outlined in RFP Appendix A: Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements. The Architect shall advise the Owner of any adjustments to previous estimates for constructing the Project. If at any time the Architect's estimate for constructing the Project Project No. 2 DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL <$2M (2.2014)

exceeds the Owner's Stated Cost Limitation (SCL) by more than 5%, the Architect shall make appropriate revisions to the Design Documents to bring the cost within the SCL. These revisions will be performed by the Architect at no additional cost to the Owner. The Architect will also be responsible for creating a Recovery Schedule to complete the design per the original Design Schedule.

3.3 In preparing estimates of the contractor’s anticipated price for constructing the Project, the Architect shall be permitted to include reasonable contingencies for design, bidding and price escalation; to determine what materials, equipment, component systems and types of construction acceptable to Owner are to be included in the Construction Documents (CD); to make reasonable adjustments in the scope of the Project acceptable to Owner and to include in the Design for Construction alternate bids acceptable to Owner as may be necessary to adjust the estimated contractor’s anticipated price for constructing the Project to meet the Owner's budget.

3.4 Upon completion and submittal of the Schematic Design and the Preliminary

Estimate, the Owner, the Owner’s Representatives, and other parties as deemed necessary will review the documents for general compliance with the Owner’s design criteria described in Article 2 of this Contract. The Architect will participate in a Design Review Meeting at the end of the design review period and, once in agreement with the proposed comments/ revisions, will proceed to the 50% Construction Drawings Phase, where he will promptly incorporate the agreed upon comments/ revisions into the Design Documents.

3.5 After reviewing with the Owner the design review comments identified in 3.4 above,

and agreeing upon any proposed solutions to identified problems resulting from the review, the Architect shall draft and submit to the Owner a “ 50% Construction Drawings” submittal for the Project per RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. The 50% Construction Drawings submittal shall be consistent with the Owner's Criteria, as, and if, modified, and shall include as a minimum the information outlined in RFP Appendix A: Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements.: This includes:

3.5.1 50% Construction Drawings

3.5.2 Initial Draft of Specification Manual

3.5.3 Cost Estimate as described in Article 3.2 above

3.5.4 Any other documents or things necessary or appropriate to describe and depict the 50% Construction Drawings Concepts and the conformity of same with the Owner's Criteria (as, and if, modified as set forth above) for the Project.

ARTICLE 4

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

4.1 Upon written direction from the Owner, after reviewing with the Owner the 50% Construction Drawings Submittal required by Article 3 above, and after incorporating any changes or alterations authorized or directed by the Owner with respect to the 50% Construction Drawings Submittal or with respect to the Owner's Criteria, as, and if, modified, , the Architect shall draft and


submit to the Owner the “Construction Documents (CD)” in the phased submittals outlined in RFP Appendix A: Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements and RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. The Construction Documents shall include plans and specifications which describe with specificity all systems, elements, details, components, materials, equipment, and other information necessary for construction of the Project. In preparing the Construction Documents, including without limitation any changes thereto, the Architect shall, as and when necessary, file and review all plans and specifications with all departments, divisions and offices of the State of Georgia and of DeKalb County having jurisdiction and requiring such filing or review, including without limitation the State of Georgia Department of Education, State of Georgia Environmental Protection Division, DeKalb County Building Department, DeKalb County Development Department and DeKalb County Fire Marshall, and incorporate all required review comments into the plans and specifications. The Construction Documents shall be accurate, coordinated and adequate for construction and shall be in strict conformity, and strictly comply, with all applicable law, codes and regulations, and with all standards, criteria (including the Owner’s Criteria), and memoranda of policy furnished by the Owner. Products, equipment and materials specified for use shall be readily available unless written authorization to the contrary is given by the Owner. The services required of the Architect under this Contract do include, without limitation, an Erosion, Sedimentation and Pollution Control Plan in accordance with the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit, building evacuation plans, site evacuation plans, demolition plans (if demolition is applicable), and any and all other services required by law or otherwise necessary to provide permittable drawings and specifications.

4.2 All plans and specifications shall bear the signature and seal of the Architect. Structural, electrical, and mechanical plans and specifications shall also bear the signature and seal of the respective engineers, licensed in the State of Georgia. Five (5) sets of all plans, sized 30” x 42”, and specifications, properly signed and sealed, shall be furnished to the Owner at every submittal stage. In addition:

4.2.1 Architect shall provide Owner with all final plans on computer disk in AutoCAD version 2000, or scanned onto magnetic media that can be accessed by AutoCAD 2000;

4.2.2 Drawings will be posted on the District’s Project Management software

Oracle’s “Contract Manager System” (CMS) using an Owner supplied license, as follows:

4.2.2.1 Preliminary Consultation and Examination Report – Posted on CMS as a PDF file.

4.2.2.2 Schematic Design Submittal – Drawings posted as one PDF file, specifications posted as one PDF file, additional reports posted as PDF files.

4.2.2.3 Construction Documents – 50% same as 4.2.2.2

4.2.2.4 100% Construction Documents – Each drawing and specification section is to be posted as a separate PDF file.

4.2.3 Architect shall provide Owner with 11” x 17” prints of the final site plan,

grading plan, staking plan, and overall floor plan; and

4.2.4 The maximum drawing sheet size shall be 30” x 42”. Project No. 4 DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL <$2M (2.2014)

4.2.5 If the Project involves construction to an existing school structure, Architect shall create and submit to Owner an evacuation plan for use during construction. If the Project has more than one Phase, Architect shall provide an evacuation plan specific to each Phase of construction. Any such evacuation plan created by the Architect for the Project shall be submitted to and subject to approval by the DeKalb County Fire Marshall. The Architect shall supplement any evacuation plan as required and necessary.

4.3 The Architect is responsible for the calculating in detail of all structural, mechanical,

and electrical work including, but not limited to, the furnishing to the Owner of life-cycle-costing and energy consumption analyses for the purpose of ascertaining and verifying (i) adequacy and correctness of equipment specified or shown on the plans and (ii) that the plans and specifications do not violate sound and accepted engineering principles; and

4.3.1 to confirm that there has been ample provision in the entire structural system for expansion and contraction, including but not limited to, building frames, the roof system, gravel stops, gutters, roof expansion joints, metal flashing and metal counterflashing, roof decks, and masonry walls; and

4.3.2 to confirm that there has been ample provision in the mechanical work for expansion and contraction.

4.4 The Architect shall design all buildings in such manner that, if such buildings are

constructed in accordance with the construction contract between the Owner and contractor (hereinafter “Construction Contract”), such buildings will be free from leaks.

4.5 The Architect agrees that budgetary limitations are not a justification for breach of

sound principles of architectural and engineering design. The Architect shall take no calculated risks in the design of the work. The Architect agrees that in the event it cannot design the work within the Owner’s financial limitations without disregarding sound principles of design or in the event the Architect is requested by any person, agency, or public body to make any changes involving quality or quantity of the work, Architect shall give written notice to the Owner and obtain written direction from the Owner before proceeding.

4.6 The Architect acknowledges and agrees that the Owner does not undertake to approve or pass upon matters of design and that the Owner, therefore, assumes no responsibility for design. The Architect acknowledges and agrees that the review of plans and specifications by the Owner is limited to determining whether such documents are generally consistent with the Owner’s Criteria, as, and if, modified. The Owner does not undertake to inquire into the adequacy, fitness, suitability, or correctness of engineering or architectural design. The Architect agrees that no review of plans and specifications by the Owner or by any person, body, or agency shall relieve Architect of the responsibility for the adequacy and correctness of architectural and engineering design and for designing the work in accordance with sound and accepted engineering and architectural principles.

4.7 The Architect shall create and provide to Owner a list of the plans, specifications and other documents constituting the 100% Construction Documents (the “Design Document List”). The Architect shall update the Design Document List and provide such updates to the Owner and the contractor as and when Owner authorized addenda, Change Orders, or other Owner authorized revisions to the Design for Construction are issued. The Architect shall ensure


that the Design Document List is at all times accurate, complete and current; taking into account all Owner authorized changes to the Construction Contract.

ARTICLE 5

FINAL PRICE ESTIMATE

Contemporaneously with the submission of the 50% Construction Documents, the Architect shall submit to the Owner in writing its final estimate for constructing the Project. The final estimate for constructing the Project shall be prepared and submitted in accordance with the requirements of paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3 above. Once submitted, the final price estimate shall not be increased or decreased by the Architect unless the Construction Documents are changed upon authorization by the Owner. In such event the final price estimate shall be adjusted by the Architect to reflect any increase or decrease in estimated price resulting from the change in Construction Documents.

ARTICLE 6

EXCEEDING AN ESTABLISHED STATED COST LIMITATION

Prior to the Architect starting the Preliminary Design, the Owner may establish and communicate to the Architect a maximum amount for payment to the contractor as the Contract Price for constructing the Project (the “Stated Cost Limitation”). In the event the Architect's final anticipated price estimate as required by Article 5 exceeds the Stated Cost Limitation, or in the event the lowest bid or guaranteed maximum price or negotiated proposal from a qualified contractor exceeds the Stated Cost Limitation, the Owner may require the Architect, at no cost to the Owner, to consult with the Owner and to revise the Design for Construction so as to obtain a bid price or proposal at or below the Stated Cost Limitation. Absent clear and convincing evidence of gross negligence of the Architect in making its final anticipated price estimate or in designing the Project without regard to the Stated Cost Limitation, providing such revisions shall fulfill the Architect's liability to the Owner in connection with the Stated Cost Limitation.

ARTICLE 7

DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES AFTER DESIGN

7.1 The Architect shall assist the Owner in obtaining bids or proposals and in tabulating bids and assessing the qualifications of bidders.

7.2 During construction of the Project, and at all times relevant thereto, the Architect shall have and perform the following duties, obligations, and responsibilities;

7.2.1 In addition to its duties, obligations and responsibilities set forth in the following

paragraphs of this Article 7, the Architect shall have and perform those duties, obligations and responsibilities of the Architect set forth in the Construction Contract. The Architect hereby acknowledges that it has received, reviewed and studied a true and correct unexecuted copy of the form of the Construction Contract and same is herein incorporated by reference. Copies of the Owner’s forms of the Construction Contracts are available for review on the Owner’s website. Project No. 6 DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL <$2M (2.2014)

Any changes to the form of Construction Contract made by the Owner shall be enforceable under this Contract unless such change is inconsistent with this Contract and the Architect specifically objects to such change, in writing, not later than five (5) days from the Architect’s receipt of such change; 7.2.2 The Architect shall, as contemplated herein and in the Construction Contract, but not otherwise, act on behalf, and be the agent, of the Owner throughout construction of the Project. Instructions, directions, and other appropriate communications from the Owner to the contractor shall be given to the contractor by the Architect;

7.2.3 Upon receipt, the Architect shall carefully review and examine the contractor's

Schedule of Values, together with any supporting documentation or data which the Owner or the Architect may require from the contractor. The purpose of such review and examination shall be to protect the Owner from an unbalanced Schedule of Values which allocates greater value to certain elements of the work than is indicated by such supporting documentation or data, or than is reasonable under the circumstances. If the Schedule of Values is not found to be appropriate, or if the supporting documentation or data is inadequate, the Schedule of Values shall be returned to the contractor for revision or supporting documentation or data. After making such examination, if the Schedule of Values is found to be appropriate as submitted, or if necessary, as revised, the Architect shall sign the Schedule of Values thereby indicating its informed belief that the Schedule of Values constitutes a reasonable, balanced basis for payment of the Contract Price to the contractor;

7.2.4 The Architect shall inspect the work of the contractor whenever and wherever

necessary, including without limitation, within 24 hours of the Owner’s request, and shall, at a minimum, inspect work at the Project site no less frequently than once per week. Such inspections shall be performed personally by a principal of the Architect’s firm, licensed in the State of Georgia, at least once per month. The Architect shall require its consultants to participate in such inspections and to generate written reports within three (3) business days thereof with respect to their respective disciplines periodically as necessary to protect the Owner. A copy of any such written report shall be provided to Owner within three (3) business days of receipt by Architect. The purpose of such inspections shall be to determine the quality and quantity of the work in comparison with the requirements of the Construction Contract. While performing such inspections, the Architect shall protect the Owner from deficient or defective work, from unexcused delays in the schedule and from requests for payment which could result in overpayment to the contractor. Within three (3) days of each inspection the Architect shall submit a written report of such inspection, together with any appropriate comments or recommendations, to the Owner;

7.2.4.1 In addition to any other inspections required by this Contract, the Architect, through its consultant(s) as applicable, shall timely inspect the installation of the control measures set forth in the Erosion, Sedimentation and Pollution Control Plan in accordance with the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit; 7.2.4.2 In addition to any other inspections required by this Contract, the Architect, through its consultant(s) as applicable, shall timely perform such inspections as are required by the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit;


7.2.4.3 The Architect, through its consultant(s) as applicable, shall perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities of the “design professional” under the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit. As used in the immediately preceding sentence, the term “design professional” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit; 7.2.4.4 Excepting only the preparation of the Erosion, Sedimentation and Pollution Control Plan referred to in paragraph 4.1, the inspections referred to in paragraphs 7.2.4.1 and 7.2.4.2, and the performance of the duties, obligations and responsibilities of the “design professional” referred to in paragraph 7.2.4.3, the Architect shall ensure that the construction contractor provides, satisfies or otherwise complies with all requirements and conditions of the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit, including, without limitation, all notices, fees, plan implementation, monitoring, sampling, inspections, reports, record keeping, submittals and any other requirements and conditions of the State of Georgia Department of Natural Resources Environmental Protection Division storm water discharge permit; 7.2.5 The Architect shall initially approve periodic and final payments owed to the contractor under the Construction Contract predicated upon inspections of the work as required in paragraph 7.2.4 hereinabove and evaluations of the contractor's rate of progress in light of the remaining Contract Time and shall issue to the Owner Approvals of Payment in such amounts. By issuing an Approval of Payment to the Owner, the Architect reliably informs the Owner that the Architect has made the inspection of the work required by paragraph 7.2.4 above, and that the work for which payment is approved has reached the quantities or percentages of completion shown, or both, that the quality of the contractor's work meets or exceeds the requirements of the Construction Contract, and that under the terms and conditions of the Construction Contract, the Owner is obligated to make payment to the contractor of the amount approved; 7.2.6 The Architect shall promptly provide appropriate interpretations of the Contract Documents as to not delay the critical path of the project schedule and for the proper execution of the work after receiving a written request for information or other written inquiry from the Owner or the Contractor; 7.2.7 The Architect shall reject in writing any work of the contractor which is not in strict compliance with the Construction Contract unless directed by the Owner, in writing, not to do so; 7.2.8 The Architect shall require inspection or re-inspection and testing or retesting of the work in accordance with the provisions of the Construction Contract whenever appropriate; 7.2.9 The Architect shall receive and promptly examine, study, and approve, or otherwise respond to, the contractor’s shop drawings and other submittals. Approval by the Architect of the contractor's submittal shall constitute the Architect's representation to the Owner that such submittal is in conformance with the Construction Contract; 7.2.10 The Architect shall receive and promptly examine and promptly consult with and advise the Owner concerning requests for Change Orders from the contractor. Upon request by the Owner, the Architect shall draft Change Orders, whether initiated by the Owner, or by the contractor and approved by the Owner, in accordance with the Construction Contract. No change in the Construction Contract, such as the price, the work, or the time for completion, may be made without the written consent of the Owner Project No. 8 DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL <$2M (2.2014)

7.2.10.1 The Architect may, with the prior approval of the Owner, authorize or direct minor changes in the work which are consistent with the intent of the Construction Contract and do not involve a change in: the price of the Construction Contract; the time for construction; the Project scope; aesthetics; visual concepts; or approved design elements. Such minor changes shall be issued by written field order.

7.2.10.2 The Architect shall timely administer and manage all Change Order requests and Change Orders, and shall maintain appropriate records relative to Change Orders, including, without limitation, a log of all Change Order requests and proposals, all actions taken thereon, the dates thereof, the estimated and actual amounts of Change Orders;

7.2.10.3 The Architect shall promptly prepare required drawings, specifications and other supporting data as necessary in connection with minor changes, Change Order requests and Change Orders;

7.2.10.4 The Architect shall review all Change Order requests or proposals submitted, and, within ten (10) days after receipt thereof, or more expeditiously if necessary to avoid delay to the construction schedule, the Architect shall advise Owner in writing as to:

1. the description and nature of the proposed change and by whom the

change has been requested;

2. the cause of the proposed change and whether the proposed change is due to error or omission, unforeseen conditions, owner requested change or other cause;

3. the necessity of the proposed change;

4. the purpose of the proposed change;

5. the advantages and disadvantages of the proposed change;

6. the likely cost of the proposed change;

7. the likely effect on the construction schedule of the issuance or non-

issuance of the proposed Change Order;

8. all other impacts and problems that may result from the issuance or non-issuance of the proposed Change Order;

9. any reasonable alternatives to the proposed change; and

10. the course of action recommended by the Architect.

7.2.11 The Architect shall require its consultants to participate in inspections of the Project regarding the determination of whether Substantial Completion has been achieved and the determination of whether Final Completion has been achieved, and shall


require each consultant to prepare a written listing of those items, if any, yet to be finished, copies of which shall be furnished to the Owner together with the Architect's written listing of items, if any, yet to be finished. Based upon inspections of the Project, the Architect shall certify in writing to the Owner the fact that, and the date upon which, the contractor has achieved Substantial Completion of the Project and the date upon which the contractor has achieved Final Completion of the Project.

If the Project is divided into two or more Phases, each Phase is described

in more detail in RFP Appendix A: Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements. In the event the Project is divided into Phases, the Architect shall require its consultants to participate in inspections of each Phase of the Project regarding the determination of whether Substantial Completion has been achieved for such Phase and determination of whether Final Completion for such Phase has been achieved, and shall require each consultant to prepare a written listing of those items, if any, yet to be finished, copies of which shall be furnished to the Owner together with the Architect's written listing of items, if any, yet to be finished. Based upon inspections of the Project, the Architect shall certify in writing to the Owner the fact that, and the date upon which, the contractor has achieved Substantial Completion of each Phase of the Project and the date upon which the contractor has achieved Final Completion of each Phase of the Project.

7.2.12 The Architect shall transmit to the Owner all manuals, operating

instructions, as-built plans, warranties, guarantees and other documents and things required by the Construction Contract and submitted by the contractor;

7.2.13 The Architect shall testify in any judicial proceeding concerning the design

and construction of the Project when requested in writing by the Owner, and the Architect shall make available to the Owner any personnel or consultants employed or retained by the Architect for the purpose of reviewing, studying, analyzing or investigating any claims, contentions, allegations, or legal actions relating to, or arising out of, the design or construction of the Project;

7.2.14 The Architect shall review any as-built, or record, drawings furnished by the contractor and shall certify to the Owner that same are adequate and complete. The Architect shall update the Final Construction Documents to reflect the as-built or record documents furnished by the contractor. The Architect shall provide the Owner with the updated As-Built Final Construction Documents as per Article 4.2.

7.2.15 The Architect shall be responsible for any errors, omissions, deficiencies,

inconsistencies or conflicts in the drawings, specifications or other documents prepared by the Architect or its consultant(s), or both, and in any other work or services performed by the Architect or its consultant(s), or both. The Architect shall, without additional compensation, promptly correct any errors, omissions, deficiencies, inconsistencies or conflicts in the drawings, specifications or other documents prepared by the Architect or its consultant(s), or both, and in any other work or services performed by the Architect or its consultant(s), or both;

7.2.16 It shall be the responsibility of the Architect to utilize its position as

Architect to ascertain whether the contractor is performing the Construction Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect promptly shall provide the Owner with written notice in the event that the contractor is not performing the Construction Contract in strict compliance with


the requirements of the Contract Documents, with such notice identifying the non-compliant work and recommending a course of action to be taken by the Architect or the Owner, or both; and,

7.2.17 Once site work begins, the Architect shall attend a job site progress

meeting at least once every two weeks.

ARTICLE 8

INDEMNITY The Architect shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from and against all liability, claims, damage, loss, liens, costs and expenses, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses, arising out of, or resulting from, the services of the Architect. In the event the Owner is alleged to be liable on account of alleged acts or omissions, or both, of the Architect, the Architect shall defend such allegations through counsel chosen by the Owner and the Architect shall bear all costs, fees, expenses of such defense, including but not limited to, all attorneys’ fees and expenses, court costs, expert witness fees and expenses. The Architect shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless the Owner against claims for damages, losses, or expenses, including attorneys’ fees, caused by or resulting from the sole negligence of the Owner.

ARTICLE 9

SCHEDULE

Time is of the essence in the performance of this Contract. Within the RFP and now as an integral part of this Contract, the Architect has been provided a detailed schedule for completing the Contract Documents as provided in Articles 3 and 4 of this Contract (See RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule). The Design Schedule shall constitute the schedule for performance by the Architect of its duties hereunder, and shall not, except for good cause, be exceeded by the Architect. Not less frequently than monthly (unless the parties otherwise agree in writing) Architect shall update the Design Schedule to show actual progress and provide a copy to the Owner. Should Architect, at any time during the course of performing the Contract, have any reason to believe that it will be unable to meet any completion date in accordance with the Design Schedule, it shall immediately notify the Owner in writing. In such notice, the Architect shall state the reason for the delay including the party responsible, if any, and the steps being taken to remedy or minimize the impact of the delay.

ARTICLE 10

PERSONNEL AND CONSULTANTS

10.1 The Architect shall assign only qualified personnel to perform any service

concerning the Project. The Architect’s management, design, and construction administration staff assigned to the Project shall have experience in K-12 school design and construction. The Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to interview the management, design, and construction administration staff that will be assigned to this Project. At the time of execution of this Contract, the parties anticipate that the following named individuals will perform those functions indicated: Project No. 11 DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL <$2M (2.2014)

NAME FUNCTION

So long as the individuals named above remain actively employed or retained by the Architect or its consultants, they shall perform the functions indicated next to their names. 10.2 Owner shall have the right, but not the obligation, to review the consultants being considered for this Project prior to the Architect entering into a subcontract with such consultant. Architect shall not enter into a subcontract with an intended consultant with reference to whom Owner objects in writing. Any objection, lack of objection, or consent by Owner shall in no way relieve Architect of any of its duties or warranties under the Contract. Identified below are the Architect’s proposed consultants for the disciplines stated, and such proposed consultants shall not be changed by Architect without the Owner’s prior written consent: Civil: Mechanical: Plumbing: Electrical: Kitchen Consultant:

All consultants retained by the Architect in connection with the services required by this Contract shall be retained at the Architect’s sole cost and expense. Architect shall coordinate with all appropriate and applicable consultants to schedule review sessions with Owner’s representatives as identified in RFP Appendix A: Design Review – Minimum Submittal Requirements and RFP Appendix G: Owner’s Master Schedule. Architect shall ensure that all meeting participants have allotted at least six (6) hours for such review sessions. Upon completion of a review session, the Architect will incorporate the comments agreed to in the Design Review Meeting prior to the next submittal for review.


ARTICLE 11

PAYMENTS

For its assumption and performance of the duties, obligations and responsibilities set

forth herein, the Architect shall be paid as follows: 11.1 The Architect shall be paid for those services required by this Contract the sum

of ______________________________ Dollars ($________), allocated in the following manner:

A. Schematic Design Phase

$___________________

• Provide 3 potential schemes • Provide schematic design drawings per Attachment A • Provide project specifications per Attachment A • Provide cost estimate per Attachment A • Space and functional program per Attachment A • Life cycle analysis • Submittal to GA DOE • Other items identified in Attachment A

B. Design Development Phase $___________________

• Provide design development drawings per Attachment A • Provide project specifications per Attachment A • Provide detailed cost estimate per Attachment A • Final life cycle analysis • Submittal to GA DOE • Other items identified in Attachment A

C. Construction Document Phase:

30% complete CD phase $___________________

• 30% complete drawings • Detailed specification manual • Detailed cost estimate

80% complete CD phase $___________________

• Design documents per Attachment A • Detailed specification manual • Detailed cost estimate • Fire Marshall review • Submittal to GA DOE

100% Complete CD Phase $___________________ • Design documents per Attachment A


• Detailed specification manual • Submittal for permitting • Fire Marshall review • Submittal to GA DOE

Sub-consultants $___________________ Reimbursable Expenses $ Included in Fee

Total Lump Sum for Prototypical Design $_________________

11.2 For the assumption and performance of any duties, obligations and responsibilities other than those services required by this Contract, provided same are first authorized in writing by the Owner, the Architect shall be paid, subject in each case to such supporting documentation as the Owner may require, as follows: (a) For the number of hours actually, reasonably and properly

expended by Architect’s personnel in the performance of such duties, obligations and responsibilities other than those services required by this Contract, Architect shall be paid at the applicable hourly rate set forth below opposite the title/position of such personnel performing such services:

Title/Position Hourly Rate Principal: $ per hour Director: $ per hour Project Architect: $ per hour Project Manager: $ per hour Project Coordinator: $ per hour Interior Designer: $ per hour Project Captain: $ per hour Technical Staff: $ per hour Contract Administrator: $ per hour Clerical: $ per hour

(b) For additional engineering or consultant services actually, reasonably and properly hired by the Architect to perform any such duties, obligations and responsibilities, the Architect shall be reimbursed for the cost actually, reasonably and properly incurred by the Architect for such services.

11.2.1 For the avoidance of doubt, the services required of the Architect by this

Contract do not include, unless otherwise amended to the contrary:

(a) flood plain study and delineation;

(b) wetlands study and delineation;

(c) offsite utility system design;

(d) domestic and fire water wells, towers or pressure booster systems

design;


(e) civil engineering services, studies, drawings/specifications required

for off-site road developments/improvements required by DeKalb

County Public Works or Georgia Department of Transportation;

(f) interior design services other than color selections.

11.3 All expenses of the Architect, including but not limited to transportation, long-

distance calls, and the actual cost of copying and postage or other reasonable mode of transmission of plans, specifications, and other Project documents, are included in the amount to be paid to the Architect pursuant to Article 11.1 and all such expenses shall be paid by the Architect without reimbursement from the Owner.

11.4 If the Architect's duties, obligations and responsibilities are materially changed through no fault of the Architect after execution of this Contract, compensation due to the Architect shall be equitably adjusted, either upward or downward;

11.5 As a condition precedent for any payment due under this Article 11, the Architect shall submit monthly to Owner, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner, an invoice requesting payment for services properly rendered and expenses due hereunder. The Architect's invoice shall describe with reasonable particularity each service rendered, the date thereof, the time expended if such services were rendered pursuant to paragraphs 11.2 or 11.4 hereinabove, and the person(s) rendering such service. The Architect's invoice shall be in such form and content and shall be accompanied by such supporting documentation or data as the Owner may require. If payment is requested for services rendered by the Architect pursuant to paragraph 11.1 hereinabove, the invoice shall additionally reflect the allocations as provided in said paragraph and shall state the percentage of completion as to each such allocation. Each invoice shall bear the signature of the Architect, which signature shall constitute the Architect's representation to the Owner that the services indicated in the invoice have reached the level stated, have been properly and timely performed as required herein, that the expenses included in the invoice have been reasonably incurred in accordance with this Contract, that all obligations of the Architect covered by prior invoices have been paid in full, and that the amount requested is currently due and owing, there being no reason known to the Architect that payment of any portion thereof should be withheld. Submission of the Architect's invoice for final payment shall further constitute the Architect's representation to the Owner that, upon receipt by the Owner of the amount invoiced, all obligations of the Architect to others, including its consultants, incurred in connection with the Project, will be paid in full;

11.6 The Owner may decline to make payment, may withhold funds, and, if necessary, may demand the return of some or all of the amount previously paid to the Architect, to protect the Owner from loss, or risk of loss, because of any one or more of the following: (i) Services that are defective and not remedied by the Architect nor, in the opinion of the Owner, likely to be remedied by the Architect; (ii) claims, or potential claims, of third parties against the Owner or the Owner’s property or third party property; (iii) failure by the Architect to pay subconsultants or others in a prompt or proper fashion; (iv) damage to the Owner or to a third-party to whom the Owner is, or may be, liable; or, (v) “premium costs” incurred by the Owner on account of any errors, omissions, deficiencies, inconsistencies or conflicts in the drawings, specifications or other documents prepared by the Architect or its consultant(s) or both. As used in paragraph 11.6(v), the term “premium costs” means costs that would not have been incurred if such drawings, specifications or other documents had been prepared free of any errors, omissions, deficiencies, inconsistencies or conflicts; Project No. 15 DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL <$2M (2.2014)

11.7 The Owner shall make payment to the Architect of all sums properly invoiced under the provisions of this Article 11 within thirty (30) days of the Owner's receipt of such invoice.

ARTICLE 12

PROJECT RECORDS

All records relating in any manner whatsoever to the Project, or any designated portion thereof, which are in the possession of the Architect or the Architect's consultants, shall be made available to the Owner for inspection and copying upon written request of the Owner. Additionally, said records shall be made available, upon request by the Owner, to any state, federal or other regulatory authorities and any such authority may review, inspect and copy such records. Said records include, but are not limited to, all plans, specifications, submittals, correspondence, minutes, memoranda, tape recordings, videos, or other writings or things which document the Project, its design, and its construction. Said records expressly include those documents reflecting the time expended by the Architect and its personnel in performing the obligations of this Contract and the records of expenses incurred by the Architect in its performance under said Contract. The Architect shall maintain and protect these records for no less than ten (10) years after final completion of the Project, or for any longer period of time as may be required by applicable law or good architectural practice.

ARTICLE 13

DUTIES, OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE OWNER

The Owner shall have and perform the following duties, obligations and responsibilities to the Architect:

13.1 The Owner shall provide the Architect with all information requested by Architect and in Owner’s possession, including the Owner's Criteria;

13.2 The Owner shall review any documents provided by or through the Architect

requiring the Owner's decision, and shall make any required decisions; 13.3 The Owner shall, at its own expense, furnish a legal description and any necessary

survey of the real property upon which the Project is situated;

13.4 As may be mandated by law or called for by the Construction Contract, the Owner shall, at its own expense, provide for all required tests, inspections, filings, studies or reports (except for those tests, inspections, filings, studies or reports expressly required of the Architect, its consultants, or both, by this Contract);

13.5 In the event the Owner learns of any failure to comply with the Construction Contract by the contractor, or of any errors, omissions or inconsistencies in the work product of the Architect, and in the further event that the Architect does not have notice of same, the Owner shall inform the Architect;


13.6 The Owner shall afford the Architect access to the Project site and to the work as

may be reasonably necessary for the Architect to properly perform its services under this Contract;

13.7 The Owner shall perform its duties set forth in this Article 13 in a timely manner;

13.8 Except for documents requiring the Owner's decision as set forth in paragraph 13.2 above, the Owner's review of any documents prepared by the Architect or its consultants shall be solely for the purpose of determining whether such documents are generally consistent with the Owner’s Criteria, as, and if, modified. The review of such documents shall not relieve the Architect of its responsibility for the accuracy, adequacy or coordination of its work product.

ARTICLE 14

APPLICABLE LAW

The law applicable to this Contract is the law of the State of Georgia. Each and every provision required by law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein and the Contract shall be read and enforced as though it were included herein. Architect irrevocably consents to the non-exclusive venue of the courts sitting in the county in which the Project is located regarding any matter arising out of or relating to this Contract.

ARTICLE 15

OWNERSHIP OF THE PRELIMINARY DESIGN AND THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

The Preliminary Design and the Construction Documents shall become “Instruments of Service” and include all Drawings, Plans, Specifications, and other documents, including those in electronic form, prepared specifically for this Project by the Architect and its consultants. The Architect and its consultants agree and shall be deemed to have prepared their respective Instruments of Service as architectural works as defined in 17 U.S.C. §§ 102(a)(8) and 201(b), thereby transferring and vesting in the Owner, pursuant to 17 U.S.C. § 201(d), all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights, including copyrights in the Instruments of Service and in the buildings, improvements, and structures constituting the Project. The Instruments of Service shall include the Space Plan and Design Concept, if any.

Upon execution of this Agreement, the Architect expressly grants, assigns, transfers, and

otherwise quitclaims to the Owner, its successors, and assigns, pursuant to 17 U.S.C. §201(d), all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights, including copyrights in both the Instruments of Service and in the buildings, improvements, and structures embodying the architectural and engineering works that constitute the Project, provided that the Owner shall comply with all obligations, including prompt payment of all sums, when due, under this Agreement. The Architect shall obtain similar grants, assignments, transfers, and quitclaims from its consultants consistent with this Agreement. The Architect warrants (and shall cause each of the Architect's consultants to warrant also) that this transfer of copyright and other rights is valid against the world.

The Architect hereby grants, assigns, transfers, and otherwise quitclaims to the Owner,

without reservation, all copyrights to all Project-related documents, models, computer drawings, Project No. 17 DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL <$2M (2.2014)

and other electronic expressions, photographs, and other expression or Instruments of Service produced by the Architect. However, the Architect will retain all rights to any pre-existing intellectual property or standard construction details or conventions contained in the Instruments of Service.

The Owner hereby grants to the Architect a nonexclusive license to reproduce such

documents for purposes relating directly to the Architect’s performance of this Project, for the Architect’s archival records, and for the Architect’s reproduction of drawings and photographs for the Architect’s marketing materials provided that the content of those materials, as to this Project, are approved by the Owner prior to publication. No other Project-related documents may be reproduced for any other purpose without the express written permission of the Owner. The Architect's materials shall not include the Owner's confidential or proprietary information.

ARTICLE 16

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

The Architect shall not assign its rights hereunder, excepting its right to payment, nor shall it delegate any of its duties hereunder without the written consent of the Owner. Subject to the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, each party hereto binds itself, its successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other and to the successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party.

ARTICLE 17

NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES

Nothing contained herein shall create any relationship, contractual or otherwise, with, or any rights in favor of, any third party.

ARTICLE 18

ERRORS AND OMISSIONS INSURANCE

The Architect shall maintain the following errors and omissions insurance at all times this Contract is in effect and for a period of three (3) years after Final Completion of the Project:

18.1 Within five days after the execution of this Contract the Architect shall file with the Owner the certificate from an insurance company authorized to do business in the State of Georgia showing issuance of errors and omissions insurance (professional liability insurance) with minimum limits per claim of 20% of the Stated Cost Limitation but not less than the minimum limits of $2,000,000 per claim coverage, $2,000,000 aggregate. Such errors and omissions insurance shall be with a deductible amount of no more than $50,000 per claim unless a different deductible amount is (i) agreed upon in writing by the Owner and (ii), if necessary for the benefit of the Owner, approved by the Georgia Department of Education.

18.2 The coverage provided herein shall contain an endorsement providing sixty (60) days notice to the Owner prior to any cancellation of said coverage. Said coverage shall be Project No. 18 DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL <$2M (2.2014)

written by an insurer acceptable to the Owner and shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner.

ARTICLE 19

OTHER INSURANCE

The Architect shall also maintain insurance in accordance with the requirements of Exhibit “B” attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

ARTICLE 20

TERMINATION

20.1 Either party hereto may terminate this Contract upon giving seven (7) days written notice to the other in the event that such other party substantially fails to perform its material obligations set forth herein;

20.2 This Contract may be terminated by the Owner without cause upon seven (7) days written notice to the Architect. In such event, the Owner shall pay the Architect for all services rendered prior to the termination, plus any expenses incurred and unpaid which would otherwise be payable hereunder. In such event, the Architect shall promptly submit to the Owner its invoice for final payment which invoice shall comply with the provisions of Article 11.

ARTICLE 21

COOPERATION WITH PROGRAM MANAGER AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER

21.1 In the event the Owner gives the Architect written notice that Owner will employ the services of a program manager or construction manager, then the terms of this Article 21 shall apply to the services provided by the Architect.

21.2 In the event the Owner gives the Architect written notice that Owner will employ the services of a construction manager, the term “contractor” as used in this Contract shall mean “construction manager” and the term “Construction Contract” as used in this Contract shall mean “Construction Management Contract”.

21.3 The Architect shall fully cooperate with the Owner’s program manager (“Program Manager”) and, if applicable, the construction manager. Such cooperation shall include, without limitation, providing any requested information to the Program Manager and, if applicable, the construction manager, and advising, meeting with, consulting with, and coordinating with the Program Manager and, if applicable, the construction manager.

21.4 The Architect acknowledges that it has received, reviewed, and studied the contract between the Owner and Program Manager. To the extent that the Program Manager is authorized by its contract with Owner to act as the agent of the Owner, Architect agrees to comply with all directions and instructions given by the Program Manager. To the extent that the Program Manager is authorized and responsible for providing certain services delegated to the Architect


hereinabove, the Architect’s role with reference thereto shall be to advise, consult, and cooperate with the Program Manager in its provisions of such services. 21.5 The Architect is not a third-party beneficiary of any agreement by and between Owner and the Program Manager or any construction manager. It is expressly acknowledged and agreed that Architect’s duties to Owner are independent of, and are not diminished by, any duties owed to Owner by the Program Manager or any construction manager.

ARTICLE 22

PROHIBITION AGAINST CONTINGENT FEES

The Architect by execution of this Contract warrants that it has not employed or retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for it, to solicit or secure this Contract and that he has not paid or agreed to pay any person, company, corporation, individual, or firm, other than a bona fide employee working solely for it, any fees, commission, percentage, gift, or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of this Contract.

ARTICLE 23

ASBESTOS STATEMENT The Architect shall sign and deliver to the Owner the Asbestos Statement of Declaration, attached hereto as Exhibit “C,” or in such other form as may be required by the Georgia Department of Education, at such time as the Owner may require.

ARTICLE 24

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Contract constitutes the entire and exclusive agreement between the parties with

reference to the Project and supersedes any and all prior communications, discussions, negotiations, understandings, or agreements. This Contract may be amended only by a writing signed by both the Owner and the Architect.

ARTICLE 25

MISCELLANEOUS

25.1 Throughout the performance of its duties under this Contract, the Architect shall comply with, and shall provide all services necessary for the Owner to comply with, all laws applicable to the design of the Project or the administration of the Construction Contract, including without limitation the rules, guidelines, and other requirements of the State of Georgia Environmental Protection Division, the State of Georgia Department of Education and the ordinances and codes of DeKalb County Georgia.

25.2 Unless otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Contract, the term ”day” shall mean calendar day. Project No. 20 DeKalb BOE Architect Contract Non-State Capital Outlay Over $100,000, SCL <$2M (2.2014)

25.3 In addition to, and not in limitation of, the Architect’s other obligations under this

Contract, the Architect shall, without additional compensation, promptly assist the Owner in resolving any problems arising out of, resulting from or relating to the design of the Project or the materials or equipment specified by the Architect or its consultant(s).

25.4 Any claim, dispute or other matter in question arising out of or related to this Contract shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to the institution of legal or equitable proceedings by either party. If such matter relates to or is the subject of a lien arising out of the Architect’s services, the Architect may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines prior to resolution of the matter by mediation. The Owner and Architect shall endeavor to resolve claims, disputes and other matters in question between them by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association currently in effect. Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other party to this Contract and with the American Arbitration Association. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of a civil action but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of legal or equitable proceedings, which may be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or a court order. The parties shall share the mediator’s fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Subject to the express approval of the DeKalb County Board of Education, agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

[SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]


OWNER: ARCHITECT: DEKALB COUNTY BOARD OF EDUCATION [Typed Name] By: By: [Signature] [Signature] ________________________ [Printed Name, Title] [Printed Name, Title] By: [Signature]

[Printed Name, Title] 1701 Mountain Industrial Blvd. Stone Mountain, Georgia 30083 ___________________________________

[Printed Address] [Printed Address] __________________________________ __________________________________

[Date of Execution] [Date of Execution] Joshua Williams, Chief Operations Officer


EXHIBIT “A”

LIST OF PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS FOR THE PROJECT

[Here insert or attach list of document for the Project, included herewithin by reference.]

Request for Proposal, dated April 16, 2015.


EXHIBIT “B”

OTHER INSURANCE

1.1 The Architect shall maintain the following other insurance at all times this Contract is in

effect and for a period of three (3) years after Final Completion of the Project. The Architect shall secure the following insurance at his own expense and shall file Certificates of Insurance with the Owner within five (5) days after the execution of this Contract. Insurance will not be acceptable unless written by a Company licensed by the State Insurance Department to do business in Georgia at the time the policy is issued and the company must in addition be acceptable to the Owner.

1.1.1 Workmen’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability to statutory limits.

1.1.2 Comprehensive Commercial General Liability including Owner’s & Contractor’s Protective with the following limits;

(a) General Aggregate: $1,000,000; (b) Products and Completed Operations Aggregate: $1,000,000; (c) Personal & Advertising Injury: $1,000,000; (d) Each Occurrence: $1,000,000; (e) Fire Damage (Any one fire): $50,000; and, (f) Medical Expense (Any one person): $5,000.

1.1.3 Automobile Liability (owned, non-owned, hired) with combined single limit of $1,000,000 per occurrence. 1.1.4 Professional Liability (Errors and Omissions). 1.1.5 The Owner and the Architect waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-contractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Contractor, the Contractor subcontractors, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-contractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to Paragraph (9) above or other property insurance applicable to Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Architect as fiduciary.

1.2 The Owner and DeKalb County School District shall be included as additional insured

on the coverages specified in subparagraphs 1.1.2 and 1.1.3, and shall be indicated as such on certificates of insurance required herein.

1.3 These certificates shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled, changed or allowed to expire until sixty (60) days after the Owner has received written notice evidence by return receipt of registered letter.


EXHIBIT “C”

ASBESTOS EXCLUSION CERTIFICATION FORM

(NEW CONSTRUCTION & ADDITIONS ONLY)

In compliance with AHERA Part 763 “Asbestos”, Subpart E “Asbestos Containing Materials in Schools”, Section 763.99 “Exclusions” paragraph (a) (7), I ______________________________ (Architect) of record for ________________________________, ____________________________________ (Project Name) (Substantial Completion Date) Located in _______________________________, ____________________________________, (School System Name) (State Project Number) certify that to the best of my knowledge no Asbestos Containing Building Material (ACBM) was specified as a building material in any construction document, nor was any ACBM building material installed on this project. ________________________________________ (Architectural Firm) ________________________________________ (Signature of Architect) ________________________________________ (Date) ________________________________________ (Georgia Architectural License Number) _________________________________________ (Seal and Signature)


DeKalb County School District

2014-2015 District-wide Calendar

(Approved by Board of Education on February 3, 2014)

4 Independence Day

JULY 2014

S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30 31

JANUARY 2015

S M T W Th F S

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1-2 Winter Holidays 5 Teacher Planning Day 6 First Day of Second Semester 19 Dr. M.L. King, Jr. Day

4-8 Pre-planning Week 11 First Day of School

AUGUST 2014

S M T W Th F S

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24

31 25 26 27 28 29 30

FEBRUARY 2015

S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

16 Presidents’ Day

1 Labor Day

SEPTEMBER 2014

S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30

MARCH 2015

S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

29 30 31

13 Columbus Day/Staff Development Day

13 Furlough Day Priority 3

OCTOBER 2014

S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25

26 27 28 29 30 31

APRIL 2015

S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25

26 27 28 29 30

6-10 Spring Break

11 Veterans Day 24-28 Thanksgiving Day

NOVEMBER 2014

S M T W Th F S

1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 22

23

30 24 25 26 27 28 29

MAY 2015

S M T W Th F S

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24

31 25 26 27 28 29 30

22 Last Day of School 25 Memorial Day 26-27 Post Planning Days

27 Furlough Day Priority 1 26 Furlough Day Priority 2

(Move teacher post-planning day to May 22, 2015 and last day of school for students to May 21, 2015)

19 Last Day of First Semester 22-31 Winter Holidays

DECEMBER 2014

S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30 31

88 Days

JUNE 2015

S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29 30

92 Days

Teacher Workday/Staff Development Day

Student/Teacher Holiday

First and Last Day of School

Holiday – All

APPENDIX H

Local Schools will communicate testing dates within administration windows. Contact your local school with questions. This calendar is produced by DeKalb County School District’s Department of Research, Assessment, and Grants. **This calendar is subject to change pending additional and timely information from the GA DOE during the transition phase to the new Georgia Milestone Assessment System

2014-2015 Testing Calendar Below is a list of dates when DeKalb students will take national, state, and system assessments during the 2014-2015 school year. Attendance has a direct influence on student achievement. As a result, it is important that students are present in school every day, especially on test days. Attendance on designated test days give students an opportunity to show what they know, providing teachers with valuable information that will help to improve teaching and learning. ________________________________________________________________________________ Elementary School testing Dates Oct. 6 – 10, 2014 Cognitive Abilities Test (CogAT) Grades 1, 3, and 5 Oct. 14 – 24, 2014 Iowa Tests of Basic Skills (ITBS) Grades 1, 3, and 5 Jan. 20 – Mar. 3, 2015 ACCESS for English Language Learners (ELLs) Grades K – 5 April 21 – April 30, 2015 Georgia Milestones (EOG) Grades 3 – 5 May 18 – Jul. 24, 2015 Georgia Milestones (EOG) – Retest Grades 3 and 5 Middle School Testing Dates Oct. 6 – 10, 2014 Cognitive Abilities Test (CogAT) Grade 7 Oct. 14 – 24, 2014 Iowa Tests of Basic Skills (ITBS) Grades 7 Jan. 20 – Mar. 3, 2015 ACCESS for English Language Learners (ELLs) Grades 6 – 8 April 21 – April 30, 2015 Georgia Milestone (EOG) Grades 6 – 8 May 4 – May 11, 2015 Georgia Milestone (EOC) (Carnegie Credit Courses) Grade 8 May 18 – Jul. 24, 2015 Georgia Milestone (EOG) – Retest Grade 8 High School testing dates Aug. 8 – 22, 2014 Georgia Milestone (EOC) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Sept. 8 – 12, 2014 Georgia High School Graduation (GHSGT) Retest Grades 11 - 12 Sept. 15 – 25, 2014 Georgia Milestone (EOC) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Sept. 24 – 25, 2014 Georgia High School Writing Test (GHSWT) Main Administration Grade 11 Oct. 14 – 17, 2014 Georgia Milestone (EOC) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Oct. 15, 2014 PSAT Grade 9 - 11 Oct. 30 – Nov. 21, 2014 International Baccalaureate (IB) Exams Grade 9-12 Nov. 3 – Dec. 19, 2014 CTAE End of Pathway Exams Grades 9 - 12 Nov. 10 – 14, 2014 Georgia High School Graduation (GHSGT) Retest Grades 11 – 12 Nov. 17 – 21, 2014 Georgia Milestone (EOC) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Dec. 8, 2014 – Jan. 23, 2015 Georgia Milestone (EOC) Winter Main Administration Grades 9 – 12 Jan. 20 – Mar. 3, 2015 ACCESS for English Language Learners (ELLs) Grades 9 – 12 Jan. 20 – 23, 2015 Georgia Milestone (EOC) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Feb. 9 – 13, 2015 Georgia Milestone (EOC) Mid-Month/Retest Grades 9 – 12 Feb. 25 – 26, 2015 Georgia High School Writing Test (GHSWT) Retest Grade 11 Apr. 20 – May 19, 2015 CTAE End of Pathway Exams Grade 9 - 12 Apr. 29 – May 26, 2014 International Baccalaureate (IB) Exams Grade 9-12 Mar. 9 – 13, 2015 Georgia Milestone (EOC) Mid-Month Grades 9 – 12 Mar. 16 – 20, 2015 Georgia High School Graduation Test (GHSGT) Main Administration Grades 11 – 12 May 4 – Jun. 5, 2015 Georgia Milestone (EOC) Spring Administration Grades 9 – 12 May 4 – 15, 2015 Advanced Placement (AP) Exams AP Students Jun. 15 – Jul. 17, 2015 Georgia Milestone (EOC) Summer/Retest Administration Grades 9 – 12 Jun. 17, 2015 Georgia High School Graduation (GHSWT) Retest Grades 11 -12 Student Learning Objectives Students must participate in SLO Pre and Post Assessments for all courses where there is not a state required test Pre-Assessments must be administered within the first 10 days of a student entering a course and Post-Assessments must be administered at the end of each course and no later than May 15, 2015. Universal Screener Students in grades k-9 are required to participate in the three main Universal Screener Windows. All schools have the capability and may administer the screener to all students to support instruction.

APPENDIX D

DeKalb County School District

2015-2016 District-wide Calendar

(Approved by the Board of Education on January 12, 2015)

4 Independence Day

JULY 2015 S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25

26 27 28 29 30 31

JANUARY 2016 S M T W Th F S

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24 31

25 26 27 28 29 30

1 New Year’s Day/Last Day of Winter Break 4 Teacher Planning Day 5 First day of 2nd Semester 18 Dr. M.L. King, Jr. Day

3-7 Pre-Planning Days 10 First Day of School

AUGUST 2015 S M T W Th F S

1

2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19 20 21 22

23 24 25 26 27 28 29

30 31

FEBRUARY 2016 S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

14

15 16 17 18 19 20

21 22 23 24 25 26 27

28 29

12 February Break or Inclement Weather Make-Up Day If Needed 15 President’s Day

7 Labor Day

SEPTEMBER 2015 S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30

MARCH 2016 S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30 31

11 Professional Development Day

9 Professional Development Day 12 Columbus Day

OCTOBER 2015 S M T W Th F S

1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16 17

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30 31

APRIL 2016 S M T W Th F S

1 2

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

10 11 12 13 14 15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22 23

24 25 26 27 28 29 30

1 School Closed or Inclement Weather Make-up Day If Needed 4-8 Metro Spring Break

11 Veterans Day 23- 27 Thanksgiving Break

NOVEMBER 2015 S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

29 30

MAY 2016 S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28

29 30 31

26 Last Day of School 27 Post-Planning Day 30 Memorial Day

18 Last Day of 1st semester 21-31 Winter Break

87 Days

DECEMBER 2015 S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 14 15 16 17 18 19

20 21 22 23 24 25 26

27 28 29 30 31

93 Days

JUNE 2016 S M T W Th F S

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 25

26 27 28 29 30

Teacher Workday/Professional Development Day Schools Closed First and Last Day of Semester